Kosmek Catalogue by Agint

Page 1

Panoramica prodotti

KWCS - Sistemi di serraggio KOSMEK

BLOCCAGGIO

VALVOLE

UNITA

POSIZIONAMENTO

POMPE

INNESTI E RACCORDI


KWCS

Bloccaggio

LHA

Idraulico 70bar

STAFFE ROTANTI (doppio effetto)

Staffa rotante ad alta velocità e alta forza di bloccaggio. Il pistone maggiormente guidato permette forze maggiori (+26% max) e l uso di leve più lunghe.

valvola co

aggio d ont ir m

o veloci tà roll nt

to et

LT/LG

Specifiche: Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 36 - 40 - 48 - 55 - 65 - 75 - 90 - 105 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 70 bar: da 2,48 a 28,9 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 15 a 70 Opzioni: ・Asta di controllo・Predisposizione sensori di controllo   ・Leva a smontaggio rapido・Leva doppia ・Corsa lunga・Angoli di rotazione 30°- 45°- 60°

Idraulico 70bar

STAFFE ROTANTI (singolo effetto)

Adatto per l utilizzo in serie su linee di produzione. Sviluppato originariamente per l industria automobilistica. Corpo in alluminio (da LT036 a LT075) Corpo in acciaio (da LG090 a LG105) valvola co

aggio d ont ir m

o veloci tà roll nt

to et

Specifiche: Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 36 - 40 - 48 - 55 - 65 - 75 - 90 - 105 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 70 bar: da 2,16 a 26,5 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 70

WHE/WHA

Pneumatico 10bar

Nuovo

STAFFE ROTANTI PNEUMATICHE AD ALTA FORZA (doppio effetto)

aggio d ont ir m

sul corpo una valvola per il controllo individuale della velocità del bloccaggio.

valvola co o veloci tà roll nt

to et

Staffa rotante pneumatica compatta con la possibilità di montare direttamente

Specifiche: Diametro interno cilindro (mm): 32 - 40 - 50 - 63  HE Forza W di bloccaggio (kN) a 4 bar: da 0,78 a 3,09 HA Forza W di bloccaggio (kN) a 4 bar: da 0,26 a 1,05 WHE Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 2 a 5 WHA Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 1 a 10

TLA/ TLB

Nuovo

STAFFE ROTANTI (singolo/doppio effetto)

Idraulico 350bar Staffe rotanti ad alta velocità con tripla camma di guida per una maggiore precisione e durata. Disponibili con flangia di montaggio superiore ed inferiore. Ampia gamma di misure della leva di bloccaggio. Guarnizioni parapolvere in plastica lavorate per una migliore protezione agli agenti contaminanti esterni. Specifiche: TLA Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 28,5 - 33 - 36 - 43 - 46 - 56 - 63 - 90 TLB Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 32 - 36 - 39 - 46,5 - 53 - 63,5 - 71 - 90 Singolo effetto - Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 350 bar: da 3,32 a 40,64 Doppio effetto - Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 350 bar: da 3,52 a 43,3 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 70 a 350 Opzioni: ・Leva doppia・Corsa lunga・Angoli di rotazione 30°- 45°- 60°

1


KWCS

LKA

Bloccaggio

Idraulico 70bar

BLOCCAGGI A STAFFA (doppio effetto)

Bloccaggi a staffa compatti ad alta forza di serraggio. Ogni particolare è stato ottimizzato al fine di aumentare la forza di serraggio, superiore del 33% rispetto alla generazione precedente. Il corpo in acciaio da fusione consente un design più compatto e garantisce maggiore durata e prestazioni migliori.

aggio d ont ir m

valvola co o veloci tà roll nt

to et

LM/LJ

Specifiche: Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 36 - 40 - 48 - 55 - 65 - 75 - 90 - 105 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 70 bar: da 3,16 a 35,2 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 5 a 70 Opzioni: ・Asta di controllo・Predisposizione sensori di controllo ・Biellette di reazione ad alta resistenza

Idraulico 70bar

BLOCCAGGI A STAFFA (singolo effetto)

Adatto per l utilizzo in serie su linee di produzione. Sviluppato originariamente per l industria automobilistica. Corpo in alluminio (da LM036 a LM075) Corpo in acciaio (da LJ090 a LJ105)

aggio d ont ir   m

o veloci tà roll nt

alvola c o to v et

Specifiche: Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 36 - 40 - 48 - 55 - 65 - 75 - 90 - 105 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 70 bar: da 7,46 a 31,0 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 70

WCE/WCA

Nuovo

BLOCCAGGI A STAFFA PNEUMATICI AD ALTA FORZA (doppio effetto)

aggio d ont ir m

Bloccaggio a staffa pneumatico compatto con la possibilità di montare direttamente sul corpo una valvola per il controllo individuale della velocità del bloccaggio.

valvola co o veloci tà roll nt

to et

Pneumatico 10bar

Specifiche: Diametro interno cilindro (mm): 32 - 40 - 50 - 63 WCE Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 4 bar: da 0,83 a 3,35 WCA Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 4 bar: da 0,32 a 1,25 WCE Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 2 a 5 WCA Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 1 a 10

TMA

BLOCCAGGI A STAFFA (singolo/doppio effetto)

Idraulico 350bar Bloccaggio a staffa compatto ad alta pressione. Elevata durata grazie al meccanismo a ginocchiera rinforzato.

Specifiche: Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 33 - 36 - 43 - 48 - 60 - 70 - 85 Singolo effetto - Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 350 bar: da 2,62 a 27,4 Doppio effetto - Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 350 bar: da 3,64 a 39,7 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 35 a 350

2


KWCS

Bloccaggio

LC

aggio d ont ir m

IRRIGIDITORI (con flangia)

o velocit roll à nt

alvola c o to v et

Idraulico 70bar Il primo irrigiditore al mondo che lavora a pressioni da 25 a 70 bar. L alta forza di sostegno previene le vibrazioni del pezzo durante le lavorazioni causate dall usura dell utensile e dal materiale.

Specifiche: Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 40 - 48 - 55 - 65 - 75 - 90 Forza di sostegno (kN) a 70 bar: da 5,5 a 65,0 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 70 Cavo

Avvicinamento idraulico

Avvicinamento a molla

LD

Idraulico 70bar

IRRIGIDITORI (corpo filettato)

Alta forza di sostegno prodotta a fronte di ingombri contenuti grazie al puntale di ampio diametro e alla ganascia interna di serraggio. Ottima stabilità anche con basse pressioni di esercizio. Quattro misure che variano da M26 a M45.

Specifiche: Diametro del corpo filettato: M26 - M30 - M36 - M45 Forza di sostegno (kN) a 70 bar: da 3,0 a 10,0 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 70 Avvicinamento idraulico

WNC

Avvicinamento a molla

Nuovo

IRRIGIDITORI PNEUMATICI AD ALTA FORZA (corpo filettato)

Pneumatico 7bar Irrigiditore pneumatico con pressione minima di esercizio di 2,5 bar. Può essere installato in spazi ristretti senza la necessità di apportare modifiche a piastre di fissaggio esistenti.

Specifiche: Diametro del corpo filettato: M26 - M30 - M36 - M45 - M60 Forza di sostegno (kN) a 4 bar: da 0,4 a 4,1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 2,5 a 7 Avvicinamento pneumatico

Avvicinamento a molla

TNC

Idraulico 油圧 350bar 35MPa

IRRIGIDITORI (corpo filettato)

L unico irrigiditore ad alta pressione con bussola cilindrica nel settore. Ciò consente un funzionamento più fluido e una forza di sostegno stabile anche alle alte pressioni.

Specifiche: Diametro del corpo filettato: M26 - M30 - M36 - M45 Forza di sostegno (kN) a 350 bar: da 4,4 a 16,3 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 70 a 350

Avvicinamento idraulico

3


KWCS

DP

Idraulico 70bar

CILINDRI A SPINTA

Bloccaggio

Idraulico 250bar

Cilindro versatile fornito con diverse forme dello stelo del pistone. Cilindro a singolo effetto disponibile con 3 varianti di corsa per un totale di 102 modelli fra cui scegliere. Può essere utilizzato in piccoli spazi grazie al design compatto. Specifiche: Diametro del corpo filettato: M16 - M22 - M24 - M30 - M45 - M55 - M65 - M80 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 250 bar: da 1,26 a 58,3 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 8 a 250 Forma dello stelo del pistone:

foro filettato

DR/DS

bombato

Idraulico 70bar

CILINDRI A TRAZIONE

piattello oscillante

piattello oscillante con foro filettato

Idraulico 250bar

Cilindro versatile fornito con diverse forme dello stelo del pistone. Cilindro a singolo effetto disponibile con 3 varianti di corsa per un totale di 24 (DR) / 48 (DS)modelli fra cui scegliere. Può essere utilizzato in piccoli spazi grazie al design compatto.

Specifiche: Diametro del corpo filettato: M22 - M24 - M30 - M36 - M45 - M55 - M65 - M80 Forza di bloccaggio (kN)   DR a 250 bar: da 1,75 a 62,1 Forza di bloccaggio (kN)   DS a 250 bar: da 3,01 a 64,1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10 a 250

DT

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 250bar

Cilindro versatile fornito con diverse forme dello stelo del pistone. Cilindro a singolo effetto disponibile con 3 varianti di corsa per un totale di 30 modelli fra cui scegliere. Può essere utilizzato in piccoli spazi grazie al design compatto.

CILINDRI AD ASSE CAVO

Specifiche: Diametro del corpo filettato: M36 - M45 - M55 - M65 - M80 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 250 bar: da 11,3 a 64,1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10 a 250

aggio d ont ir   m

CILINDRI LINARI

alvola c o to v et

o velocit roll à nt

LL/LLR/LLU

Idraulico 70bar Corse da 1 a 200 mm per avere sempre sempre la lunghezza ideale. Specifiche: Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 36 - 40 - 48 - 55 - 65 - 75 - 90 - 105 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) a 70 bar: a spinta da 3,15 a 35,2   a trazione da 1,75 a 24,0 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 5 a 70 Opzioni: ・Asta di controllo・Predisposizione sensori di controllo Forma dello stelo del pistone:

foro filettato

perno filettato

testa ad occhiello

4


KWCS

Posizionamento

VS/VT

Idraulico 70bar

BLOCCAGGIO PALLET A PUNTO ZERO

Sistema di bloccaggio a punto zero per attrezzature. Elevata precisione di centraggio di 3μm.

Specifiche: Singolo effetto: Forza di bloccaggio (kN): 2,5 - 4,0 - 6,0 - 10,0 - 16,0 - 25,0 - 40,0 Pressione di sblocco (bar): da 35 a 70 bar Doppio effetto: Forza di bloccaggio (kN): 4,0 - 6,0 - 10,0 - 16,0 - 25,0 Bloccaggio pallet a molla

Bloccaggio pallet a doppio effetto

VL/VM/WM

CILINDRI DI RIFERIMENTO IDRAULICI / PNEUMATICI

Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 15 a 70 bar

Idraulico 70bar

Pneumatico 10bar

Cilindri a rapido azionamento per il riferimento di particolari utilizzando fori esitenti grezzi o lavorati. Elevata precisione di centraggio di 3μm. Specifiche: Diametri di presa (standard) (mm): 8 - 9 - 10 - 12 - 13 - 15 - 16 - 18 - 20 VL idraulico a singolo effetto: Pressione di sblocco (bar): da 25 a 70 bar Forza di ritenuta (N): da 260 a 290 VM idraulico a doppio effetto: Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 70

Cilindro di riferimento a molla

Cilindro di riferimento a doppio effetto

Forza di ritenuta (N) (a 70 bar): da 510 a 550 WM pneumatico a doppio effetto: Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 4 a 10 Forza di ritenuta (N) (a 10 bar): da 300 a 330

VJ/VK/ WK

CILINDRI DI RIFERIMENTO IDRAULICI / PNEUMATICI

Idraulico 70bar

Pneumatico 10bar

Cilindri a rapido azionamento per il riferimento di particolari utilizzando fori esitenti grezzi o lavorati.   Elevata precisione di centraggio di 3μm. Specifiche: Diametri di presa (standard) (mm): da 7,6 a 8,5 - da 8,5 a 9,5 - da 9,5 a 10,8 VJ idraulico a singolo effetto: Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 70 Forza di ritenuta (N) (a 70 bar): da 210 a 390 VK idraulico a doppio effetto: Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 15a 70 Forza di ritenuta (N) (a 70 bar): da 230 a 430 WK pneumatico a doppio effetto: Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 4 a 10 Forza di ritenuta (N) (a 10 bar): da 130 a 250

Cut (per riferimento unidirezionale)

Datum (per centraggio)

VX

Manuale

PERNI DI RIFERIMENTO MANUALI

Il pezzo può essere posizionato manualmente con una precisione di 5 μm grazie all espansione della boccola conica.

Specifiche: Diametri di presa (standard) (mm): 8 - 10 - 12 - 16 - 20 Forza di ritenuta (N) (alla coppia di serraggio ammissibile): da 1500 a 5370

Datum(per centraggio)

5

Cut

(per riferimento unidirezionale)


KWCS

SFH

Posizionamento

Idraulico 70bar

Nuovo

BLOCCAGGIO A PERNO

Questo bloccaggio tira il pezzo da lavorare verso il piano di riferimento secondo il piano Z utilizzando un foro esistente lavorato. Permette la lavorazione di 5 facce del pezzo con una sola presa.

Specifiche: Diametri di presa (standard) (mm): 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 - 11 - 12 - 13 - 14 - 15 - 16 - 17 - 18 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) (a 70 bar): da 2,05 a 6,95 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 15 a 70 bar

SWH

Pneumatico 10bar

Nuovo

BLOCCAGGIO A PERNO PNEUMATICO

Questo bloccaggio tira il pezzo da lavorare verso il piano di riferimento secondo l asse Z utilizzando un foro esistente lavorato. Permette la lavorazione di 5 facce del pezzo con una sola presa.

Specifiche: Diametri di presa (standard) (mm): 11 - 12 - 13 - 14 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) (a 10 bar): 1,50 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 3 a 10 bar

SFK

Idraulico 70bar

Nuovo

BLOCCAGGIO A PERNO (Antipolvere)

Questo bloccaggio tira il pezzo da lavorare verso il piano di riferimento secondo l asse Z utilizzando un foro esistente lavorato. Permette la lavorazione di 5 facce del pezzo con una sola presa.

Specifiche: Diametri di presa (standard) (mm): 11 - 12 - 13 - 14 - 15 - 16 - 17 - 18 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) (a 70 bar): da 3,65 a 6,95 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 15 a 70 bar

FP/FQ

BLOCCAGGIO A SFERE

Idraulico 70bar PERNO DI BLOCCAGGIO

Idraulico 250bar

Bloccaggio a sfere con perno di fissaggio che consente la lavorazione contemporanea di 5 facce del pezzo, ad eccezione del piano di bloccaggio.

Specifiche: 70 bar:

Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 39 - 55 - 65 - 75 - 90 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) (a 70 bar): 4,0 - 6,3 - 10,0 - 15,0 - 24,0 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10 a 70 bar

250 bar:

Diametro esterno cilindro (mm): 36 - 39 - 47 - 55 - 75 Forza di bloccaggio (kN) (a 70 bar): 4,0 - 6,3 - 10,0 - 15,0 - 25,0 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10 a 250 bar

6


KWCS

Innesti / Raccordi

BGC/BGD INNESTI SENZA PERDITE con VALVOLA PILOTA

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 250bar

La pressione sul lato dell attrezzo viene mantenuta anche quando la pressione di alimentazione viene interrotta con l innesto collegato. Questo permette una connessione/disconnessione rapida senza vincoli o requisiti idraulici particolari. Sul lato di alimentazione è prevista una funzione di soffiaggio aria. Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Olio idraulico generico Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 10,2 Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN)(a 70 bar): 0,96 Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10 a 250

BGP/BGS INNESTI SENZA PERDITE con VALVOLA PILOTA

Idraulico 70bar La pressione sul lato dell attrezzo viene mantenuta anche quando la pressione di alimentazione viene interrotta con l innesto collegato. Questo permette una connessione/disconnessione rapida senza vincoli o requisiti idraulici particolari.

Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Olio idraulico generico Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 11,0 Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN)(a 70 bar): 0,93 Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10 a 70

BNP/BNS INNESTI SENZA PERDITE

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 250bar

Innesti senza perdite dotati di meccanismo di allineamento che consente la connessione e disconnessione in pressione.

Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Olio idraulico generico Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 11,0 Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN)(a 70 bar): 1,02 Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10,0 a 250,0

BBP/BBS

INNESTI SENZA PERDITE (richiede una piccola forza di innesto)

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 250bar

Innesti senza perdite che richiedono una piccola forza di innesto indipendentemente dalla pressione di esercizio utilizzata. Connessione di apparecchiature semplificata grazie al ridotto carico sul lato dell attrezzatura di utilizzo.

Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Olio idraulico generico Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 11,6 Forza di innesto alla connessione (kN): 0,25 Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 50,0 a 250,0

7

クーラン


ト3.5MPa

KWCS

BJP/BJS INNESTI SENZA PERDITE

Innesti / Raccordi

Idraulico 250bar

Idraulico 70bar

Innesto automatico dotato di meccanismo di allineamento con possibilità di innesto e disinnesto anche sotto pressione.

Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Olio idraulico generico Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 10,3(BJ□220/250)40(BJ□321)29(BJ□351) Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN) (a 70 bar): 0.68(BJ□220/250) 1.22(BJ□321/BJ□351)  Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±1 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 10a 300

JNA/JNB JNC/JND RACCORDI CON RILEVAMENTO

RACCORDI

Pneumatico 10bar

Idraulico 250bar

Raccordi idraulici o pneumatici utilizzati per il collegamento e scollegamento al circuito di attrezzature di fissaggio e piastre.

JNA/JNB Specifiche:

JNC/JND Specifiche:

Fluido da utilizzare: Aria

Fluido da utilizzare: Aria - Olio

Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 8,8 (7,4 eccentrico)

Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 10,3

Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN):

Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN):

(a 5 bar): 0,12

(a 70 bar): 0,82

Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±1

Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±0,5 (JNC/D20-0F)

Pressione di esercizio (bar): max. 10

±0,41(JNC/D020-0M) Pressione di esercizio (bar): max. 250

JVC/JVD JVE/JVF RACCORDI

Pneumatico 10bar Refrigerante 10bar

Idraulico 70bar

Raccordi pneumatici, idraulici e per refrigerante per il collegamento e scollegamento al circuito di attrezzature di fissaggio e piastre.

JVC/JVD Specifiche:

JVE/JVF Specifiche:

Fluido da utilizzare: Aria - Olio

Fluido da utilizzare: Refrigerante

Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 12,6

Area minima di passaggio (mm 2): 29,0

Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN):

Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN):

(a 70 bar): 1,12

JLP/JLS RACCORDI

(a 10 bar): 0,44

Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±0,5

Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±0,5

Pressione di esercizio (bar): max. 70

Pressione di esercizio (bar): max. 10

Pneumatico 10bar Refrigerante 350 bar

Idraulico 250bar

Giunto automatico con valvola di ritegno utilizzato in circuiti pneumatici e per refrigerante, utilizzato principalmente in applicazioni di automazione.

Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Aria - Refrigerante - Olio idraulico generico Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 29,0 (JL□020) - 50,0 (JL□30) Forza di reazione alla pressurizzazione (kN) (a 70 bar): 1,18(JL□020) 1,54(JL□030) Eccentricità ammissibile (mm): ±0,5 Pressione di esercizio (bar):max. 35(Aria - Refrigerante) max. 250(Idraulico)

8


KWCS

Valvole

BK

Idraulico 70bar

VALVOLE SENZA PERDITE

Idraulico 300bar

Valvole senza perdite a disconnessione manuale. Mantengono la pressione dell attrezzo quando disconnesse dalla sorgente.

Specifiche: Opzioni di alimentazione: tubazione, a basetta, a montaggio multiplo (BLS - BLB - BM) Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 17,2 (BK22) - 14,2 (BK25) - 30,0 (BK32) Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 20 a 300

BLS

Idraulico 70bar

VALVOLE DI SEQUENZA

Idraulico 300bar

Valvola di sequenza che permette di gestire attuatori multipli per garantire il posizionamento e prevenire deformazioni.

Specifiche: Opzioni di alimentazione: tubazione, a basetta,   a montaggio multiplo (BLS - BLB - BM) Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 7 (P(R)→CYL) - 27 (CYL→P(R)) Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 20 a 300

BLG

Nuovo

VALVOLE DI SEQUENZA COMPATTE

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 350bar

Valvola di sequenza compatta, solo a montaggio a basetta, che permette di gestire attuatori multipli per garantire il posizionamento e prevenire deformazioni.

Specifiche: Opzioni di alimentazione: a basetta Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 8,7 (P(R)→CYL) - 10,2 (CYL→P(R)) Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 20 a 350

BLB

VALVOLE DI BILANCIAMENTO

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 300bar

Valvola di bilanciamento della pressione per prevenire le deformazioni dei pezzi durante il funzionamento.

Specifiche: Opzioni di alimentazione: tubazione, a basetta,   a montaggio mutiplo (BK) Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 4,6 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 20 a 300

9


KWCS

BM

Idraulico 70bar

Valvole

Idraulico 300bar

Valvola riduttrice senza perdite per ridurre parzialmente la pressione del circuito idraulico di un attrezzo. Può essere utilizzato nel circuito anche quando è scollegato dalla fonte di pressione.

VALVOLA RIDUTTRICE SENZA PERDITE

Specifiche: Opzioni di alimentazione: tubazione, a basetta, a montaggio multiplo (BK) Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 9,4 Pressione di alimentazione primaria (bar) : da 35 a 300 Pressione secondaria (bar) : da 20 a 200

JSS

Idraulico 70bar

ACCUMULATORE

Accumulatore a molla utilizzato per assorbire le variazioni di pressione all interno di un circuito idraulico. Ampia gamma disponibile per svariate applicazioni.

Specifiche: Opzioni di alimentazione: tubazione, a basetta Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 20 a 70

JK

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 220bar

Rileva la pressione del circuito di un apparecchio scollegato dalla sorgente di alimentazione idraulica utilizzando un attuatore di finecorsa incorporato.

INDICATORE DI PRESSIONE

Specifiche: Opzioni di alimentazione: tubazione, a basetta Campo di pressione (bar): da 45 a 220

PS

JGA/JGB

JX

Provvede al blocco tra una maschera e il relativo sistema di trasporto per mezzo di un segnale elettrico per garantire la disconnessione dell alimentazione.

Indica la pressione del circuito idraulico. Riempito di glicerina per prevenire le vibrazioni.

Divide un unico circuito in più rami.

SWITCH

MANOMETRO

PIASTRINA DI MONTAGGIO PER MANOMETRO

10


KWCS

Pompe

AA/AB/AC POMPE AD ARIA

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 647bar

16 dimensioni, dal palmo di una mano fino a grandi portate. Alte pressioni idrauliche, fornite unicamente con aria compressa.

Specifiche: Pression e in usc ita (bar):

mod. AA da 40 a 177 mod. AB da 24 a 435 mod. AC da 23 a 647

C on sumo d a ria(Nm 3/min):

mod. AA 0,15 mod. AB 0,4 mod. AC 1,0

AA-V/AB-V/AC-V POMPE AD ARIA

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 435bar

16 dimensioni, dal palmo di una mano fino a grandi portate, dotate di valvola. Alte pressioni idrauliche, fornite unicamente con aria compressa.

Specifiche: Pression e in usc ita (bar):

mod. AA da 40 a 177 mod. AB da 24 a 435 m o d. A C da 2 3 a 6 4 7

C on sumo d a ria(Nm 3/min):

mod. AA 0,15 mod. A B 0,4 m od. A C 1 ,0

AU

MOLTIPLICATORE DI PRESSIONE A SCARICA CONTINUA

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 300bar

Valvola moltiplicatrice compatta. La pressione di alimentazione è incrementata utilizzando l aria per incrementare la pressione del cilindro idraulico. Disponibile con rapporti di moltiplicazione di 2, 3 e 5 volte.

Specifiche: R apporto di moltiplic a zion e: 2 (AU2520) - 3 (AU2530) - 5 (AU2850 ) Pression e in en tra ta (ba r):

da 30 a 125 (AU2520) da 20 a 84 (AU2530) da 20 a 70 (AU2850)

Pression e in usc ita (bar):

da 60 a 250 (AU2520 - AU2530) da 100 a 350 (AU2850)

BU

VALVOLA MOLTIPLICATRICE SENZA PERDITE

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 250bar

Unità moltiplicatrice compatta in linea la pressione in uscita viene incrementata automaticamente dalla pressione in entrata. Disponibile con rapporti di moltiplicazione di 2,2, 3 e 6.

Specifiche: R apporto di moltiplic a zion e: 1:2,2 (BU5020) - 1:3 (BU5030) - 1:6 (B U 5 0 6 0 ) Pression e in en tra ta (ba r): da 50 a 114 (BU5020) da 3 0 a 84 (B U 5 0 3 0 ) da 15 a 4 2 (BU 5 0 6 0 ) Pression e in usc ita (ba r): da 110 a 250 (BU5020) da 9 0 a 252 (BU5030 - BU5060) Volume di sc a ric o n el proc esso di poten zia men to (c m 3): 30(BU5020) 23(BU5030) 12(BU5060)

11


KWCS

BAS

Idraulico 70bar

VALVOLA SENZA PERDITE

Pompe

Idraulico 300bar

La pressione è mantenuta anche se la sorgente idraulica è disattivata. E possibile il controllo della pressione se utilizzata in combinazione con un pressostato.

Specifiche: Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): P→A:8 A→R:44 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 300

BSP

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 250bar

La pressione è mantenuta anche se la sorgente idraulica è disattivata. E in grado di mantenere in azione un cilindro idraulico. Montaggio conforme a ISO 4401-03.

VALVOLA PILOTA SENZA PERDITE

Specifiche: Area minima di passaggio (mm 2 ): 24 Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 250

BX

VALVOLA DI SFIATO PNEUMATICA AUTOMATICA

port Valvola di sfiato

port

Idraulico 250bar Valvola di sfiato che svuota automaticamente l aria all interno del circuito idraulico durante il ciclo di ON/OFF. Viene installata nella parte superiore di un circuito idraulico.

Specifiche: Volume di dren a ggio (c m 3/azione): 10 (solo aria) - 0,6 (solo olio) Pression e di apertura (ba r): 0,4 porta ta min ima di fun zion amen to (c m 3 / min ): 50 Pressione di esercizio (bar): max. 250

JB

PRESSOSTATO

Idraulico 392bar Utilizzato per il controllo della pressione interna di un circuito idraulico. Resistente alle vibrazioni di 30G.

Specifiche: C ampo di pression e: in aumen to (ba r): da 7 a 39 2 in dimin uzion e (bar) da 4 a 3 6 2 Opzioni: ・L uc i a L ED  ・L uc i a l n eon

12


KWCS

BC

Unità Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 300bar

Gruppo valvole senza perdite e pressostato. Manovrate a distanza con controllo elettrico.

BH

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 300bar

Gruppo valvole senza perdite a comando manuale Disponibili sia normalmente aperte che normalmente chiuse.

Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 300

Pressione di esercizio (bar): da 25 a 300

PA

B PH R

B

A

A

Circuito a due vie

CB

Idraulico 70bar

P R

Circuito a due vie

Idraulico 435bar

CC

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 647bar

Gruppo pompa utilizzabile in combinazione con il gruppo valvole a tre vie senza perdite (BC e BH).

Gruppo pompa ad alta portata utilizzabile in compinazione con il gruppo valvole a tre vie senza perdite (BC e BH).

P r es si o ne i n u s cit a ( b a r ) : d a 24 a 435

Pression e in usc ita (ba r): da 23 a 647

da 25 a 300 (in combinazione con BC e BH)

PH R

CP

da 25 a 300 (in combinazione con BC e BH)

PH R

PA

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 300bar

CS

PA

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 300bar

Unità idraulica compatta che comprende la pompa mod. AA, le valvole e i pressostati.

Unità idraulica equipaggiata con la pompa mod. AC. Usata in sistemi che richiedono una portata maggiore rispetto alla versione CP.

P r es si o ne i n u s cit a ( b a r ) : d a 25 a 300

Pression e in usc ita (ba r) : da 25 a 300

B port

PAport

Circuito a due vie

Idraulico 70bar

Circuito a due vie

Hydraulic 647bar

Unità idraulica con pompa ad azionamento manuale e valvola integrata. P r es si o ne i n u s cit a ( b a r ) : d a 24 a 435 ( p o mp a mo d. AA) d a 24 a 435 ( p o m p a mo d. AC) PA PH(R)

Circuito ad una via

13

PAport

A port

A port

CV

B port


KWCS

BZW/BZL/BZT

Pneumatico 10bar

Accessori

Idraulico 70bar

Idraulico 350bar

Valvola di flusso a montaggio diretto, permette la regolazione

Valvola di controllo velocità

individuale dei componenti all interno di un circuito. Disponibile sia per bassa che per alta pressione

Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Aria (BZW) - Olio idraulico generico (BZL, BZT) Pressione di esercizio (bar): max. 10 (BZW) - max. 70 (BZL) - max. 350 (BZT) Pneumatica

Idraulica

BZX/JZG

Idraulico 70bar

Valvola/Tappo con funzione di sfiato

Idraulico 350bar

BZX: Valvola di sfiato. JZG: Tappo con funzione di sfiato. L aria viene sfiatata al termine del ciclo, aumentando la stabilità del sistema idraulico.

Specifiche: Fluido da utilizzare: Olio idraulico generico Pressione di esercizio (bar): max. 250 (BZX) - max. 350 (JZG) Valvola di sfiato

Tappo di sfiato

ELEMENTI DI BLOCCAGGIO Braccio di bloccaggio standard

dello ste ma lo or

f

Leva di bloccaggio standard

Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi: LG - LHA - TLA - TLB - WHA

Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi: LJ - LM - WCA

Leva di bloccaggio a cambio rapido

Braccio di bloccaggio semifinito

Forma della leva

f

dello ste ma lo or

Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi: LHA - TLA - TLB

Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi: LJ - LKA - LM - WCA - TMA

ELEMENTI DI MONTAGGIO Ghiera di fissaggio Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi:

Blocchetto per tubazioni Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi:

Blocchetto a basetta Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi:

DP - DR - DS - DT

DP

LC - LG - LHA - LJ - LKA - LM - LT - TMA

Blocchetto di fissaggio Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi:

Blocchetto per tubazioni Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi:

Blocchetto a basetta Per le seguenti versioni di bloccaggi:

DP - DR - DS - DT - LD - TNC - WD

DR - LD - TNC - WD

DP

14


â– Ga mma prodo t t i Produciamo una vasta gamma di sistemi di bloccaggio e componenti, non esitate a contattarci.

CAM B I O RA P I DO S T A MP I

BLOCCAG G I O STAMPI PRE SSOFUSIO NE

Cambio dello stampo in pochissimo tempo.

Sistema di fissaggio stampi stabile e sicuro per sistemi a pressofusione

Usato su tutti i tipi di presse per stampaggio.

anche in condizioni gravose come le alte temperature o distaccanti, ecc.

BLOCC A GGI O S T A M P I A D I N I EZ I ONE

CAMBI O RAPI DO STAMPI AD I NIEZIO NE

Lo stampo viene assicurato dall’azione magnetica.

Linea completa di bloccaggio idraulici e pneumatici.

Disponibile per macchine di dimensioni superiori a 300kN.

Per tutte le applicazioni di stampaggio ad iniezione.

h t t p : / / w ww.agint.com

Attrezzature Agint Srl Via Privata Alzaia Trieste 3 20090 Cesano Boscone (MI) Tel. 02 - 4945 1414 Fax 02 - 47760247 info@agint.com kwcs-0412-i


7MPa Single-action swing clamp

model

LT/LG


Single-action swing clamp Cross-sectional structure and features

LT/LG

High-power & high-speed clamp Easy manufacturing of clamp levers

Superior coolant resistance A strong seal has been achieved with a specially designed dust seal, which can also be used with high-pressure coolant. The use of a highly chemical resistant material makes it highly durable even when chlorine-based coolant is used.

Taper sleeve design eliminates taper from clamp lever. Timing pin assures phase for quick change of clamp lever.

Direct mount speed control available

Optimized for Strength

Speed and synchronization are easily adjusted when equipped with direct mount speed controllers. Air venting is quick with speed controller or air vent valve. Speed controller and air valve are for use with manifold (C type) hydraulic supply.

Increased guide ratio provides high rigidity.

Speed control valve (Model BZL)

Assembly diagram

Air venting diagram

Long-life, high durability model BZL

model JZG

Designed for high speeds

Air venting valve

model BZX

1

7MPa

(Refer to Page 11)

Larger diameter cam, large ball bearings and enlarged guide dimensions increase rigidity. Improved outer race reduces friction.

ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p

Exclusive trap valve isolates the spring housing from the external atmosphere. Coolant is kept out eliminating internal corrosion. Also, cumbersome vent port isn't required.


model

LT/LG

INDEX

Model code

3

Performance Graph

5

LT/LG Standard type

7

Clamp at 90ยบ swing

Lever design dimensions/accessories

9

Remarks

15

KOSM EK LTD .

2


Single-action swing clamp Single-action swing clamp

Model code

L T 048 0 - C R 1

2

3

4

5

1 Body material

T : Aluminum alloy (Body size: 036-075) G : Steel

(Body size: 090-105)

2 Body size Shows the exterior diameter ( cylinder on the main unit

D) of the

3 Design No.

4 Piping methods

C : Gasket type (with G thread plug) G : Gasket type S : Pipe type (Rc thread)

Gasket type with G thread plug Speed controller can be installed

Pipe type Rc thread No gasket port

5 Swing direction during locking

R: Clockwise direction L : Counter-clockwise direction

Swing direction during locking

Notes *1 The aluminum alloy body material (LT) is for body sizes 036-075, and the steel (LG) is for body sizes 090 and 105. *2 With the gasket type, the one with the alluminum alloy body (LT) has no Rc thread, while the one with the steel body (LG) has a plug on the Rc thread.

7MPa

ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p


Model code

model

LT/LG

Speed control valve (with air venting function) *1

1

2

Model code

BZL 0 1 0 0 - A 3

1 G thread size

1 : G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8 2 Design No.

3 Type of control

BZL-A:Meter-in

BZL-B:Meter-out

A : Meter-in B : Meter-out *1 Can only be installed on C-type piping system.

P1 Port Hydraulic pressure supply side

P2 Port Clamp side

P1 Port Hydraulic pressure supply side

P2 Port Clamp side

Air bleed valve *2

BZX 0 1 0 1

2

1 G thread size

1 : G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8 2 Design No. *2 Can only be installed on C-type piping system.

G thread plug (with air bleed function) *3

JZG 0 1 0 1

2

1 G thread size

1: G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8 2 Design No. *3 Shipped assembled on C-type piping system.

KOSM EK LTD .


Single-action swing clamp Performance Curve LT0360

LT0480

LT0400

25

5

35 L 0

L 0

L 0

L

0 0 L 150 130

15

10

Clamp force (kN)

L 32 12

Clamp force (kN)

Clamp force (kN)

30 20

L 3 5 14

25

L

0 5 L 150 12 5

20 15

4 L 42 1 5 L 100 4 5 L 150 124 5

3

2

10 05

Non-usable range

1

2

3

4

0

5

1

2

3

4

0

5

LT0550

Non-usable range

1

2

3

4

5

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

LT0750

LT0650

14

L 50 20 L 120 0 L 200 1 0

4

3

2

L 0 12

L 5 5 21 5 L 120 85 L 200 1 5

5

L

Clamp force (kN)

5

L 0

8

Clamp force (kN)

Clamp force (kN)

L 0

4 3

5 25 L 120 80 L 200 1 0

10 8

4

2

Non-usable range

1

Non-usable range

1 0

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

0

5

1

2

3

4

5

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

LG0900

Non-usable range

2

0

5

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

LG1050

20

30

1 L

5

2 5 L 150 102 5 L 250 202 5

12

8

4

1

2

3

4

5

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

L 0

25

L

0 35 L 1 0 115 L 250 1 5

20

15

10

Non-usable range

5

0

1

2

3

4

How to read performance curve diagram L

5

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

Model

LT0480 (E.g.) When LT0480 is used Requirements: Hydraulic pressure of 5.0 MPa When lever length(L) = 42 mm Clamp force is approximately 2.4kN. Note 1. Clamp force F is found by substituting lever length L and hydraulic pressure P in the formulas in the specifications column. (see page 8). 2. Cylinder thrust (L=0) cannot be found with the formula on page 8.

50 L 0

Clamp force (kN)

0

Non-usable range

Clamp force (kN)

L 0

Clamp force (kN)

Performance Curve

0

1

Non-usable range

05

7MPa

ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p

L 42 1 5 L 100 4 5 L 150 124 5

30

20

Lever length L

Non-usable range part

10

0

Please 1. This graph shows the relationship between supply pressure and clamp force. Read 2. The clamp force will vary depending on the length of the lever. Use the appropriate hydraulic pressure for the length of the lever. 3. If used outside the permitted range it could cause deformation, dragging or oil leaks. 4. When adjusting the clamp operation time refer to the 90째swing time graph and set it to operate at the appropriate speed.

Standard lever dimensions

40

1

2

3

4

5

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)


Performance curve/allowable operation time graph

model

LT/LG

Allowable operation time graph LT0400

0 010

0 025

0 00

0 004

0 002

0 0125

Moment of inertia (kg

Moment of inertia (kg

0 008

2)

2)

2)

Moment of inertia (kg

LT0480

0 015

0 010

0 00 5

0 005

0 0025

0

0 3

0

0

1 2

0

1 5

0 3

90° swing time (sec)

0

1 5

0 010

0 040

0 020

0

2)

Moment of inertia (kg

0 150

0 100

0 050

0 3

0 5

1

Material swing lever 1

1 5

0 050

0 025

0

1 5

0 3

2

0 500

0 400

0 300

0 200

0 100

0

0 3 0 5

90° swing time (sec)

How to find the moment of inertia (formula)

(1)Rectangular plate (rectangular solid), rotational axis perpendicular to plate at one end

1

1 5

0 5

1

1 5

90° swing time (sec)

Material swing lever

0 3 0 5

0 0 5

Material swing lever

LG1050

0 200

0

0 100

90° swing time (sec)

0 250

1 5

2) 0 0 0

1 5

0 300

1

0 125

0 080

Material swing lever

LG0900

0 5

0 150

Moment of inertia (kg

0 020

1

0 3

90° swing time (sec)

2)

Moment of inertia (kg

2)

Moment of inertia (kg

0 030

0 5

0 005

LT0750

90° swing time (sec)

2)

1

0 100

Material swing lever

Moment of inertia (kg

0 5

LT0650

0 040

0 3

0 010

90° swing time (sec)

LT0550

0

0 015

Material swing lever

Material swing lever

Material swing lever

0 020

Allowable operation time graph

LT0360

2

Notes 1.This graph shows the 90° swing time with respect to the lever’s moment of inertia. The rotation operation may not be possible with levers having large moments of inertia depending on the mounting position of the lever and the hydraulic pressure supplied. 2.Adjust the 90° swing time so that it is larger than the value shown in the graph above with the lever’s moment of inertia. 3.If the swing is too fast, the force of inertia may reduce the stopping precision and cause damage to the internal parts. 4.If the clamp is mounted sideways the weight of the lever when it begins rotating of its own weight at the time of release may cause the speed of rotation to exceed the allowable time as shown above and damage the clamp. If such is the case, use a speed control valve to adjust the meter-out speed. 5.Contact us if you wish to use the clamp under conditions other than those shown in this graph.

90° swing time (sec)

Moment of inertia (kg m2) L, L1, L2, K, b: Length (m) m, m1, m2, m3: Weight (kg) (2)Rectangular plate (rectangular solid), rotational axis perpendicular to plate at center of gravity

(3)There is a load at the tip of the lever

L2 L

L L1

L1

L

3 1

2

2

1

4L

2

12

2

2 2

1

2

4L1 12

2

2

L

2

1

4L 12

2

2 2

4L 1 12

2 3

2

3

L2

2

2

12

12

KOSM EK LTD .


Single-action swing clamp Exterior Dimensions

Machining dimensions for mounting portion

C : Gasket type (with G thread plug) This drawing shows the released position of LT/LG-CR.

R type

L type Counterbore

Hydraulic pressure port P

(-C/-G Type) 4-EA thread Make sure there are no burrs

Lever phase determination groove

R type (L type: 180° opposite) Nut

thread

taper1/10

G thread plug (-C type only) Hydraulic pressure port (G thread) Speed controller can only be installed on –C type

Swing direction during locking

Hexagon socket Y

Taper sleeve

LT/LG

Remarks 3 The EA thread depth for mounting bolts is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. 4 The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference.

Piping methods G : Gasket type Trap valve

This drawing shows the released position of LG-GR. There is no R thread plug (Rc thread) on LT036-075.

O ring for hydraulic pressure port (supplied) (-C/-G types)

R thread plug

S : Pipe type (Rc thread) This drawing shows the released position of LT/LG-SR. Remarks 1 The groove for determining the lever phase is set to the port side in the locked position. 2 Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.

Hydraulic pressure port Rc thread

7MPa

ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p


Standard type

model

LT/LG

Specifications Model Locking cylinder area Clamping capacity (formula) 5 Full stroke Swing stroke (90째) Locking stroke Cylinder volume Return spring force Maximum operating pressure Minimum operating pressure Pressure resistance Operating temperature Accuracy of 90째swing angle Repeat accuracy of final position after swing Weight 6

L

Notes 5 F: Clamp force (kN); P: Hydraulic pressure (MPa); L: Distance (mm) from center of piston to clamp point 6 Shows the weight of the swing clamp unit including the nuts and taper sleeve.

Exterior dimension chart and machining dimension chart for mounting portion

LT/LG

Model

X (nominal size x pitch) Y (hexagon x depth) Z (Chamfer)

Hydraulic pressure port G thread plug (-C) (Recommended inner diameter of pipe) Hydraulic pressure port R thread plug (-G) (Recommended inner diameter of pipe) O ring (-C/-G types) Hydraulic pressure port (Rc thread) (-S) Remarks 1. The recommended inner pipe diameters in the chart are reference values. Make appropriate changes according to the number of clamps used and the distance from the piping.

KOSM EK LTD .


Single-action swing clamp Swing lever design dimensions Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing a swing lever.

Compatible Models Lever phase Positioning pin hole

Lever design dimensions

Remarks 1) Design and manufacture the swing lever referring to the performance curve for the length. (see page 5). 2) If you manufacture a swing lever with different dimensions than the chart above, it could lead to malfunctions, including poor clamp force not up to specification, deformation and scraping.

7MPa

ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p


Lever design dimensions/accessories

model

LT/LG

Standard swing lever : LZ-LE1 Chamfer

Compatible Models

N thread Nuts (3 types)

Chamfer

Remarks 1) Material: S45C 2) When determining the phase, refer to the swing lever design dimensions for each model to do the additional machining.

Quenching

HRC50 or higher

1 The design No. is 1 for LZ048 only.

Material swing lever : LZ-LE2 Compatible Models

Remarks 1) Material: S45C 2) Perform additional machining on the end as necessary. 3) When determining the phase, refer to the swing lever design dimensions for each model to do the additional machining.

Accessories

1 The design No. is 1 for LZ048 only.

Manifold block : LZ-MS Compatible Models

O ring

P face

O ring

Remarks 1) Material: S45C 2) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the C dimensions as a reference. 3) If you need a different thickness (dimension C) than the block, perform additional machining on the P face. Alternatively, refer to this drawing to manufacture it on your own.

KOSM EK LTD .

1


Single-action swing clamp Speed Control Valve (with air venting function): BZL

1

BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type. It is best used in the in the circuit where the flow governing valve cannot be mounted, or the synchronized and individual adjustment is necessary. Additionally, air can be vented at the component, improving stability of the hydraulic system. 1 Can only be installed on C-type piping system.

meter-in

Model Maximum Use Pressure

P1 port

Max. rated pressure

Hydraulic prssure supply side

Controlling Method

P2 port Clamp side

G thread size meter-out

Cracking pressure Maximum passage area

Tightening torque

P1 port

Remarks 1. The maximum passage area when the controlling side is fully opened is the same as the maximum passage area shown in the table above.

Hydraulic prssure supply side

P2 port Clamp side

Model M thread

(Swing clamp) Special packing

G thread

Corresponding Product Model

(Attached)

P2 port Clamping side

Closed

Open

Hexagonal K

max.H max.C

Hexagonal A

Accessories

P1 port Hydraulic supply side

Processing dimensions for the mounting area R (Flat area)

Notes

U thread (Lower hole Ă˜T flat bottom)

port Clamping side

Notes As the area is sealing part, pay attention not to damage it. As the area is the metal sealing part at the BZL side, pay attention not to damage it (Notes for deburring) Pay attention to have no cutting powder and burring at the tolerance part of the processing hole. port Hydraulic supply side

As shown in the drawing, P1 port is used as the hydraulic supply side and P2 port as the clamping side. If the market available plug and connector with G screw specs are considered to be mounted, “ 1� in the specification list is 12.5. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure.It must be done under lower pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)

11

7MPa

ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p


Speed Control Valve

model

BZL

Flow characteristic graph (hydraulic fluids ISO-VG32 meter-in

meter-in Control flow direction

Pressure loss

Pressure loss

Control flow direction

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Control flow direction

meter-in

Pressure loss

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Fully closed

Free flowing direction

Flow rate (L/min)

Fully closed

Fully opened

Flow rate (L/min)

Fully opened

Free flowing direction

Fully opened

Fully closed

Pressure loss

Pressure loss

Control flow direction

Control flow direction

Control flow direction

Pressure loss

Pressure loss

Flow rate (L/min)

Pressure loss

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Free flowing direction

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Pressure loss

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Free flowing direction

Free flowing direction

Pressure loss (

Fully closed

Pressure loss

Fully opened

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Free flowing direction

Fully opened

Fully opened

Fully closed

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Accessories

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Fully closed

Pressure loss

KOSM EK LTD .

12


Single-action swing clamp Air venting valve : BZX

1

BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type. As it is specially for air venting, it is easy to vent the air within the hydraulic circuit. 1 It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.

Specifications

Circuit Symbol

Model Maximum use pressure Max rated pressure

G thread size Tightening torque (housing)

External Dimensions Housing Locking nut M6 (3 types)

Model (Swing clamp)

Plug

O ring (attached) G thread

Corresponding Product Model

Hexagonal hole 3

O ring

Hexagonal 10

Notes 1. Do not over loosen the plug during air venting. (Do not loosen for more than 2 turns from the fully closed status.) 2. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)

Hexagonal A

3. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 11)

G thread plug (with air venting function) : JZG

2

Accessories

JZG is the plug with air venting function which consists of the G thread plug and special packing. Moreover, air is vented at the equipment end like BZL, improving the stability of the hydraulic system. 2 It is assembled with Piping Method C Type for delivery.

Specifications Model Maximum use pressure

Max rated pressure

G thread size Tightening torque

External Dimensions Special packing

(Attached)

Model

Corresponding Product Model

Hexagonal hole D

G thread

1

7MPa

ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p

Notes 1. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 11)


Air venting valve/G screw type

model

BZX/JZG

Application Example LT/LG Swing Clamp

Speed control valve

JZG G thread plug

Hydraulic pressure port

Hydraulic pressure port

Accessories

Remarks 1. BZL (speed control valve), BZX (air bleed valve) and JZG (G thread plug) can only be installed on C type piping systems.

KOSM EK LTD .

1


Single-action swing clamp Design-related Cautions 1) Check the specifications

– Set the allowable operation time according to the

– The maximum hydraulic pressure is 7.0 MPa and the minimum

moment of inertia.

2.5 MPa. However, the maximum operating pressure and

Refer to the allowable operation time graph and operate it

clamp pressure will vary depending on the length of the swing

within the allowable time. (see page 6).

lever. If a load that exceeds the operating range is exerted it could lead to deformation, scraping, oil leaks, etc. Refer to the

4) When using it on a welding jig or other such equipment,

performance curve and use the appropriate pressure for the

protect the sliding surface of the piston rod.

length of the swing lever used. (see page 5).

– If spatter gets onto the sliding surface it could lead to malfunction and oil leaks. 5) When clamping a sloped surface on the workpiece – Make sure the clamp surface and the mounting surface on the workpiece are parallel.

2) Considerations when designing the circuit – When designing the hydraulic pressure circuit, read "Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions," and design the circuit accordingly. If the circuit design is flawed, the equipment could be damaged or malfunction. (see page 18). 6) When using a speed control valve (BZL) – Do not attach used BZL valves to other clamps.

3) Considerations for making the swing lever’s

The metal seal may not close all the way depending on

moment of inertia smaller

the variation in the underside of the G thread on the

– If the moment of inertia is large the lever stopping accuracy will deteriorate and the clamp will wear out.

clamp, thereby preventing adjustment of the flow rate.

Additionally, the supplied hydraulic pressure and position

The speed control valve (BZL) can only be installed on

where the lever is installed may prevent pivoting.

C-type piping system. (see page 11).

Cautions for Mounting

Design-related Cautions

1) Check the fluid to use – Make sure to use the Hydraulic Fluid List to choose the appropriate fluid.

1

2) Precautions for installing piping – Flush the pipes, joints and jig oil holes to make sure they are clean. – Chips and foreign material in the circuit will lead to leaks and malfunction. – There is no function provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the hydraulic system and pipes.

– When installing the piping, do so in a clean working environment and follow directions faithfully so that foreign materials do not get into the equipment. 4) Mounting the Unit – When mounting the unit use four hexagon socket bolts (with tensile strength of 12.9) and tighten them with the torque shown in the chart below. Tightening with greater torque than recommended can depress the seating surface or burn the bolt.

3) Using the sealing tape – Leave 1 or 2 turns on the screw and wrap it. – Pieces of the sealing tape can lead to leaks and malfunction.

7MPa

ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p

Model

Mounting bolt nominal size

Tightening torque (N m)


Remarks

model 5) Mounting and removing the swing lever – The lever may become loose if oil or other foreign materials get on the places where the lever, taper sleeve and piston rod are fastened. Clean and flush as necessary to remove oil and other foreign materials. – Use the torque values shown in the chart below to tighten the swing lever. Model

Mounting bolt nominal size

LT/LG

(2) Loosen the box nut on the pipe joint nearest the swing clamp by one turn. (3) Shake the pipes left and right to loosen the pipes at the joint. Hydraulic fluids with air mixed in will come out.

Tightening torque (N m)

(4) When no more air is mixed in tighten the box nut back. (5)Efficiency can be further improved by releasing air at the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit and near the – If too much torque is used on the piston rod the internal pivoting mechanism will be damaged, so refer to the following to avoid putting torque on the piston rod. Installation (1) Position the lever after fastening the clamp to a jig or other piece of equipment and perform temporary tightening on the lever fastening nuts. (2) Grip the lever with a machine vice or other tool and use a wrench on the hexagon socket at the end of the piston rod to perform final tightening with the lever swivelled around midway in the direction of the swing.

terminal clamp. (When using a gasket-type, install an air release valve near the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit.)

7) Speed adjustment –Refer to the allowable operation time graph and adjust the speed. (see page 6). If the clamp operates too fast the parts will wear out and become damaged more quickly leading to equipment failure. –Only adjust the speed after releasing the air from the circuit. If air is mixed in the circuit you will not be able to

Removal (1) Use a wrench on the hexagon socket at the end of the piston rod after fastening the clamp to a jig or machine vice and loosen the lever fastening nuts with the lever swivelled around midway in the direction of the swing. (2) After removing the nuts pull the lever out with a gear puller or other tool without putting a rotating torque on the piston rod.

accurately adjust the speed. –Turn the speed control valve gradually from the lowspeed side (small flow) to the high-speed side (large flow) to adjust the speed. 8) Checking for looseness and additional tightening –After initially installing the equipment the tightening force of the nuts and bolts will drop due to initial breaking in. Check for looseness and tighten the bolt when necessary. ■Hydraulic Fluid List

Cautions for Mounting

6) Air release in the hydraulic pressure circuit –Using the hydraulic pressure circuit with a large amount of air still in it will cause operations to take an abnormally long time. After installing the piping or if air is fed into the hydraulic tank of the pump while it is empty, make sure to perform the following procedures to release the air. (1) Set the hydraulic pressure circuit supply pressure to 2 MPa or less.

ISO viscosity grade: ISO-VG-32

Abrasion resisting hydraulic oil General purpose oil Manufacturer Tellus Oil 32 Tellus Oil C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu Super Multi 32 Idemitsu Kosan Daphne Super Hydraulic 32A Super Highland 32 Super Mulpus 32 Eneos Cosmo Hydro AW32 Cosmo New Mighty Super 32 Cosmo Oil Hydrax 32 Lathus 32 Japan Energy (JOMO) Nuto H32 Nuto 32 Esso Mobil DTE24 Mobil DTE24 Light ExxonMobil Unit Oil WR32 Unit Oil P32 Kygnus Fukkol Super Hydrol 32 Fukkol Hydrol DX32 Fuji Kosan Hydrol AW32 Matsumura Oil Sunvis 832 Sunvis 932 Sunoco Hi-Tech AW32 Hydrax 32 Mitsui Oil Hyspin AWS32 Castrol

Remark: Some of the products in the chart are difficult to obtain overseas, so if you are going to purchase them overseas contact the manufacturer.

KOSM EK LTD .

1


Single-action swing clamp Cautions for Use 1) The product should be operated by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. –Operation and maintenance of machines and systems which use hydraulic pressure equipment should be performed by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not operate or remove equipment without first ensuring your safety.

(3)When removing equipment right after operation, the equipment may still be hot, so wait until it cools off. (4)When restarting the machine or system, make sure the bolts and parts are secure and in place first.

(1)Perform inspections and maintenance of the machines and systems after making sure no objects will fall and the equipment will not accidentally operate.

3) Do not touch the swing clamp while it is being operated. Your hand could get stuck resulting in injury.

(2)When removing equipment, check to make sure the safety precautions mentioned above have been taken and then block the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit.

4) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. –If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.

Maintenance and inspection 1) Removing equipment and blocking pressure source –When removing the equipment, make sure measures have been taken to prevent the driven objects from falling and to prevent accidental operation, then block the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Finally, remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit. –When restarting the equipment, first make sure all the bolts and parts are secure and in place. 2) Clean around the piston rod periodically. –If the rod is used when the surface is dirty it could lead to damage to the packing and sealing, malfunctions or oil leaks.

3) When a coupler is used to disconnect the equipment, if it is used for long periods of time air will enter the circuit, so be sure to release the air periodically. 4) Inspect the equipment periodically to make sure the pipes, mounting bolts and fastening nuts are not loose. 5) Check to make sure the hydraulic fluid has not degraded. 6) Check to make sure operation is smooth without abnormal sounds. –In particular, if the equipment is not used for a long period of time, when it is used again for the first time make sure that it operates properly. 7) When storing the product, keep it out of direct sunlight in a cool location where it is protected from water. 8) For overhaul and repairs, please contact us.

Warranty

Cautions for Handling

1) Warranty period –The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter.

1

2) Warranty scope –If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to some fault of ours, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. However, defects or failures caused by the following are not covered. (1)Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed. (2)The product was used in an imperfect state at the discretion of the user.

7MPa

ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p

(3)The user did not use or handle the product properly. (including damages caused by a third party.) (4)The cause was due to some factor other than our product. (5)The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation. (6)The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own. (7)Parts and replacements necessary due to wear and tear (rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical components, etc.) Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered.


Remarks

model

LT/LG

Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions When controlling the operating speed of hydraulic cylinders, design the hydraulic pressure circuit taking the following points into consideration. If the circuit design is flawed, the equipment could be damaged or malfunction, so do a thorough review beforehand. ■ Speed control circuit for single-action cylinder In a spring return type single-action cylinder, if the flow rate in the circuit is low at release the release operation can malfunction (sticking and stopping) or take a long time to complete. Use a flow regulating valve with check valve to control the flow rate during the locking operation. Also, as much as possible use a regulating valve on each cylinder to control cylinders with speed restrictions (swing clamps, workpiece supports, etc.).

If there is concern that load may be placed on the cylinder in the direction of the release enough to break it during the release, use a flow regulating valve with check valve to control the flow rate on the release side as well .(the same applies with swing clamps where the weight of the lever is put on the cylinder during release)

However, design meter-out circuits taking the following points into consideration. (1)Generally speaking, in systems that use both double-action and single-action cylinders, the same circuit should not be used to control both. The single-action cylinder release operation can malfunction or take a long time to complete.

If both a single-action and double-action cylinder are used, refer to the following circuit. –Separate the control circuits.

Flow control on release side

Speed control circuit for double-action cylinder When controlling the speed of double-action cylinders, use a meter-out circuit for both the lock and release sides. With meter-in circuits air can get into the hydraulic pressure circuit and prevent speed control.

–Ensure that the double-action cylinder control circuit is not affected by the other. However, depending on the tank line back pressure, the single-action cylinder may operate after the double-action cylinder.

(2)With a meter-out circuit, depending on the flow rate the pressure within the circuit may rise when the cylinder operates.By using a flow regulating valve to keep the flow rate to the cylinder low, you can prevent the pressure within the circuit from rising.In particular, in systems with sequence valves and pressure switches if the pressure rises above the setting pressure the system will cease to function properly, so attention is required. Meter-in Circuit

Sequence valve

Flow regulating valve (either possible)

KOSM EK LTD .

Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions

Meter-out Circuit

1


h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p

1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401

CAT.NO.LT001-05-02 Printed in Japan

2007.03. First 0.5Ry 2009.01. Fifth 1Ry


7MPa New

Double Action Swing Clamp

model

LHA


Double Action Swing Clamp Patented in Japan and major foreign countries

Structure & Features High power & high speed clamp Excellent coolant resistance

Easy fabrication of clamping lever

Chemically resistant dust seal protects

Supplied lever sleeve incorporates taper

against high pressure coolant and is highly

simplifying clamping lever design.

resistant to chlorate coolant.

F: Quick-change lever option (as shown at right) allows easy swapping of levers. (Refer to Page 19)

Direct mount speed control available

Sectional structure of mounting area

Capable of high speed release action

Speed and synchronization are easily adjusted when equipped with direct mount speed controllers. Air venting is QUICK with speed controller or air vent valve. Speed controller and air valve are for use with manifold (C type) hydraulic supply.

End-of-stroke hydraulic cushion reduces shock so that release time can be reduced by 65%.

Speed control valve (Model BZL) Assembly diagram

Air venting diagram

model BZL Air venting valve

model JZG

Designed for high speeds PAT.

1

7MPa

(Refer to Page 31)

Larger guide ratio allows higher

High rigidity from the larger diameter

clamping force (+26% max) and use

cam and ball bearings.

of longer lever arms.

Improved outer race improves rolling model BZX

Optimized for strength

action.

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .jp


model

LHA

INDEX Model Indication

3

Performance graph/allowed action time graph

5

LHA Standard Type

LHA-D Dual rod type for dog application

9

Clamp with 90째 swing

The clamp movement can be confirmed via the switch detection

11

LHA-M Manifold type with air sensor

LHA-N

13 The clamp movement can be confirmed via the air catch sensor

15

Piping type with air sensor

LHA-F Quick-change lever type

19

Easy lever changing Sectional structure of mounting area

LHA-P Balance lever type

LHA-Q Long stroke type

LHA-Y Swinging angle Selection type

One clamp can secure two workpieces

21

Longer stroke available in 5mm increments

23

Available with 30째 45째 60째 swing angle

27

Lever design dimensions/accessories

29

Notes

35

KOSM EK LTD.

2


Double Action Swing Clamp Model Indication

Double Action Swing Clamp

LHA 048 0 - C R D - F 1

2

3

4

5

6

1 Body Size External diameter (ØD) of body cylinder

φD

2 Design No.

G

C

3 Piping Method

S

C: Gasket type (G thread port w/plug) G: Gasket type (Rc thread port w/plug) S: Piping type (Rc thread port)

Piping Type

Gasket Type With G plug; can use speed control and air vent valve

4 Swing direction when locking

Rc thread port only

With R plug

R

R: clockwise L: counter clockwise

Swing direction when locking L

5 Confirmation Method (rod end style)

No marking

No marking: standard (no confirmation) ・・・P9

D

M

N

P

Q

Y

D: Double ended rod (threaded) ・・・P11 M: Manifold type with air sensor ・・・P13 N: piping type with air sensor ・・・P15

6 Option Model

No marking: tapered rod w/ taper sleeve F: quick-change lever type ・・・P19 P: Balance lever type ・・・P21 Q: Long stroke type ・・・P23 Y: Swinging angle selectable type ・・・P27

3

7MPa

ht t p : / / ww w. k o s m ek .c o .jp

F


Model Indication

model

LHA Model Indication

Speed Control valve (with air venting function) *1

BZL 0 1 0 0 - B 1

2

3

1 G thread size

1:G1/8 2:G1/4 3:G3/8 2 Design No. 3 Controlling method

A: meter-in B: meter-out

BZL-A: meter-in

P1 port: hydraulic supply side

BZL-B: meter-out

P2 port: clamping side

P1 port: hydraulic supply side

P2 port: clamping side

*1.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.

Air venting valve *2

BZX 0 1 0 1

2

1 G thread size

1:G1/8 2:G1/4 3:G3/8 2 Design No. *2.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.

G thread plug (with air venting function) *3

JZG 0 1 0 1

2

1 G thread size

1:G1/8 2:G1/4 3:G3/8 2 Design No. *3.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.

4


Double Action Swing Clamp Performance Diagram LHA0360 Cylinder output (kN)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

Non-usable range

2.5

Maximum Lever Length

L=0 L=30(10)

2

How to read the Performance Graph

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic pressure (MPa)

L=50(30) L=100(80)

1.5

L=150(130) 1

0.5 Non-usable range

0

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

LHA0400 Cylinder output (kN)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

Non-usable range

1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

7

3.5

Maximum Lever Length

L=0

3 Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic pressure (MPa)

0

L=40(17.5) L=60(37.5)

2.5

L=100(77.5)

2

L=150(127.5)

1.5 1 0.5 Non-usable range

0

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Cylinder output (kN)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

Non-usable range

1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

7

5

Maximum Lever Length

L=0 L=50(24.5)

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic pressure (MPa)

0

4

L=80(54.5)

3

L=140(114.5) L=200(174.5)

2

1 Non-usable range

0

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Cylinder output (kN)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

Non-usable range

L=0

6

L=50(20) L=80(50) L=140(110) L=200(170)

5 4 3 2

0

Non-usable range

0

1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

Notes 1. The graphs show the relationship between the clamping force and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. The clamping force is shown with lever in the locked position. 3. The clamping force varies as per the lever length.Use the hydraulic supply pressure suitable to the lever length. 4. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 5. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact results should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.

5

7MPa

ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp

7

7

1 Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

8

Maximum Lever Length

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic pressure (MPa)

0

7


How to read the Performance Graph

model

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

Non-usable range

10

Maximum Lever Length

L=0

9

L=50(15) L=80(45) L=140(105) L=200(165)

8 7 6

How to read the Performance Graph

Cylinder output (kN)

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic pressure (MPa)

LHA

5 4 3 2 1 0

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Cylinder output (kN)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

Non-usable range

Maximum Lever Length

0

1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L=0 L=50(10) L=80(40) L=140(100) L=200(160)

12 10 8 6 4 2 0

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Cylinder output (kN)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

Non-usable range

Maximum Lever Length

Non-usable range

1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

0

7

L=0

20 Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic pressure (MPa)

7

14

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic pressure (MPa)

Non-usable range

L=60(12.5) L=100(52.5)

16

L=170(122.5) 12

L=250(202.5)

8 4 Non-usable range

0

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Cylinder output (kN)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

Non-usable range

7

30

Maximum Lever Length

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic pressure (MPa)

1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

0

L=0

25

L=80(25) L=120(65)

20

L=200(145) L=300(245)

15 10 5 Non-usable range

0

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

How to read the Performance Graph

s

5

L=0 L=50(24.5) L=80(54.5) L=140(114.5) L=200(174.5)

4 3.1 3 2

Non-usable range

(Example) When LHA0480 is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 5.0MPa Lever length L=50mm The clamping force is about 3.1kN. Notes: 1. The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length L and hydraulic supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column. 2. The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column.

Clamping force (kN)

L

1 2 3 4 5 6 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

0

1 0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

7

7

L(s) is shown on the left graph.

The range which cannot be used (the part indicated in )

KOSM EK LTD .

6


Double Action Swing Clamp Action Time Tolerance Graph 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6

90° swing

0.004

0.003 Full action 0.002 *1

0.001

0

0.010

*2

0

0.1 0.2 0.3

0.2 0.4 0.6

0.006 Full action 0.004 *1

0.002

0.1 0.2 0.3

0.2 0.4 0.6

0.015 Full action *1

0.010 0.005

0.08

0.2 0.4 0.6

*2

0.1 0.2 0.3

Locking time (sec)

0

0.2 0.4 0.6

0.12 Full action 0.08 *1

0.04 *2

0

0.1 0.2 0.3

0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8

*2

0

0.1 0.2 0.3

LHA0750

0.05 Full action

0.03 0.02

*1

0.12

0.1 0.2 0.3

LHA1050 0.30

0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8

Locking time (sec)

0

0.2 0.4 0.6

0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6

90° swing

0.10 0.08 0.06

Full action

0.04 *1

0.02

*2

0

0

0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8

*2

0

0.1 0.2 0.3

0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8

Releasing time (sec)

Locking time (sec)

0

0.2 0.4 0.6

0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6

90° swing

0.25 0.20 0.15

*1

Full action

0.10 0.05 0

*2

0

0.1 0.2 0.3

Releasing time (sec)

Notes

0

Releasing time (sec)

0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6

90° swing

0.16

0

0.004

Releasing time (sec)

0.06

0

0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8

Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )

Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )

0.20

Full action

90° swing

Releasing time (sec)

LHA0900

90° swing

0.008 *1

0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6

0.04

0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6

0.012

0.01 0

0.2 0.4 0.6

0.016

0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8

Locking time (sec)

0

0.07

0.020

0

LHA0650

0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6

90° swing

0.025

Locking time (sec)

0

Releasing time (sec)

Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )

Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )

0.030

Locking time (sec)

0

0.020

*2

0

Releasing time (sec)

LHA0550

0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6

90° swing

0.008

0

0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8

LHA0480

Locking time (sec)

0

Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )

0.2 0.4 0.6

Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )

Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )

Action Time Tolerance Graph

0.005

LHA0400

Locking time (sec)

0

Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )

LHA0360

0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8

Releasing time (sec)

1. In the case of LHA-Q long stroke type, the full action time should be calculated as per the calculation formula. (Refer to Page 8) (the 90° swing time is shown in the graph.)

Remarks *1. The inertia moment of lever blank (Page 29: LZH-T) is displayed. *2. Minimum 90° swing time is 0.2Sec for locking and 0.1Sec for releasing.

Example) ① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥

① Model LHA0480

Model: LHA0480 : 0.0068 kg・m 2 Lever inertia moment Full action tolerance time when locking : about 0.9 sec : about 0.44 sec 90° swing time when locking Full action tolerance time when releasing : about 0.45 sec 90° swing time when releasing : about 0.22 sec

0.020

Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )

How to read the Action Time Tolerance Graph

7MPa

Locking time (sec) 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4 1.6

③ 90° swing

0.016

0.012 Full action

0.008

② 0.004

0

7

0

⑥ 0

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8

Releasing time (sec)

ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp


Action Time Tolerance Graph

model

LHA

How to calculate inertia moment (estimation) :Inertia Moment (kg・m2) L、L1、L2、K、b:Length(m) m、m1、m2、m3:Mass(kg) ② For a rectangular plate (cuboid), the rotating shaft is vertically on the gravity center of the plate.

L1

m

m1

2

2

2

2

2

=m L + b 12

m1

m2

2

2

=m 1 4L + b + m 2 4L1 + b 12 12

b

L1

L

m2

L2

K L

b

b

L

③ The load is on the lever front end

2

2

m3

Action Time Tolerance Graph

① For a rectangular plate (cuboid), the rotating shaft is vertically on one side of the plate.

2

2 2 =m 1 4L + b + m 2 4L 1 + b + m 3 K 2 + m 3 L 2 + b 12 12 12

Notes 1. The graph shows the action time tolerance with regard to the lever inertia moment when the clamp piston is operating at constant speed. 2. There may be no swinging action for the lever with large inertia based on different hydraulic supply pressure, flow and lever mounting position. 3. For speed adjustment, the meter-out is recommended to keep clamping speed constant. 4. Use a meter-out speed control to counteract the weight of the lever arm when swinging through a vertical plane (clamp mounted horizontally) or if action is erratic with meter-in control. (Refer to Page 39 for speed control of the hydraulic cylinder) 5. Excessive action speed can reduce stopping accuracy and harm internal parts. 6. Please contact us if operational conditions differ from those shown on the graphs.

Calculation formula of full action time

Locking action time (sec) = 90° swing action time (sec) when locking ×

Full stroke (mm) Swinging stroke (mm)

Releasing action time (sec) = 90° swing action time (sec) when releasing ×

Full stroke (mm) Swinging stroke (mm)

KOSM EK LTD .

8


Double Action Swing Clamp External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-CR.

A

B

P *5

2Z

Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

Release port (-C/-G type)

R type

LHA

φ

AA

A-

5

φ B

Hexagonal hole Y

L

Swinging direction Lock port P *5 at locked status (-C/-G type)

4-EA thread

*3

L type 4-φ

G thread plug

Spot facing

φ

Lock port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

Q

+0.05 *1 0 Slot for determining the lever phase

R type (L type: 180 reverse)

φA

3

6.3S *5

X thread

*4

BA

Taper 1/10

B

AB

ut

φ

De-burr *5

Taper sleeve

φ *2

G

A

15

φBB Notes *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. The D depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension F. *5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.

Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GR.

φ

- 1 - 2

m

2mm

R thread plug

Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

S: Piping type (Rc thread ) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-SR. Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

Release port Rc thread

Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". Lock port Rc thread

9

7MPa

h t t p : / / ww w . k o s m ek .c o. j p


Standard Type

model

LHA

Specifications Locking cylinder area

m2

Clamping force *6 (calculation formula) Full stroke

mm mm mm

Swinging stroke (90°)

Locking stroke

Cylinder capacity at locked

m3

at released

Max.operating pressure Minimum operation pressure *7

LHA0360 3 54

LHA0400 5

LHA0480 95

LHA0550 10.3

LHA0650 13.4

LHA0750 20.3

P 12 9379

P 12 92

P 11 4892

P 11 39

P 17822

P 15175

21L 52L

13.5 55 8 48 7.2

1 L 4 L

14.5 5 8 7.3 10.9

9L 18L

15.5 75 8 1 8 16.7

11L 11L

18 5 85 1 19 28.1

9L 1 L

2 1 1 26.7 40.9

LHA0900 29.5

L A1 5 41 3

P 13547

P 12495

7L L

24 12 12 48.7 72.5

9L 4L

2 14 12 76.6 117.9

32 1 1 132 1 2 81

72

1 1

8L 2L

7 15 1 5 7 9 3 5

P P

Max rated pressure P Use temperature 9 swinging angle precision Lock angle repeatability

7 9 14 2 29 42 Remarks *6. F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *7. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *8. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included. Mass *8

LHA

Model

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area L A 3 1 4 49 4 3 45 39 5 25 29 2 31 4

Model A B

G

L

P

X(Nominal designation × pitch) Z(Chamfer)

AA AB A BA BB A B

5 4

A A B Lock/release port R thread plug

11 23 5 8 3 75 45 1 15 5 15 13 11 14 1 5 5 2 22 7 24 5 14 17

-C type -S type -G type

O ring (-C/-G type)

4 7 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5

L A 4 115 54 45 4 71 5 4 5 25 31 5 22 5 34 73 11 2 9 3 9 55 15 1 5 18 15 12 1 15 3 24 8 2 5 1 2 7 5 4 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5

L A 48 128 5 1 51 48 79 51 28 35 5 25 5 4 83 13 3 11 3 9 55 17 5 17 5 22 18 14 2 15 8 3 3 9 33 19 25 9 75 5 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5

L A 55 145 5 9 55 89 59 3 39 3 47 88 12 33 5 12 3 11 8 17 2 5 25 21 15 22 1 5 8 3 32 1 35 5 22 28 1 95

35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5

L A 5 15 81 7 5 94 3 31 4 35 55 1 13 39 5 15 5 11 8 17 22 3 24 1 27 1 5 1 4 41 11 45 25 34 12 5 11 5

45 19 G1/4 1/4 1/4 1BP7

L A 75 181 92 8 75 1 9 71 38 52 4 3 11 1 45 1 5 14 9 21 2 35 5 3 1 3 15 1 5 4 11 5 31 4 14 12 5 8 8 45 19 G1/4 1/4 1/4 1BP7

L A 9 2 3 1 7 95 9 12 74 4 59 5 47 5 75 13 19 52 5 18 5 5 17 5 11 25 28 45 37 18 39 1 5 14

L A1 5 24 122 11 1 5 144 88 5 7 55 88 152 22

55 12

5 12 71 44

38 49 18 5 11 5 8 1 45 22 G3/8 3/8 3/8 1BP7

22 5 5 2 14 32 34 55 43 19 48 1 5 14

23 13 5 1 12 45 22 G3/8 3/8 3/8 1BP7

KOSM EK LT D .

10


Double Action Swing Clamp External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-CRD

JA

Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

Release port (-C/-G type)

B

AA

CA -00.05

φJB K

C

L φ

Lock port P *4 (-C/-G type)

K

L type 4-φR Spot facing

φCC

Lock port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

Q

φAC

φ

De-burr *4

+0.3 0

+0.05 0 Slot for determining the lever phase *1

R type (L type: 180 reverse)

6.3S *4

C0.6

X thread

BA

Taper 1/10

CB

W

AB

Nut

V

Swinging direction at locked status

4-EA thread *3

G thread plug

Taper sleeve

Notes *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter.

T

φBB

15°

*4. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.

A

M

S

*2

G

φU

E

φ

-0.1 -0.2

F

Piping Method φDA DC

G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GRD.

DB

Full stroke

Ny Ny

R type

Hexagonal hole Y

LHA-D

Nx

J

2Z

H

P *4

max.2mm R thread plug

φ Nx

DE thread

Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

DF

Ny Ny

S:Piping type (Rc thread) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-SRD. Release port Rc thread

Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".

11

7MPa

h t t p : / / ww w . k o s m ek .c o. j p

Lock port Rc thread


Dual rod type for dog application

model

LHA-D

Specifications LHA0360 3.54

Model Locking cylinder area cm2

Full stroke

F= mm mm mm

Swinging stroke (90°)

Locking stroke

Cylinder capacity at locked

cm3

at released

Max.operating pressure

P 1-0.0021L 2.9379+0.0052L 13.5 5.5 8 4.8 7.2

F=

LHA0480 6.95

LHA0550 10.3

LHA0650 13.4

LHA0750 20.3

LHA0900 29.5

LHA1050 41.3

P 11 L P 19L P 111L P 19L P 17L P 19L P 18L F= F= F= F= F= F= 2.0920+0.0040L 1.4892+0.0018L 1.0039+0.0011L 0.7822+0.0010L 0.5175+0.0006L 0.3547+0.0004L 0.2495+0.0002L 14.5 6.5 8 7.3 10.9

15.5 7.5 8 10.8 16.7

18.5 8.5 10 19 28.1

20 10 10 26.7 40.9

24 12 12 48.7 72.5

26 14 12 76.6 117.9

32 16 16 132.1 208.1

7.2

10.1

7 1.5 10.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5

MPa

Minimum operation pressure *6 MPa

Max rated pressure MPa Use temperature 90° swinging angle precision Lock angle repeatability Mass *7

0.7 0.9 1.4 2 2.9 4.2 Remarks *5. F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *6. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *7. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included.

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X(Nominal designation × pitch) Y Z(Chamfer)

AA AB AC BA BB CA CB CC DA DB DC DD DE(Nominal designation × depth) DF EA JA JB Lock/release port R thread plug

-C type -S type -G type

O ring (-C/-G type)

LHA0360-D 114.5 49 40 36 67 42 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 16 15.5 15 13 11 M14×1.5 5 C2 22 7 24.5 14 17 6 6.5 4 8 8 2.5 25 M4×0.7×10 6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LHA0400-D 128 54 45 40 74.5 49.5 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 16.5 18 15 12 M16×1.5 6 C3 24 8 26.5 16 20 7 6.5 4 12 10 3 29 M6×15 10 M5×0.8 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LHA0480-D 141.5 61 51 48 82 54 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 13 30 11 3 9 5.5 17.5 17.5 22 18 14 M20×1.5 8 C3 30 9 33 19 25 9 7.5 5 14 10 3 36 M8×18 12 M5×0.8 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LHA0550-D 158.5 69 60 55 92 62 30 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 17 20.5 25 21 15 M22×1.5 8 C3 32 10 35.5 22 28 10 9.5 6 14 10 3 36 M8×18 12 M6 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LHA0650-D 169 81 70 65 97 66 31 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 17 22 30 24 16 M27×1.5 10 C4 41 11 45 25 34 12.5 11.5 6 14 10 3 43 M8×18 12 M6 4.5 19 G1/4 1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LHA0750-D 194 92 80 75 112 74 38 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 21 26 35.5 30 16 M30×1.5 10 C5 46 11 50 31 40 14 12.5 8 18 10 3 50 M10×21 16 M8 4.5 19 G1/4 1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LHA0900-D 216 107 95 90 123 77 46 59.5 47.5 75 136 19 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 25 28 45 37 18 M39×1.5 14 C6 55 12 60 38 49 18.5 11.5 8 18 10 3 65 M10×21 16 M10 4.5 22 G3/8 3/8 R/8 1BP7

LHA-D

Clamping force *5 (calculation formula)

LHA0400 5.00

LHA1050-D 253 122 110 105 147 91 56 67 55 88 152 22 60 22.5 5 20 14 32 34 55 43 19 M48×1.5 14 C6 65 12 71 44 60 23 13.5 10 18 10 3 80 M10×21 16 M12 4.5 22 G3/8 3/8 R3/8 1BP7

KOSM EK LT D .

12


Double Action Swing Clamp Processing dimensions for the mounting area

External Dimensions C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-CRM.

Ny Ny

B J

Swinging direction at locked status

Lock port P *6 (-C/-G type)

De-burr *6

L type

Taper sleeve

+0.3 0

30°

φ AH8

30°

ME ±0.4

±0.4

MF ±0.2 *5

above ML

AB

X thread

BA

CB

W T

φBB

15°

F

E

M

S

*2

G

φU

MK above

Taper 1/10

V

φ

*5

φAC

Nut

A

+0.05 *1 0 Slot for determining the lever phase

R type (L type: 180 reverse)

MH MJ MH MG

φCC

C0.6

Q

*5

Spot facing

Lock port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

LHA-M

6.3S *6

4-φR

G thread plug

K

4-EA thread*4

M

L φ

R type

AA

C K

CA -00.05

φJB

Hexagonal hole Y

*5

H

Nx

P *6

MM

JA

2Z

Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

Release port (-C/-G type)

φ

-0.1 -0.2

2-φ4

30°

There should be no burr

φ

Air venting port

*6. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.

MB

Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GRD. R thread plug

max.2mm

Nx

Ny Ny

Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

S: Piping type (Rc thread) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-SRD.

Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type) Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".

13

7MPa

h t t p : / / ww w. k o s m ek .c o. j p

*2

Notes *3. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant, chips or other debris. *4. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. The dimensions indicate those under the flange.

φ Af8

6

Release port Rc thread

Lock port Rc thread


Manifold type with air sensor

model

LHA-M

Specifications Model Locking cylinder area cm2 Clamping force *7 (calculation formula) Full stroke Swinging stroke (90°)

Locking stroke

F= mm mm mm

Cylinder capacity at locked

cm3

at released

Max.operating pressure

LHA0360-M 3.54 P 1-0.0021L 2.9379+0.0052L 13.5 5.5 8 4.8 6.5

LHA0400-M 5.00 F=

LHA0480-M 6.95

14.5 6.5 8 7.3 9.3

15.5 7.5 8 10.8 14.3

MPa MPa

90°swinging angle precision

Lock angle repeatability Recommended used air pressure *9 MPa Recommended air catch sensor *9

MPa

0.8

Mass *10

Remarks

*7. *8. *9. *10.

LHA0650-M 13.4

LHA0750-M 20.3

LHA0900-M 29.5

LHA1050-M 41.3

P 11 L P 19L P 111L P 19L P 17L P 19L P 18L F= F= F= F= F= F= 2.0920+0.0040L 1.4892+0.0018L 1.0039+0.0011L 0.7822+0.0010L 0.5175+0.0006L 0.3547+0.0004L 0.2495+0.0002L

Minimum operation pressure *8 MPa

Max rated pressure Use temperature

LHA0550-M 10.3

1

1.6

18.5 8.5 10 19 25.3

20 10 10 26.7 37.8

24 12 12 48.7 66.4

26 14 12 76.6 111.3

32 16 16 132.1 200

7 1.5 10.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5 0.2 ISA1,ISA2-H m e 2.2 3.1

4.5

7.6

10.6

F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. The number of connected clamps should be no more than 4 for one air catch sensor. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included.

Model A B C

LHA0360-M LHA0400-M LHA0480-M LHA0550-M LHA0650-M LHA0750-M LHA0900-M LHA1050-M 104 115 128.5 145.5 156 181 203 240 49 54 61 69 81 92 107 122 40 45 51 60 70 80 95 110 36 40 48 55 65 75 90 105 64.5 71.5 79 89 94 109 120 144 E 39.5 46.5 51 59 63 71 74 88 F 25 25 28 30 31 38 46 56 G 29 31.5 35.5 39 46 52 59.5 67 H 20 22.5 25.5 30 35 40 47.5 55 J 31.4 34 40 47 55 63 75 88 K 66 73 83 88 106 116 136 152 L 11 11 13 12 13 16 19 22 M 23.5 26 30 33.5 39.5 45 52.5 60 Nx 8 9 11 12 15 16 18.5 22.5 Ny 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 P 7.5 9 9 11 11 14 17.5 20 Q 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.8 6.8 9 11 14 R 16 15 17.5 17 17 21 25 32 S 15.5 16.5 17.5 20.5 22 26 28 34 T 15 18 22 25 30 35.5 45 55 U 13 15 18 21 24 30 37 43 V 11 12 14 15 16 16 18 19 W M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M22×1.5 M27×1.5 M30×1.5 M39×1.5 M48×1.5 X(Nominal designation × pitch) 5 6 8 8 10 10 14 14 Y C2 C3 C3 C3 C4 C5 C6 C6 Z(Chamfer) 22 24 30 32 41 46 55 65 AA 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 12 AB 24.5 26.5 33 35.5 45 50 60 71 AC 14 16 19 22 25 31 38 44 BA 17 20 25 28 34 40 49 60 BB 6 7 9 10 12.5 14 18.5 23 CA 6.5 6.5 7.5 9.5 11.5 12.5 11.5 13.5 CB 4 4 5 6 6 8 8 10 CC M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M8 M10 M12 EA 34.5 -0.025 38 -0.025 45 -0.025 45 -0.025 45 -0.025 53 -0.030 53 -0.030 53 -0.030 MAf8 -0.064 -0.064 -0.064 -0.064 -0.064 -0.076 -0.076 -0.076 34.5 +0.039 38 +0.039 45+0.039 45 +0.039 45 +0.039 53 +0.046 53 +0.046 53 +0.046 MAH8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 32 33 38.5 38.5 40.5 49 49 57.5 MB 54.2 35.7 39.2 46.2 46.2 46.2 54.2 54.2 MC 49.4 57.5 65.4 73.4 79.4 86.5 89.5 106.5 62.4 70.5 78.9 86.9 92.9 106 109 126 ME 40 47 53 61 65 74 77 94 MF 4.9 6 7.9 7.9 9.9 7.5 7.5 7.5 MG 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 MH 4 4 4.5 4.5 4.5 9.5 9.5 9.5 MJ 6.5 6.5 8 8 8 11 11 16.5 MK 73.4 81.5 91.4 99.4 105.4 122 125 147.5 ML 1.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 MM 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 JA 14 14 14 14 19 19 22 22 JB -C type G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 Lock/release port -S type Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 R thread plug -G type R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 O ring (-C/-G type) AS568-025(70) AS568-028(70) AS568-030(70) AS568-030(70) AS568-030(70) AS568-032(70) AS568-032(70) AS568-032(70) 3-O ring

KOSM EK LT D .

LHA-M

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

14


Double Action Swing Clamp External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-CRN.

A

Release port (-C/-G type)

B

on

R type

oe

L φ

Swinging direction at locked status

AA

CA -

C

5

K φJB

e

Lock port P *5 (-C/-G type) 4-EA thread

L type Spot facing

φCC

Lock port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

φA

φ

De-burr *5

3

3

*5

AB

X thread

T

Taper sleeve

15

BA

CB

W Taper 1/10

V

Q

+0.05 Slot for determining the lever phase *1 0

R type (L type: 180 reverse)

Nut

φBB Notes *3. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant, chips or other debris. If the port might be exposed to coolant or debris a filter mechanism should be attached using tapped holes NG. Be sure not to block the air vent port. *4. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.

φ

F

E

M

S

*2

G

A

*4

4-φ

G thread plug

LHA-N

P *5

Ny Ny

2Z

Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

φ

- 1 - 2

Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GRN.

Port for confirming the releasing

m

NC ND

NB

Rc 1/8 (air)

Port for confirming the locking

Rc 1/8 (air)

Air venting port

φ A

*3

Lock port: O ring (attached)

S: Piping type (Rc thread)

45°

(-C/-G type)

* The graph shows the released status of LHA-SRN.

Ny Ny

NF *3

Release port Rc thread

NE

45°

2-NG thread

Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".

15

7MPa

2mm

R thread plug

h t t p : / / ww w. k o s m ek .c o. j p

Lock port Rc thread


Piping type with air sensor

model

LHA-N

Specifications Model Locking cylinder area

m2

Clamping force (calculation formula) *6 Full stroke

F= mm mm mm

Swinging stroke (90°)

Locking stroke

Cylinder capacity at locked

cm3

at released

Max. operating pressure

LHA0360-N 3.54 P 1-0.0021L 2.9379+0.0052L 13.5 55 8 48 5

LHA0400-N 5.00 F=

LHA0480-N 6.95

14.5 5 8 7.3 9.3

15.5 75 8 1 8 14.3

P

P Max rated pressure Use temperature 90° in in n e re i ion Lo n e re e t i it

e ommen e u e ir re ure *8 e ommen e ir t en or *8

P P

0.8

Mass *9

Remarks

*6. *7. *8. *9.

LHA0650-N 13.4

LHA0750-N 20.3

LHA0900-N 29.5

LHA1050-N 41.3

P 11 L P 19L P 111L P 19L P 17L P 19L P 18L F= F= F= F= F= F= 2.0920+0.0040L 1.4892+0.0018L 1.0039+0.0011L 0.7822+0.0010L 0.5175+0.0006L 0.3547+0.0004L 0.2495+0.0002L

MPa

Minimum operation pressure *7

LHA0550-N 10.3

1

1

18 5 85 1 19 25.3

2 1 1 26.7 37.8

24 12 12 48.7 66.4

7 1.5 10.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5 0.2 ISA1,ISA2-H m e 22 31

45

2 14 12 76.6 111.3

7

32 16 16 132.1 200

10.6

F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. The number of connected clamps should be no more than 4 for one air catch sensor. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included.

Model A B

LHA0360-N 104 49 4 3 64.5 39.5 25 29 2 31 4

G

L

P

X(Nominal designation × pitch) Z(Chamfer)

AA AB A BA BB A B A A B

NG(Nominal designation × depth) A B Lock/release port R thread plug

-C type -S type

-G type O ring (-C/-G type)

11 23 5 8 3 75 45 1 15.5 15 13 11 M14×1.5 5 2 22 7 24.5 14 17 5 4 M4×0.7 35.5 32 98 11 7 17 25 M3×0.5×5 35 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LHA0400-N 115 54 45 4 71 5 4 5 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 2 9 3 9 55 15 16.5 18 15 12 M16×1.5 3 24 8 2 5 1 2 7 5 4 M5×0.8 39 5 33 9 13 19 29 M3×0.5×5 35 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LHA0480-N 128.5 1 51 48 79 51 28 35 5 25 5 4 83 13 3 11 3 9 55 17 5 17.5 22 18 14 M20×1.5 8 3 3 9 33 19 25 9 75 5 M5×0.8 45 38.5 11 14.5 21 29 M3×0.5×5 35 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LHA0550-N 145.5 9 55 89 59 3 39 3 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 8 17 2 5 25 21 15 M22×1.5 8 3 32 1 35 5 22 28 1 95

LHA0650-N 156 81 7 5 94 3 31 4 35 55 106 13 39 5 15 5 11 8 17 22 3 24 1 M27×1.5 1 4 41 11 45 25 34 12 5 11.5

45 38.5 11 14.5 21 29 M3×0.5×5 35 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

45 4 5 11 14.5 21 29 M3×0.5×5 45 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LHA0750-N 181 92 8 75 109 71 38 52 4 3 116 1 45 1 5 14 9 21 2 35 5 3 1 M30×1.5 1 5 4 11 5 31 4 14 12.5 8 M8 53 49 13 20.5 24.5 38 M4×0.7×6 45 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LHA0900-N 2 3 1 7 95 9 12 74 4 59 5 47 5 75 13 19 52 5 18.5 5 17 5 11 25 28 45 37 18 M39×1.5 14 55 12 38 49 18 5 11.5 8 M10 53 49 13 2 5 24.5 38 M4×0.7×6 45 22 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7

L A1 5 24 122 11 1 5 144 88 5 7 55 88 152 22

LHA-N

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

22 5 5 2 14 32 34 55 43 19 48 1 5 14 5 12 71 44 23 13 5 1 12 53 57 5 17 24 24 5 38 M4×0.7× 45 22 G3/8 3/8 3/8 1BP7

KOSM EK LT D .

16


Double Action Swing Clamp Air sensing chart

0

Four clamps connected (reference) Air pressure to detect the locking status(MPa)

Air sensor setting pressure (ON)

Pressure when the detection nozzle fully closes

(Supply air pressure) 0.2

Pressure when the detection nozzle fully opens

Air pressure to detect the locking status(MPa)

One clamp connected

Differential pressure for detecion

Release→Locking

(Supply air pressure) 0.2

0

Remarks. *1

(Locking stroke

1.5) ±0.5

Releasing side

Locking side

Full stroke

Air sensor setting pressure (ON)

0

Remarks. *1.*2

Four clamps connected (reference) Air pressure to detect the locking status(MPa)

0.2

Pressure when the detection nozzle fully closes

(Supply air pressure)

Pressure when the detection nozzle fully opens

Differential pressure for detecion

One clamp connected Air pressure to detect the locking status(MPa)

LHAM/N

Locking →Release

0.2

0

Below 10° Swinging stroke

Locking stroke

Locking side

Releasing side

Full stroke

Remarks 1. The graph shows the relationship between the clamping stroke and detection circuit pressure. 2. The position where the air sensor has ON signal output varies as per the sensor setting. 3. The detection pressure varies as per the number of clamps connected per circuit.(Maximum number of clamps connected: 4) 4. The features may vary as per the air circuit structure.For details, please do not hesitate to contact us. *1. There is certain tolerance with regard to the position where the pressure for fully closing the detection nozzle is reached as per the clamp structure.(Refer to the graph) *2. It is below 15 for LHA036.

17

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p


Air sensing chart

model

LHA-M/N

When the air catch sensor type (-M/N) is used The air catch sensor is necessary to confirm the clamp action Please use the air catch sensor with the air consumption above 22~25L/min (at 0.2MPa). Recommended air catch sensor Name Model Manufacturer

Air catch sensor ISA1 , ISA2-H SMC

Contact confirmation switch GPS2-07-15 CKD

In order to carry out stabilized detection, the number of clamps connected per one air catch sensor should be no more than 4.The air pressure supplied to the air catch sensor should be 0.2MPa. Refer to the drawing below for the pneumatic circuit composition.

Air sensor

Release confirmation

5Âľm

LHAM/N

Lock confirmation

0.2MPa (recommended)

The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant and debris. The air catch sensor can malfunction if the air vent port is blocked.

Notes on manifold type (-M) with air sensor Grease the O-ring before assembly to fixture. If installed without lubricant, the O-ring may twist or be damaged. If excessive grease is applied, the grease may overflow to block the detection port, resulting in malfunctioning of the air catch sensor.

KOSM EK LT D .

18


Double Action Swing Clamp External Dimensions

*1. Details of the slot for determining the lever phase (when released)

C: Gasket type (with G thread plug)

The slot position varies as per the lock swinging direction.

* The graph shows the released status of LHA-CR-F.

Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

B J

2Z

H

R type

K

CA

φJB

CA

C

LHA-L-F

LHA-R-F

JA

φ

Swinging direction at locked status

L 2 - Slot for determining the lever phase

2 - Slot for determining the lever phase

L type 4-φR

G thread plug

Spot facing

Q

2-Slot for determining the lever phase *1

Lock port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

φFA CCH8 CB

Ny Ny

FB FC

φU Lock port P *5 (-C/-G type)

4-EA thread

K

*3

M

S*2

G

A

Nx

P *5

Release port (-C/-G type)

15°

φ

De-burr *5

E

6.3S *5

F

LHA-F

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

+0.3 0

C0.6

*4

φ

-0.1 -0.2

Nx

Ny Ny

Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

Caution *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".

19

7MPa

h t t p : / / ww w. k o s m ek .c o. j p

Notes *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. The D depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension F. *5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.


Quick-change lever type

model

LHA-F

Specifications Model Locking cylinder area cm2 Clamping force (calculation formula) *6 Full stroke

F= mm mm mm

Swinging stroke (90°)

Locking stroke

Cylinder capacity at locked

cm3

at released

Max.operating pressure

LHA0360-F 3.54 P 1-0.0021L 2.9379+0.0052L 13.5 5.5 8 4.8 7.2

LHA0400-F 5.00 F=

LHA0480-F 6.95

LHA0550-F 10.3

LHA0650-F 13.4

LHA0750-F 20.3

LHA0900-F 29.5

LHA1050-F 41.3

P 11 L P 19L P 111L P 19L P 17L P 19L P 18L F= F= F= F= F= F= 2.0920+0.0040L 1.4892+0.0018L 1.0039+0.0011L 0.7822+0.0010L 0.5175+0.0006L 0.3547+0.0004L 0.2495+0.0002L 14.5 6.5 8 7.3 10.9

15.5 7.5 8 10.8 16.7

18.5 8.5 10 19 28.1

20 10 10 26.7 40.9

24 12 12 48.7 72.5

26 14 12 76.6 117.9

32 16 16 132.1 208.1

7

9.8

7 1.5 10.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5

MPa

Minimum operation pressure *7 MPa

Max rated pressure MPa Use temperature 90° swinging angle precision Lock angle repeatability Mass *8

0.7 0.9 1.3 1.9 2.8 4 Remarks *6. F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *7. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *8. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included.

Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S U Z(Chamfer) CA CB CC EA FA FB FC JA JB Lock/release port

-C type

-S type -G type R thread plug O ring (-C/-G type)

LHA0360-F 102 49 40 36 64.5 39.5 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 16 15 C2 5 5 3 M4×0.7 13.5 11 26.5 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LHA0400-F 113 54 45 40 71.5 46.5 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 18 C3 5.8 6.5 4 M5×0.8 16 12.5 29 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LHA0480-F 126.5 61 51 48 79 51 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 13 30 11 3 9 5.5 17.5 22 C3 7.8 6.5 4 M5×0.8 19.5 15 32.5 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LHA0550-F 143.5 69 60 55 89 59 30 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 17 25 C3 9 7 4 M6 22 17 37.5 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LHA0650-F 156 81 70 65 94 63 31 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 17 30 C4 10 9.5 6 M6 26 20 42 4.5 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LHA0750-F 181 92 80 75 109 71 38 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 21 35.5 C5 13.25 9.5 6 M8 31 23 49 4.5 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LHA0900-F 203 107 95 90 120 74 46 59.5 47.5 75 136 19 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 25 45 C6 17.5 13 8 M10 39.5 27.5 55.5 4.5 22 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7

LHA1050-F 238 122 110 105 144 88 56 67 55 88 152 22 60 22.5 5 20 14 32 55 C6 22.5 13.5 8 M12 48 30 64 4.5 22 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7

LHA-F

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GR-F.

max.2mm R thread plug

S: Piping type (Rc thread) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-SR-F. Release port Rc thread

Lock port Rc thread

KOSM EK LT D .

20


Double Action Swing Clamp External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

* The graph shows the released status of LHA-CR-P.

JA

B J

Release port (-C/-G type)

PA

C K

-0.1 -0.2

φJB

R type

L φ

Swinging direction at locked status

Lock port P *5 (-C/-G type)

L type 4-φR Spot facing

G thread plug

Nx

P *5

Ny Ny

H

2Z

Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

4-EA thread

*3

K

Q

Lock port:G thread

φ

De-burr *5

(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

φPB

PH thread *1

6.3S *5

+0.3 0

C0.6

PD

φPCH8

PF PE

*4

PG

R0.8

30° φU S

*2

M

A

G

15°

Notes *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter.

E

*4. The D depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension F.

LHA-P

F

*5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.

φ

-0.1 -0.2

Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

Ny Ny Caution *1. Use the tapped hole (PH thread) on top of rod to attach retainer for lever. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".

7MPa

Bolt

Retainer for maintaining the lever position Lever

Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

21

Balance lever reference drawing

h t t p : / / ww w. k o s m ek .c o. j p


Rod thread reach type for balance lever

model

LHA-P

Specifications Model Locking cylinder area

m2

Clamping force *6 (calculation formula) Full stroke

mm mm mm

Swinging stroke (90°)

Locking stroke

Cylinder capacity at locked

m3

at released

Max.operating pressure

P

Minimum operation pressure *7

P

LHA0360-P 3.54

LHA0400-P 5.00

LHA0480-P 95

F1=(L2/L)×0.354×P

F1=(L2/L)×0.5×P

F1=(L2/L

F2=(L1/L)×0.354×P

F2=(L1/L)×0.5×P

F2=(L1/L

13.5 55 8 48 7.2

14.5 5 8 7.3 1 9

LHA0550-P 10.3

LHA0650-P 13.4

LHA0750-P 20.3

L A 9 -P 29 5

LHA1050-P 41.3

95 P

F1=(L2/L)×1.03×P

F1=(L2/L)×1.34×P

F1=(L2/L)×2.03×P

F1=(L2/L

2 95 P

F1=(L2/L)×4.13×P

95 P

F2=(L1/L)×1.03×P

F2=(L1/L)×1.34×P

F2=(L1/L)×2.03×P

F2=(L1/L

2 95 P

F2=(L1/L)×4.13×P

18 5 85 1 19 28.1

2 1 1 26.7 4 9

24 12 12 48.7 72.5

2 14 12 76.6 117 9

32 16 16 132.1 208.1

28

4

7

98

15.5 75 8 1 8 16.7

7 1.5 10.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5

Max rated pressure P Use temperature 9 ° swinging angle precision Lock angle repeatability Mass *8

0.7 9 13 Remarks *6. F1,F2 : Clamp force(kN), P: Hydraulic pressure (MPa). L1,L2 : The distance from the center of the piston to the clamping point. *7. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *8. Shows the weight of the swing clamp.

19

L L1

L2

F1

F2

Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S U Z(Chamfer) EA PA PB PC PD PE PF PG PH JA JB Lock/release port R thread plug

-C type

-S type -G type

O ring (-C/-G type)

LHA0360-P 102 49 40 36 64.5 39 5 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 16 15 C2 M4×0.7 7 13.5 6 +0.018 0 9 21 22 15.5 M3×0.5 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LHA0400-P 113 54 45 40 71.5 46.5 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 18 C3 M5×0.8 8 16 6 +0.018 0 11 24 25 16.5 M3×0.5 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LHA0480-P 126.5 61 51 48 79 51 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 13 30 11 3 9 5.5 17.5 22 C3 M5×0.8 10 20 8 +0.022 0 12 27.5 29 18.5 M4×0.7 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LHA0550-P 143.5 9 60 55 89 59 30 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 17 25 C3 M6 12 23 10 +0.022 0 12.5 31.5 33 21.5 M5×0.8 3.5 14 G1/8 1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LHA0650-P 156 81 70 65 94 63 31 46 35 55 106 13 39 5 15 5 11 6.8 17 30 C4 M6 14 28 13 +0.027 0 16.5 38.5 40 22 M6 4.5 19 G1/4 1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LHA0750-P 181 92 80 75 1 9 71 38 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 21 35.5 C5 M8 16 33.5 13 +0.027 0 19 43.5 45 27 M6 4.5 19 G1/4 1/4 R1/4 1BP7

L A 9 -P 203 107 95 9 120 74 46 59 5 47.5 75 136 19 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 25 45 C6 M10 22 43 16 +0.027 0 23.5 52.5 54 29 M8 4.5 22 G3/8 3/8 R3/8 1BP7

LHA1050-P 238 122 110 105 144 88 56 67 55 88 152 22 60 22.5 5 20 14 32 55 C6 M12 26 53 20+0.033 0 25.5 58.5 60 34 M8 4.5 22 G3/8 3/8 R3/8 1BP7

LHA-P

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GR-P.

R thread plug

max.2mm

S: Piping type (Rc thread) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-SR-P. Release port Rc thread

Lock port Rc thread

EK KOSM E K LT D .

22


Long stroke type

Double Action Swing Clamp External Dimensions * The graph shows the released status of LHA-CR-Q.

JA

Release port (-C/-G type)

B

CA -00.05

C K

L

Swinging direction at locked status

Ny Ny

R type

oe

AA

on

φJB

e

φ

Nx

P *5

J

2Z

H

LHA-Q

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

C: Gasket type (with G thread plug)

Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

model

Lock port P *5 (-C/-G type) 4-EA thread

K

*3

L type 4-φR ot

G thread plug

φCC

Lock port: G thread

R type (L type: 180° reversed)

(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

φAC

φ

De-burr *5

+0.3 0

6.3S *5

C0.6

X thread

*4

T

Taper sleeve

BA

Taper 1/10

CB

W

AB

Nut

V

in φ

+0.05 Slot for determining the lever phase *1 0

φBB

Notes *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter.

15°

*4. The D depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension F.

S*2

M

A

G

φU

*5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.

E

Piping Method F

G: asket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GRQ.

max.2mm

LHA-Q

R thread plug

φ

-0.1 -0.2

Ny Ny

Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

S: Piping type (Rc thread) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-SRQ. Release port Rc thread

Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type) Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".

23

7MPa

h t t p : / / ww w. k o s m ek .c o . j p

Lock port Rc thread


Specifications Model Stroke (90°)*6

m2

15

Locking cylinder area Clamping force (calculation formula) *7 Full stroke Swinging stroke (90°) Locking stroke Cylinder capacity

cm3

L A 3 20 25 3.54 F=

mm mm mm at locked at released

Max.operating pressure Minimum operation pressure *8

P P

Max rated pressure

P

20.5 5.5 15 7.2 10.9

30

P 1-0.0021L 2.9379+0.0052L

25.5 5.5 20 8.9 13.5

33 8 25 11.6 17.5

L A 4 20 5

15

F= 38 8 30 13.3 20.2

21.5 6.5 15 10.8 16.2

-

0.7

0.8

1

1

1

LHA0550-Q 20 25 1 3

15

P 19L 1.4892+0.0018L

F=

P 111L 1.0039+0.0011L

34.5 9.5 25 17.3 26

22.5 7.5 15 15.8 24.2

27.5 7.5 20 19.3 29.6

36 11 25 25.2 38.7

23.5 8.5 15 24.2 35.7

28.5 8.5 20 29.4 43.3

33 5 85 25 34 5 5 9

1.1

7 1.5 10.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5 1.3 1.6

1.7

2

2.2

2.4

2.5

90 °swinging angle precision

kg

F=

25

26.5 6.5 20 13.3 20

Lock angle repeatability *9

L A 48 20 95

15

P 11 L 2.0920+0.0040L

Use temperature

Mass

25

Remarks *6. Refer to Page 25 and 26 in case the stroke shown in the table above is exceeded. *7. F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *8. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *9. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included.

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model Stroke *6

A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X(Nominal designation × pitch) Y Z(Chamfer)

AA AB AC BA BB CA CB CC EA JA JB -C type -S type -G type R thread plug O ring (-C/-G type) Lock/release port

15 125

78.5 53.5

22.5

LHA0360-Q 20 25 140 162.5 49 40 36 88.5 103.5 63.5 78.5 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 16 27.5 35 15 13 11 M14×1.5 5 C2 22 7 24.5 14 17 6 6.5 4 M4×0.7 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

30 177.5

15 136

113.5 88.5

85.5 60.5

40

23.5

LHA0400-Q 20 151 54 45 40 95.5 70.5 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 28.5 18 15 12 M16×1.5 6 C3 24 8 26.5 16 20 7 6.5 4 M5×0.8 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

25 175

111.5 86.5

36.5

Remarks *6. Refer to Page 25 and 26 in case the stroke shown in the table above is exceeded.

LHA0480-Q 20 164.5 61 51 48 93 103 65 75 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 13 30 11 3 9 5.5 17.5 24.5 29.5 22 18 14 M20×1.5 8 C3 30 9 33 19 25 9 7.5 5 M5×0.8 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

15 149.5

25 190

15 160.5

120 92

99 69

38

25.5

LHA0550-Q 20 25 175.5 190.5 69 60 55 109 119 79 89 30 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 17 30.5 35.5 25 21 15 M22×1.5 8 C3 32 10 35.5 22 28 10 9.5 6 M6 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5


Long stroke

model

Model

15 cm

Locking cylinder area Clamping force (calculation formula) *7 Full stroke Swinging stroke (90°) Locking stroke Cylinder capacity

cm3

2

L A 5 20 25 13 4 F=

kN mm mm

25 10 mm 15 at locked 33.5 at released 51.1

Max.operating pressure Minimum operation pressure *8

Max rated pressure

L A 75 30

35 10 25 46.9 71.5

25

F= 40 10 30 53.6 81.7

32 12 2 65 96.6

P

kg

3.2

Model Stroke *6

A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X(Nominal designation × pitch) Y Z(Chamfer)

AA AB AC BA BB CA CB CC EA JA JB -C type -S type -G type R thread plug O ring (-C/-G type) Lock/release port

F=

P 19L 0.3547+0.0004L

37 12 25 75.1 111.7

34 14 20 100.3 154.2

39 14 25 115.1 176.9

5.2

8.3

8.8

7 1.5 10.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5

MPa MPa

Use temperature

*9

25 29.5

P 17L 0.5175+0.0006L

90 °swinging angle precision Lock angle repeatability Mass

20

2 3

P 19L 0.7822+0.0010L

30 10 20 40.2 61.3

LHA0900-Q

2

15 171

104 73

27

3.5

3.7

LHA0650-Q 20 25 186 201 81 70 65 114 124 83 93 31 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 17 32 37 30 24 16 M27×1.5 10 C4 41 11 45 25 34 12.5 11.5 6 M6 4.5 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7

4

4.8

30 216

20 205

LHA0750-Q 25 220 92 80 75 134 103

125 87

135 97 38 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 21

42

34

39 35.5 30 16 M30×1.5 10 C5 46 11 50 31 40 14 12.5 8 M8 4.5 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LHA0900-Q 20 25 227 242 107 95 90 136 146 90 100 46 59.5 47.5 75 136 19 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 25 36 41 45 37 18 M39×1.5 14 C6 55 12 60 38 49 18.5 11.5 8 M10 4.5 22 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7

KOSM E K LT D .

LHA-Q

Stroke (90°) *6

LHA-Q

24


Long stroke type

Double Action Swing Clamp model LHA-Q Processing dimensions for the mounting area

External Dimensions C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-CR-Q.

A

B Release port (-C/-G type)

2Z

(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

CA -00.05

C K

φ

R type

oe

L

Swinging direction at locked status

AA

on

φJB

e

Lock port P *5 (-C/-G type)

L type 4-φR Spot facing

G thread plug

Q

K

4-EA thread *3

*1 φCC + 0.05 0 Slot for determining the lever phase

Lock port: G thread

φA

X thread

W

φPB+0.2 0

φ

*5

+0.3 0

C0.6

0.2 *5

φPA*5

AB

Nut

1.4 +00.1 *5

R type (L type: 180° reversed)

(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

T

Taper sleeve

φBB Notes *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter.

φ S*2

M

A

G

15

BA

CB

*4 Taper 1/10

V

Nx

P *5

Ny Ny

Release port: G thread

As O-ring slot for gasket is not on the body, it should be prepared on the mounting side. However, O-ring is provided.

*4. The D depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension F. *5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.

E

Piping Method F

G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-GR-Q.

m

2mm

LHA-Q

R thread plug

φ

- 1 - 2

Ny Ny

Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type) Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".

25

7MPa

h t t p : / / ww w. k o s m ek .c o.j p

S: Piping type (Rc thread) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-SR-Q. Release port Rc thread

Lock port Rc thread


Specifications Model Stroke (90°)

m2

*6

Locking cylinder area Clamping force (calculation formula) *7

L A 3 35 3 54 P 12 9379

Full stroke

mm mm mm Locking stroke at locked Cylinder capacity m3 at released

Swinging stroke (90°)

Max.operating pressure *8

P

Minimum operation pressure

MPa

30

P 12 92

21L 52L

43 8 35 15 1 3 22 8

L A 4 35 5

39.5 9.5 30 19.8 29.8

40

30

1 L 4 L

44.5 9.5 35 22.3 33.6

L A 48 35 95 P 11 4892

49.5 9.5 40 24.8 37.4

41 11 30 28.7 44.1

40

30

L A 55 35 40 45 1 3

9L 18L

46 11 35 32 49.5

P 11 39

51 11 40 35.7 54.8

42 12 30 43.3 63.9

47 12 35 48.4 71.5

5

11L 11L

52 12 40 53.6 79.1

57 12 45 58.7 86.7

2 12 5 39 94 3

3.2

3.4

3

7 15 1 5 0 7 9 3 5

P Max rated pressure Use temperature 90 ° swinging angle precision

Lock angle repeatability Mass *9

11 1.4 1.5 1.6 2.1 2.3 2.4 2.8 3 Remarks *6. Refer to Page 23 and 24 in case the stroke shown in the table above is not reached. *7. F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *8. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *9. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included.

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model Stroke *6

A B

G

L A 3 35 192 5 49 4 3 123 5 98 5 25 29 2 31 4

30 190

121.5 96.5

L

PA PB

X(Nominal designation × pitch) Z(Chamfer)

AA AB A BA BB A B A A B -C type -S type -G type R thread plug O ring (-C/-G type) Lock/release port

11 23 5 8 3 8 75 45 1 45 15 13 11 14 1 5 5 2 22 7 24 5 14 17 5 4 4 7 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5

8

41.5

L A 4 35 205 54 45 4 131.5 106.5 25 31 5 22 5 34 73 11 2 9 3 8 9 55 15 46.5 18 15 12 1 15

40 220

30 205

141.5 116.5

130 102

8

8

51.5

43

3 24 8 2 5 1 2 7 5 4 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5

Remarks *6. Refer to Page 23 and 24 in case the stroke shown in the table above is not reached.

L A 48 35 220 1 51 48 140 112 28 35 5 25 5 4 83 13 3 11 3 8 9 55 17 5 48 22 18 14 2 15 8 3 3 9 33 19 25 9 75 5 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5

40 235

30 216

L A 55 35 40 45 231 246 261 9

150 122

136 106

146 116

8

8

8

53

44

49

55 156 166 126 136 3 39 3 47 88 12 33 5 12 3 8 8 11 8 17 54 59 25 21 15 22 1 5 8 3 32 1 35 5 22 28 1 95

35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5

5 27

17 14

8

4


Long stroke type

LHA-Q

Model

m2

Stroke (90°) *6

35

Locking cylinder area Clamping force (calculation formula) *7 Full stroke Swinging stroke (90°)

Locking stroke

P 17822 mm mm mm

Cylinder capacity at locked

m at released 3

Max.operating pressure

L A 5 40 45 13 4

50 9L 1 L

50 15 35 67 102.1

55 15 40 73.7 112.3

60 15 45 80.4 122.6

65 15 50 87.1 132.7

4.5

4.8

5

5.3

35 246

L A 40 261

P

Max rated pressure Use temperature 90°swinging angle precision

Model Stroke *6

A B

154 123 G

L

PA PB

10

52

X(Nominal designation × pitch) Z(Chamfer)

AA AB A BA BB A B A A B -C type -S type -G type R thread plug O ring (-C/-G type) Lock/release port

5 45 276 81 7 5 164 174 133 143 31 4 35 55 1 13 39 5 15 5 10 10 11 8 17 57 62 3 24 1 27 1 5 1 4 41 11 45 25 34 12 5 11 5

45 19 G1/4 1/4 1/4 1BP7

L A 75 35 40 45 2 3 P 15175

Minimum operation pressure *8 MPa

Lock angle repeatability Mass *9

30

50

30

7L

L A 9 35 40 45 29 5 P 13547

L

50

25

9L 4L

30 235

184 153

145 107

10

10

67

44

L A 75 35 40 45 250 274 289 92 8 75 155 171 181 117 133 143 38 52 4 3 11 1 45 1 5 10 10 10 14 9 21 49 57 62 35 5 3 1 3 15 1 5 4 11 5 31 4 14 12 5 8 8 45 19 G1/4 1/4 1/4 1BP7

50 304

30 257

191 153

156 110

10

10

67

46

L A 9 35 40 45 272 296 311 1 7 95 9 166 182 192 120 136 146 4 59 5 47 5 75 13 19 52 5 18 5 5 10 10 10 17 5 11 25 51 59 64 45 37 18 39 1 5 14 55 12 38 49 18 5 11 5 8 1 45 22 G3/8 3/8 3/8 1BP7

L A1 5 35 40 41 3 P 12495

42 47 55 60 65 44 49 57 62 67 41 12 12 15 15 15 14 14 17 17 17 30 35 40 45 50 30 35 40 45 50 25 85.3 95.4 111.7 121.8 132 129.8 144.6 168.2 182.9 197 7 169.3 126.8 141.9 166 181.1 196.2 199.6 222.3 258.6 281.3 3 3 9 266.7 7 15 1 5 0 7 9 3 5 5.5 5.9 6.3 6.6 6.9 9.3 9.8 10.4 10.9 11.4 11.4

50 291

30

50 326

202 156

46

51

45

5

8L 2L 56

61

1 30 35 40 45 5 190 210.6 231.3 251.9 272. 299.2 331.7 364.2 396.7 429.3

12.1 12.7 13.4 14.1 14 8

L A1 5 35 40 45 5 297 312 327 342 122 11 1 5 162 172 182 192 202 212 106 116 126 136 146 15 5 7 55 88 152 22

25 30 267 282

10

10

10

69

43

48

22 5 5 10 10 2 14 32 53 58 55 43 19 48 1 5 14

10

63

1

8

5 12 71 44

LHA-Q

model

23 13 5 1 12 45 22 G3/8 3/8 3/8 1BP7

KOSM E K LTD .

26


Double Action Swing Clamp External Dimensions

*1. Slot for determining the lever phase The slot position varies as per the lock swinging direction and swinging angle.

C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) * The graph shows the released status of LHA-CR-Y45.

LHA-R-Y

JA

Slot for determining the lever phase

J

ga

H

ngl

e

B

R type

AA

-0 0 .05

ngl

CA

locking

ga

Swinging direction at locked status

gin

L φ

locking

in Sw

C K φJB

Hexagonal hole Y

Sw in

gin

2Z

Release port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

LHA-L-Y

e

Slot for determining the lever phase

R type G thread plug

φ

Lock port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

φAC

Processing dimensions for the mounting area Release port (-C/-G type)

P *5

Nx

BA

CB

W Taper 1/10

Taper sleeve

T

V

X thread

AB

Nut

in φ

+0.05 *1 0 Slot for determining the lever phase

Ny Ny

4-φR ot

Locking port (-C/-G type)

φBB

P *5

K

4-EA thread *3

15° S

*2

M

A

G

φU φ

De-burr *5 C0.6

F

E

6.3S *5

+0.3 0

*4

φ

-0.1 -0.2

Notes *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter.

LHA-Y

Ny Ny

Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".

27

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

*4. The D depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension F. *5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.


Swinging angle selectable type

model

LHA-Y

Specifications Model LHA0360-Y 30 45 60 Swinging angle Locking cylinder area cm 2 3.54 Clamping force *6 (calculation formula)

F=

kN Full stroke mm mm Swinging stroke Locking stroke mm at locked Cylinder capacity cm 3 at released Max. operating pressure MPa Minimum operation pressure *7 MPa Max rated pressure MPa Use temperature Swinging angle precision Lock angle repeatability kg Mass *8

P 1-0.0021L 2.9379+0.0052L

10.9 11.5 12.2 2.9 3.5 4.2 8 3.8 4 4.3 5.8 6.1 6.5

0.7

LHA0400-Y 30 45 60 5.00 F=

LHA0480-Y 30 45 60 6.95

LHA0550-Y 30 45 60 10.3

LHA0650-Y 30 45 60 13.4

LHA0750-Y 30 45 60 20.3

LHA0900-Y 30 45 60 29.5

LHA1050-Y 30 45 60 41.3

P 11 L P 19L P 111L P 19L P 17L P 19L P 18L F= F= F= F= F= F= 2.0920+0.0040L 1.4892+0.0018L 1.0039+0.0011L 0.7822+0.0010L 0.5175+0.0006L 0.3547+0.0004L 0.2495+0.0002L

11.5 12.3 13 12.1 13 13.8 3.5 4.3 5 4.1 5 5.8 8 8 5.8 6.2 6.5 8.5 9.1 9.7 8.7 9.3 9.8 13 14 14.8

0.9

1.4

14.7 15.6 16.6 4.7 5.6 6.6 10 15.1 16.1 17.1 22.4 23.7 25.2

15.3 16.5 17.6 18.7 20 21.3 5.3 6.5 7.6 6.7 8 9.3 10 12 20.5 22.1 23.6 38 40.6 43.2 31.3 33.7 36 56.5 60.4 64.3 7 1.5 10.5 70 ±3 ° / 45° ±3 ° / 60° ±3° 3 ° ±0.5° 2 2.9 4.2

19.9 21.4 22.9 7.9 9.4 10.9 12 58.7 63.1 67.6 90.3 97.1 103.9

24.8 26.6 28.4 8.8 10.6 12.4 16 102.4 109.9 117.3 161.3 173 184.7

7.2

10.1

Remarks *6. F: clamping force (kN) P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *7. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *8. It shows the individual swing clamp mass with the nut taper sleeve included.

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model

LHA0360-Y LHA0400-Y LHA0480-Y LHA0550-Y LHA0650-Y LHA0750-Y LHA0900-Y LHA1050-Y 30 45 60 30 45 60 30 45 60 30 45 60 30 45 60 30 45 60 30 45 60 30 45 60 A 101.4 102 102.7 112 112.8 113.5 125.1 126 126.8 141.7 142.6 143.6 151.3 152.5 153.6 175.7 177 178.3 196.9 198.4 199.9 232.8 234.6 236.4 49 54 61 69 81 92 107 122 B 40 45 51 60 70 80 95 110 C 36 40 48 55 65 75 90 105 D 64.5 71.5 79 89 94 109 120 144 E 39.5 46.5 51 59 63 71 74 88 F 25 25 28 30 31 38 46 56 G 29 31.5 35.5 39 46 52 59.5 67 H 20 22.5 25.5 30 35 40 47.5 55 J 31.4 34 40 47 55 63 75 88 K 66 73 83 88 106 116 136 152 L 11 11 13 12 13 16 19 22 M 23.5 26 30 33.5 39.5 45 52.5 60 Nx 8 9 11 12 15 16 18.5 22.5 Ny 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 P 7.5 9 9 11 11 14 17.5 20 Q 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.8 6.8 9 11 14 R 16 15 17.5 17 17 21 25 32 S T 12.9 13.5 14.2 13.5 14.3 15 14.1 15 15.8 16.7 17.6 18.6 17.3 18.5 19.6 20.7 22 23.3 21.9 23.4 24.9 26.8 28.6 30.4 15 18 22 25 30 35.5 45 55 U 13 15 18 21 24 30 37 43 V 11 12 14 15 16 16 18 19 W M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M22×1.5 M27×1.5 M30×1.5 M39×1.5 M48×1.5 X(Nominal designation × pitch) 5 6 8 8 10 10 14 14 Y Z(Chamfer) C2 C3 C3 C3 C4 C5 C6 C6 22 24 30 32 41 46 55 65 AA 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 12 AB 24.5 26.5 33 35.5 45 50 60 71 AC 14 16 19 22 25 31 38 44 BA 17 20 25 28 34 40 49 60 BB 6 7 9 10 12.5 14 18.5 23 CA 6.5 6.5 7.5 9.5 11.5 12.5 11.5 13.5 CB 4 4 5 6 6 8 8 10 CC M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M8 M10 M12 EA 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 JA 14 14 14 14 19 19 22 22 JB -C type G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 Lock/release port -S type Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 R thread plug -G type R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 O ring (-C/-G type) 1BP5 1BP5 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP5 1BP5

LHA-Y

Swinging angle *1

Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug)

S: Piping type (Rc thread )

* The graph shows the released status of LHA-GR-Y45.

* The graph shows the released status of LHA-SR-Y45.

R thread plug

max.2mm Release port Rc thread

Lock port Rc thread

KOSM EK LT D .

28


Double Action Swing Clamp Swinging lever design dimensions Taper lock lever type Corresponding Product Model

φH

8

Pin hole for determining the lever phase

G±0.05 φF +0.2 0

D

C

C0.6

A

17

19

23

26

29

35

43

50

B

14

16

19

22

25

31

38

44

C

3

3

4

4

4

4

5

6

D E

10.5

10.5

12.5

14.5

16.5

17.5

17.5

20.5

17 +0.027 0

20+0.033 0

25+0.033 0

34+0.039 0

40+0.039 0

49+0.039 0

60 +0.046 0

F

15

17

21

23.5

29

33

42

51

G

8

9

11.5

13

15.5

18

22.5

28

H

4 +0.018 0

4+0.018 0

Phase determining pin (reference)

φ4 8

1 φ4 8

28+0.033 0

5 +0.018 0

1 φ5 8

12 φ

6+0.018 0

6 +0.018 0

8

8

14 φ

8 +0.022 0

1 φ8 8

8+0.022 0

1 φ8 8

10+0.022 0

1 φ1

8

2

Notes 1. Swing lever should be designed with its length according to performance graph shown on Page 5 and 6. 2. If the swing lever is not in accordance with the dimension shown above, performance may be degraded and damage can occur. 3. The pin hole ( H) for determining the lever phase should be added, if necessary.

B±0.1

R0.4

LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550 LHA0650 LHA0750 LHA0900 LHA1050

A

φEH8

Taper lock lever blank: LZH-T Model

H

B

Corresponding Product Model

D A φG

+0.2 0

R0.4

L A 3

L A 4

A

120

145

L A 48 L A 55 L A 160

170

175

5 L A 75 L A 9 185

220

L A1 5 270

B

26

32

40

45

50

58

75

90

C

17

19

23

26

29

35

43

50

D

13

16

20

23

25

29

38

45

E

14

16

19

22

25

31

38

44

F

17

20

25

28

34

40

49

60

G

15

17

21

23.5

29

33

42

51

H

13

16

20

22.5

25

29

37.5

45

Notes 1. Material S50CH. 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed. 3. To lock the phase, slot for phase pin (pin hole) should be added.

E

C

C0.6

LZH0360 LZH0400 LZH0480 LZH0550 LZH0650 LZH0750 LZH0900 LZH1050 -T -T -T -T -T -T -T -T

φ

Manifold block: LZY-MD Model

G E

φD +00.3

A

J

Lever Dimensions Accessories

H

6.3S

4-φ

F

J

Corresponding Product Model

C ±0.1

B

C0.6

L side

C0.6

2-O-ring

LZY0360 LZY0400 LZY0480 LZY0550 LZY0650 LZY0750 LZY0900 LZY1050 -MD -MD -MD -MD -MD -MD -MD -MD L A 3

L A 4

L A 48 L A 55 L A

5 L A 75 L A 9

L A1 5

A

49

54

61

69

81

92

107

122

B

40

45

51

60

70

80

95

110

C

20

20

27

30

32

37

45

50

D

36

40

48

55

65

75

90

105

E

29

31.5

35.5

39

46

52

59.5

67

F

20

22.5

25.5

30

35

40

47.5

55

G

23.5

26

30

33.5

39.5

45

52.5

60

H

16

18

22

24

30

32

37

45

J

31.4

34

40

47

55

63

75

88

4.5

5.5

5.5

6.8

6.8

9

11

14

1BP5

1BP5

1BP5

1BP5

1BP7

1BP7

1BP7

1BP7

O-ring

Notes 1. Material S45C. 2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "C". 3. L side should be additionally processed for use if it is necessary to have the area beyond the block thickness (C dimension). Moreover, refer to this drawing for fabrication.

29

7MPa

ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp


Lever design dimensions/accessories

LHA

model Quick-change lever type (-F) Corresponding Product Model

Pin hole for determining the lever phase (Processed if necessary) M thread

φT

A

22

25

30

34

40

46

55

60

B

22

26

32

36

45

53

70

82

C

11

12.5

15

17

20

23

27.5

D

0 15-0.016

0 18 -0.016

0 22 -0.020

0 25-0.020

0 0 30 -0.020 35.5-0.025

30

0 45 -0.025

0 55-0.030

E

15

19

23

26.5

31.5

36.5

46

55

F

9.75

12

14.75

17

20

23.5

29.75

36

G

11

14

17.5

20

23

26

32

39

H

R5.5

R7

R8.75

R10

R11.5

R13

R16

R19.5

J

6.5

8.5

10.5

12.5

14.5

16.5

21

25

2

3

4

4

5

7

9

11

L

13.5

16

18

22

26.5

31

42

M

M6

8 1

N

C0.4

C0.6

C0.6

C1

C1

C1

C1

C1

P

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

Q

2.5

3.5

3.5

4

5.5

5.5

7.5

8

R

3

4

4

4

6

6

8

8

S

13.5

14

18

19.5

24.5

27.75

38

45

6.5

6.5

9

P

L

B

LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550 LHA0650 LHA0750 LHA0900 LHA1050 -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F

φJ

N E

S

+0.2 0

F±0.1

φR +00.1

G C

A

Q

C

φD

H

T Phase determining pin (reference)

3.4 φ3

1

4.5 8

φ4

1 25

4.5 8 φ4

12 1 5

14 1 5

4.5 1

φ4

1

φ

1

15

14 φ

46

2

2

24 2

9

14 φ8

2

φ8

22

Notes 1. Swing lever should be designed with its length according to performance graph shown on Page 5 and 6. 2. If the swing lever is not in accordance with the dimension shown above, performance may be degraded and damage can occur. 3. The pin hole ( R) for determining the lever phase should be added, if necessary.

Quick-change lever blank LZH-F

N

Corresponding Product Model

LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550 LHA0650 LHA0750 LHA0900 LHA1050 -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F

A

22

25

30

34

40

46

55

60

B

22

26

32

36

45

53

70

82

C

11

12.5

15

17

20

23

27.5

E Z

C G

A C

H

B

A

φD

C

φF

0

22-0.020

25-0.020

0

30-0.020 35.5-0.025

0

0

30

0

45-0.025

0

55-0.030

15

19

23

26.5

31.5

36.5

46

55

F

9.75

12

14.75

17

20

23.5

29.75

36

G

11

14

17.5

20

23

26

32

39

H

R5.5

R7

R8.75

R10

R11.5

R13

R16

R19.5

J

6.5

8.5

10.5

12.5

14.5

16.5

21

25

2

3

4

4

5

7

9

11

L

13.5

16

18

22

26.5

31

42

M

M6

8 1 M10 1 25

N

C0.4

C0.6

C0.6

C1

C1

C1

C1

P

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

Z

120

145

160

170

175

185

220

270

12 1 5

14 1 5

1

15

46

2

2

24 2 C1

Notes 1. Material S50CH. 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed. 3. To lock the phase, slot for phase pin (pin hole) should be added.

Tightening bolt for quick-change lever LZH-B Hex hole G

0

18-0.016

E

F±0.1 φD

0

15-0.016

E thread

Model

LZH0360 LZH0400 LZH0480 LZH0550 LZH0650 LZH0750 LZH0900 LZH1050 -B -B -B -B -B -B -B -B

Corresponding Product Model

LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550 LHA0650 LHA0750 LHA0900 LHA1050 -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F

A B

20 6

23 8

28 10

32 12

40 14

46 16

61 20

71 24

C

7

10

11

13

16

18

23

27

D

6

8

10

12

14

16

20

E

M6

8 1

F

10

13

16

18

21

24

30

36

G

5

6

8

10

12

14

17

19

1

1 25

12 1 5

14 1 5

1

15

2

Lever Dimensions Accessories

φ

LZH0360 LZH0400 LZH0480 LZH0550 LZH0650 LZH0750 LZH0900 LZH1050 -F -F -F -F -F -F -F -F

D

P

L

B

M thread

Model

24 2

24 2

KOSM EK LTD .

30


Speed Control Valve Speed Control valve (with air venting function): BZL*1 BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type. It is best used in the circuit where the flow governing valve cannot be mounted, or the synchronized and individual adjustment is necessary. Additionally, air can be vented at the component, improving stability of the hydraulic system. *1.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.

Specifications Model Maximum use pressure Max rated pressure

MPa MPa

Controlling Method G thread size Cracking pressure Maximum passage area Tightening torque

MPa mm2 N・m

Circuit symble

BZL0100-A BZL0200-A BZL0300-A BZL0100-B BZL0200-B BZL0300-B 7 10.5 meter-in meter-out G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 0.04 0.12 2.6 5.0 11.6 2.6 5.0 10.2 10 25 35 10 25 35

BZL-A: meter-in

P1 port: hydraulic supply side

BZL-B: meter-out

em r 1 e minimum e re t u o enin o t e ontro i e i imi r to t t or ree o ote 1 e ure to in t it re ommen tion tor ue en t e in t tion tor ue i in u i ient e u e o t e met e tru ture t e ee ontro e e e n not o t e oi o u tment 2 o not re e t e BZL e i een u e on e to ot er m in er e met e e ome im er e t t e i eren e o G-t re ottom ur e e t o m in er n oi o u ntit mi t not e

External Dimensions M thread

Model (Swing clamp)

Corresponding Special packing G thread (attached)

Product Model

φB

BZL0 00 -

A B C P2 port: D Hexagonal L clamping side E F Close Open J E G Hexagonal K max.H D H Hexagonal A max.C F J P1 port: hydraulic K supply side L M N Processing dimensions for the mounting area P Q Notes R (flat area) 0 S N -0.10 Z U thread T min P 0.1 Z (Lower hole φT flat bottom) U P2 port: clamping side

0.4

φ

Q

31

7MPa

BZL 1

P2 port: clamping side

P1 port: hydraulic supply side

e to e

-

u te

BZL 2

-

BZL 3

-

LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550

LHA0650 LHA0750

LHA0900 LHA1050

14 15.5 15 12 8.5 (11.6) G1/8 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 11.5 8.5 9 16 10 8.7 G1/8 2 3 2.5 5

18 20 16 13 9.5 (15.1) G1/4 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 15 *2 11 11.5 20.5 13.5 11.5 G1/4 3 4 3.5 7

22 24 19 16 11 (17.6) G3/8 3 5 13 4 M8×0.75 17.5 13 13 24.5 17 15 G3/8 4 5 4.5 9

Notes 1 As the area is sealing part, pay attention not to damage it. 2 As the area is the metal sealing part at the BZL side, pay attention not to damage it (Notes for deburring) 3 Pay attention to have no cutting powder and burring at the tolerance part of the processing hole.

φW

45°

Accessory

min.φR max.φS φT

W 0.2

P2 port: clamping side

P1 port: hydraulic supply side

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

4 As shown in the drawing, P1 port is used as the hydraulic supply side and P2 port as the clamping side. 5 If the market available plug and connector with G screw specs are considered to be mounted, ”*1” in the specification list is 12.5. 6 It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure.It must be done under lower pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)


Speed Control Valve

model 35oC)

Flow characteristic graph (hydraulic fluids ISO-VG32 (25 BZL0200-A:meter-in

Control flow direction

Control flow direction

Pressure loss 5MPa

6 Pressure loss 3MPa

4 Pressure loss 1MPa

2 0

1

2

3

30

20

5MPa

15 3MPa

10 5 0

4

35

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

1MPa

0

1

Free flowing direction

3

4 Fully closed

2 1

2

3

4

5

10 Fully closed

5 0

1

2

3

4

5

4 Pressure loss 1MPa

2 3

4

15 3MPa

10 5 0

1

3

6 4 Fully closed

2 3

4

Pressure loss (MPa)

5

6

4

5

6

5MPa

3MPa

15 10 5 1MPa

0

1

2

3

4

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Free flowing direction 35 30

Fully opened

20 15 10

Fully closed

5 0

3

20

0

4

Flow rate (L/min)

Fully opened

2

25

Free flowing direction

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

2

25

2

1

30 5MPa

Free flowing direction

1

0

Control flow direction

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

10

0

10

35

20

0

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

0

Fully closed

15

BZL0300-B:meter-out

1MPa

8

20

Pressure loss (MPa)

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Pressure loss 3MPa

4

Fully opened

Control flow direction

6

3

25

0

6

25 Pressure loss 5MPa

2

5

BZL0200-B:meter-out

2

1

30

15

Control flow direction

1

1MPa

0

Pressure loss (MPa)

10

0

5

Free flowing direction

Fully opened

20

0

6

BZL0100-B:meter-out

0

10

35

Pressure loss (MPa)

8

3MPa

15

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Flow rate (L/min)

6

0

20

Free flowing direction

Fully opened

8

5MPa

25

0

4

25 Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

2

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

10

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

8

0

Control flow direction

25 Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

10

0

BZL0300-A:meter-in

0

1

2

3

4

Pressure loss (MPa)

5

6

Fully opened

25

Accessory

BZL0100-A:meter-in

BZL

20 15

Fully closed

10 5 0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Pressure loss (MPa)

KOSM EK LTD .

32


Double Action Swing Clamp Air venting valve: BZX *1 BZX is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type.As it is specially for air venting, it is easy to vent the air within the hydraulic circuit. *1.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.

Specifications

Circuit Symbols BZX010

Model Maximum use pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa

G1/8 10

G thread size Tightening torque (housing) N・m

BZX020 25 37.5 G1/4 25

BZX030

G3/8 35

External Dimensions

Model

Housing Locking nut M3 (3 types)

(Swing clamp)

Corresponding

Plug M6x1

Special packing (attached) G thread

φB

A B C D E G

3.6 3.8

Hexagonal hole 3

E D

Hexagonal 10

Product Model

10.5 C

Hexagonal A

BZX010

BZX020

BZX030

LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550

LHA0650 LHA0750

LHA0900 LHA1050

14 15.5 19.8 9.3 5.5 G1/8

18 20 20.6 10.1 6.3 G1/4

22 24 20.6 10.1 6.3 G3/8

Notes 1. Do not over loosen the plug during air venting. (Do not loosen for more than 2 turns from the fully closed status.) 2. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure. It must be done under lower pressure. (Reference: minimum machine action pressure within the circuit) 3. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 31)

G thread Plug (with air venting function): JZG *2 JZG is the plug with air venting function which consists of the G thread plug and special packing. Moreover, air is vented at the equipment end like BZL, improving the stability of the hydraulic system. *2.Equipped as standard item for Piping Method Type C components

Specifications Model

JZG010

Maximum use pressure

MPa

Pressure resistance

MPa

G1/8 10

G thread size Tightening torque (housing)

N・m

JZG020 35 42 G1/4 25

JZG030

G3/8 35

External Dimensions

Hexagonal D G thread

B

33

7MPa

Corresponding Product Model

A B C D G

φA

Accessory

Special packing (attached)

Model

C

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

JZG010

JZG020

JZG030

LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550

LHA0650 LHA0750

LHA0900 LHA1050

14 3.5 8 5 G1/8

19 4.5 9 6 G1/4

22 4.5 10 8 G3/8

Notes 1. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 31)


Air venting valve/G screw type

model

BZX/JZG

Application Example LHA Swing clamp

BZL0 00-B Speed Control Valve JZG G thread plug

Release port

Lock port

Release port

Lock port

Accessory

Notes 1. BZL (speed control valve), BZX (air venting valve) and JZG (G thread plug) can only be mounted on Piping Method C type.

KOSM EK LTD .

34


Double Action Swing Clamp Notes for design 1) Specification confirmation The maximum use hydraulic pressure is 7 MPa and minimum at 1.5MPa. However, the maximum use pressure and clamping force vary as per the swinging lever length.If load is excessive damage may occur and cause oil leaks.Use the appropriate pressure based on the length of the used lever by referring to Performance Graph. (Refer to Page 5~6)

2) Consideration for circuit design When designing the hydraulic circuit, refer to Oil Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Notes. Improper design can lead to malfunction and damage. (Refer to Page 39) Do not supply pressure simultaneously to Lock and Release ports. 3) Endeavor to minimize swing lever inertial moment. Higher inertial moments can degrade stopping accuracy and lead to clamp damage. Excessive inertial moment may prevent swing action, depending on mounting position and supply pressure. Set the action tolerance time based on the inertia moment. It should be operated within the tolerance time with reference to Action Tolerance Time. (Refer to Page 7.8) 4) When the welding fixture is used, the exposed area of piston rod should be protected. If the exposed becomes contaminated with spatter, it may lead to defective operation and oil leakage. 5) When the workpiece inclined side is clamped The clamping side and clamp mounting side should be made parallel.

Notes

6) When the speed control valve (BZL) is used Used BZL should not be re-mounted on other clamps as the metal seal may not re-seal and flow adjustment would be degraded. Moreover, the speed control valve (BZL) can be mounted only on the Piping Method C type. (Refer to Page 31)

35

7MPa

h t t p : / / w w w . k o s m ek .c o .jp


Notes

model

LHA

Notes on installation 1) Used fluid confirmation Please use the appropriate fluid by referring to the Hydraulic Fluid List. 2) Treatment before the piping The pipeline, piping connector and fixture fluid hole should be cleaned by thorough flushing. The dust and cutting powder in the circuit may lead to fluid leakage and malfunctioning. This product is not equipped with protective function to prevent dust and impurity going into the hydraulic system and pipeline.

During mounting When the clamp is positioned with fixture, determine the lever position, and temporarily tighten the nut for fixing the lever. Preferred method for final tightening is to remove the clamp rom the fixture, clamp the lever in a vise and tighten the nut.

3) Applying seal tape Wind tape 1~2 turns. Wrapping in the wrong direction will cause leaks and malfunction. In order to prevent foreign substance going into the product during the piping work, it should be carefully cleaned before the work is started. 4) Mounting the body Use four socket head cap screws (class 12.9) and tighten with torque as shown in the table below.If the tightening torque is more than that recommended, the counter-bore or the bolt may be damaged. Model LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550 LHA0650 LHA0750 LHA0900 LHA1050

Nominal designation of mounting bolt

Tightening torque (Nm)

M4×0.7

4.0

M5×0.8

8.0

M5×0.8

8.0

M6

14.0

M6

14.0

M8

33.0

M10

65.0

M12

114.0

5) Mounting and removal of swinging lever Any contamination on mating parts of the lever/taper sleeve/piston rod will prevent proper seating. Thoroughly degrease and flush it to get rid of oil and foreign substance. Tighten the swinging lever with torque as shown below.

If clamp can't be removed from fixture for final tightening, secure the lever while tightening the nut. It is best to bring the lever to the middle of the swing stroke before tightening the nut.

During removal While the clamp is in the fixture or vise, use a hex wrench to bring the arm to the middle of the swing stroke and then loosen the nut. Loosen the taper sleeve nut two or three turns then remove the lever with puller. Do not put any rotating torque on the piston rod.

(Standard: taper tightening type) Model LHA0360 LHA0400 LHA0480 LHA0550 LHA0650 LHA0750 LHA0900 LHA1050

thread size

Tightening torque (N·m)

M14×1.5

21

25

M16×1.5

33

40

M20×1.5

54

M22×1.5

65

84

100

M27×1.5

12

145

M30×1.5

175

210

M39×1.5

28

335

M48×1.5

333

400

(-F: quick-change lever type) Model LHA0360-F LHA0400-F LHA0480-F LHA0550-F LHA0650-F LHA0750-F LHA0900-F LHA1050-F

Bolt nominal designation

Tightening torque (N·m)

M6

14

M8×1

33

M10×1.25

65

M12×1.5

10

114

M14×1.5

16

180

M16×1.5

25

280

M20×2

50

540

M24×2

76

810

6) Air venting in the hydraulic circuit If the hydraulic circuit has excessive air, the action time may become abnormally long. After making hydraulic connections, or if air enters the circuit at any other time, air bleeding must be carried out according to the procedure below. Reduce hydraulic supply pressure to less than 2MPa. Loosen the cap nut of the pipeline connector which is closest to the swinging clamp by one turn. Shake the pipeline left and right, and loosen the mating surfaces. part of the pipeline connector.The hydraulic fluid mixed with air comes out.

Notes

If the piston rod is subjected to excessive torque or shock, the rod or the internal mechanism may be damaged. Observe the following points to prevent such shock.

KOSM EK LTD .

36


Double Action Swing Clamp Notes on installation Tighten cap nut after air bleeding. It is more effective to carry out air venting at the highest point of the hydraulic circuit or close to the clamp at the terminal end. (When the gasket type is used, mount the air venting valve at the place near the highest part of the hydraulic circuit.)

■ Hydraulic Fluid List

7) Swinging speed adjustment Adjust the speed with reference to Action Tolerance Time Graph. (Refer to Page 7, 8) Excessive clamp speed will accelerate wear and lead to component damage. The speed adjustment should not be carried out unless circuit air venting is completed.If air is mixed in the circuit, action will be erratic. Adjust the speed control valve slowly from the low speed side (low flow) to high speed side (large flow). 8) Checking looseness and retightening At the beginning of the machine installation, the bolt/lever may be tightened lightly. Check torque and re-tighten if required. 9) Notes on dual rod type (-D) for dog application When installing dog or cam onto rod end, secure the dog or cam and prevent any rotation or torque on the piston rod. Torque values for the mounting screw are shown in the table below.

Nominal designation of mounting bolt

Tightening torque (N·m)

M4×0.7

3.2

M6

10

M8

25

M8

25

M8

25

M10

50

M10

50

M10

50

Notes

Model LHA0360-D LHA0400-D LHA0480-D LHA0550-D LHA0650-D LHA0750-D LHA0900-D LHA1050-D

37

7MPa

ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m ek .c o .jp

ISO viscosity grade ISO-VG-32 Manufacturer name

Wear resistant hydraulic fluid

Multi purpose universal fluid

Tellus Oil C32 TELLUS OIL C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu DAPHNE SUPER HYDRO 32A SUPERMULTI 32 Idemitsu Kosan SUPER HYRANDO 32 SUPER MULPUS 32 Nippon Oil Corp COSMO NEW MIGHTY SUPER 32 COSMO HYDRO AW32 Cosmo Oil LATHUS 32 HYDLUX 32 Japan Energy (JOMO) NUTO 32 NUTO H32 Esso Sekiyu MOBIL DTE24 LIGHT MOBIL DTE24 ExxonMobil UNIT OIL P32 UNIT OIL WR32 Kygnus FUKKOL SUPER HYDROL 32 FUKKOL HYDROL DX32 Fujikosan Oil HYDROL AW32 Matsumura Oil SUNVIS 832 SUNVIS 932 Japan Sun Oil HYDIC AW32 HYDIC 32 Mitsui Oil HYSPIN AWS32 Castrol Note: as it may be difficult to purchase the products as shown in the table from overseas, please contact the respective manufacturer.


Notes

model

LHA

Notes on handling 1) It should be handled by qualified personnel with sufficient knowledge. The hydraulic machine/air compressor should be handled and maintained by qualified personnel with sufficient experience and knowledge. 2) Do not handle or disassemble the machine unless the safety is ensured. The machine and equipment can only be inspected or prepared when it is confirmed that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place. ② Before the machine is disassembled, make sure that the above-mentioned safety measures are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit.

1) Removal of the machine and shutoff of pressure source Before the machine is removed, make sure that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting. 2) Regularly clean the area around the piston rod. If it is used when the surface is contaminated with dirt, it may lead to packing seal damage, malfunctioning and fluid leakage.

After stopping the machine, do not disassemble it until its temperature cools down. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting the machine/equipment.

4) Do not disassemble or modify it. If it is disassembled or modified, the warranty will become invalid even if it is still within the warranty period.

3) If disconnection is carried out with coupler, air is mixed inside the circuit after a long period of use, air venting should be carried out on the regular basis. 4) Check whether the pipeline, mounting bolt and nut for fixing the lever are loosened or not. Retighten it on the regular basis. 5) Make sure the hydraulic fluid has not deteriorated. 6) Make sure that the action is smooth and there is no abnormal noise. Especially when it is restarted after left unused for a long period, make sure it can be operated correctly. 7) The products should be stored in the cold and dark place without direct sunshine and moisture. 8) Please contact us for overhaul and repair.

Notes注意事項

3) Do not touch the lamp when the swinging clamp is in operation. Otherwise, your hands may be injured due to clinching.

KOSM EK LTD .

38


Double Action Swing Clamp 取付施工上 Speed control注意 circuit of hydraulic cylinder & notes If the hydraulic cylinder speed is controlled, the circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. Carry out sufficient advance review as the wrong circuit design may lead to machine malfunctioning and damage. Speed control circuit for single acting cylinder For spring return type single acting cylinders, restricting flow during release can slow or prevent release action. The preferred method is to control the flow during the lock action and use a valve that has free-flow in the release direction. Also, it is preferred to provide a speed control at each actuator to be regulated.

If the release action is accelerated by some load (or gravity) the clamp may sustain damage. In this case add speed control to release flow.

In the case of meter-out circuit, however, the hydraulic circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. ① Single acting components should not use the same speed control as the double acting components. The release action of the single acting cylinders may become erratic or very slow.

Refer to the following circuit when both the single acting cylinder and double acting cylinder are used together. Separate the control circuit.

The release of the lateral flow control

W

Speed control circuit for double acting cylinde For double acting cylinder speed control, both the locking side and release side should have meter-out circuits. Meter-in controls can be adversely affected by any air in the system.

Back pressure in a shared tank line can delay the release of single acting components. However, due to back pressure of the tank line, the single acting cylinder may act after action of the double acting cylinder.

Meter-out circuit

In the case of meter-out circuit, the inner circuit pressure may increase during the cylinder action because of the fluid supply. The increase of the inner circuit pressure can be prevented by reducing the supplied fluid beforehand via the flow governing valve. Especially, as for systems with sequence valve and pressure switch for action confirmation, if the inner circuit pressure is over the setting pressure, the system may break down, which should be taken into full consideration.

Meter-in circuit

Notes

Sequence valve

39

7MPa

Flow governing valve for fluid supply (ok with each location)

ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m ek .c o .jp


Notes

model

LHA

Warranty ■

Warranty 1) Warranty Period The product warranty period is 18 months from shipment from our factory or 12 months from initial use, whichever is earlier. 2) Warranty Scope If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to faulty design, materials or workmanship, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. Defects or failures caused by the following are not covered: ① If the stipulated maintenance and inspection are not carried out; ② If the product is used while it is not suitable for use based on the operator’s judgement, resulting in defect. ③ If it is used or handled in inappropriate way by the operator (including damage caused by the misconduct of the third party.) ④ If the defect is caused by reasons other than our responsibility. ⑤ If it is caused by reform or repair other than carried out by us, or without our approval and confirmation. ⑥ Other caused by natural disasters or calamities not attributable to our company. Parts expenses or replacement expenses due to parts consumption and deterioration (such as gum, plastic, seal material and some electric components).

Notes

Moreover, the damages in connection with or resulting from the product defect shall be excluded from the warranty.

KOSM EK LTD .

40


h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p

1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401

JQA-QMA10823 KOSMEK HEAD OFFICE

CAT.NO.LHA001-03-02 Printed in Japan

2008.12. First 2011.01. 3th

1Yc 1Ry


1MPa New

Air Swing Clamp

model

WHA


Air Swing Clamp Patented in Japan and major foreign countries

Structure & Features

Compact / high speed / high rigid clamp Excellent coolant resistance Engineered low friction packing provides tight seal even against high pressure coolant. Material is chemically resistant, especially to chlorate coolant.

PAT.

Long Lever High rigidity is achieved via long guide ratio and parts optimization. Clamping distance can be much greater (up to 2.4 times previous model)

WHA lever use range

Our previous products

Easy to adjust the clamping time Piping method: The speed control valve can be directly mounted on Type A. Picture of speed control valve (model BZW) installation

Compact design Mounting depth is reduced, up to 40% of previous models. This saves space, machining and weight.

(Refer to Page 17)

Designed for high speeds PAT.

WHA Our previous products

Use of ball type rotary mechanism ensures the high rigidity and high reliability, reducing the full action time by 53% (maximum) compared to our former products. Floating out race improves swing action

Full option lineup

It features high durability against sputtering of air.

The lineup includes the following four types. (See page 2 for the picture). Section of three lead gums

[Standard Type] With taper sleeve as standard, lever design is simplified.

[Dual rod type for dog application (-D)] Detection is made easy with switch. (The lever is the same as that for the standard type.)

[Quick change lever type (-F)] One wrench can be used to change the lever easily.

[Long stroke type (-Q)] The stroke with wider range can match the necessary work shape.

1


Model Indication

Performance graph/allowed action time graph

WHA

Clamp with 90째 swing

Standard Type

WHA-D

The clamp movement can be confirmed via the switch detection

Dual rod type for dog application

WHA-F Quick-change lever type

11

Easy lever changing

Sectional structure of mounting area

WHA-Q

The long stroke is applicable to a variety of work shapes.

1

Long stroke type

Lever design dimensions/accessories

1

Notes

1

2


Air Swing Clamp Air Swing Clamp

WHA 040 0 - 2 A R D - F 1

2

1

Inner diameter of cylinder

2

Design No.

3

Piping Method

3

4

5

6

G

A

S

A: Gasket type (This type is applicable to speed control installation)

G: Gasket type (Rc thread port w/plug) S: Pipeline type (Rc thread port)

Gasket Type This type is applicable to speed control installation R screw plug is packed together (The speed control is prepared otherwise)

With R plug

Piping Type Rc thread port only

4 Swing direction when locking R

R: clockwise L: counter clockwise

Swing direction when locking

L

5 Confirmation Method (rod end style)

No marking

D

No marking: standard (no confirmation) ・・・P7 D: Double ended rod (threaded) ・・・P9

6 Option Model

No marking: tapered rod w/ taper sleeve F: quick-change lever type ・・・P11 Q: Long stroke type ・・・P13

F

Q


Model Indication

Model Indication

Speed Control valve *1

BZW 0 1 0 0 - B 1 1

2

3

R thread size 1ďźšR1/8

2

Design No.

3

Controlling method

BZW-B: meter-out

B: meter-out

*1 It can only be installed on Piping Method A Type.

P1 port:

P2 port:

Air supply side

clamping


Air Swing Clamp Performance Diagram WHA0320

700

1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1

650 590 520 460 390 330 260 200 130 70

(N)

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

35 580 520 460 400 350 290 230 170 120 60 1.0

50 560 500 440 390 330 280 220 170 110 60 1.0

Clamping force (N) Lever Length L (mm) 60 70 80 90 540 530 510 500 490 470 460 450 430 420 410 400 380 370 360 350 320 320 310 300 270 260 260 250 220 210 210 200 160 160 150 150 110 110 100 100 50 50 50 50 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Non-usable range

100 490 440 390 340 290 240 190 150 100 50 1.0

120 410 370 320 270 230 180 140 90 50 0.9

L=0 L=35(10) L=60(35) L=80(55) L=100(75) L=120(95)

Maximum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

103 120 147 190 190 190 190 190 190 190

600

Clamping force (N)

Cylinder output

500 400 300 Non-usable range

Air supply pressure (MPa)

200 100 0

0

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

Air supply pressure (MPa)

WHA0400

1200

1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1

1060 950 840 740 630 530 420 320 210 110

(N)

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

50 930 840 740 650 560 460 370 280 190 90 1.0

60 910 820 730 640 540 450 360 270 180 90 1.0

Clamping force (N) Lever Length L (mm) 70 80 90 100 890 870 850 820 800 780 760 740 710 690 680 660 620 610 590 580 530 520 510 490 440 430 420 410 350 350 340 330 270 260 250 250 180 170 170 160 90 90 80 80 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Non-usable range

120 700 630 550 470 390 310 230 160 80 0.9

150

580 500 430 360 290 220 140 70 0.8

Maximum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

117 137 171 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

L=0 1000

Clamping force (N)

Cylinder output

L=50(22) L=70(42) L=90(62) L=120(92) L=150(122)

800 600 Non-usable range

Air supply pressure (MPa)

400 200 0

0

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

Air supply pressure (MPa)

WHA0500

1800

1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1

1650 1480 1320 1150 990 820 660 490 330 160

(N)

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (N) Non-usable range Lever Length L (mm) 60 70 80 90 100 120 150 180 1450 1420 1390 1360 1340 1280 1200 1300 1280 1250 1230 1200 1150 1080 1000 1160 1140 1110 1090 1070 1020 960 890 1010 990 970 950 940 900 840 780 870 850 840 820 800 770 720 670 720 710 700 680 670 640 600 560 580 570 560 550 530 510 480 440 430 430 420 410 400 380 360 330 290 280 280 270 270 260 240 220 140 140 140 140 130 130 120 110 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.9

Maximum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

151 180 236 270 270 270 270 270 270 270

L=0

1600

Clamping force (N)

Cylinder output

L=60(27) L=90(57) L=120(87) L=150(117) L=180(147)

1400 1200 1000 800 Non-usable range

Air supply pressure (MPa)

600 400 200 0

0

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

Air supply pressure (MPa)

WHA0630

3000

1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1

2630 2360 2100 1840 1580 1310 1050 790 530 260

(N)

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

75 2330 2090 1860 1630 1400 1160 930 700 470 230 1.0

90 2270 2040 1810 1590 1360 1130 910 680 450 230 1.0

Clamping force (N) Lever Length L (mm) 110 130 150 170 2190 2110 2030 1950 1970 1900 1820 1750 1750 1680 1620 1560 1530 1470 1420 1360 1310 1260 1220 1170 1090 1050 1010 970 870 840 810 780 660 630 610 580 440 420 410 390 220 210 200 190 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

Non-usable range

190 1870 1680 1490 1310 1120 930 750 560 370 190 1.0

210 1610 1430 1250 1070 890 710 540 360 180 0.9

Maximum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

191 234 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330

L=0 L=75(36) L=90(51) L=130(91) L=170(131) L=210(171)

2500

Clamping force (N)

Cylinder output

2000 1500 Non-usable range

Air supply pressure (MPa)

1000 500 0

0

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

Air supply pressure (MPa)

Notes: 1. The graphs show the relationship between the clamping force and the Air supply pressure. 2. There may be no swinging action for the lever with large inertia moment based on different air supply pressure, flow and lever mounting position. 3. The clamping force is shown with lever in the locked position. 4. The clamping force varies as per the lever length.Use the Air supply pressure suitable to the lever length. 5. Usage outside of indicated range may lead to damage. 6. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact clamping force should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.

L

(Example) When WHA0500 is used Conditions: Air supply pressure 0.8MPa Lever length L=60mm The clamping force is about 1160N.

1800 1600 1400 1200 1160 1000 800 600 400 200 0

L=0 L=60(27) L=90(57) L=120(87) L=150(117) L=180(147)

Indicating L(s) on the left graph

The range which cannot be used (the part indicated in Non-usable range

S

Notes: 1. The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length Land Air supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column. 2. The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column.

Clamping force (N)

How to read the Performance Graph

0

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 Air supply pressure (MPa)

)


Performance graph/ action time tolerance graph

Action Time Tolerance Graph WHA0320

WHA0400

WHA0500

0.009

0.014

0.022

0.006 0.005 0.004 Full action

0.003 0.002

0.010 0.008 0.006 Full action 0.004 0.002 *1

0.001 *1 0

0.020

90°swing

*2

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

0

1.2

Action time tolerance (sec)

0.016 0.014 0.012 0.010 Full action

0.008 0.006 *1 0.004 0.002

*2

0

90°swing

0.018

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

0

1.2

*2

0

0.2

Action time tolerance (sec)

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

Action time tolerance (sec)

WHA0630 Example) ① ② ③ ④

90°swing

0.040 0.035

Model: WHA0500 Lever inertia moment : 5 m2 Full action time tolerance : about 0.69 sec 90°swinging time : about 0.29 sec

0.030 0.025 0.020

Full action

0.015 *1 0.010 0.005 0

① Model

0.022

Inertia Moment (kg・m )

Inertia Moment (kg・m 2 )

0.045

WHA0500

2

How to read the Action Time Tolerance Graph

0.050

0.020

90°swing

0.018 0.016 0.014 0.012 0.010

Full action

0.008 0.006 ② 0.004 0.002

*2

0

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

④ 0

1.6

0.2

0.4

③ 0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

Action time tolerance (sec)

Action time tolerance (sec) Notes 1.In the case of long stroke type, the full action time is different from what is shown on the graph. It should be calculated via the formula below. (The 90° swinging time is the same as shown on the graph. Remarks *1.The inertia moment of lever blank (Page 15: WZH-T) is displayed. *2.Please set the shortest 90° swinging time to 0.2sec.

Calculation formula of full action time Full action time (sec) = 90° swinging action time (sec) X

Full stroke (mm) Swinging stroke (mm)

How to calculate inertia moment (estimation) I:Inertia Moment (kg.m2) K, L, L1, L2, b:Lenth(m)m, m1, m 2, m 3, Mass(kg) ① For a rectangular plate (cuboid), the rotating shaft is vertically on one side of the plate.

② For a rectangular plate (cuboid), the rotating shaft

L

L1

m

2

2

2

2

2

=m L + b 12

m1

m2

2

2

=m 1 4L + b + m 2 4L1 + b 12 12

b

L1

m1

m2

L2

K L

b

b

L

③ The load is on the lever front end

is vertically on the gravity center of the plate.

2

2

2

m3

2 2 =m 1 4L + b + m 2 4L 1 + b + m 3 K 2 + m 3 L 2 + b 12 12 12

Notes 1.The graph shows the action time tolerance with regard to the lever inertia moment when the clamp piston is operating at constant speed. 2.There may be no swinging action for the lever with large inertia based on different Air supply pressure, flow and lever mounting position. 3.For speed adjustment, the meter-out is recommended to keep clamping speed constant 4.During swinging, the speed adjustment can be carried out via meter-out in case the lever accelerates its speed due to its own weight (when the clamp is horizontally mounted), or the piston rod has drastic action with meter-in control. (Refer to Page 19 for adjustment of swinging speed.) 5.Excessive action speed can reduce stopping accuracy and harm internal parts. 6.Please contact us if operational conditions differ from those shown on the graphs.

Performance graph action time tolerance graph

0.007

0.012

Inertia Moment (kg・m 2 )

90°swing

Inertia Moment (kg・m2 )

Inertia Moment (kg・m 2 )

0.008


Air Swing Clamp External Dimensions A: Gasket type (for speed control installation with R screw plug installed)

Processing dimensions for the mounting area Nx

This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2AR.

max. 17

Release port P (-A/-G type)

B H

Rc1/8 thread *4

J

Ny

Ny

2-Z

(Used for installation of the speed control)

R type

φ15.5

φ

Swing direction when locking

L

Lock port P *7 (-A/-G type)

K

4-EA thread *5

CA

K

W thread

C

*7

L type 4-

R

Spot facing Rc1/8 thread

*4

Q

R type (L type: 180 reverse)

(Used for installation of the speed control)

φ

De-burr *7

Slot for determining the lever phase *1

6.3S*7

+ 0.3 0

C0.6

Pin position for determining the lever phase

(CD) φBB

BA

1.5 CB

1/10

Taper sleeve

Taper

CC +0.02 0

T

V

*6

φ

Notes *5. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter.

S

M

A

*2

G

12

-0.1 -0.2

F

φ

*6. The φD depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension E. *7. This process indicates –A/-G: Gasket Type.

E

Piping Method 4*3

DB

G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2GR.

max.1.5mm φ A

Lock port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type)

R1/8 thread plug

Nx

Ny

Ny

S: Piping type (Rc thread ) This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2SR. Release port Rc1/8 thread

Release port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type) Caution *1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".

*3. The number of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *4. The speed control valve is not included. It should be provided otherwise as per page 17.

Lock port Rc1/8 thread


Standard Type

Specifications Model Locking cylinder area Clamping force (calculation formula)

Full stroke Swinging stroke

90°

Locking stroke

cm2 *8 N mm mm mm

Cylinder capacity at locked

cm3

at released

Max.operating pressure Minimum operation pressure *9

Max rated pressure Use temperature 90° swinging angle precision

WHA0320 6.50 F = P(625-1.4L) 20 10 10 13.0 16.1

WHA0400 10.56 F = P(1034-2.1L) 21 11 10 22.2 26.4

kg

WHA0630 26.26 F = P(2626-4L) 26.5 16.5 10 69.6 82.6

1.0

1.7

1.0 0.1 1.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5

MPa MPa MPa

Lock angle repeatability

Mass *10

WHA0500 16.49 F = P(1616-2.8L) 24 14 10 39.6 47.1

0.5

0.6

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W (nominal designation X depth) Z (chamfer)

BA BB CA CB CC (CD) DA DB EA O ring (-A/-G type)

WHA0320 108.5 60 50 46 47.5 32.5 25 35 25 39 79 11 28 10 5 9.5 5.5 14 22 14 12.5 M8×16 R5 14 17 5.5 4.5 3 3 21 15 M5×0.8 1BP7

WHA0400 117.5 66 56 54 51.5 35 25 38 28 45 88 11 31 13 5 9.5 5.5 13.5 23 16 16.5 M8×16 R5 18 19 5.5 4.5 3 3 24 16.5 M5×0.8 1BP7

WHA0500 136 76 66 64 58 41 30 43 33 53 98 13 36 15 5 11 6.8 16 26 20 20.5 M10×20 R6 22 24 6.5 5.5 4 3.5 27 17 M6 1BP7

WHA0630 149 87 78 77 66.5 46.5 30 48 39 65 113 13 41 20 5 11 6.8 15 28.5 25 22.5 M12×24 R6 24 29 9 5.5 4 3.5 34 20 M6 1BP7

(mm)

WHA

Remarks: *8. F: clamping force (N) P: Air supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *9. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. The swinging may stop in the middle of action due to the lever shape.(Refer to page 19 for Consideration for Lever Design.) *10. Mass per clamp with taper sleeve.


Air Swing Clamp External Dimensions A: Gasket type (for speed control installation with R screw plug installed)

Processing dimensions for the mounting area Nx

This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2ARD.

max. 17

Release port P *6 (-A/-G type)

B H

Rc1/8 thread *4

J

Ny

Ny

2-Z

(Used for installation of the speed control)

R type

φ15.5

φ

Swing direction when locking

L

Lock port P (-A/-G type)

*6

4-EA thread *5

CA

K

C

W thread

L type 4-

R

Spot facing Rc1/8 thread

*4

Q

(Used for installation of the speed control)

φ

De-burr *6

Slot for determining the lever phase *1

R type (L type: 180 reverse)

6.3S*6

+ 0.3 0

C0.6

Taper sleeve

φBB

BA

CB

Taper 1/10

CC +0.02 0

T

V

1.5

(CD)

Pin position for determining the lever phase

φ

Notes *5. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *6. This process indicates –A/-G: Gasket Type.

A

M

S

*2

G

12

-0.1 -0.2

F

φ

Piping Method

E

φ A

4*3

This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2GRD.

φ

max.1.5mm R1/8 thread plug

Full stroke

10

DB

G: Gasket type (with R thread plug)

Lock port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type)

Nx

DD thread

Ny

S: Piping type (Rc thread ) This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2SRD.

Ny

Release port Rc1/8 thread

Release port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type)

DE Width

Caution

*1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *3. The number of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *4. The speed control valve is not included. It should be provided otherwise as per page 17.

Lock port Rc1/8 thread


Dual rod type for dog application

Specifications Model

cm2 Clamping force (calculation formula) *7 N mm Full stroke Swinging stroke 9 ° mm mm Locking stroke

Locking cylinder area

Cylinder capacity at locked

cm3

at released

Max.operating pressure Minimum operation pressure

*8

Max rated pressure Use temperature swinging angle precision 9 °

WHA0320-D 6.50 F = P(625-1.4L) 20 10 10 13.0 14.5

WHA0400-D 10.56 F = P(1034-2.1L) 21 11 10 22.2 24.0

kg

WHA0630-D 26.26 F = P(2626-4L) 26.5 16.5 10 9 78.5

1.1

1.7

1.0 0.1 1.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5

MPa MPa MPa

Lock angle repeatability

Mass *9

WHA0500-D 1 49 F = P(1616-2.8L) 24 14 10 39 43.4

0.5

0.7

Remarks: *7. F: clamping force (N) P: Air supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *8. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. The swinging may stop in the middle of action due to the lever shape.(Refer to page 19 for Consideration for Lever Design.) *9. Mass per clamp with taper sleeve.

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

W (nominal designation X depth) Z (chamfer)

BA BB CA CB CC (CD) DA DB DC DD (nominal designation X depth)

DE EA O ring (-A/-G type)

WHA0320-D 123.5 60 50 46 52.5 32.5 25 35 25 39 79 11 28 10 5 95 5.5 14 22 14 12.5 M8×16 R5 14 17 5.5 4.5 3 3 21 20 10 M5×0.8×12 8 M5×0.8 1BP7

WHA0400-D 133 66 56 54 57 35 25 38 28 45 88 11 31 13 5 95 5.5 13.5 23 16 16.5 M8×16 R5 18 19 5.5 4.5 3 3 24 22 12 M6×15 10 M5×0.8 1BP7

WHA0500-D 151.5 76 66 64 63.5 41 30 43 33 53 98 13 36 15 5 11 6.8 16 26 20 20.5 M10×20 R6 22 24 6.5 5.5 4 3.5 27 22.5 14 M8×18 12 M6 1BP7

(mm)

WHA0630-D 164 87 78 77 71.5 46.5 30 48 39 65 113 13 41 20 5 11 6.8 15 28.5 25 22.5 M12×24 R6 24 29 9 5.5 4 3.5 34 25 14 M8×18 12 M6 1BP7

WHA-D

Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V

1


Air Swing Clamp External Dimensions A: Gasket type (for speed control installation with R screw plug installed) This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2AR-F.

max. 17

The slot position varies as per the lock swinging direction.

H

Rc1/8 thread *4

J 2-Z

R type

CA

φ

Swing direction when locking

CA

φ15.5

K

WHA-L-F

WHA-R-F

B

(Used for installation of the speed control)

C

*1. Details of the slot for determining the lever phase (when released)

L

2-Slot for determining the lever phase

2-Slot for determining the lever phase

L type 4-

R

Spot facing Rc1/8 thread

Q

*4

2-Slot for determining the lever phase *1

(Used for installation of the speed control)

Processing dimensions for the mounting area Nx Release port P *7 (-A/-G type)

Ny Ny

FB

CB

(CD)

Pin position for determining the lever phase

CCH8

FC

φ A φ

Lock port P (-A/-G type)

12

*7

*5

S

M

A

*2

G

4-EA thread

-0.1 -0.2

De-burr

φ

*7

+ 0.3 0

F

φ

C0.6

4*3

DB

E

6.3S*7

*6

φ A

Notes

Nx

Ny

Ny

Lock port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type)

Release port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type) Caution

*2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *3. The number of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *4. The speed control valve is not included. It should be provided otherwise as per page 17.

11

*5. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *6. The φD depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension E. *7. This process indicates –A/-G: Gasket Type.


Quick-change lever type

Specifications Model

cm2 *8 N Clamping force (calculation formula) mm Full stroke Swinging stroke 90° mm mm Locking stroke

Locking cylinder area

Cylinder capacity at locked

cm3

at released

WHA0400-F 10.56 F = P(1034-2.1L) 21 11 10 22.2 26.4

MPa

Max.operating pressure Minimum operation pressure

WHA0320-F 6.50 F = P(625-1.4L) 20 10 10 13.0 16.1

*9

Max rated pressure Use temperature swinging angle precision 90° Lock angle repeatability

kg

WHA0630-F 26.26 F = P(2626-4L) 26.5 16.5 10 69.6 82.6

1.0

1.7

1.0 0.1 1.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5

MPa MPa

Mass *10

WHA0500-F 16.49 F = P(1616-2.8L) 24 14 10 39.6 47.1

0.5

0.6

Remarks: *8. F: clamping force (N) P: Air supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *9. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. The swinging may stop in the middle of action due to the lever shape.(Refer to page 19 for Consideration for Lever Design.) *10. Mass per clamp.

Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S U Z (chamfer)

CA CB CC (CD) DA DB EA FA FB FC O ring (-A/-G type)

WHA0320-F 114.5 60 50 46 47.5 32.5 25 35 25 39 79 11 28 10 5 9.5 5.5 14 14 R5 4.5 5 3 + 00.014 2.5 21 15 M5×0.8 12.5 10 32 1BP7

WHA0400-F 121.5 66 56 54 51.5 35 25 38 28 45 88 11 31 13 5 9.5 5.5 13.5 16 R5 5.5 5 3 + 00.014 2.5 24 16.5 M5×0.8 14.5 11 34 1BP7

WHA0500-F 142 76 66 64 58 41 30 43 33 53 98 13 36 15 5 11 6.8 16 20 R6 6.8 6.5 4 + 00.018 3.5 27 17 M6 18 14 40 1BP7

WHA0630-F 160 87 78 77 66.5 46.5 30 48 39 65 113 13 41 20 5 11 6.8 15 25 R6 9.3 6.5 4 + 00.018 3.5 34 20 M6 22.5 17.5 46 1BP7

(mm)

WHA-F

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2GR-F.

S: Piping type (Rc thread ) This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2SR-F.

max.1.5mm R1/8 thread plug

Release port Rc1/8 thread

Lock port Rc1/8 thread

12


Air Swing Clamp External Dimensions A: Gasket type (for speed control installation with R screw plug installed)

Processing dimensions for the mounting area Nx

This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2AR-Q.

max. 17

Release port P *7 (-A/-G type)

B H

Rc1/8 thread *4

J

Ny

Ny

2-Z

(Used for installation of the speed control)

R type

φ15.5

K

C

W thread

Swing direction when locking

*7

4-EA thread *5

CA

L φ

Lock port P (-A/-G type)

L type 4-

R

Spot facing Rc1/8 thread

*4

Q

Slot for determining the lever phase

6.3S*7

C0.6

CC +0.02 0

Taper sleeve

*6

BA

1.5 CB

1/10 Taper

+ 0.3 0

(CD)

Pin position for determining the lever phase

V

φ

De-burr *7

*1

R type (L type: 180 reverse)

(Used for installation of the speed control)

T

φBB φ

Notes

S

M

A

*2

G

12

φ

*5. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *6. The φD depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension E. *7. This process indicates –A/-G: Gasket Type.

-0.1 -0.2

F

Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug)

E

This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2GR-Q.

4*3

max.1.5mm

DB

R1/8 thread plug

φ A Lock port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type)

Nx

Ny

Ny

S: Piping type (Rc thread ) This drawing shows the release position of WHA-2SR-Q. Release port Rc1/8 thread

Release port: O ring (attached) (-A/-G type) Caution

*1. The slot for determining the lever phase faces the port side if locked. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *3. The number of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *4. The speed control valve is not included. It should be provided otherwise as per page 17.

1

Lock port Rc1/8 thread


Long stroke type

Specifications Model

cm2 Clamping force (calculation formula) *8 N mm Full stroke Swinging stroke 9 ° mm mm Locking stroke

Locking cylinder area

Cylinder capacity at locked

cm3

at released

Max.operating pressure Minimum operation pressure

*9

Max rated pressure Use temperature swinging angle precision 9 °

WHA0320-Q25 6.50 F = P(625-1.4L) 35 10 25 22.8 28.1

WHA0400-Q25 10.56 F = P(1034-2.1L) 36 11 25 38.0 45.3

kg

WHA0630-Q25 26.26 F = P(2626-4L) 41.5 16.5 25 1 9 129 4

1.1

1.8

1.0 0.1 1.5 70 9 ° ±3° 5

MPa MPa MPa

Lock angle repeatability

Mass *10

WHA0500-Q25 1 49 F = P(1616-2.8L) 39 14 25 64.3 76.6

0.5

0.7

Remarks: *8. F: clamping force (N) P: Air supply pressure (MPa) L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *9. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. The swinging may stop in the middle of action due to the lever shape.(Refer to page 19 for Consideration for Lever Design.) *10. Mass per clamp with taper sleeve.

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

W (nominal designation X depth) Z (chamfer)

BA BB CA CB CC (CD) DA DB EA O ring (-A/-G type)

WHA0320-Q25 153.5 60 50 46 77.5 47.5 25 35 25 39 79 11 28 10 5 95 5.5 14 37 14 12.5 M8×16 R5 14 17 5.5 4.5 3 3 21 30 M5×0.8 1BP7

WHA0400-Q25 162.5 66 56 54 81.5 50 25 38 28 45 88 11 31 13 5 95 5.5 13.5 38 16 16.5 M8×16 R5 18 19 5.5 4.5 3 3 24 31.5 M5×0.8 1BP7

WHA0500-Q25 181 76 66 64 88 56 30 43 33 53 98 13 36 15 5 11 6.8 16 41 20 20.5 M10×20 R6 22 24 6.5 5.5 4 3.5 27 32 M6 1BP7

(mm)

WHA0630-Q25 194 87 78 77 9 5 61.5 30 48 39 65 113 13 41 20 5 11 6.8 15 43.5 25 22.5 M12×24 R6 24 29 9 5.5 4 3.5 34 35 M6 1BP7

WHA-Q

Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V

1


Air Swing Clamp Accessory Lever material (taper lock type): WHZ-T WHZ0400-T

WHZ0500-T

Corresponding Product Model

WHA0320

WHA0400

WHA0500

WHA0630

A

20

22

28

35

B

20

22

28

35

C

14

18

22

24

D

17 +0.027 0

19 +0.033 0

24 +0.033 0

29 +0.033 0

E

12.5

13

16

19

H

10

11

14

17.5

H

B

WHZ0320-T

E Z φ

A

C±0.1

C0.4

J

9

9

11

14

Z

90

125

150

180

Notes

0.4

φ

1. Material S45C 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed. 3. For the phase determination, the design dimensions of swinging lever should be additionally processed by referring to the taper lock type.

H8

Lever material (quick change type): WHZ-F Model

WHZ0320-F

WHZ0400-F

WHZ0500-F

(mm) WHZ0630-F

Corresponding Product Model

WHA0320-F

WHA0400-F

WHA0500-F

WHA0630-F

A

20

22

28

35

B

22

22

26

32

C

10

11

14

17.5

P

L

B

M thread

K

D φ

N

E Z F±0.1

G

C

φDH7

C

A

(mm) WHZ0630-T

Model

H

14 +0.018 0

16 +0.018 0

20 +0.021 0

25 +0.021 0

E

14.5

15.5

20

24.5 16.25

F

9.25

10.25

13

G

11

11

14

17.5

H

R5.5

R5.5

R7

R8.75 10.5

J

6.5

6.5

8.5

K

2

2

3

4

L

13.5

13.5

16

18

M

M6

M6

M8×1

M10×1.25

N

C0.4

C0.4

C0.6

C0.6

P

2

2

2

2

Z

90

125

150

180

Notes 1. Material S45C 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed. 3. For the phase determination, the design dimensions of swinging lever should be additionally processed by referring to the quick change type (-F).

Tightening bolt for quick-change lever: LZH-B B

Hex hole G

A

1

φD

φF

C

E thread

Model

LZH0360-B

LZH0400-B

(mm) LZH0480-B

Corresponding Product Model

WHA0320-F/WHA0400-F

WHA0500-F

WHA0630-F

A

20

23

28

B

6

8

10

C

7

10

11

D

6

8

10

E

M6

M8×1

M10×1.25

F

10

13

16

G

5

6

8


Lever design dimensions / accessories

Manifold block:WHZ-MD A ±0.1

C

WHZ0400-MD

WHZ0500-MD

(mm) WHZ0630-MD

Corresponding Product Model

WHA0320

WHA0400

WHA0500

WHA0630

A

25

27

31

35

B

60

67

77

88.5

C

50

58

68

81

D

46

54

64

77

H

35

38

43

48

J

25

29

34

40.5

B

K

φD +00.3

J

K

WHZ0320-MD

6.3S

4-φ

Model

Nx H Ny

Ny

K

39

45

53

65

Nx

28

31

36

41

Ny

10

13

15

20

R

5.5

5.5

6.5

6.5

O-ring

1BP7

1BP7

1BP7

1BP7

C0.6

C0.6

2-O-ring

Z side

Notes 1. Material A2017BE-T4 2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "A". 3. Z side should be additionally processed for use if it is necessary to have the area beyond the block thickness (A dimension). Moreover, refer to this drawing for fabrication.

Swinging lever design dimensions Taper lock lever type Pin hole for determining the lever phase (Processed if necessary)

WHA0320

WHA0400

WHA0500

C

14

18

22

24

D

17 +0.027 0

19 +0.033 0

24 +0.033 0

29 +0.033 0

G

3

3

4

4

J

9

9

11

14

K

φ

Phase determining pin (reference)

C0.4

(mm) WHA0630

Corresponding Product Model

11

15

φ3

18.5

φ3

φ4

20.5 8

φ4

1

G +00.1

Notes 1. Swing lever should be designed with its length according to performance graph shown on Page 5. C±0.1

K

Below 0.4

2. If the swing lever is not in accordance with the dimension shown above, performance may be degraded and damage can occur. 3. The pin hole (

G) for determining the lever phase should be added, if necessary.

H8

Quick Change Type (-F) Pin hole for determining the lever phase (Processed if necessary)

Corresponding Product Model

WHA0320-F

WHA0400-F

WHA0500-F

φ

M thread

A

20

22

28

B

22

22

26

32

C

10

11

14

17.5

P

S + 00.2

E F±0.1

C

Q

H7

φR + 00.1

G

C

φ

A

K

N

H

14 +0.018 0

16 +0.018 0

35

20 +0.021 0

25 +0.021 0

E

14.5

15.5

20

24.5 16.25

L

B

D

φ

(mm) WHA0630-F

F

9.25

10.25

13

G

11

11

14

17.5

H

R5.5

R5.5

R7

R8.75 10.5

J

6.5

6.5

8.5

K

2

2

3

4

L

13.5

13.5

16

18

M

M6

M6

M8×1

M10×1.25

N

C0.4

C0.4

C0.6

C0.6

P

2

2

2

2

Q

2.5

2.5

3.5

3.5

R

3

3

4

4

S

13

14

15

19.5

T Phase determining pin (reference)

3.4 φ3

3.4 8

φ3

4.5 8

φ4

Lever design dimensions accessories

φ

4.5 8

φ4

1

Notes 1. Swing lever should be designed with its length according to performance graph shown on Page 5 . 2. If the swing lever is not in accordance with the dimension shown above, performance may be degraded and damage can occur. 3. The pin hole ( R) for determining the lever phase should be added, if necessary.

1


Air Swing Clamp *1

Speed Control Valve:BZW0100-B *1 BZW is the R screw specific speed control valve where direct mounting is allowed for the piping method: Type A It is best used in the circuit where the flow governing valve cannot be mounted, or the synchronized and individual adjustment is necessary. *1.Piping Method A Type.

Specifications

Circuit Symbols BZW0100-B

Model

Controlling Method

Meter-out

MPa Max rated pressure MPa

0.1

Used Pressure

P1 port: Air supply side

10 Rotations

Number of rotations for adjusting screw

Tightening Torque

1.0 1.5

N・m

5

7

External Dimensions (Air Clamp) Adjusting Locking nut Screw

O ring (attached)

φ15.5 φ11 φ8

(Rc1/8)

KOSMEK

Packing open

close

4 3.5 11 5

Hexagonal 14

17

Processing dimensions for the mounting area 6.3S

Above 14.8

0.01 A

8.8 ±0.1

0.7 +0.1 0

1 A Below 0.1

P2 port Clamping side

2 (φ8.2)

Below φ1

φ13.8 H7 + 00.018

C0.1

6. 3S

6.3S There should be no burring

φ2 5

45 Rc1/8 screw Bottom Hole 8 2 +0.1 0

6.3

35

φ7.8 ±0.02

φ

A

P1 port: Air supply side

Notes 1 As the area is sealing part, pay attention not to damage it . 2 Pay attention to have no cutting powder and burring at the tolerance part of the processing hole. 3 As shown in the drawing, P1 port is used as the air supply side and P2 port as the clamping side.

1

P2 port: Clamping side


Speed Control Valve

Application Example WHA

Lock port

Swing clamp

BZW0100-B Speed Control Valve (Meter-out) Release port

Rc1/8 thread

Release port

Lock port

Release port

Lock port

Accessory

Notes 1.The speed control valve (BZW) can be mounted only on the Piping Method type A.

1


Air Swing Clamp Notes for design 1) Specification confirmation Swinging speed adjustment

The maximum used pressure is 1.0 MPa and minimum operating pressure is 0.1 MPa. However, the maximum used pressure and clamping force vary as per the swinging lever length. If unreasonable load is inflicted with the use range exceeded, it may lead to deformation, getting stuck and air leakage. Use the appropriate pressure based on the length of the used lever by referring to Performance Graph on page 5.

If the clamp action is extremely fast, the parts may be worn out and damaged soon, resulting in fault. Adjust the swinging action time by referring to Action Tolerance Time Graph on page 6. Install the speed controller (meter-out), and gradually adjust the speed to the setting from low speed (the status of small flow). If the speed control is carried out from high speed (the status of big flow), the machine and equipment may be damaged.

Lock Release Meter-in

2) Consideration for circuit design Do not supply pressure to lock and release ports simultaneously. This can lead to malfunction and damage. 3) Endeavor to minimize swing lever inertial moment. If there is big inertia moment, it may lead to deterioration of lever stopping precision and clamp damage. Moreover, the rotation may not be done because of the air pressure and lever mounting position. Set the swinging time based on the inertia moment. It should be operated within the tolerance time with reference to Action Tolerance Time Graph.(Refer to Page 6) If large flow air is supplied right after installation, the action time may become extremely fast, resulting in major clamp damage.Install the speed controller (meter-in) beside the air source and gradually supply air. 4) When the welding fixture is used, the exposed area of piston rod should be protected. Spattering on the sliding surfaces can lead to damage and air leakage.

Recommended Circuit Diagram

Meter-out

Please set one speed controller for each clamp (meter-out) if multiple clamps are synchronized for action. 7

Consideration for lever design The lever should be as light as possible. The rotation may not be done because of the air pressure, lever mounting position and shape.The swinging may be stopped in the middle of action if a large lever horizontally mounted is used. Use the lever where the value of (lever weight W) X (gravity center S) is below that in the table below. Model

(lever weight W) X (gravity center S)

WHA0320 WHA0400 WHA0500 WHA0630

0.10 0.20 0.45 0.90

S

5) When the workpiece inclined side is clamped The clamping side and clamp mounting side should be made parallel. W

1

lever

(N.m)


Notes

Notes on installation 1) Used fluid confirmation Air should be clean and free of contaminants. Make sure not to supply oil via lubricator. In case oil is supplied via lubricator, the action may become unstable under low pressure and low speed conditions.

During mounting Fix the swinging lever with vise or spanner and tighten it with lever fixing torque.

2) Treatment before the piping The fluid holes such as pipeline, piping connector and fixture should be cleaned by thorough flushing before use. The waste and cutting powder in the circuit may lead to air leakage and malfunctioning. This product is not equipped with filters for the air supply. 3) Applying seal tape Wind it around the screw end by1-2 more turns. The breaking side of the seal tape may be the reason for air leakage and malfunctioning. In order to prevent foreign substance going into the product during the piping work, it should be carefully cleaned before the work is started.

During removal Fix the swinging lever with vise or spanner and loosen it by 2-3 turns with lever fixing torque. Pull out the swinging lever with coupler while the piston rod is not inflicted with rotary torque.

4) Mounting the body Use four bolts with hex holes (strength division 12.9) and tighten the body with torque as shown in the table below.If the tightening torque is more than that recommended, it may lead to immersion of the seat and bolt burning. Model WHA0320 WHA0400 WHA0500 WHA0630

Nominal designation of mounting bolt

Loosened status with 2 – 3 turns

Tightening torque (N.m)

M5×0.8

6.3

M5×0.8

6.3

M6

10.0

M6

10.0

5

Installation of speed control valve Tighten the speed control valve with the tightening torque of 5-7 Nm.

6

Mounting and removal of swinging lever If the tightening part of the lever/taper sleeve/piston rod is contaminated with oil or foreign substance, the lever may be loosened.Thoroughly degrease and flush it to get rid of oil and foreign substance. Tighten the swinging lever with torque as shown in the table below.

7) Swinging speed adjustment Adjust the speed with reference to Action Tolerance Time Graph described in page 6. If the clamp action is extremely fast, the parts may be worn out and damaged soon, resulting in fault. Adjust the speed control valve slowly from the low speed side (low flow) to high speed side (large flow). 8) Checking looseness and retightening At the beginning of the equipment installation, the bolt tightening force for tightening the lever is low due to initial messing.Check its looseness and retighten it.

(Standard: taper lock lever type) Model WHA0320 WHA0400 WHA0500 WHA0630

thread size M8 M8

Tightening torque (N·m)

2

24

2

24

M10

32

38

M12

63

76

9) Notes on dual rod type (-D) for dog application When the dog is mounted, prevent the piston rod from rotating. Fix the width part at the front of the dog and then mount it. The tightening torque for the screws is shown in the table below.

(-F:Quick-change lever type) Model WHA0320-F WHA0400-F WHA0500-F WHA0630-F

thread size M6

Tightening torque (N·m)

14

M6

14

M8×1

33

M10×1.25

65

Model WHA0320-D WHA0400-D WHA0500-D WHA0630-D

thread size M5×0.8

Tightening torque (N·m)

M6

10

M8

25

M8

25

Notes

If excessive load is inflicted on the piston rod, the internal rotation mechanism may be damaged. Operate in the manner as described below in order to inflict no torque on the piston rod.

6.3

2


Air Swing Clamp Notes on handling 1) It should be handled by qualified personnel with sufficient knowledge. The hydraulic machine/air compressor should be handled and maintained by qualified personnel with sufficient experience and knowledge.

3) Do not touch the lamp when the swinging clamp is in operation. Otherwise, your hands may be injured due to clinching.

2) Do not handle or disassemble the machine unless the safety is ensured. ① The machine and equipment can only be inspected or prepared when it is confirmed that the preventive devices against falling ofdriven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place.

4) Do not disassemble or modify it. If it is disassembled or modified, the warranty will become invalid even if it is still within the warranty period.

② Before the machine is removed, make sure that the above-mentioned safety measures are in place, shut off the pressure source and power, and make sure that no pressure exists in the pneumatic circuit. ③ After stopping the machine, do not disassemble it until its temperature cools down. ④ Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respectiv parts before restarting the machine/equipment.

Maintenance/Inspection 1) Removal of the machine and shutoff of pressure source Before the machine is removed, make sure that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place, shut off the pressure source and power, and make sure that no pressure exists in the pneumatic circuit. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting. 2) Regularly clean the area around the piston rod. If it is used when the surface is contaminated with dirt, it may lead to packing seal damage, malfunctioning and air leakage.

3) Check whether the pipeline, mounting bolt and bolt for fixing the lever are loosened or not. Retighten it on the regular basis. 4) Make sure the air supply is clean. 5 Make sure that the action is smooth and there is no abnormal noise. Especially when it is restarted after left unused for a long period, make sure it can be operated correctly. 6

The products should be stored in the cold and dark place without direct sunshine and moisture.

7

Please contact us for overhaul and repair.

Warranty 1

Warranty Period The product warranty period is 18 months from shipment from our factory or 12 months from initial use, whichever is earlier.

2

Warranty Scope If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to faulty design, materials or workmanship, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. Defects or failures caused by the following are not covered. (including damage caused by the misconduct of the third party.) If the stipulated maintenance and inspection are not carried out. If the product is used while it is not suitable for use based on the operator’s judgement, resulting in defect.

21

If it is used or handled in inappropriate way by the operator. (including damage caused by the misconduct of the third party.) If the defect is caused by reasons other than our responsibility. If it is caused by reform or repair other than carried out by us, or without our approval and confirmation. Other caused by natural disasters or calamities not attributable to our company. Parts expenses or replacement expenses due to parts consumption and deterioration. (such as gum, plastic, seal material and some electric components). Moreover, the damages in connection with or resulting from the product defect shall be excluded from the warranty.


Notes

Notes

22


h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p

1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401

Certification acquisition of ISO HEAD OFFICE / KANSAI OFFICE / OVERSEAS OFFICE KANTO OFFICE / CHUBU OFFICE

CAT.NO.WHA001-02-02 Printed in Japan

JQA-QMA10823 2009. 7. First 0.5 Yc 2010. 6. Second 1 Ry


35MPa Swing clamp

New

model

TLA

model

TLB


STRUCTURE & FEATURES in e- tion

in

m e er m nu

ture

u tomer

Excellent coolant resistance emi re i t nt u t e rote t in t i re ure oo nt n i i re i t nt or te oo nt A

ie to ot

in e n

ou e- tion

i ton ro

r ui

ort tee

Long lifeăƒťHigh durability rin

u i e tr e i o te t e rin ou in rom t e e tern tmo ere oo nt i e t out e imin tin intern orro ion A o um er ome ent ort i not re uire

Smooth swing motion Anti- ti tion t ru t e rin on

tr A

ie to ot

in e n

rin

ti i e tron re e e tion

rin to en ure moot

e er m nu

ture

e

ou e- tion

ou e- tion

in

m u tomer

Direct mount speed control available ee n n roni tion re e i u te en e ui e it ire t mount ee ontro er ee ontro er n ir e re or u e it m ni o t e r ui u

i ton ro re e e ort tee

model

A

ie to ot

BZT in e n

Lower release force

ou e- tion

Lo

L r er ur e re re u e urin re e e i re u e o on in

ort

1

ri i it rom t e r er i meter e rin A

ie to ot

in e n

ou e- tion

m

om onent

Optimized for strength

Designed for high speeds i n

r u i or e

tr

e

L r e ui e r tio n tron on tru tion en e i m in or e n m imi e u e e er en t A

ie to ot

in e n

ou e- tion


11 1 1 21 2 2 1

2


Swing clamp

TL A 080 0 - 2 C R - P 1 1

2

n e

3

6

7 A

B

1

2

n et e

B : Bottom m

5

e

A : o

2

4

n e t e on

ou e- tion

or e

3 ein o 1 : nt e

eo

in e- tion

: nt e

eo

ou e- tion

in

m

in

m

4 Action method 1 : in e- tion t e

r u i o / rin re e e

2 : ou e- tion t e

r ui o /

r u i re e e

B

5 Piping type B : G t re :G

i in t e no

et t e

: A t re ution *1 n

i

et ort

it G t re

n e o

*1

et ort G t re

t e

i in t e

G t re no et ort

6

in

o

L :

ounter- o

7

i e ire tion

in

i e ire tion

P

: t n r t e

:B

Q

: Lon :

in

*2

32

n e ee t

・・・ ee P33

*2

2

tro e t e

・・・ ee P27

Y

P14 in e- tion t e P2 ou e- tion t e

n e e er t e

・・・ ee P21

et e

38

ution *2 n i e in ou e- tion *3 in n e n e e e te rom 3 i out in n e in e 3 i in n e i 3

A t re

/45 /

*2 *3

P

ire tion urin o in

Q

i in t e

A t re no et ort

L type

B n

・・・ ee P11 ・・・ ee P15

et t e

R type

tion o e B n

G

it G t re u n u e BZ ee ontro e

ire tion urin o in

R :

J

u

i in t e no

e in to

C

Y


ontro

e

it

ir entin

un tion o e o e

ee

BZT 0 1 0 0 - A 1 1 G t re

2

i e

1 : G1/8 t re 2 : G1/4 t re

2 ein o BZ -A: eter-in

ution 1 n u

e it

i in t e

et t e it G t re

u P1 ort r ui

G t re

u

it

ir entin

un tion

JZG 0 1 0 1 1 G t re

2

i e

1 : G1/8 t re 2 : G1/4 t re

2 ein o ution 1 n u

e it

i in t e

et t e it G t re

u

u

P2 ort i e

m in

i e


Performance graph TLA0401-1

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

Cylinder output (kN)

3.32 3.07 2.82 2.57 2.32 2.07 1.81 1.56 1.31 1.06 0.81 0.51

o er tin re ure P

Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

35 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 35.0

40 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 35.0

50 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.4 35.0

60

2.1 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.4 31.6

70

1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 28.2

4

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

80

1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 25.6

90

1.4 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.4 23.6

110

1.2 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.4 20.6

(mm) 53 58 64 72 83 96 116 145 150 150 150 150

3.5

4.81 4.45 4.08 3.72 3.36 2.99 2.63 2.27 1.90 1.54 1.18 0.74

o er tin re ure P

Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

6.48 5.99 5.49 5.00 4.50 4.01 3.51 3.02 2.52 2.03 1.53 0.94

o er tin re ure P

40 3.9 3.6 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.6 35.0

50 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 1.0 0.6 35.0

60

3.1 2.8 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.6 32.1

70

2.8 2.5 2.2 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.2 0.9 0.6 28.6

80

2.4 2.2 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.6 25.9

90

2.1 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.6 23.8

100

1.8 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.8 0.6 22.2

120

1.5 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.5 19.7

(mm) 54 59 66 74 84 98 117 146 193 200 200 200

9.11 8.41 7.71 7.01 6.30 5.60 4.90 4.20 3.50 2.80 2.10 1.26

o er tin re ure P

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

L=0

4

L=40(22)

3.5

L=80(62) L=120(102)

3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5 0

Non-usable range 0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Supply pressure MPa Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

40 5.3 4.9 4.5 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.3 0.8 35.0

50 5.2 4.8 4.4 4.0 3.6 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.0 1.7 1.3 0.8 35.0

60 4.6 4.3 3.9 3.5 3.1 2.7 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.2 0.8 33.0

70

3.8 3.4 3.0 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.6 1.2 0.8 29.3

80

3.3 3.0 2.6 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.2 0.7 26.6

7

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

90

2.9 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.1 0.7 24.4

100

2.8 2.5 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.1 0.7 22.7

120

2.4 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.7 20.1

(mm) 56 61 68 76 87 101 121 150 198 230 230 230

L=0 6 L=40(21) L=80(61) L=120(101)

5 4 3 2 1 Non-usable range 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Supply pressure MPa Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

45 7.4 6.8 6.3 5.7 5.1 4.6 4.0 3.4 2.9 2.3 1.8 1.1 35.0

50 7.3 6.8 6.2 5.6 5.1 4.5 4.0 3.4 2.8 2.3 1.7 1.1 35.0

60 7.1 6.6 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.4 3.9 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.7 1.0 35.0

70 7.0 6.4 5.9 5.4 4.8 4.3 3.8 3.2 2.7 2.2 1.6 1.0 35.0

90

5.6 5.1 4.6 4.1 3.6 3.1 2.6 2.1 1.6 1.0 30.5

10

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

110

4.4 3.9 3.4 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 0.9 26.5

130

3.8 3.3 2.8 2.4 1.9 1.4 0.9 23.7

150

3.2 2.7 2.3 1.8 1.4 0.9 21.6

(mm) 75 83 92 104 120 141 171 217 250 250 250 250

L=0

9 8

Clamp force kN

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

Cylinder output (kN)

Non-usable range

4.5

TLA1001-1 Supply pressure (MPa)

1

5

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

Clamp force kN

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

Cylinder output (kN)

1.5

Supply pressure MPa

TLA0801-1 Supply pressure (MPa)

2

0

Clamp force kN

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

Cylinder output (kN)

L=35(19.5) L=70(54.5) L=110(94.5)

2.5

0.5

TLA0601-1 Supply pressure (MPa)

L=0

3

Clamp force kN

Supply pressure (MPa)

L=45(22) L=90(67) L=150(127)

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Non-usable range 0

5

10

15

20

25

Supply pressure MPa Remarks 1. The graphs show the relationship between the clamp force and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. Higher moments of inertia may degrade or prevent swing motion. 3. The clamping force is shown with lever in the locked position. 4. Clamp force varies with lever length. Use the hydraulic supply pressure suitable to the lever length. 5. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 6. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact results should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.

30

35


TLA1601-1

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

13.73 12.69 11.64 10.60 9.56 8.52 7.47 6.43 5.39 4.35 3.30 2.05

o er tin re ure P

Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

50 11.4 10.6 9.7 8.9 8.0 7.1 6.3 5.4 4.5 3.7 2.8 1.8 35.0

60 11.2 10.4 9.5 8.7 7.8 7.0 6.1 5.3 4.5 3.6 2.8 1.7 35.0

70 10.2 9.3 8.5 7.7 6.9 6.0 5.2 4.4 3.5 2.7 1.7 34.4

80

9.2 8.4 7.5 6.7 5.9 5.1 4.3 3.5 2.7 1.7 30.9

90

8.2 7.4 6.6 5.8 5.0 4.2 3.4 2.6 1.6 28.1

16

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

100

7.3 6.5 5.7 4.9 4.1 3.3 2.6 1.6 26.0

120

6.2 5.5 4.7 4.0 3.2 2.5 1.6 22.7

150

4.5 3.8 3.1 2.3 1.5 19.5

(mm) 68 75 83 93 105 122 144 177 228 250 250 250

14

L=0

12

L=50(26) L=100(76) L=150(126)

10 8 6 4 2

Non-usable range

0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Supply pressure MPa

TLA2001-1 Cylinder output (kN)

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

20.11 18.58 17.05 15.51 13.98 12.45 10.91 9.38 7.85 6.31 4.78 2.94

o er tin re ure P

Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

60 16.7 15.4 14.1 12.9 11.6 10.4 9.1 7.8 6.6 5.3 4.1 2.6 35.0

70 16.4 15.1 13.9 12.7 11.4 10.2 8.9 7.7 6.5 5.2 4.0 2.5 35.0

80 16.1 14.9 13.7 12.4 11.2 10.0 8.8 7.6 6.4 5.1 3.9 2.5 35.0

100

12.0 10.8 9.7 8.5 7.3 6.1 5.0 3.8 2.4 29.7

120

10.5 9.4 8.2 7.1 5.9 4.8 3.7 2.3 25.8

25

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

140

9.1 8.0 6.9 5.8 4.7 3.6 2.2 23.1

160

7.7 6.7 5.6 4.5 3.5 2.2 21.1

180

6.5 5.4 4.4 3.4 2.1 19.5

(mm) 81 89 99 110 126 145 173 213 277 280 280 280

Clamp force kN

Supply pressure (MPa)

20

L=0

15

L=60(30) L=120(90) L=180(150)

10

5 Non-usable range 0

5

0

10

15

20

25

30

35

Supply pressure MPa

TLA2501-1 Cylinder output (kN)

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

27.01 24.96 22.91 20.86 18.81 16.76 14.71 12.66 10.61 8.56 6.51 4.05

o er tin re ure P

Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

70 22.6 20.8 19.1 17.4 15.7 14.0 12.3 10.6 8.9 7.2 5.5 3.5 35.0

80 22.2 20.6 18.9 17.2 15.5 13.8 12.2 10.5 8.8 7.1 5.4 3.4 35.0

90 21.9 20.3 18.6 17.0 15.3 13.6 12.0 10.3 8.7 7.0 5.4 3.4 35.0

100 21.6 20.0 18.4 16.7 15.1 13.5 11.8 10.2 8.6 6.9 5.3 3.3 35.0

120

17.9 16.3 14.7 13.1 11.5 9.9 8.3 6.7 5.1 3.2 30.2

30

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

140

14.3 12.8 11.2 9.7 8.1 6.6 5.0 3.2 26.8

160

12.4 10.9 9.4 7.9 6.4 4.9 3.1 24.3

200

10.4 9.0 7.5 6.1 4.7 2.9 20.7

(mm) 100 109 121 135 154 178 211 258 300 300 300 300

L=0 25 L=70(30) L=120(80) L=200(160)

20

Clamp force kN

Supply pressure (MPa)

15 10 5 Non-usable range 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Supply pressure MPa

TLA4001-1 Cylinder output (kN)

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

40.64 37.55 34.45 31.36 28.27 25.18 22.08 18.99 15.90 12.81 9.71 6.00

o er tin re ure P

Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

85 33.9 31.3 28.8 26.2 23.6 21.0 18.5 15.9 13.3 10.8 8.2 5.1 35.0

100 33.3 30.8 28.2 25.7 23.2 20.7 18.1 15.6 13.1 10.6 8.0 5.0 35.0

125 32.3 29.9 27.4 25.0 22.5 20.1 17.6 15.2 12.7 10.3 7.8 4.9 35.0

150 29.0 26.6 24.2 21.9 19.5 17.1 14.7 12.3 10.0 7.6 4.7 32.8

175

23.6 21.3 18.9 16.6 14.3 12.0 9.7 7.4 4.6 29.1

45

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

200

20.7 18.4 16.2 13.9 11.7 9.4 7.2 4.5 26.4

225

18.0 15.8 13.6 11.4 9.2 7.0 4.4 24.3

250

17.5 15.4 13.2 11.1 8.9 6.8 4.2 22.6

(mm) 138 152 168 189 216 252 301 350 350 350 350 350

40

L=0

35

L=85(34) L=150(99) L=250(199)

30

Clamp force kN

Supply pressure (MPa)

25 20 15 10 5

m e en LA1 1-1 i u e on ition ďźš r ui u re ure 25 P Lever length L = 50mm The clamping force is about 7.9kN Notesďźš 1 e m in or e n e u te in uttin t e e er en t L and hydraulic supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column. 2 e in er t ru t or e en L i u te or in to t e ormu in the specification column.

Clamp force kN

s

5

0

10

15

20

25

30

35

Supply pressure MPa

How to read the Performance graph L

Non-usable range

0

16 14

L=0

12

L=50(26) L=100(76) L=150(126)

10

The range which cannot be used (the part indicated

8 7.9 6 4 2 0

L(s) is shown on the left graph.

Non-usable range

0

5

10 15 20 25 30 35 Supply pressure MPa

Performance graph

Cylinder output (kN)

Clamp force kN

Supply pressure (MPa)


Performance graph TL 0400-2

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

Cylinder output (kN)

3.52 3.27 3.02 2.77 2.52 2.27 2.01 1.76 1.51 1.26 1.01 0.71

o er tin re ure P

Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

35 2.9 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.6 35.0

40 2.9 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.6 35.0

50 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 33.6

60

2.1 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 28.8

70

1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 25.4

4

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

80

1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.6 22.8

90

1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.5 20.8

110

1.2 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 17.9

(mm) 48 52 57 63 71 81 95 113 141 150 150 150

3

5.09 4.73 4.36 4.00 3.64 3.27 2.91 2.55 2.18 1.82 1.46 1.02

o er tin re ure P

Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

6.93 6.44 5.94 5.45 4.95 4.46 3.96 3.47 2.97 2.48 1.98 1.39

o er tin re ure P

40 4.2 3.9 3.6 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.9 35.0

50 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.8 34.6

60

3.1 2.8 2.5 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.2 0.8 29.6

70

2.8 2.5 2.2 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.8 26.0

80

2.4 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.8 23.4

90

2.1 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.8 21.3

100

1.8 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.8 19.6

120

1.5 1.2 1.0 0.7 17.2

(mm) 49 54 59 66 74 84 98 117 145 192 200 200

9.82 9.12 8.42 7.72 7.01 6.31 5.61 4.91 4.21 3.51 2.81 1.97

o er tin re ure P

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

5

L=0

4

L=40(22) L=80(62) L=120(102)

3 2

Non-usable range 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Supply pressure MPa Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

40 5.8 5.4 5.0 4.5 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.2 35.0

50 5.6 5.2 4.8 4.4 4.0 3.6 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.2 35.0

60

4.7 4.3 3.9 3.6 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.1 30.0

70

3.9 3.5 3.1 2.7 2.7 2.0 1.6 1.1 26.3

80

3.4 3.0 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.1 23.5

7

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

90

3.0 2.6 2.2 1.9 1.5 1.1 21.4

100

2.5 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.0 19.6

120

2.1 1.8 1.4 1.0 17.1

(mm) 50 55 60 66 74 84 98 116 143 185 230 230

L=0

6

L=40(21) L=80(61) L=120(101)

5 4 3 2 1 Non-usable range 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Supply pressure MPa Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

45 8.1 7.6 7.0 6.4 5.8 5.2 4.7 4.1 3.5 2.9 2.4 1.7 35.0

50 8.0 7.5 6.9 6.3 5.8 5.2 4.6 4.0 3.5 2.9 2.3 1.6 35.0

60 7.9 7.3 6.8 6.2 5.6 5.1 4.5 4.0 3.4 2.8 2.3 1.6 35.0

70

90

7.2 6.6 6.1 5.5 5.0 4.4 3.9 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.6 33.4

5.3 4.8 4.3 3.7 3.2 2.7 2.2 1.5 27.1

10

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

110

4.6 4.1 3.6 3.1 2.6 2.1 1.5 23.0

130

3.9 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.4 20.2

150

3.3 2.9 2.4 1.9 1.4 18.2

(mm) 66 72 80 88 99 113 132 158 197 250 250 250

L=0 L=45(22) L=90(67) L=150(127)

8

Clamp force kN

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

Cylinder output (kN)

Non-usable range

1

TL 1000-2 Supply pressure (MPa)

1

6

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

Clamp force kN

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

Cylinder output (kN)

1.5

Supply pressure MPa

TL 0800-2 Supply pressure (MPa)

2

0

Clamp force kN

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

Cylinder output (kN)

L=35(19.5) L=70(54.5) L=110(94.5)

2.5

0.5

TL 0600-2 Supply pressure (MPa)

L=0

3.5

Clamp force kN

Supply pressure (MPa)

6

4

2 Non-usable range 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

Supply pressure MPa Remarks 1. The graphs show the relationship between the clamp force and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. Higher moments of inertia may degrade or prevent swing motion. 3. The clamping force is shown with lever in the locked position. 4. Clamp force varies with lever length. Use the hydraulic supply pressure suitable to the lever length. 5. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 6. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact results should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.

30

35


TL 1600-2

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

14.60 13.56 12.51 11.47 10.43 9.39 8.34 7.30 6.26 5.22 4.17 2.92

o er tin re ure P

Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

50 12.5 11.6 10.7 9.8 8.9 8.0 7.1 6.3 5.4 4.5 3.6 2.5 35.0

60 12.3 11.4 10.5 9.6 8.8 7.9 7.0 6.2 5.3 4.4 3.5 2.5 35.0

70

10.4 9.5 8.6 7.8 6.9 6.1 5.2 4.3 3.5 2.5 31.3

80

9.3 8.5 7.7 6.8 6.0 5.1 4.3 3.4 2.4 27.8

90

8.4 7.5 6.7 5.9 5.0 4.2 3.4 2.4 25.1

16

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

100

7.4 6.6 5.8 5.0 4.1 3.3 2.3 22.9

120

5.6 4.8 4.0 3.2 2.3 19.7

150

4.6 3.9 3.1 2.2 16.4

(mm) 62 67 73 81 90 102 118 139 169 215 250 250

10 8 6 4 2

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

21.47 19.94 18.41 16.87 15.34 13.81 12.27 10.74 9.21 7.67 6.14 4.30

o er tin re ure P

Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

28.70 26.65 24.60 22.55 20.50 18.45 16.40 14.35 12.30 10.25 8.20 5.74

o er tin re ure P

60 18.2 16.9 15.6 14.3 13.0 11.7 10.4 9.1 7.8 6.5 5.2 3.7 35.0

70 17.9 16.7 15.4 14.1 12.8 11.6 10.3 9.0 7.7 6.4 5.2 3.6 35.0

80

15.2 13.9 12.7 11.4 10.1 8.9 7.6 6.4 5.1 3.6 32.2

100

12.3 11.1 9.9 8.6 7.4 6.2 5.0 3.5 26.5

120

10.8 9.6 8.4 7.2 6.0 4.8 3.4 22.7

140

9.3 8.2 7.0 5.9 4.7 3.3 20.0

160

8.0 6.8 5.7 4.6 3.2 17.9

180

6.7 5.6 4.5 3.1 16.3

(mm) 73 79 87 96 107 121 140 165 201 258 280 280

35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10 7

43.30 40.21 37.11 34.02 30.93 27.84 24.74 21.65 18.56 15.47 12.37 8.66

o er tin re ure P

25

30

35

L=60(30) L=120(90) L=180(150)

10

5 Non-usable range 0

5

0

10

15

20

25

30

35

Supply pressure MPa Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

70 24.3 22.5 20.8 19.1 17.3 15.6 13.9 12.2 10.4 8.7 7.0 4.9 35.0

80 24.0 22.2 20.5 18.8 17.1 15.4 13.7 12.0 10.3 8.6 6.9 4.8 35.0

90 23.7 22.0 20.3 18.6 16.9 15.2 13.5 11.9 10.2 8.5 6.8 4.8 35.0

100

120

20.0 18.4 16.7 15.0 13.4 11.7 10.0 8.4 6.7 4.7 32.3

18.0 16.3 14.7 13.1 11.4 9.8 8.2 6.6 4.6 27.5

30

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

140

14.4 12.8 11.2 9.6 8.0 6.4 4.5 24.2

160

12.5 10.9 9.4 7.8 6.3 4.4 21.6

200

10.5 9.0 7.5 6.0 4.2 18.1

(mm) 91 99 109 120 134 153 176 208 255 300 300 300

L=0

25

L=70(30) L=120(80) L=200(160)

20 15 10 5 Non-usable range 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Supply pressure MPa Clamp force(kN) Lever length L(mm)

85 36.4 33.8 31.2 28.6 26.0 23.4 20.8 18.2 15.6 13.0 10.4 7.3 35.0

100 35.8 33.2 30.7 28.1 25.6 23.0 20.5 17.9 15.4 12.8 10.3 7.2 35.0

125 34.8 32.3 29.8 27.3 24.9 22.4 19.9 17.4 14.9 12.5 10.0 7.0 35.0

150

29.0 26.6 24.2 21.8 19.4 17.0 14.5 12.1 9.7 6.8 30.2

175

23.6 21.2 18.9 16.5 14.2 11.8 9.5 6.6 26.6

45

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

200

20.7 18.4 16.1 13.8 11.5 9.2 6.5 23.9

225

17.9 15.7 13.5 11.2 9.0 6.3 21.8

250

17.5 15.3 13.2 11.0 8.8 6.2 20.1

(mm) 126 138 151 168 189 216 251 301 350 350 350 350

L=0

40 L=85(34) L=150(99) L=250(199)

35 30 25 20 15 10 5

Non-usable range

0

5

0

10

15

20

25

30

35

Supply pressure MPa

m e en L 1600-2 is used on ition ďźš r ui u re ure 25 P Lever length L = 50mm The clamping force is about 8.9kN Notesďźš 1 e m in or e n e u te in uttin t e e er en t L and hydraulic supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column. 2 e in er t ru t or e en L i u te or in to t e ormu in the specification column.

Clamp force kN

s

20

15

How to read the Performance graph L

15

L=0

Clamp force kN

Cylinder output (kN)

10

20

TL 4000-2 Supply pressure (MPa)

5

25

Non-usable range Max. lever length (L)

Clamp force kN

Cylinder output (kN)

0

Supply pressure MPa

TL 2500-2 Supply pressure (MPa)

Non-usable range

0

Clamp force kN

Cylinder output (kN)

L=50(26) L=100(76) L=150(126)

12

TL 2000-2 Supply pressure (MPa)

L=0

14

16 14

L=0

12

L=50(26) L=100(76) L=150(126)

10 8.9 8

The range which cannot be used (the part indicated

6 4 2 0

Non-usable range

0

L(s) is shown on the left graph.

5

10 15 20 25 30 35 Supply pressure MPa

Performance graph

Cylinder output (kN)

Clamp force kN

Supply pressure (MPa)


90°swing time graph TLA0601-1/TL Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)

Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)

0.014 0.012 0.010 0.008 0.006 0.004 0.002 0.001

0

0.3

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

0.025 0.020 0.015 0.010 0.005 0.0019

0

0.3

1.2

0

0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0.0043 0.3

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)

Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)

0.1 0.026 0.3

0.6

0.8

1.0

0.03 0.02 0.01 0.0028

0

0.3

0

1600-2

0.02 0.0074 0.3

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

4000-2

0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.03

1.2

90°swing time(sec)

0.3

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

90°swing time(sec)

Cautions 1. Graphs show 90°swing time versus lever moment of inertia. 2. Higher moments of inertia may degrade or prevent swing motion. 3. Adjust swing time to be at least that shown on the graphs for the given moment of inertia. 4. Excessive speed may degrade angle precision and damage internal parts. 5. Clamp force varies with lever length. Select appropriate operating pressure from “Performance graph”. 6. If the clamp is mounted horizontally the weight of the lever may increase swing speed beyond the allowable range. If so, add a meter-out speed control valve. 7. Minimum release time should be 0.3 seconds. 8. Contact us if you wish to use the clamp under conditions other than those shown in this graph. Remarks 1. Whole swing stroke time become about 2 to 2.5 times of 90°swing time.

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

2000-2

0.30 0.25 0.20 0.15 0.10 0.05 0.016

0

0.3

0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

90°swing time(sec)

0.5

0

0.4

TLA2001-1/TL

0.04

0

0.2

90°swing time(sec)

0.06

TLA4001-1/TL

0.2

0.4

0.04

1.2

0.08

0

2500-2

0.3

0.2

1.0

90°swing time(sec)

0.4

0

0.8

0.10

1.2

0.5

0

0.6

0.12

90°swing time(sec)

TLA2501-1/TL

0.4

TLA1601-1/TL Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)

Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)

1000-2

0.06

0

0.2

0800-2

0.05

90°swing time(sec)

0.07

0

TLA0801-1/TL

0.030

90°swing time(sec)

TLA1001-1/TL

0600-2

0.035

Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)

0400-2

0.016

Lever moment of inertia(kg・m2)

TLA0401-1/TL

1.2


o to in t e moment o inerti

ormu

I : oment o inerti ・ m2 L L 1 L2 : Len t m m m1 m2 m3 : ei t

L

or re t n u r te u oi t e rot tin shaft is vertically on the gravity center of the end

e o

i on t e e er ront en

L2

b

b

L1

L L1

L m1

m2

I = m1

m2

4L2 + b2 4L12 + b2 +m2 12 12

I=m

b

L2 + b2 12

I = m1

m1

m3

90°swing time graph

e t n u r te re t n u r o i rotational axis perpendicular to plate at one end

4L2 + b2 4L12 + b2 L22 + b2 +m2 +m3 2+m3 12 12 12

Calculation formula of full action time Lo in

e e in

tion time e

tion time e

9

in

tion time e

en o in

u tro e mm in tro e mm

9

in

tion time e

en re e in

u tro e mm in tro e mm

1


OUTLINE DIMENSIONS Pi in t e i

r

in

et t e

o

t e re e e

it G t re

o ition o

u

LA-1 B

H

Le er e etermin tion roo e t e e t imen ion

J

t e

3 ° 60 °

C

p.c

AA

Z

φL

φ

Gt r e in t

L type JA 3-φ ounter ore φ

re u on - t e u i ort : G t re ee ontro e n e e on - t e

L type

°

B

Swing direction during locking

K 60

3 °

.d.

2-

m er

A

G

G *2

3- A t re

φ AC H8 60

X

AB

°

V

p.c

W

°

15°

T

φ

S *1

G

r u i ort φP *4 on - t e

M

A

K 60

Ny *4

.d.

emo e urr

Nx *4 *4

φ

0

3

*3

F

E

3 *4

Trap valve Att

e

- 1 - 2

Nx

Ny

r u i ort : rin on - t e

φ

Cautions *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. *3 e e t o i meter or t e mountin o e on t e unit i to e e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion as a reference. *4 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e

Piping type B : G t re i in t e : A t re i in t e i

r

in

o

t e re e e

o ition o

LA-1B / LA-1

Cautions *1. Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42

Hydraulic port B : G t re : A t re

11

e ommen e inner diameter of pipe


SPECIFICATIONS

m or e

ormu

LA 4 1-1 1 5

m2 *5

tro e mm tro e 9 mm Lo tro e mm Lo ylinder capacity cm3 eturn rin or e eturn in tor ue *6 m Max. operating pressure MPa Min. operating pressure *7 MPa e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in Weight *8 kg

F=

TLA0601-1 1 453

P-1 88 1 95

F=

42 L

1 8 8 1

u

in

13

P-1 83 7 57

27 L

17.5 9.5 8 25 17 29 21

21 13

LA 8 1-1 1.979 F=

LA1 1-1 28 4

P-2 19 5 53

178L

F=

P-2 48 3 91

17.5 7.5 1 3.5 31 48 39

113L

18.5 8.5 1 52 51 7 7

LA1 1-1 4 17 F=

P-2 2

59L

22 5 9.5 13 94 58 94 94

LA2 1-1 134 F=

P-2 1 1 77

3 L

25 12 13 15.3 88 14 13

35 7 42

TLA-1

Model Lo in er re

0 70 9 °±3° 5 5

7

9

14

1.9

3.1

em r *5 : m or e P: r u i re ure P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint * e eren e num er on en m re mounte ori ont ri e in u e num er o m in t e ir uit n i in on ition *7 inimum re ure to o er te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o m e er n mountin ttitu e *8. Shows the weight of the swing clamp unit including the swing lever.

L Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P

S T U V W X Z AA AB AC CA JA JB Chamfer -B/- t e Hydraulic port -J type rin - t e e ommen e inner i meter o i e

A LA 4 1-1 114 5 44 45 28 5 77.5 53.5 24 28 5 15.5 4 57 1 13.5 1 3 9 5.5 14 5 18 14 19 27 5 9.5 12 5 27 45 5 3 0 14 5 8 3 14 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5 φ

G TLA0601-1 123 48 52 33 81.5 5 5 25 3 18 45 1 15 17.5 3 11 8 14 19.5 1 22 3 5 11 14 28 5 48 5 4 0 3 14 φ G1/8 A 2 1BP5 φ

18

A LA 8 1-1 13 5 5 54 3 91.5 5 25 31.5 19 48 3 1 1 18.5 3 11 8 14 19.5 18 25 32 12 5 1 3 5.8 5 4 0 18 3 14 φ 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5 φ

G LA1 1-1 149 59.5 5 43 98.5 7 5 28 3 5 23 57 73 1 18 22 3 14 9 14 5 2 5 22 3 35.5 15 19.5 33 7.8 5 4 0 18 M8 3 14 φ73 G1/8 A 2 1BP5 φ

LA1 1-1 173.5 2 8 4 115 85 3 38 24 7 1 2 22 3 14 9 1 24 5 25 34 41 5 17 22 35 9 7 4 0 M8 3 14 φ7 G1/8 A 2 1BP5 φ

18

mm

LA2 1-1 194 7 5 83 5 127 9 37 4 5 3 73.5 93 13 22 28 5 17.5 11 19.5 27 3 4 47 2 2 44 1 9.5 0

1 3.5 19 φ93 G1/4 A 4 1BP7 φ8

18

12


L Pi in t e i

r

in

et t e

o

t e re e e

it G t re

o ition o

u

LA-1

B

JA H

Le er e etermin tion roo e t e e t imen ion

J

m er

t e

K φ B

AA

2-

in ire tion urin o in

φL

L type L type G t re

u

on - t e

K

r u i ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

A

4-φ ounter ore φ

G

G

φ A H8

W

V

X

AB

Nx *4

r u i ort φP *4 on - t e

A

M

*1

G

15°

T

φ 4- A t re

K

emo e urr

*4

φ

3

*3

3 *4

r

e

φ

- 1 - 2

ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 e e t o i meter or t e mountin o e on t e unit i to e e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *4 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e

Nx r u i ort : rin on - t e

Att

e

Piping type B : G t re i in t e : A t re i in t e

ution *1 ountin o t not u ie Pre re mountin o t or in to t e mountin u in t e imen ion re eren e 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42

1

ei t

r

in

o

e ommen e inner i meter o i e

i

r u i ort B : G t re : A t re

t e re e e

o ition o

LA-1B / LA-1

*2


o e Lo

A m2

in er re

m or e

ormu

*5

u

tro e mm tro e 9 mm Lo tro e mm Lo in er it m3 eturn rin or e eturn in tor ue * m o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure *7 P e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t *8 in

em r *5 : m or e P: * e eren e num er on en ri e in u e num er o *7 inimum re ure to o er te t *8 o t e ei t o t e in

LA25 1-1 8 198

LA4 1-1 12 37

P-1 99 1 32

P-2 9

21L

87

29 5 13 5 1 24 2 1 15 1 82 1 94

12L

33 17 1 4 8 1 83 2 83 4 17 35 7 42

TLA-1

P

7 9 °±3° 5 45 r u i re ure m re mounte m in t e ir uit e m it no o m unit in u in

95 P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint ori ont n i in on ition rie e en in on t e ei t o m e er n mountin ttitu e t e in e er

L

A

G

A

G

mm

o e A B

G H J K L M Nx P

T V W X AA AB A A JA JB m er -B/- t e r u i ort -J type rin - t e e ommen e inner i meter o i e

LA25 1-1 224 92 8 3 14 5 1 5 4 52 4 1 8 15 45 5 17 5 11 22 5 31 5 35 5 4 54 5 23 31 13 25 95 18

1 35 19 φ1 8 G1/4 A 4 1BP7 φ8

LA4 1-1 254 5 114 1 2 9 1 45 114 5 5 3 51 8 13 17 5 5 2 14 27 5 35 45 55 25 27 5 39 5 17 5 13 22 8 12 35 19 φ1 8 G1/4 A 4 1BP7 φ8

1


L Pi in t e i

r

in

et t e

o

t e re e e

it G t re

o ition o

u

LA-2 B

e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

Le er e etermin tion roo e t e e t imen ion

J

3 A

φ

B

R type

AA

in ire tion urin o in

3

φL

3

Z

L type L type

u

on - t e

2-

3-φ ounter ore φ

Lo

ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

A

G

G

e e e ort φP on - t e

8

*4

*4

W

*4

V

X

AB

φ A

m er

*4

G t re

15

φ

M

A

*1

G

Lo ort φP *4 on - t e emo e urr

3- A t re *4

*2

φ

3

*3

3 *4

r Lo ort : rin on - t e

Att

e

φ

- 1 - 2

e

ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 e e t o i meter or t e mountin o e on t e unit i to e e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *4 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e

Piping type B : G t re i in t e : A t re i in t e e e e ort : rin on - t e

Att

e

i

r

in

o

t e re e e

o ition o

LA-2B / LA-2 Release port B : G t re : A t re

ution *1 ountin o t not u ie Pre re mountin o t or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42

1

Lock port B : G t re : A t re


o e Lo

A m2

in er re

m or e

ormu

LA 4 -2 1 5 P

*5

u

tro e mm tro e 9 mm Lo tro e mm in er it t o e m3 t re e e o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure * MPa e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t *7 kg in

LA -2 1 453

1 94

LA 8 -2 1 979

P 3 L

7 57

13 5 8 13 18

LA1 -2 28 4

P 24L

13 5 55 8 2 2

5 53

LA1 -2 4 17

P 147L

3 91

1 5 5 1 33 33

LA2 -2 134

P 94L

2 59

P 4 L

17

28L

17 5 75 1 49 1

21 5 85 13 9 9

23 7 1 7 13 14 14

14

19

31

35 7 42 9 5

7

7 3 5

9

LA-2

P

em r *5 : m or e P: r u i re ure P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint * inimum re ure to o er te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o m e er n mountin ttitu e *7 o t e ei t o t e in m unit in u in t e in e er

L o e A B

G J L M

P R

V W X Z AA AB A A A JB m er Lo ort/ -B/- t e e e e ort - t e rin - type

A LA 4 -2 111 5 44 45 28 5 77 5 53 5 24 28 5 15 5 4 57 1 13 5 1 3 9 55 14 5 15 14 19 24 5 95 12 5 27 45 5 14 3 5 8 3 14 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

G LA -2 117 5 48 52 33 8 55 25 3 18 45 1 15 17 5 3 11 8 14 15 5 1 22 2 5 11 14 28 5 48 5 4 3 14 φ G1/8 A 2 1BP5

18

A LA 8 -2 133 5 5 5 54 3 9 5 25 31 5 19 48 3 1 1 18 5 3 11 8 14 18 5 18 25 31 12 5 1 3 58 5 18 4 3 14 φ 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

G LA1 -2 147 5 59 5 5 43 98 7 28 3 5 23 57 73 1 18 22 3 14 9 14 5 19 5 22 3 34 5 15 19 5 33 78 5 18 4 8 3 14 φ73 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

LA1 -2 172 5 2 8 4 115 85 3 38 24 7 1 2 22 3 14 9 1 23 5 25 34 4 5 17 22 35 9 7 4 8 3 14 φ7 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

mm

LA2 -2 192 2 7 5 83 5 12 5 89 5 37 4 5 3 73 5 93 13 22 28 5 17 5 11 19 5 25 7 3 4 45 7 2 2 44 1 95

18

18

1 35 19 φ93 G1/4 A 4 1BP7

1


I E DI E

I

iping type C : gasket type (with G thread plug) ※ his drawing shows the released position of

A-2C .

B

JA elease port : G thread ( he speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

H

ever phase determination groove type (left dimension)

J

AA

C K y y φJB

2-Chamfer

type

wing direction during locking

φ

type type G thread plug (only -C type)

K

ock port : G thread ( he speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

ACHI I G DI E

4-φ Counter bore φ φY AC H8

*4

F

I G

x *4

W

y *4

V

y *4

X

AB

elease port φ (only -C type)

I

φ

M

A

4-CA thread *2

□K

*1

G

15°

ock port φ *4 (only -C type) emove burrs *4

C0.6

*3

F

E

6.3 *4

φD +0.3 0

-0.1

rap valve

x

y

y

ock port : ring (Attached) (only -C type)

φD -0.2

elease port : ring (Attached) (only -C type)

Cautions *2. he CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the dimensions as a reference. *3. he depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference. *4. his dimensions shows -C : gasket type. 1. oughness of mounting surface ( ring seal surface) should be 6.3 or less.

Piping type B : G thread piping type J : AE thread piping type ※ his drawing shows the released position of elease port B : G thread J : AE thread

Cautions *1. ounting bolts not supplied. repare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the dimensions as a reference. 1. repare swing lever and mounting bolts as shown 39 ~ 42.

1

ock port B : G thread J : AE thread

A-2B /

A-2J .


ECIFICA I

Clamp force (formula) *5

A2500-2 8.198

cm2 k

F=

P 1.32+0.0018

A4000-2 12.37 F=

P 0.87+0.0011

28 12 16 23.0 23.0

Full stroke mm wing stroke (90°) mm ock stroke mm Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released ax. operating pressure a in. operating pressure *6 a Design pressure a perating temperature ℃ 90°swing angle repeatability epeat accuracy of final position after swing eight *7 kg

31 15 16 38.4 38.4 35.0 7.0 42.0 0 ~ 70 90°±3° ±0.5°

4.5

9.5

A-2

odel ock cylinder area

emarks *5. F : Clamp force (k )、 : Hydraulic pressure ( a)、 : Distance (mm) from center of piston to clamp point. *6. inimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. aries depending on the weight of clamp lever and mounting attitude. *7. hows the weight of the swing clamp unit including the swing lever.

I E DI E

I

& ACHI I G DI E

I

CHA

F

I G

(mm)

odel A B C D E F G H J K M x y P

V W X Y AA AB AC CA JA JB Chamfer ock port/ -B/-C type elease port -J type ring -C type

A2500-2 220 92 80 63 144 104 40 52 40 60 118 15 45 16 5 17.5 11 22.5 30 35.5 46 53 23 31 13.25 9.5 6 +0.018 0 10 3.5 19 C6 G1/4 AE4 1BP7

A4000-2 250 114 102 90 162 112 50 63 51 80 146 17 56 21 5 20 14 27.5 33 45 55 60.5 27.5 39.5 17.5 13 8 +0.022 0 12 3.5 19 C6 G1/4 AE4 1BP7

1


L Pi in t e i

r

in

o

et t e t e re e e

it G t re

o ition o

A

u

LB-2

B

e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

Kx

Le er e etermin tion roo e t e e t imen ion

J Kx

AA

φ B

t e

in ire tion urin o in

L

Lt e

φ

G t re

u

on - t e

Lt e m er

24-φ ounter ore φ

Lo

ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

8

A

G

G

V

X

AB

φ A

W

*3

e e e ort φP *3 on - t e

A

*3

φ

*3

φ

G

*1

Lo ort φP *4 on - t e

M

4- A t re

r

Lo ort : rin on - t e

Att

Kx

Kx

*2

ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e

e

e

Pi in t e e e e ort : rin on - t e

Att

: A t re

e

ution *1 ountin o t not u ie Pre re mountin o t or in to t e mountin u in t e imen ion re eren e 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42

i

r

in

o

i in t e t e re e e

Release port : A t re ei t

Lock port : A t re

1

o ition o

LB-2


P o e Lo

A m2

in er re

m or e

ormu

LB 4 -2 1 5 P

*4

u

tro e mm in tro e 9 mm Lock stroke mm in er it t o e m3 t re e e o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure *5 P e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t *

LB -2 1 453

1 94

LB 8 -2 1 979

P 3 L

13 5 8 13 18

7 57

LB1 -2 28 4

P 24L

5 53

13 5 55 8 2 2

LB1 -2 4 17

P 147L

1 5 5 1 33 33

3 91

LB2 -2 134

P 94L

2 59

17 5 75 1 49 1

LB25 -2 8 198

P 4 L

17

LB4 -2 12 37

P 28L

1 32

P 18L

87

21 5 85 13 9 9

23 7 1 7 13 14 14

28 12 1 23 23

31 15 1 38 4 38 4

29

37

57

83

11L

35 7 42 7 9 °±3° 5 7

9

12

17

LB-2

em r *4 : m or e P: r u i re ure P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint *5 inimum re ure to o er te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o m e er n mountin ttitu e * o t e ei t o t e in m unit in u in t e in e er

L o e A B

G J Kx L M

P R

V W X AA AB A A A B m er Lo ort/ - t e Release port - t e rin - t e

A LB 4 -2 111 5 49 5 47 32 77 5 51 5 2 33 1 5 11 18 7 15 22 9 3 9 55 24 15 14 19 24 5 95 12 5 45 5 14 3 5 8 3 14 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

LB -2 117 5 53 5 55 3 8 54 2 35 18 5 12 21 78 15 24 9 3 11 8 24 15 5 1 22 2 5 11 14 48 5 18 4 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

G LB 8 -2 133 5 5 5 57 39 9 4 2 3 5 2 13 5 22 83 15 25 5 1 3 11 8 24 18 5 18 25 31 12 5 1 58 5 18 4 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

A LB1 -2 147 5 4 7 4 5 98 72 2 4 24 1 27 93 15 29 12 3 14 9 24 19 5 22 3 34 5 15 19 5 78 5 18 4 8 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

LB1 -2 172 5 71 5 71 53 115 88 27 43 5 28 2 27 5 98 1 32 5 14 3 14 9 25 23 5 25 34 4 5 17 22 9 7 18 4 8 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

G LB2 -2 192 2 84 5 9 35 12 5 9 5 3 52 32 5 22 5 35 118 1 5 38 17 5 17 5 11 28 25 7 3 4 45 7 2 2 1 95

mm

LB25 -2 22 99 5 84 71 144 114 3 57 5 42 32 32 132 1 5 43 5 19 5 17 5 11 28 3 35 5 4 53 23 31 13 25 95 1 35 19

LB4 -2 25 118 1 2 9 1 2 12 3 7 51 4 4 148 22 5 53 2 5 2 14 33 33 45 55 5 27 5 39 5 17 5 13 22 8 12 35 19

G1/4 A 4 1BP7

G1/4 A 4 1BP7

18

1 35 19 5 G1/4 A 4 1BP7

18

2


L

BALA

Pi in t e i

r

in

et t e

o

t e re e e

it G t re

o ition o

LA-2

u

ee

L

A

e 42 or e er n

Bo t

J

3

e i i tion

-P

B e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

in

G

et iner or m int inin t e e er o ition in e er

A

φ

B

R type

1 2

Le er in

in ire tion urin o in

3

φL

PA --

3

Z

Lt e G t re

u

on - t e

2-

3-φ ounter ore φ

Lo

ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

φPB

A

m er

G

G

e e e ort φP on - t e

P t re

*4

*4

P P

P

*4

φP

PG

*4

8 φ

15

3

M

A

*1

G

Lo ort φP *4 on - t e emo e urr

3- A t re *4

*2

φ

3

*3

3 *4

r Lo ort : rin on - t e

Att

e

φ

- 1 - 2

ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 e e t o i meter or t e mountin o e on t e unit i to e e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *4 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e

e

Piping type B : G t re i in t e : A t re i in t e e e e ort : rin on - t e

ution *1 ountin o t not u u in t e imen ion

21

Att

i

e

ie Pre re mountin re eren e

r

in

o

t e re e e

o ition o

LA-2B -P/ LA-2 e e e ort B : G t re : A t re

ot

or in to t e mountin

ei t

Lo ort B : G t re : A t re

-P


P

m or e

ormu

1

*5

2

u

tro e mm tro e 9 mm Lo tro e mm in er it t o e m3 t re e e o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure * P e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t *7 in

em r *5

LA 4 -2-P 1 5

m2

in er re

L2/L L1/L

LA

11 P 11 P

1 2

-2-P 1 453

L2/L L1/L

13 5 8 13 18

145 P 145 P

LA 8 -2-P 1 979 1 2

13 5 55 8 2 2

L2/L L1/L

LA1 -2-P 28 4

198 P 198 P

1 2

1 5 5 1 33 33

L2/L L1/L

28 28

LA1 -2-P 4 17 P P

1 2

L2/L L1/L

LA2

417 P 417 P

1 2

-2-P 134

L2/L L1/L

17 5 75 1 49 1

21 5 85 13 9 9

23 7 1 7 13 14 14

14

19

31

13 P 13 P

35 7 42 9 5

7

7 3 5

9

L

: m or e L1 L2 : i t n e rom t e * inimum re ure to o er *7 o t e ei t o t e 1 2

P: u re ure P L : i t n e et een m in enter o t e i ton to t e m in oint mm te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o in m unit in u in t e in e er

oint mm

L1

m e er n mountin

L2

ttitu e

1

L o e A B

G J L M

P R

Z PA PB P P P P PG P A A JB m er Lo ort/ -B/- t e e e e ort - t e rin - t e

A LA 4 -2-P 111 5 44 45 28 5 77 5 53 5 24 28 5 15 5 4 57 1 13 5 1 3 9 55 14 5 14 27 7 12 18

85 18 19 15 3 5 5 8 3 14 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

G LA

-2-P 117 5 48 52 33 8 55 25 3 18 45 1 15 17 5 3 11 8 14 1 28 5 8 14 22 8 1 21 22 15 5 3 5 3 14 φ G1/8 A 2 1BP5

A LA 8 -2-P 133 5 5 5 54 3 9 5 25 31 5 19 48 3 1 1 18 5 3 11 8 14 18 3 8 1 22 8 11 24 25 18 5 3 5 3 14 φ 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

2

G LA1 -2-P 147 5 59 5 5 43 98 7 28 3 5 23 57 73 1 18 22 3 14 9 14 5 22 33 1 2 22 1 12 28 5 3 19 5 4 7 8 3 14 φ73 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

LA1 -2-P 172 5 2 8 4 115 85 3 38 24 7 1 2 22 3 14 9 1 25 35 13 23 12 27 13 5 32 5 34 23 5 5 8 8 3 14 φ7 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

mm

LA2 -2-P 192 2 7 5 83 5 12 5 89 5 37 4 5 3 73 5 93 13 22 28 5 17 5 11 19 5 3 44 1 28 15 27 1 5 38 5 4 25 7

LA-2-P

o e Lo

A

1 35 19 φ93 G1/4 A 4 1BP7

22


L

BALA

Pi in t e i

r

in

et t e

o

t e re e e

it G t re

o ition o

LA-2

u

ee

L

A

e 42 or e er n

e i i tion

-P

Bo t

B

A

in

e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

G

et iner or m int inin t e e er o ition in e er

J m er R type

1 2

φ B

2-

PA --

K

φL

Le er in

in ire tion urin o in

Lt e G t re

u

on - t e

K 4-φ ounter ore φ φPB

Lo

ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

A P t re

G

G

e e e ort φP *4 on - t e

*4

P P

*4

P

φP

PG

3

*4

8 φ

M

A

4- A t re

K

*1

G

15°

Lo ort φP *4 on - t e emo e urr

*4

φ

3

*3

3 *4

r

Lo ort : rin on - t e

Att

e

φ

- 1 - 2

ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 e e t o i meter or t e mountin o e on t e unit i to e e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *4 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e

e

Piping type e e e ort : rin on - t e

Att

ution *1 ountin o t not u u in t e imen ion

2

B : G t re i in t e : A t re i in t e

e

i

r

in

o

t e re e e

e e e ort B : G t re : A t re ie Pre re mountin re eren e

ot

or in to t e mountin

ei t

Lo ort B : G t re : A t re

o ition o

LA-2B -P/ LA-2

-P

*2


P

m or e

ormu

2

*5

2

u

tro e mm tro e 9 mm Lo tro e mm in er it t o e m3 t re e e o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure * P e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t *7 in

em r *5

LA25 -2-P 8 198

m2

in er re

L1/L L1/L

82 82

LA4 -2-P 12 37 P P

2 2

L1/L L1/L

28 12 1 23 23

1 237 P 1 237 P

31 15 1 38 4 38 4 35 7 42 7 9 °±3° 5

45

95 L

: m or e L1 L2 : i t n e rom t e * inimum re ure to o er *7 o t e ei t o t e 1 2

P: u re ure P L : i t n e et een m in enter o t e i ton to t e m in oint mm te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o in m unit in u in t e in e er

oint mm

L1

m e er n mountin

L2

ttitu e

1

L

A

G

A

2

G

LA-2-P

o e Lo

A

mm

o e A B

G J K L M

P R

PA PB P P P P PG P A A JB m er Lo ort/ -B/- t e e e e ort - t e rin - t e

LA25 -2-P 22 92 8 3 144 1 4 4 52 4

1 35 19

LA4 -2-P 25 114 1 2 9 1 2 112 5 3 51 8 14 17 5 21 5 2 14 27 5 45 24 43 22 33 24 5 53 5 55 33 8 12 35 19

G1/4 A 4 1BP7

G1/4 A 4 1BP7

118 15 45 1 5 17 5 11 22 5 35 5 18 33 5 18 2 44 5 4 3

27

2


L

BALA

Pi in t e i

r

in

o

et t e t e re e e

it G t re

o ition o

A

LB-2

u

ee

L

A

e 42 or e er n

e i i tion

-P

Bolt

B

e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

in

Kx

G

et iner or m int inin t e e er o ition in e er

J Kx

φ B

PA --

1 2

t e

Le er in

in ire tion urin o in L

φ

G t re

u

on - t e

Lt e m er

24-φ ounter ore φ

Lo

ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

P t re φP

φPB

P

A

G

G

P P

R0.8

*3

e e e ort φP *3 on - t e

PG

φ

A

*3

30°

*3

φ

G

*1

Lo ort φP *3 on - t e

M

4- A t re

r

Lo ort : rin on - t e

Att

Kx

Kx

*2

ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e

e

e

Pi in t e e e e ort : rin on - t e

Att

ution *1 ountin o t not u u in t e imen ion

: A t re

e

i

r

in

o

i in t e t e re e e

Release port : A t re ie Pre re mountin re eren e

ot

or in to t e mountin

ei t

Lock port : A t re

2

o ition o

LB-2

-P


P

m2

in er re

m or e

ormu

1=(L2/L

*4

u

11 P 11 P

2=(L1/L

tro e mm in tro e 9 mm Lock stroke mm in er it t o e m3 t re e e o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure *5 P e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t * em r *4.

LB 4 -2-P 1 5

13 5 8 13 18

LB -2-P 1 453 1=(L2/L

145 P 145 P

2=(L1/L

LB 8 -2-P 1 979 1=(L2/L 2=(L1/L

13 5 55 8 2 2

198 P 198 P

1 5 5 10 33 33

LB1 -2-P 28 4 1=(L2/L 2=(L1/L

28 P 28 P

LB1 -2-P 4 17 1=(L2/L 2=(L1/L

17 5 75 10 49 1

417 P 417 P

LB2

-2-P 134

1=(L2/L

LB25 -2-P 8 198

13 P 13 P

2=(L1/L

1=(L2/L

82 P 82 P

2=(L1/L

LB4 -2-P 12 37 1=(L2/L 2=(L1/L

1 237 P 1 237 P

21 5 85 13 9 9

23 7 1 7 13 14 14

28 12 1 23 23

31 15 1 38 4 38 4

29

37

57

83

35 7 42.0 0 7 9 °±3° 5 7

9

12

17

L

: m or e L1,L2 : i t n e rom t e *5 inimum re ure to o er * o t e ei t o t e 1 2

P: u re ure P L : i t n e et een m in enter o t e i ton to t e m in oint mm te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o in m unit in u in t e in e er

oint mm

L1

m e er n mountin

L2

ttitu e

1

L o e A B

G J Kx L M

P R

PA PB P P P P PG P A A JB m er Lo ort/ - t e Release port - t e rin - t e

A LB 4 -2-P 111 5 49 5 47 32 77 5 51 5 2 33 1 5 11 18 7 15 22 9 3 9 55 24 14 7 12 +0.018 0

85 18 19 15 3 5 5 8 3 14 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

G

LB -2-P 117 5 53 5 55 3 8 54 2 35 18 5 12 21 78 15 24 9 3 11 8 24 1 8 14 8 +0.022 0 1 21 22 15 5 3 5

LB 8 -2-P 133 5 5 5 57 39 9 4 2 3 5 2 13 5 22 83 15 25 5 10 3 11 8 24 18 8 1 8 +0.022 0 11 24 25 18 5 3 5

3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

A LB1 -2-P 147 5 4 7 4 5 98 72 2 4 24 1 27 93 15 29 12 3 14 9 24 22 10 20 10 +0.022 0 12 28 5 30 19 5 4 7 8 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

LB1 -2-P 172 5 71 5 71 53 115 88 27 43 5 28 2 27 5 98 1 32 5 14 3 14 9 25 25 13 23 12 0 27 13 5 32 5 34 23 5 5 8 8 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

2

G LB2 -2-P 192 2 84 5 9 35 12 5 9 5 30 52 32 5 22 5 35 118 1 5 38 17 5 17 5 11 28 3 1 28 15 0 27 1 5 38 5 40 25 7 1 35 19 5 G1/4 A 4 1BP7

mm

LB25 -2-P 22 99 5 84 71 144 114 30 57 5 42 32 32 132 1 5 43 5 19 5 17 5 11 28 35 5 18 33 5 18 0 27 2 44 5 4 3 1 35 19 G1/4 A 4 1BP7

LB4 -2-P 25 118 102 9 1 2 12 3 7 51 40 40 148 22 5 53 20 5 2 14 33 45 24 43 22 +0.033 0 24 5 53 5 55 33 8 12 35 19

LB-2-P

o e Lo

A

G1/4 A 4 1BP7

2


OUTLINE DIMENSIONS Pi in t e i

r

in

: o

et t e t e re e e

it G t re

o ition o

LA-2

u -

B e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

H 30°

Lever phase determination groove t e e t imen ion

J JA

°

30°

60

φ

B

R type

C

p.c

AA

Z

Swing direction during locking

K

L type

°

φL

60

30°

.d.

L type u

on - t e

2-Chamfer

3-φ ounter ore φ

Lo

ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

MACHINING DIMENSIONS FOR MOUNTING e e e ort φP *4 on - t e

φ AC H8 AB

°

60

V

X

Nx *4

Ny *4

G t re

p.c

Ny *4

W 15°

T

°

3-CA thread *2

*4 φPB +0.2 0 *4 1.4 +0.1 0

A

M

S *1

G

Lo ort φP *4 on - t e

O ring e

0.2 *4

6.3S *4

φ

+0.3 0

C0.6

*3

F

E

K 60

φ

Att

.d.

φPA *4

Trap valve

-0.1 -0.2

Nx

Ny

Ny

Lock port on - t e

φ

Release port on - t e

Cautions *2. The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. *3. The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference. *4 i imen ion o - : et t e 1. Clamp body has no O ring groove for gasket type. Therefore, O ring groove must e m ine on mountin ur e i e rin ro i e

Piping type B : G t re i in t e : A t re i in t e i

r

in

o

t e re e e

o ition o

LA-2B - / LA-2 Release port B : G t re : A t re

Cautions *1. Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42

2

Lock port B : G t re : A t re

-


SPECIFICATIONS Model Lock cylinder area m or e

ormu

cm2 *5

kN

Full stroke mm in tro e 9 mm Lock stroke mm Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released Max. operating pressure MPa Min. operating pressure *6 MPa Design pressure MPa er tin tem er ture 90°swing angle repeatability Repeat accuracy of final position after swing Weight *7 kg

TLA0400-2-Q 1.005 F=

P 10.94+0.036L 21 5 16 2.1 3.0

TLA0600-2-Q 1.453 F=

P 7.57+0.024L 21.5 5.5 16 3.1 4.1

TLA0800-2-Q 1.979 F=

P 5.53+0.0147L

TLA1000-2-Q 2.804 F=

P 3.91+0.0094L

26.5 6.5 20 5.2 5.2

TLA1600-2-Q 4.170 F=

P 2.59+0.0046L

TLA2000-2-Q 6.134 F=

P 1.76+0.0028L

27.5 7.5 20 7.7 9.5

33.5 8.5 25 14.0 14.0

35.7 10.7 25 21.9 21.9

1.8

2.3

3.7

35.0 7.0 42.0 0 70 90°±3° ±0.5° 0.6

0.9

1.1

Remarks *5 : m or e P: r u i re ure P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint *6. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. Varies depending on the weight of clamp lever and mounting attitude. *7. Shows the weight of the swing clamp unit including the swing lever.

Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny PA PB Q R S T U V W X Y Z AA AB AC CA JA JB Chamfer Lock port/ -B/-C type Release port -J type O ring -C type

TLA0400-2-Q 143.5 44 45 28.5 101.5 77.5 24 28.5 15.5 40 57 10 13.5 16 3 8 9 5.5 14.5 23 14 19 32.5 9.5 12.5 27 4.5 5 3 +0.014 0 M5×0.8 3 14 3 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5

TLA0600-2-Q 149.5 48 52 33 104 79 25 30 18 45 60 10 15 17.5 3 8 11 6.8 14 23.5 16 22 34.5 11 14 28.5 4.8 6.5 4 +0.018 0 M6 3 14 φ G1/8 SAE2 1BP5

TLA0800-2-Q 173.5 50.5 54 36 120 95 25 31.5 19 48 63 10 16 18.5 3 8 11 6.8 14 28.5 18 25 41 12.5 16 30 5.8 6.5 4 +0.018 0 M6 3 14 φ 3 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5

TLA1000-2-Q 187.5 59.5 65 43 128 100 28 36.5 23 57 73 10 18 22 3 8 14 9 14.5 29.5 22 30 44.5 15 19.5 33 7.8 6.5 4 +0.018 0 M8 3 14 φ73 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5

TLA1600-2-Q 220.5 62 68 46 151 121 30 38 24 60 76 10 20 22 3 8 14 9 16 35.5 25 34 52.5 17 22 35 9 7 4 +0.018 0 M8 3 14 φ7 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5

mm

TLA2000-2-Q 240.2 76.5 83 56 162.5 125.5 37 46.5 30 73.5 93 13 22 28 5 10 17.5 11 19.5 37.7 30 40 57.7 20 26 44 10 9.5 6 +0.018 0 M10 3.5 19 φ93 G1/4 SAE4 1BP7

TLA-2-Q

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS & MACHINING DIMENSION CHART FOR MOUNTING

2


OUTLINE DIMENSIONS iping type C : gasket type (with G thread plug) ※ his drawing shows the released position of

A-2C - .

B

JA elease port : G thread ( he speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

H

ever phase determination groove type (left dimension)

J

AA

C K Ny Ny φJB

2-Chamfer R type

wing direction during locking

φ

L type L type G thread plug (only -C type)

K

ock port : G thread ( he speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

MACHINING DIMENSIONS FOR MOUNTING

4-φ Counter bore φ

Release port *4 (only -C type)

Nx *4

W

V

Ny *4 Ny *4

X

AB

φY AC H8

T

φ

E

O ring

6.3S *4

4-CA thread *2

□K

*4 φ B +0.2 0 *4 1.4 +0.1 0

A

M

S *1

G

15°

Lock port *3 (only -C type)

0.2 *4

φD +0.3 0 C0.6

*3

F

(Attached)

φ A *4

-0.1

rap valve

Nx

Ny Ny

Lock port (only -C type)

φD -0.2

Release port (only -C type)

Cautions *2. he CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the dimensions as a reference. *3. he depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference. *4. his dimensions shows -C : gasket type. 1. Clamp body has no ring groove for gasket type. herefore ring groove must be machined on mounting surface side. ( ring provided.)

Piping type B : G thread piping type J : AE thread piping type ※ his drawing shows the released position of Release port B : G thread J : AE thread

Cautions *1. ounting bolts not supplied. repare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the dimensions as a reference. 1. repare swing lever and mounting bolt as shown 39 ~ 42.

2

Lock port B : G thread J : AE thread

A-2B - /

A-2J - .


SPECIFICATIONS Model Lock cylinder area Clamp force (formula) *5

cm2 kN

Full stroke mm wing stroke (90°) mm Lock stroke mm Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released ax. operating pressure a in. operating pressure *6 MPa Design pressure a perating temperature ℃ 90°swing angle repeatability epeat accuracy of final position after swing Weight *7 kg

TLA2500-2-Q 8.198 F=

P 1.32+0.0018L

TLA4000-2-Q 12.37 F=

P 0.87+0.0011L

44 12 32 36.0 36.0

47 15 32 58.1 58.1 35.0 7.0 42.0 0 ~ 70 90°±3° ±0.5°

5.6

11.8

Remarks *5. F : Clamp force (k )、 : Hydraulic pressure ( a)、 : Distance (mm) from center of piston to clamp point. *6. inimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. aries depending on the weight of clamp lever and mounting attitude. *7. hows the weight of the swing clamp unit including the swing lever.

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS & MACHINING DIMENSION CHART FOR MOUNTING TLA2500-2-Q 284 92 80 63 192 152 40 52 40 60 118 15 45 16 5 10 17.5 11 22.5 46 35.5 46 69 23 31 13.25 9.5 6 +0.018 0 M10 3.5 19 C6 G1/4 SAE4 1BP7

TLA4000-2-Q 314 114 102 90 210 160 50 63 51 80 146 17 56 21 5 10 20 14 27.5 49 45 55 76.5 27.5 39.5 17.5 13 8 +0.022 0 M12 3.5 19 C6 G1/4 SAE4 1BP7

TLA-2-Q

(mm)

Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny PA PB Q R S T U V W X Y AA AB AC CA JA JB Chamfer Lock port/ -B/-C type Release port -J type O ring -C type


L Pi in t e i

r

in

o

et t e t e re e e

it G t re

o ition o

A

LB-2

u -

B

e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

Kx

Le er e etermin tion roo e t e e t imen ion

J Kx

AA

φ B

t e

in ire tion urin o in

L

Lt e

φ

G t re

u

on - t e

Lt e m er

24-φ ounter ore φ

Lo

ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

8

A

G

G

V

X

AB

φ A

W

*3

e e e ort φP *3 on - t e

A

*3

φ

*3

φ

G

*1

Lo ort φP *3 on - t e

M

4- A t re

r

Lo ort : rin on - t e

Att

Kx

Kx

*2

ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e

e

e

Pi in t e e e e ort : rin on - t e

Att

: A t re

e

ution *1 ountin o t not u ie Pre re mountin o t or in to t e mountin u in t e imen ion re eren e 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42

i

r

in

o

i in t e t e re e e

Release port : A t re ei t

Lock port : A t re

1

o ition o

LB-2

-


P o e Lo

A m2

in er re

m or e

ormu

LB 4 -21 5 P

*4

u

tro e mm in tro e 9 mm Lock stroke mm in er it t o e m3 t re e e o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure *5 P e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture 9 in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t *

LB -21 453

1 94

LB 8 -21 979

P 3 L

21 5 1 21 3

7 57

LB1 -228 4

P 24L

5 53

21 5 55 1 31 41

LB1 -24 17

P 147L

2 5 5 2 52 52

3 91

LB2

-2134

P 94L

2 59

27 5 75 2 77 95

LB25 -28 198

P 4 L

17

LB4 -212 37

P 28L

1 32

P 18L

33 5 85 25 14 14

35 7 1 7 25 21 9 21 9

44 12 32 3 3

33

43

8

87

11L

47 15 32 58 1 58 1

35 7 42 7 9 °±3° 5 8

11

14

21

1

em r *4 : m or e P: r u i re ure P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint *5 inimum re ure to o er te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o m e er n mountin ttitu e * o t e ei t o t e in m unit in u in t e in e er

o e A B

G J Kx L M

P R

V W X AA AB A A A B m er Lo ort/ - t e Release port - t e rin - t e

A LB 4 -2143 5 49 5 47 32 1 15 75 5 2 33 1 5 11 18 7 15 22 9 3 9 55 24 23 14 19 32 5 95 12 5 45 5 14 3 5 8 3 14 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

LB -2149 5 53 5 55 3 1 4 78 2 35 18 5 12 21 78 15 24 9 3 11 8 24 23 5 1 22 34 5 11 14 48 5 18 4 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

G LB 8 -2173 5 5 5 57 39 12 94 2 3 5 2 13 5 22 83 15 25 5 1 3 11 8 24 28 5 18 25 41 12 5 1 58 5 18 4 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

A LB1 -2187 5 4 7 4 5 128 1 2 2 4 24 1 27 93 15 29 12 3 14 9 24 29 5 22 3 44 5 15 19 5 78 5 18 4 8 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

LB1 -222 5 71 5 71 53 151 124 27 43 5 28 2 27 5 98 1 32 5 14 3 14 9 25 35 5 25 34 52 5 17 22 9 7 18 4 8 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

G LB2 -224 2 84 5 9 35 1 25 132 5 3 52 32 5 22 5 35 118 1 5 38 17 5 17 5 11 28 37 7 3 4 57 7 2 2 1 95

mm

LB25 -2284 99 5 84 71 192 1 2 3 57 5 42 32 32 132 1 5 43 5 19 5 17 5 11 28 4 35 5 4 9 23 31 13 25 95 1 4 19

LB4 -2314 118 1 2 9 21 174 3 7 51 4 4 148 22 5 53 2 5 2 14 33 49 45 55 7 5 27 5 39 5 17 5 13 22 8 12 4 19

G1/4 A 4 1BP7

G1/4 A 4 1BP7

18

1 4 19 5 G1/4 A 4 1BP7

18

LB-2-

L

2


OUTLINE DIMENSIONS Pi in t e i

r

in

et t e

o

t e re e e

it G t re

o ition o

LA-2

u -

B e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

30

H

Lever phase determination groove t e e t imen ion

J A

30

φ

B

R type Z

Swing angle

30

φL

AA

p.c.d. K

C

Swing direction urin o in L type L type

u

on - t e

ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

MACHINING DIMENSIONS FOR MOUNTING

2-Chamfer

3-φ ounter ore φ

Lo

e e e ort φP *4 on - t e

V

X

AB

φ AC H8

Nx *4

Ny *4

G t re

p.c

Ny *4

W 15

T

φ

Lo ort φP *4 on - t e

M

S *1

G A

.d.

K

3-CA thread *2

Remove burrs *4

φ

+0.3 0

*3

F

E

3 *4

Trap valve Att

e

-0.1 -0.2

Cautions *2. The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. *3. The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference. *4 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e

Nx

Ny

Lo ort : rin on - t e

φ

Ny

Pi in t e

e e e ort : rin on - t e

Att

B : G t re i in t e : A t re i in t e i

e

Cautions *1 ountin o t not u ie Pre re mountin o t or in to t e mountin using the S dimensions as a reference. 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42

r

in

o

t e re e e

o ition o

LA-2B - / LA-2 Release port B : G t re : A t re

ei t

Lock port B : G t re : A t re

-


P

A

Model Swing angle Lo in er re m or e

ormu

3 m2 *5

u

tro e mm tro e mm Lo tro e mm Cylinder capacity t o e cm3 at released o er tin re ure P Min. operating pressure * MPa e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture Swing angle repeatability Repeat accuracy of final position after swing Weight *7 in

LA 4 -245 1.005

F=

P 1 94

1 4 24 1 15

11 3 8 11 1

3 L

LA 3

-245 1.453 P

F=

7 57

11 7 37

1 4 24

12 17

15 2

24L

11 2 32 8 1 22

TLA0800-245 1 979

3

F=

12 4

12 9 29

17 23

2 2

30 0.5

P 5 53

7

147L

13 8 38 10 27 27

3

14 7 47

3

TLA1000-245 2.804

F=

P 3 91

13 1 31

29 37 29 45 35.0 7 42.0 0 7 / 45 3 / 5

9

14 2 42 10 4 49

94L 15 3 53 43 53

LA1 -245 4 17

3

F= 1 3 9 9

P 2 59 17 8 48 13 74 74

4 L

3

TLA2000-245 134

F=

P 17

19

17 4

79 79

1 8 1 8

28L

19 1 1 13 11 7 11 7

2 7 12 12

3 1.4

19

3.1

em r *5 : m or e P: r u i re ure P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint * inimum re ure to o er te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o m e er n mountin ttitu e *7 o t e ei t o t e in m unit in u in t e in e er

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS & MACHINING DIMENSION CHART FOR MOUNTING

R S T U V W X Z AA AB AC CA A JB Chamfer Lo ort/ -B/-C type Release port - t e O ring -C type

LA 4 -23 45 1 8 9 1 9 5 11 2 44 45 28.5 77 5 53.5 24 28.5 15.5 40 57 10 13.5 1 3 9 5.5 14.5 12 4 13 13 7 14 19 21 9 22 5 23 2 95 12.5 27 4.5 5 3 +0.014 0 M5×0.8 3 14 3 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5

LA

-2-

3 45 114 4 115 2 11 48 52 33 80 55 25 30 18 45

12 4

23 4

10 15 17 5 3 11 8 14 13 2 14 1 22 24 2 25 11 14 28.5 4.8 5 4 +0.018 0 3 14 φ G1/8 SAE2 1BP5

LA 8 -23 45 129 9 13 8 131 7 50.5 54 3 9 5 25 31.5 19 48 3 10 1 18.5 3 11 8 14 14 9 15 8 1 7 18 25 27 4 28 3 29 2 12.5 1 30 5.8 5 4 +0.018 0 3 14 φ 3 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5

LA1 -23 45 143 1 144 2 145 3 59 5 5 43 98 7 28 3 5 23 57 73 10 18 22 3 14 9 14.5 15 1 1 2 17 3 22 30 3 1 31 2 32 3 15 19 5 33 78 5 4 +0.018 0 M8 3 14 φ73 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5

LA1 -23 45 1 7 1 8 8 17 2 8 4 115 85 30 38 24

18

35

7 10 20 22 3 14 9 1 19 8 21 25 34 3 8 38 17 22 35 9 7 4 +0.018 0 M8 3 14 φ7 G1/8 SAE2 1BP5

mm

3 18

19

39

LA2 -245 1 187 189 1 7 5 83 5 12 5 89 5 37 4 5 30 73 5 93 13 22 28 5 17 5 11 19 5 21 1 22 30 40 41 1 42 20 2 44 10 95 +0.018 0

M10 3.5 19 φ93 G1/4 SAE4 1BP7

LA-2-

Model Swing angle A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P


OUTLINE DIMENSIONS iping type C : gasket type (with G thread plug) ※ his drawing shows the released position of

A-2C -Y.

B

JA elease port : G thread ( he speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

H

ever phase determination groove type (left dimension)

J

C K Ny Ny φJB

2-Chamfer R type Swing angle Swing direction during locking

AA

φ

L type L type K

ock port : G thread ( he speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

MACHINING DIMENSIONS FOR MOUNTING

4-φ Counter bore φ φY AC H8

W

V

X

AB

elease port φ (only -C type)

Nx *4

T

φ

S *1

G

15°

ock port φ *4 (only -C type)

M

A

*4

Ny *4 Ny *4

G thread plug (only -C type)

emove burrs *4

φD +0.3 0 C0.6

*3

F

E

6.3S *4

4-CA thread *2

□K

-0.1

rap valve

Nx

Ny Ny

ock port : ring (Attached) (only -C type)

φD -0.2

elease port : ring (Attached) (only -C type)

Cautions *2. he CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the dimensions as a reference. *3. he depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference. *4. his dimensions shows -C : gasket type. 1. oughness of mounting surface ( ring seal surface) should be 6.3 or less.

Piping type B : G thread piping type J : AE thread piping type ※ his drawing shows the released position of Release port B : G thread J : AE thread

Cautions *1. ounting bolts not supplied. repare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the dimensions as a reference. 1. repare swing lever and mounting bolts as shown 39 ~ 42.

Lock port B : G thread J : AE thread

A-2B -Y/

A-2J -Y.


SPECIFICATIONS Model Swing angle Lock cylinder area Clamp force (formula) *5

cm2 kN

Full stroke mm Swing stroke mm Lock stroke mm Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released ax. operating pressure a in. operating pressure *6 MPa Design pressure a perating temperature ℃ Swing angle repeatability epeat accuracy of final position after swing Weight *7 kg

TLA2500-2-Y TLA4000-2-Y 30° 45° 60° 30° 45° 60° 8.198 12.37 F=

P 1.32+0.0018L

21.1 5.1 17.3 17.3

22.8 6.8 16 18.7 18.7

24.6 8.6

F=

P 0.87+0.0011L

22.2 6.2

24.4 8.4 16 30.2 30.2

26.6 10.6

20.2 27.5 32.9 20.2 27.5 32.9 35.0 7.0 42.0 0 ~ 70 30°±3°/ 45°±3°/ 60°±3° ±0.5° 4.5 9.5

Remarks *5. F : Clamp force (k )、 : Hydraulic pressure ( a)、 : Distance (mm) from center of piston to clamp point. *6. inimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. aries depending on the weight of clamp lever and mounting attitude. *7. hows the weight of the swing clamp unit including the swing lever.

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS & MACHINING DIMENSION CHART FOR MOUNTING TLA2500-2-Y 30° 45° 60° 213.1 214.8 216.6 92 80 63 144 104 40 52 40 60 118 15 45 16 5 17.5 11 22.5 23.1 24.8 26.6 35.5 46 46.1 47.8 49.6 23 31 13.25 9.5 6 +0.018 0 M10 3.5 19 C6 G1/4 SAE4 1BP7

TLA4000-2-Y 30° 45° 60° 241.2 243.0 245.6 114 102 90 162 112 50 63 51 80 146 17 56 21 5 20 14 27.5 24.2 26.4 28.6 45 55 51.7 53.9 56.1 27.5 39.5 17.5 13 8 +0.022 0 M12 3.5 19 C6 G1/4 SAE4 1BP7

TLA-2-Y

(mm)

Model Swing angle A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X Y AA AB AC CA JA JB Chamfer Lock port/ -B/-C type Release port -J type O ring -C type


L Pi in t e i

r

in

o

et t e t e re e e

it G t re

o ition o

A

LB-2

u -

B

e e e ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

Kx

Le er e etermin tion roo e t e e t imen ion

J Kx

t e φ B

in n e

AA

in ire tion urin o in L

Lt e

φ

G t re

u

on - t e

Lt e m er

24-φ ounter ore φ

Lo

ort : G t re e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

8

A

G

G

V

X

AB

φ A

W

*3

e e e ort φP *3 on - t e

A

*3

φ

*3

φ

G

*1

Lo ort φP *3 on - t e

M

4- A t re

r

Lo ort : rin on - t e

Att

Kx

Kx

*2

ution *2 e A t re e t or mountin o t i to e i e t e u tomer or in to t e mountin ei t u in t e imen ion re eren e *3 i imen ion o - : et t e 1 ou ne o mountin ur e rin e ur e ou e 3 or e

e

e

Pi in t e e e e ort : rin on - t e

Att

: A t re

e

ution *1 ountin o t not u ie Pre re mountin o t or in to t e mountin u in t e imen ion re eren e 1 Pre re in e er n mountin o t o n P39 P42

i

r

in

o

i in t e t e re e e

Release port : A t re ei t

Lock port : A t re

o ition o

LB-2

-


P

A

o e in n e Lo in er re m or e

ormu

m2

LB 4 -2LB -2LB 8 -2LB1 -2LB1 -2LB2 -2LB25 -2LB4 -23 ° 45° ° 3 ° 45° ° 3 ° 45° ° 3 ° 45° ° 3 ° 45° ° 3 ° 45° ° 3 ° 45° ° 3 ° 45° ° 1 5 1 453 1 979 28 4 4 17 134 8 198 12 37 P

*4

u

tro e mm in tro e mm Lock stroke mm in er it t o e m3 t re e e o er tin re ure P in o er tin re ure *5 P e i n re ure P er tin tem er ture in n e re e t i it e e t ur o in o ition ter in ei t *

1 94

P 3 L

1 4 11 11 7 24 3 37 8 1 11 12 15 1 17

7 57

P 24L

1 4 11 2 24 32 8 15 1 2 22

5 53

12 4

12 9 13 8 29 38 1 17 2 27 23 2 27

P 147L

9

12

3

P 94L

14 7 13 1 14 2 47 31 42 1 29 37 4 29 45 49

3 7

3 91

2 59

15 3 1 53 3 43 53 35 7 42

/ 45

P 4 L

17

17 8 19 17 19 1 48 4 1 13 13 9 7 4 7 9 1 8 11 7 9 7 4 7 9 1 8 11 7

7 3 5

17

/ 29

P 28L 2 7 12 12

1 32

P 18L

87

21 1 22 8 51 8 1 17 3 18 7 17 3 18 7

24 8

22 2 24 4 2 84 1 2 2 27 5 3 2 2 2 27 5 3 2

57

83

11L 2 1 32 9 32 9

°±3° 37

em r *4 : m or e P: r u i re ure P L : i t n e mm rom enter o i ton to m oint *5 inimum re ure to o er te t e m it no o rie e en in on t e ei t o m e er n mountin ttitu e * o t e ei t o t e in m unit in u in t e in e er

o e in n e A B

G J Kx L M

P R

V W X AA AB A A A B m er Lo ort/ - t e e e e ort - t e rin - t e

A LB 4 -23 45 1 8 9 1 9 5 11 2 49 5 47 32 77 5 51 5 2 33 1 5 11 18 7 15 22 9 3 9 55 24 12 4 13 13 7 14 19 21 9 22 5 23 2 95 12 5 45 5 14 3 5 8 3 14 3 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

LB

G -2-

3 45 114 4 115 2 11 53 5 55 3 8 54 2 35 18 5 12 21 78 15 24 9 3 11 8 24 12 4 13 2 14 1 22 23 4 24 2 25 11 14 48 5 18 4 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

LB 8 -23 45 129 9 13 8 131 7 5 5 57 39 9 4 2 3 5 2 13 5 22 83 15 25 5 1 3 11 8 24 14 9 15 8 1 7 18 25 27 4 28 3 29 2 12 5 1 58 5 18 4 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

A LB1 -23 45 143 1 144 2 145 3 4 7 4 5 98 72 2 4 24 1 27 93 15 29 12 3 14 9 24 15 1 1 2 17 3 22 3 3 1 31 2 32 3 15 19 5 78 5 18 4 8 3 14 4 G1/8 A 2 1BP5

LB1 -2LB2 -23 45 3 45 1 7 1 8 8 17 18 1 187 189 1 71 5 84 5 71 9 53 35 115 12 5 88 9 5 27 3 43 5 52 28 32 5 2 22 5 27 5 35 98 118 1 1 5 32 5 38 14 17 3 5 14 17 5 9 11 25 28 18 19 8 21 19 21 1 22 25 3 34 4 35 3 8 38 39 41 1 42 17 2 22 2 9 1 7 95 18 18 4 8 1 3 4 14 19 4 5 G1/8 G1/4 A 2 A 4 1BP5 1BP7

G

mm

LB25 -23 45 213 1 214 8 21 99 5 84 71 144 114 3 57 5 42 32 32 132 1 5 43 5 19 5 17 5 11 28 23 1 24 8 2 35 5 4 4 1 47 8 49 23 31 13 25 95 1 4 19

LB4 -23 45 241 2 243 245 118 1 2 9 1 2 12 3 7 51 4 4 148 22 5 53 2 5 2 14 33 24 2 2 4 28 45 55 51 7 53 9 5 1 27 5 39 5 17 5 13 22 8 12 4 19

G1/4 A 4 1BP7

G1/4 A 4 1BP7

18

LB-2-

L


L in e er

n

: TLZ-L2

t n r

mm

Model Corresponding product model A B C D E F G

K

L

B P

M thread

φ

N

E J K L M N P Z

Z

A C C G±0.1

F±0.1 φ

i tnin e

LZ -L2 L 22 25 11 0 1 -0.016 18 11 14 7 85 3 15 5 8 1

LZ 8 -L2 L 8 25 2 12 5 0 18 -0.016 19 12 14 7 85 3 1 8 1

LZ1 -L2 L 1 3 32 15 0 22 -0.020 23 14 75 17 5 8 75 1 5 4 18 1 1 25

4 2 1 5

2 12

2 145

2 1

LZ1 -L2 L 1 34 3 17 0 25 -0.020 2 5 17 2 1 12 5 4 22 12 1 5 1 2 17

LZ2 -L2 LZ25 -L2 L 2 L 25 4 4 45 53 2 23 0 3 -0.020 35 5 -0 25 31 5 3 5 2 23 5 23 2 11 5 13 14 5 1 5 5 7 2 5 31 14 1 5 1 1 5 1 1 2 2 175 185

LZ4 -L2 L 4 55 7 27 5 45 -0 25 4 29 75 32 1 21 9 42 2 2 1 2 22

Cautions 1 teri : 5 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed. 3. The lever phase definite decision is necessary. Make additional machining using below chart for machining dimensions. 4. If you design and manufacture levers, the mounting dimensions should match above chart. If you manufacture the swing lever with different dimensions than the list above, it could lead to malfunctions, including poor clamp force not up to specification, deformation and scrapping. 5 e t e ti tnin o t or e er e r te

o t or e er oe G

LZ 4 -L2 TL 4 19 22 95 0 14 -0.016 15 9 25 11 55 5 2 13 5

: LZ-LB

t n r B

mm

Model TLZ0400-LB LZ -LB LZ 8 -LB LZ1 -LB LZ1 -LB LZ2 -LB LZ25 -LB LZ4 -LB L L 8 L 1 L 1 L 2 L 25 L 4 Corresponding product model TL 4 A 20 22 23 28 32 40 46 61 B 6 8 8 10 12 14 16 20 C 7 9 1 11 13 1 18 23 D 6 8 8 10 12 14 16 20 E 8 1 8 1 1 1 25 12 1 5 14 1 5 1 1 5 2 1 5 F 10 13 13 16 18 21 24 30 G 5 8 1 12 14 17

E thread

A

φ

φ

C

Cautions 1. If you design and manufacture lever connecting bolt, machine according to above dimension chert and use class 12.9 material.

PA

A

AL A

Machine it in the necessary place

φ

mm

Cautions 1 teri : 5 2. When determining phase hole is necessary, refer to the swing lever design dimensions for each model. If no need to determine phase, additional machining is not necessary.

A +0.2 0

E

G

Corresponding lever model LZ 4 -L2 LZ -L2 LZ 8 -L2 LZ1 -L2 LZ1 -L2 LZ2 -L2 LZ25 -L2 LZ4 -L2 E 15 18 19 23 2 5 31 5 3 5 4 FA 13 13 14 18 19 5 24 5 27 75 38 FB 25 35 35 35 4 55 55 75 FC 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 8 FD 34 45 45 45 45 5 5 9

B

L

+0.1 0

L

φ

P


in e er


OUTLINE DIMENSIONS in e er n : LZ-L 1 n o in ort Ameri

mm

i ntnin in

Model Corresponding product model A B C D E F G

o t or e er

φ

(U) (T)

K

B P

K

(S)

N

N e

on nut

E

Type 1 or type 2 12 m teri

L Z

F

1

C

C G

A

1

φ

e

i tenin o t or e er : LZ-LB n o in ort Ameri oe G

B

LZ 8 -L 1 L 8 25 2 12 5 18 - 1 2 12 13 4 1 85 25 125

2 4 55 4 15 12 8 1

2 4 55 4 5 145 8 1

LZ1 -L 1 L 1 3 32 15 22 - 2 25 14 75 17 4 2 5 1 5 3 135

LZ1 -L 1 L 1 34 3 17 25 - 2 28 17 19 4 22 8 12 5 4 142 1 2

LZ2 -L 1 LZ25 -L 1 L 2 L 25 4 4 45 53 2 23 3 - 2 35 5 - 25 33 37 5 2 23 5 22 5 24 5 2 5 29 14 5 1 5 5 142 147 5 1 1 2 2 2 5 8 7 8 9 1 5 7 1 1 1 1 1 17 175 185 1 1 25 12 1 5 14 1 5 1 1 5

LZ4 -L 1 L 4 55 7 27 5 45 - 25 47 5 29 75 3 5 3 21 7 172 5 1 2 8 13 9 1 22 2 15

mm

Model LZ 4 -LB LZ -LB LZ 8 -LB LZ1 -LB LZ1 -LB LZ2 -LB LZ25 -LB LZ4 -LB L L 8 L 1 L 1 L 2 L 25 L 4 Corresponding product model TL 4 A 24 28 28 35 39 47 55 73 B 8 8 1 12 14 1 2 C 8 11 11 12 15 17 19 25 D 8 8 1 12 14 1 2 E 8 1 8 1 1 1 25 12 1 5 14 1 5 1 1 5 2 1 5 F 1 13 13 1 18 21 24 3 G 5 8 1 12 14 17

E thread

A C

φ

φ

LZ -L 1 L 22 25 11 1 - 1 19 11 13 4 1 85 25 1 1

Cautions 1 teri : 5 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed. 3. The lever phase definite decision is necessary. Make additional machining using below chart for machining dimensions. 4. If you design and manufacture levers, the mounting dimensions should match above chart. If you manufacture the swing lever with different dimensions than the list above, it could lead to malfunctions, including poor clamp force not up to specification, deformation and scrapping. 5 e t e ti tnin o t or e er e r te

R

e

J K L N P R S T U Z on nut

LZ 4 -L 1 TL 4 19 22 95 14 - 1 15 9 25 1 4 12 5 2 9 4 2 3 4 3 1 1 5

Cautions 1. If you design and manufacture lever connecting bolt, machine according to above dimension chert and use class 12.9 material.

P

L

L

PA

A

AL A

Machine it in the necessary place

Cautions 1 teri : 5 2. When determining phase hole is necessary, refer to the swing lever design dimensions for each model. If no need to determine phase, additional machining is not necessary.

2

1

FB

φ

1

A

mm

Corresponding lever model LZ 4 -L 1 LZ -L 1 LZ 8 -L 1 LZ1 -L 1 LZ1 -L 1 LZ2 -L 1 LZ25 -L 1 LZ4 -L 1 E 15 19 2 25 28 33 37 5 47 5 A 13 13 14 18 19 5 24 5 27 75 38 FB 25 35 35 35 4 55 55 75 FC 3 4 4 4 4 8 FD 34 45 45 45 45 5 5 9

φ

E

G


OUTLINE DIMENSIONS in e er n : LZ-L 2 n o in ort Ameri n u e it o tion P m

mm

B

1

F

E

R

L/2

L/2 L

C

A

D

φG

8

Model LZ 4 -L 2 Corresponding product model TL 4 -2P A 17 B 2 C 85 D 85 E 7 F 14 18 G L 1 2 R 35

LZ L

-L 2 LZ 8 -L 2 -2P L 8 -2P 2 23 22 22 1 12 1 11 8 8 1 18 8 22 8 22 11 12 4 4

LZ1 -L 2 L 1 -2P 27 25 15 12 1 23 22 1 15 5

LZ1 -L 2 L 1 -2P 3 5 32 17 13 5 13 2 12 27 172 5

LZ2 -L 2 L 2 -2P 3 5 35 2 1 5 1 31 15 27 198 8

LZ25 -L 2 L 25 -2P 42 45 22 2 18 3 5 18 + 27 234 9

LZ4 -L 2 L 4 -2P 5 5 55 2 24 5 24 4 22 33 274 12

Cautions 1 teri : 5 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed. 3. Use the threaded hole on the top of clamp rod if lever attitude retention is necessary. 4. If you design and manufacture levers, the mounting dimensions should match above chart. If different dimensions are used, problems such as not enough clamping force, deforming, sticking, oil leak, etc can happen and cause malfunction. 5 e t e e er in e r te

Bolt

Retainer for maintaining the lever position Swing lever

Snap ring

Le er in : LZ-LP n o in ort Ameri n u e it o tion P

mm

7

Model LZ 4 -LP LZ -LP LZ 8 -LP LZ1 -LP -2P L 8 -2P L 1 -2P Corresponding product model TL 4 -2P L - 1 - 13 - 13 - 13 G - 22 8 - 28 8 - 28 1 - 28 L 24 4 27 27 31 -4 -8 n rin Att e Cautions 1 e 2 A

LZ1 -LP L 1 -2P 12 -- 134 38 5 -1

m e LZ-LP t e in e er in or i in e er in t t i i erent rom t i

LZ2 -LP LZ25 -LP LZ4 -LP L 2 -2P L 25 -2P L 4 -2P 15 -- 134 18 -- 134 22 -- 241 4 5 51 1 -15 -18 -22

n e e er t e t o ue i ne e

r

Swing lever

m L

φG

Lever pin

2


ee

ontro

e

it

BZ i t e ire t mount G t re ti

e t u e in t e ir uit

or t e

n roni e

A ition

ir

im ro in *1 t

P

ee

n in i i u

n e ente

*1

e or i in met o : t e

o ernin

e

nnot e mounte

r

t t e om onent r ui

tem t e

m : LA/ LB

A

B L BZ

1

-A

BZ

G1/8 1.1 2

i e

e re P2 P1: ree o in ire tion e re in

2

-A

BZ -A: eter-in

eter-in

ontro met o G t re

r

un tion :BZ

u tment i ne e

e in t e on i in met o

o e

in

ontro

ere t e o

t i it o t e

n on

ir entin

*2

mm2 mm2

re ure

G1/4 3.1 5

P

o er tin re ure

P

in o er tin re ure

P

ui to e u e

Gener

r ui

L 8 *-1 L 1 *-1 L 1 *-1

L 8 L 1 L 1

er tin tem er ture orre on in ro u t mo e

em r *2 e t e

e re en t e ontro in i e i u e re o n in t e i t o e

4 35 1 oi e ui 7 *-2 *-2 *-2

ent to

P2

m lock port

nto

L 2 *-2 L 25 *-2 L 4 *-2

me

L

L m LA/ LB ei Att e . 35

L o e

t re in G t re

A B

Pa

-A

ma

φB

P2

BZ

G H

e L P1 o e

open

e K e A

L m m

m

- G-32

L 2 *-1 L 25 *-1 L 4 *-1

o ene i t e

P1

i tnin tor ue

mm

BZ

1 -A 14 15 5 15 12 85 12 G1/8 3 35 1 3 75 1 ・m

BZ

2 -A 18 2 1 13 95 1 1 G1/4 3 35 1 3 75 25 ・m

Cautions 1 P e e mount it ire t to t e m m e o e : LA n LB i nnot e u e or ot er tu tor u our L erie 2 en t e in er it i m it i i o i et t t e ee o o nnot e ontro e ro er e ommen e in er it :more t n 3 m3 3 A i it i u e in t e r u i ir uit or i erent ur o e


G t re

u

it

ZG i t e u

it

ir entin

oreo er ir i

ente

*3 t

n on

P

un tion : ZG *3

ir entin un tion

i

on i t o t e G t re

u

n

e i

t t e e ui ment en i e BZ im ro in t e t i it o t e

e in t e on i in met o

t e

in r ui

tem

m : LA/ LB

A

o e o er tin re ure e i n re ure G t re i e i tenin tor ue

ZG 1

ZG 2 35 42

P P m L 4 L L 8 L 1 L 1

orre on in ro u t mo e

G1/8 1 *-1 L 4 *-2 *-1 L *-2 *-1 L 8 *-2 *-1 L 1 *-2 *-1 L 1 *-2

G1/4 25 L 2 *-1 L 2 *-2 L 25 *-1 L 25 *-2 L 25 *-1 L 25 *-2

L

L in

e

mm

ZG 1 14 35 8 5 G1/8

A B C

φA

ei Att e

L o e

G

ZG 2 19 45 9 G1/4

oe G t re C

B

APPL A L

L in

m

ZG G t re

Cautions 1. BZT

ee

ontro

e

ZG G t re

u

BZT Speed control valve

u

e e e ort

Lo

n on

m

ort

e in t e on Pi in met o

e e e ort

t e

m : LA/ LB

Lo

ort

BZ / ZG

in


Cautions for Design 1) Check the specifications The maximum hydraulic pressure is 35 MPa and the minimum 7.0 MPa. However, the maximum operating pressure and clamp pressure will vary depending on the length of the swing lever. If a load that exceeds the operating range is exerted it could lead to deformation, scraping, oil leak, etc. refer to the performance graph on P5 8 and use the appropriate pressure for the length of the swing lever used.

2) Considerations when designing the circuit Insure there is no possibility of supplying hydraulic pressure to the lock and release ports simultaneously (TL -2 only). Speed control circuit for single-action cylinder If flow is restricted during release, action may be slow or erratic. Flow controls for locking should free-flow during release. Also, each actuators should have dedicated flow controllers when possible.

When the speed during release exceeds prescribed value, use flow control valve with cleck valve and also control flow volume during release.

The release of the lateral flow control

Speed control circuit for double-action cylinder Use meter-in flow controls for lock and release of double-action cylinders. Meter-out controls can cause abnormally high pressure leading to oil leakage or malfunction. [meter-in circuit]

[meter-out circuit]

3) Considerations for reducing lever arm moment of inertia. Large moment of inertia will degrade the lever’s stopping accuracy and cause undue wear to the clamp. Additionally, the clamp may not function, depending on supplied hydraulic pressure and lever mounting position. Set the 90°swing time according the ”90°swing time graph”on P9 1 based on the moment of inertia. 4) When using a swing clamp on a welding jig or other such equipment, protect the sliding surface of the piston rod. If spatter gets onto the sliding surface it could lead to malfunction and oil leaks. 5) When clamping on a sloped surface on the workpiece Make sure the clamp surface and the mounting surface on the workpiece are parallel.


Cautions for Mounting 1

e e t t e orre t o er tin ui Refer to the Hydraulic fluid list.

(3) Shake the tubes to break the seal (without detaching the tube from the fitting) until oil flows out. Continue to supply pressure until the leaking oil contains no air.

2) Precautions for installing piping Flush the pipes, joints and jig oil holes to make sure they are clean. Chips and foreign material in the circuit will lead to leaks and malfunction. There is no function provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the hydraulic system and pipes. When installing the piping, do so in a clean working environment and follow directions faithfully so that foreign materials do not get into the equipment. 3) Mounting the Unit For mounting the main unit, put a bolt in each of the mounting bolt holes and tighten them according to the torque in the following chart. Excessive torque can damage the seating surface or break the bolt. LA 4 LA LA 8 LA1 LA1 LA2 LA25 LA4

Model 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L

4 -2 -2 8 -2 1 -2 1 -2 2 -2 25 -2 4 -2

Thread size 5 8

Tightening torque 9 11 8 11 8 25 25 58 8 58 8 98

8 8 1 1 12

(4) When no more air is mixed in tighten the box nut back. (5) Efficiency can be further improved by releasing air at the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit and near the terminal clamp. (When using a gasket-type, install an air release valve near the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit.)

m

it

et t e

t e

ir ee in

n e one u in

ZG u

It is recommended that you use hexagon socket head cap bolts 12 9 ten i e tren t 4) Mounting and removing the swing lever Oil or debris on the mating surfaces of the lever, taper sleeve or piston rod can cause the rod to loosen. Clean carefully before ssembly. Lever arm mounting bolt torques are shown below. LA 4 LA LA 8 LA1 LA1 LA2 LA25 LA4

Model 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L 1-1 / L

Thread size 4 -2 -2 8 -2 1 -2 1 -2 2 -2 25 -2 4 -2

Tightening torque 13 32 32 3 100 1 25 5

8 1 8 1 1 1 25 12 1 5 14 1 5 1 15 2 2

m

5) Purge air from hydraulic circuit If the hydraulic circuits have air in them the system will react slowly. After installation, or if the circuit is opened subsequently, follow the procedure below to purge the air from the circuit. 1

et t e

tem u

re ure to

o

ettin

6) Speed adjustment Refer to the “90°swing time graph” on P9 1 in the catalogue to adjust the speed. If the clamp operates too fast the parts will wear out and become damaged more quickly leading to equipment failure. Only adjust the speed after releasing the air from the circuit. If air is mixed in the circuit you will not be able to accurately adjust the speed. Turn the speed control valve gradually from the low-speed side (small flow) to the high-speed side (large flow) to adjust the speed. 7) Checking for looseness and additional tightening After initially installing the equipment the tightening force of the bolts will drop due to initial breaking in. Check for looseness and tighten the bolts when necessary.

2 P or e

Caution

(2) Loosen a fitting nut closest to the swing clamp by one turn.


r ui

ui

i t ISO viscosity grade ďźš ISO-VG-32

Manufacturer Showa Shell Sekiyu Idemitsu Kosan Eneos Cosmo Oil JOMO Esso Mobil Kygnus Fuji Kosan Matsumura Oil Sunoco Castrol

Abrasion resisting hydraulic oil Tellus Oil 32 Daphne Super Hydraulic 32A Super Highland 32 Cosmo Hydro AW32 Hydrax 32 Nuto H32 Mobil DTE24 Unit Oil WR32 Fukkol Super Hydrol 32 Hydrol AW32 Sunvis 832 Hyspin AWS32

General purpose oil Tellus Oil C32 Super Multi 32 Super Mulpus 32 Cosmo New Mighty Super 32 Lathus 32 Nuto 32 Mobil DTE24 Light Unit Oil P32 Fukkol Hydrol DX32 Sunvis 932

Cautions Some of the products in the list are difficult to obtain overseas, so if you are going to purchase them overseas contact the manufacturer.


Cautions for use 1) The product should be operated by trained personnel. Operation and maintenance of machines and systems which use hydraulic pressure equipment should be performed by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not operate or remove equipment without first ensuring your safety. (1) Perform inspections and maintenance of the machines and systems after making sure no objects will fall and the equipment will not accidentally operate. (2) When removing equipment, check to make sure the Safety Notes mentioned above have been taken and then shut off the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Remove the equipment only after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit.

(3) When removing equipment right after operation, the equipment may still be hot, so wait until it cools off. (4) When restarting the machine or system, make sure the bolts and parts are secure and in place first. 3) Do not touch the swing clamp while it is being operated. Your hand could get stuck resulting in injury. 4) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.

Maintenance and inspection 1) Removing equipment and blocking pressure source. Before removing equipment secure the clamped objects from falling, lock out the air and the power for hydraulic source and bleed all hydraulic pressure from the circuit. When restarting the equipment, first check that all mounting bolts and other parts are in place and secure.

3) When the system is equipped with a coupler to disconnect the hydraulic supply air will enter the circuit. Be sure to purge the air periodically. 4) Inspect the tightness of hydraulic fittings and other fasteners routinely. 5) Check the hydraulic fluid for degradation.

2) Clean around the piston rod periodically. If the rod is used when the surface is dirty it could lead to damage to the packing and sealing, malfunctions or oil leaks.

6) Check that operation is smooth and without abnormal sounds. When equipment is returned to service after disuse, check for proper operation. 7) When storing the clamps, keep it out of direct sunlight in a cool location where it is protected from water. 8) For overhaul and repairs, please contact us.

Warranty 1) Warranty period The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter. 2) Warranty scope If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to some fault of ours, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. However, defects or failures caused by the following are not covered:

(4) The cause was due to some factor other than our product. (5) The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation. (6) The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own. (7) Parts and replacements necessary due to normal wear and tear. rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical equipment, etc.)

(1) Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed

(3) The user did not use or handle the product properly. including damages caused by a third party

Caution

Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered. (2) The product was not properly designed by user or user’ s agent.


h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p

1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401

Certification acquisition of ISO HEAD OFFICE / KANSAI OFFICE / OVERSEAS OFFICE KANTO OFFICE / CHUBU OFFICE

CAT.NO.TLA001-03-02 Printed in Japan

JQA-QMA10823 2008. 5. First 2010. 4. Third

1Ry 1Ry


7MPa Single-action link clamp

model

LM/LJ


Single-action link clamp Cross-sectional structure and features

LM/LJ

High-power, compact clamp

Long-life, high durability Exclusive trap valve isolates the spring housing from the external atmosphere. Coolant is kept out eliminating internal corrosion. Also, cumbersome vent port isn't required.

High force through optimal design

Superior coolant resistance

Each part has been optimized for high clamping force.

A strong seal has been achieved with a specially designed dust seal, which can also be used with high-pressure coolant. The use of a highly chemical resistant material makes it highly durable even when chlorine-based coolant is used.

Directly mount speed control available

Lightweight aluminum alloy Lightweight aluminum alloy body is ideal for moving fixtures and high speed indexing. This low inertia reduces load on jig and machine. (LM0360-LM0750)

Speed and synchronization are easily adjusted when equipped with direct mount speed controllers. Air venting is quick with speed controller or air vent valve. Speed controller and air valve are for use with manifold (C type) hydraulic supply. Speed control valve (Model BZL) Assembly diagram

Air venting diagram

Three clamp directions available Three available orientations allow greater design flexibility model BZL Air venting valve

model JZG Lever direction (viewed from the port side)

L: Left

Compact design model BZX

1

7MPa

(Refer to page 11)

Even being single-action, it is very compact.

ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p

C: Center

R: Right


model

LM/LJ

INDEX

Model code

LM/LJ

3

Performance Graph

5

LM/LJ Standard type

7

Clamp with link mechanism

Lever design dimensions/accessories

9

Remarks

15

KOSM EK LTD .

2


Single-action link clamp Single-action link clamp

Model code

L

048 0 - C R 1

2

3

4

5

1 Body material M : Aluminum alloy (Body size: 036-075)

J : Steel

(Body size: 090-105)

2 Body size Shows the exterior diameter ( cylinder on the main unit

D) of the D

3 Design No.

C

G

S

4 Piping methods

C : Gasket type (with G thread plug) G : Gasket type S : Pipe type (Rc thread) Pipe type

Gasket type with G thread plug Speed controller can be installed

5 Lever direction

L

Rc thread

C

L : Left C : Center R : Right Notes 1 The aluminum alloy body material (LM) is for body sizes 036-075, and the steel (LJ) is for body sizes 090 and 105. 2 With the gasket type, the one with the alluminum alloy body (LM) has no Rc thread, while the one with the steel body (LJ) has a plug on the Rc thread.

7MPa

ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p

R


Model code

LM/LJ

model Speed control valve (with air venting function) *1

1

2

Model code

BZL 0 1 0 0 - A 3

1 G thread size

1 : G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8 2 Design No.

3 Type of control

BZL-A:Meter-in

BZL-B:Meter-out

A : Meter-in B : Meter-out *1 Can only be installed on C-type piping system.

P1 Port Hydraulic pressure supply side

P2 Port Clamp side

P1 Port Hydraulic pressure supply side

P2 Port Clamp side

Air bleed valve *2

BZX 0 1 0 1

2

1 G thread size

1 : G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8 2 Design No. *2 Can only be installed on C-type piping system.

G thread plug (with air bleed function) *3

JZG 0 1 0 1

2

1 G thread size

1: G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8 2 Design No. *3 Shipped assembled on C-type piping system.

KOSM EK LTD .


Single-action link clamp Performance Curve Non-usable range

Clamp force (kN)

25

5

2 33 5 13 5 15 40 20 1

50 30

Non-usable range

3

2

0

3

4

0 3 5 0 4 5 80 5 5 100 5

3

0

35 5

Non-usable range

4

42 1 5

50 24 5

2

0 34 5 80 54 5

1

100 4 5 120 4 5

0

5

LM0650

2

3

4

LM0750 Non-usable range

5

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

40 5

8

5

3

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

40 10

35

Non-usable range

5

50 2 5

5

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

LM0550

30

40 1 5

1

30 4 5

4

3 5 14

0 40 0 50 80 0 100 80

05

50 15

50

5 0 1 5

Non-usable range

12

50 20

3

0 30

2

80 50 100 0 120 0

0

2

3

4

5

4

80 45

3

100 120 140 1 0

2

0

100 50 120 0 140 1 0 180 200

4

0 10

0 110 130 150

5 25

10

8

80 3 5

100 5 5 120 5 140 5 1 0 11 5

4

2

0

2

3

4

5

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

80 20

Non-usable range

28

1

8

5

32

5 2 5

12

4

LJ1052 0 20

Clamp force (kN)

Non-usable range

3

5 85 105 125

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

0 10

20

5

2

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

LJ0902

5 5 21 5

Clamp force (kN)

4

Clamp force (kN)

Clamp force (kN)

5

Clamp force (kN)

5 35

24 20

110 50

1 130 0 12

150 0 1 0 110

8

210 150 230 1 0

4

0

2

3

4

5

2

0

3

4

5

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

Remarks 1. This graph shoTws the relationship between supply pressure and clamp force. 2. If used outside the permitted range it could cause deformation, dragging or oil leaks. Notes

1. Clamp force is found by substituting lever length and hydraulic pressure in the formulas in the specifications column. (see page 8). 2. Cylinder thrust (L=0) cannot be found with the formula.

−How to read performance curve diagrams (How to find clamp force) E.g.)

Type

Type : LM0480 LM0480 Supplied hydraulic 4 pressure : 5.0 MPa Lever length : L=42 mm Clamp force :approximately 1.94 kN L

Clamp force (kN)

Performance Curve

2 5

LM0480

25 2 5

Clamp force (kN)

LM0400

22 5 2 5

3

Clamp force (kN)

LM0360

Non-usable range 30 4 5 35

3

42 1

0 34 5 80 54 5 100 4 5 120 4 5

1

2

3

4

5

Supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa)

h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p

35

5

5

50 24 5

2

0

7MPa

5

Standard lever dimensions 42 1

5

Lever length L 50 24 5 Clearance between lever and flange S


Standard type

model

LM/LJ

Allowable eccentricity graph LM0400

50

LM0480

50

3.5MPa

30

5.0MPa 20

6.0MPa 10

30

5.0MPa 20

6.0MPa 10

7.0MPa

7.0MPa 0 20

30

40

50

0

0

80

0

0 20

100

30

Lever length L (mm)

40

50

0

0

80

0

30

20

6.0MPa 10

7.0MPa 0

100

5.0MPa

20

40

Lever length L (mm)

0

80

100

120

Lever length L (mm)

LM0650

LM0550 0

3.5MPa

40

Eccentricity H (mm)

40

Eccentricity H (mm)

Eccentricity H (mm)

40

50

3.5MPa

LM0750 80

3.5MPa

3.5MPa

80

3.5MPa 0

40

5.0MPa

30

20

6.0MPa

10

0 30

7.0MPa

0

5.0MPa 40

6.0MPa 20

7.0MPa 0

40

50

0

0

80

0

100

110

120

30

50

Lever length L (mm)

0

0

110

130

Lever length L (mm)

LJ0902

120

50

5.0MPa

40 30

6.0MPa

20

7.0MPa

10 0 30

50

0

0

110

130

150

Lever length L (mm)

3.5MPa

3.5MPa 100

Eccentricity H (mm)

80

Eccentricity H (mm)

0

LJ1052

100

0

5.0MPa 40

6.0MPa 20

7.0MPa 0 50

150

Eccentricity H (mm)

Eccentricity H (mm)

Eccentricity H (mm)

50

80

5.0MPa 0

40

6.0MPa

20

7.0MPa

0 0

0

110

130

150

1 0

0

1 0

80

Lever length L (mm)

100

120

140

1 0

180

200

220

Lever length L (mm)

Remarks 1. These graphs show the relationship between allowable eccentricity and lever length with respect to hydraulic pressure. 2. Use under eccentricity that exceeds the allowable amount can lead to deformation, scraping, oil leaks or other problems.

−How to read allowable eccentricity graphs

Eccentricity

Supplied hydraulic pressure

Type

LM0480 50

3.5MPa

40

Eccentricity H (mm)

Type : LM0480 Supplied hydraulic pressure : 5.0 MPa Lever length : L=80 mm Allowable eccentricity :18.3 mm

Lever length L

E.g.)

30

5.0MPa

20

6.0MPa 10

7.0MPa 0

20

40

0

80

100

120

Lever length L (mm)

KOSM EK LTD .

Allowable eccentricity graph

LM0360


Single-action link clamp Exterior Dimensions

Machining dimensions for mounting portion

C : Gasket type (with G thread plug) This drawing shows the released position of LM/LJ-CC.

Trap valve

2-Chamfer 1 Link lever (Accessories)

Hydraulic pressure port P

(-C/-G Type) 4-CA thread Make sure there are no burrs G thread plug (-C type only) Hydraulic pressure port (G thread) Speed controller can only be installed on –C type

Counterbore

LM/LJ

Locking stroke Stroke allowance

Chamfer 2

Chamfer 2

Remarks 3 The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. 4 The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference.

Piping methods G : Gasket type (with R thread plug) This drawing shows the released position of LJ-GC. There is no R thread plug (Rc thread) on LM036-075.

Hydraulic pressure port: O ring (supplied) (-C/-G Type)

R thread plug

S : Pipe type (Rc thread) This drawing shows the released position of LM/LJ-SC.

Remarks 1 The flange’ s angle of tilt is 12° on LM0650 only. 2 Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.

7MPa

h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p

Hydraulic pressure port Rc thread


Standard type

model

LM/LJ

Specifications Model Locking cylinder area Clamping capacity (formula) 5 Full stroke 6 Locking stroke 6 Stroke allowance Cylinder volume Return spring force Maximum operating pressure Minimum operating pressure Pressure resistance Operating temperature Weight 7 Notes 5 F: Clamp force (kN); P: Hydraulic pressure (MPa); L: Distance (mm) from center of piston to clamp point 6 Shows the stroke of the piston rod. 7 Shows the weight of the clamp unit minus the link lever.

Exterior dimension chart and machining dimension chart for mounting portion

LM/LJ

Model

Chamfer 1 Chamfer 2

Hydraulic pressure port G thread plug (-C) (Recommended inner diameter of pipe) Hydraulic pressure port R thread plug (-G) (Recommended inner diameter of pipe) O ring Hydraulic pressure port (Rc thread) (-S) Remarks 1. The recommended inner pipe diameters in the chart are reference values. Make appropriate changes according to the number of clamps used and the distance from the piping.

KOSM EK LTD .


Single-action link clamp Link lever design dimensions

Compatible Models

Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing link levers.

Lever design dimensions

Remarks 1) Design and manufacture the link lever referring to the performance curve for the length. (see page 5). 2) If you manufacture a link lever with different dimensions than the chart above, it could lead to malfunctions, including poor clamp force not up to specification, deformation and scraping.

7MPa

ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p


Standard type

model

LM/LJ

Standard link lever : LZ-LJ1

Compatible Models

Nuts (3 types)

Quenching

HRC 50 or higher

Notes 1) Material S45C

Material link lever : LZ-LJ2 Model Compatible Models

Accessories

Notes 1) Material S45C 2) Perform additional machining on the end as necessary.

Manifold block : LZ-MS Model Compatible Models

ring

P face

O ring

Notes 1) Material S45C 2) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the C dimensions as a reference. 3) If you need a different thickness (dimension C) than the block, perform additional machining on the P face. Alternatively, refer to this drawing to manufacture it on your own.

KOSM EK LTD .

1


Single-action link clamp Speed Control Valve (with air venting function) : BZL 1 BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type. It is best used in the in the circuit where the flow governing valve cannot be mounted, or the synchronized and individual adjustment is necessary. Additionally, air can be vented at the component, improving stability of the hydraulic system. 1 It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.

Specifications

Circuit Symbol

Model

meter-in

Maximum Use Pressure

Max. rated pressure

P1 port

Controlling Method

Hydraulic prssure supply side

G thread size Cracking pressure

P2 port Clamp side

meter-out

Maximum passage area

Tightening torque

Remarks 1. The maximum passage area when the controlling side is fully opened is the same as the maximum passage area shown in the table above.

P1 port Hydraulic prssure supply side

P2 port Clamp side

External Dimensions M thread

(Link clamp) Special packing

G thread

(Attached)

Corresponding Product Model

P2 port Clamping side

Closed

Open

Hexagonal K

max.H max.C

Hexagonal A

Accessories

P1 port Hydraulic supply side

Processing dimensions for the mounting area (Flat area)

Notes

U thread

(Lower hole Ă˜T flat bottom)

P2 Port Clamping side

Notes As the area is sealing part, pay attention not to damage it. As the area is the metal sealing part at the BZL side, pay attention not to damage it (Notes for deburring) Pay attention to have no cutting powder and burring at the tolerance part of the processing hole.

P1 Port Hydraulic supply side

As shown in the drawing, P1 port is used as the hydraulic supply side and P2 port as the clamping side. If the market available plug and connector with G screw specs are considered to be mounted, “ 1� in the specification list is 12.5. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure.It must be done under lower pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)

11

7MPa

h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p


Speed Control Valve

model

BZL

Flow characteristics graph Hydraulic fluid meter-in

meter-in Control flow direction

Pressure loss

Pressure loss

Control flow direction

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Control flow direction

meter-in

Pressure loss

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Fully closed

Free flowing direction

Flow rate (L/min)

Fully closed

Fully opened

Flow rate (L/min)

Fully opened

Free flowing direction

Fully opened

Fully closed

Pressure loss

Pressure loss

Control flow direction

Control flow direction

Control flow direction

Pressure loss

Pressure loss

Flow rate (L/min)

Pressure loss

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Free flowing direction

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Pressure loss

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Free flowing direction

Free flowing direction

Pressure loss (

Fully closed

Pressure loss

Fully opened

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Free flowing direction

Fully opened

Fully opened

Fully closed

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Accessories

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Fully closed

Pressure loss

KOSM EK LTD .

12


Single-action link clamp Air venting valve : BZX

1

BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type. As it is specially for air venting, it is easy to vent the air within the hydraulic circuit. 1 It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.

Specifications

Circuit Symbol

Model Maximum use pressure Max rated pressure

G thread size Tightening torque (housing)

External Dimensions Housing Locking nut M6 (3 types)

(Link clamp)

Corresponding Product Model

Plug

O ring (attached) G thread

ring

Hexagonal hole 3

Hexagonal 10

Notes 1. Do not over loosen the plug during air venting. (Do not loosen for more than 2 turns from the fully closed status.) 2. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit) 3. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 11)

Hexagonal A

G thread plug (with air venting function) : JZG

2

JZG is the plug with air venting function which consists of the G thread plug and special packing.

Moreover, air is vented at the equipment end like BZL, improving the stability of the hydraulic system.

Accessories

2 It is assembled with Piping Method C Type for delivery.

Specifications Model Maximum use pressure

Max rated pressure

G thread size Tightening torque

External Dimensions Special packing

(Attached)

Model

Corresponding Product Model

Hexagonal hole D

G thread

1

7MPa

ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p

Notes 1. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 11)


Air venting valve/G screw type

model

BZX/JZG

Applications Example LM/LJ Link Clamp

Speed control valve

JZG G thread plug

Hydraulic pressure port

Accessories

Hydraulic pressure port

KOSM EK LTD .

1


Single-action link clamp Design-related Cautions 1) Check the specifications

5) When clamping a sloped surface on the workpiece

– The maximum hydraulic pressure is 7.0 MPa and the minimum 2.5 MPa.

– Make sure the clamp surface and the mounting surface

However, the maximum operating pressure and clamp force will vary

on the workpiece are parallel.

depending on the length of the link lever. If a load that exceeds the operating range is exerted it could lead to deformation, scraping, oil leaks, etc. Refer to the performance curve and use the appropriate pressure for the length of the swing lever used. (see page 5).

6) When using in a dry environment – The link pin can get burnt. Grease it periodically or use a special pin. Contact us for the specifications for special

2) Considerations when designing the circuit

pins.

– When designing the hydraulic pressure circuit, read "Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions," and design the circuit accordingly.

7) When using a speed control valve (BZL)

If the circuit design is flawed, the equipment could be damaged or malfunction. (see page 18).

– Do not attach used BZL valves to other clamps. The metal seal may not close all the way depending on the variation in the underside of the G thread on the clamp,

3) Cautions for link lever design – Make sure no force is applied to the piston rod outside the Uses like the one shown in the figure below will apply a large bending stress to the piston rod and must be avoided.

– If there is eccentricity on the link, use it within the allowable range on the allowable eccentricity graph. (see page 6). 4) When using it on a welding jig or other such equipment,

Cautions for Design

protect the sliding surface of the piston rod and link plate. – If spatter gets onto the sliding surface it could lead to malfunction and oil leaks. (see page 6).

7MPa

The speed control valve (BZL) can only be installed on C-type piping system. (see page 11).

axial direction.

1

thereby preventing adjustment of the flow rate.

h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p


Remarks

model

LM/LJ

Cautions for Mounting 1) Check the fluid to use – Make sure to use the Hydraulic Fluid List to choose the appropriate fluid.

(3) Shake the pipes left and right to loosen the pipes at the joint. Hydraulic fluids with air mixed in will come out.

2) Precautions for installing piping – Flush the pipes, joints and jig oil holes to make sure they are clean. – Chips and foreign material in the circuit will lead to leaks and malfunction. – There is no function provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the hydraulic system and pipes. 3) Using the sealing tape – Leave 1 or 2 turns on the screw and wrap it. – Pieces of the sealing tape can lead to leaks and malfunction. – When installing the piping, do so in a clean working environment and follow directions faithfully so that foreign materials do not get into the equipment. 4) Mounting the Unit – For mounting on the main unit, put a bolt in each of the mounting bolt holes and tighten them according to the torque in the following chart. Tightening with greater torque than recommended can depress the seating surface or burn the bolt. Model

Mounting bolt nominal size

Tightening torque (N m)

(4)When no more air is mixed in tighten the box nut back. (5)Efficiency can be further improved by releasing air at the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit and near the terminal clamp. (When using a gasket-type, install an air release valve near the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit. 7) Speed adjustment – Adjust the speed so that the total time for operation is one second or more. If the clamp operates too fast the parts will wear out and become damaged more quickly leading to equipment failure. – Only adjust the speed after releasing the air from the circuit. If air is mixed in the circuit you will not be able to accurately adjust the speed. – Turn the speed control valve gradually from the low-speed side (small flow) to the high-speed side (large flow) to adjust the speed.

– It is recommended that you use hexagon socket head cap bolts (12.9 tensile strength). 5) Mounting and removing the link lever – When inserting the link pin, do not hit the pin directly with a hammer. When using a hammer to insert the pin, always use a cover plate with a smaller diameter than the snap ring groove on the pin.

8) Checking for looseness and additional tightening – After initially installing the equipment the tightening force of the bolts will drop due to initial breaking in. Check for looseness and tighten the bolt when necessary. ■Hydraulic Fluid List ISO viscosity grade: ISO-VG-32

(1) Set the hydraulic pressure circuit supply pressure to 2 MPa or less. (2)Loosen the box nut on the pipe joint nearest the link clamp by one turn.

Cautions for Mounting

6) Air release in the hydraulic pressure circuit – Using the hydraulic pressure circuit with a large amount of air still in it will cause operations to take an abnormally long time. After installing the piping or if air is fed into the hydraulic tank of the pump while it is empty, make sure to perform the following procedures to release the air.

Abrasion resisting hydraulic oil General purpose oil Manufacturer Tellus Oil 32 Tellus Oil C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu Super Multi 32 Idemitsu Kosan Daphne Super Hydraulic 32A Super Highland 32 Super Mulpus 32 Eneos Cosmo Hydro AW32 Cosmo New Mighty Super 32 Cosmo Oil Hydrax 32 Lathus 32 Japan Energy (JOMO) Nuto H32 Nuto 32 Esso Mobil DTE24 Mobil DTE24 Light ExxonMobil Unit Oil WR32 Unit Oil P32 Kygnus Fukkol Super Hydrol 32 Fukkol Hydrol DX32 Fuji Kosan Hydrol AW32 Matsumura Oil Sunvis 832 Sunvis 932 Sunoco Hi-Tech AW32 Hydrax 32 Mitsui Oil Hyspin AWS32 Castrol

Remark: Some of the products in the chart are difficult to obtain overseas, so if you are going to purchase them overseas contact the manufacturer.

KOSM EK LTD .

1


Single-action link clamp Cautions for Use 1) The product should be operated by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. –Operation and maintenance of machines and systems which use hydraulic pressure equipment should be performed by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not operate or remove equipment without first ensuring your safety.

(3)When removing equipment right after operation, the equipment may still be hot, so wait until it cools off. (4)When restarting the machine or system, make sure the bolts and parts are secure and in place first.

(1)Perform inspections and maintenance of the machines and systems after making sure no objects will fall and the equipment will not accidentally operate.

3) Do not touch the link clamp while it is being operated. Your hand could get stuck resulting in injury.

(2)When removing equipment, check to make sure the safety precautions mentioned above have been taken and then block the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit.

4) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. –If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.

Maintenance and inspection 1) Removing equipment and blocking pressure source –When removing the equipment, make sure measures have been taken to prevent the driven objects from falling and to prevent accidental operation, then block the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Finally, remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit.

3) When a coupler is used to disconnect the equipment, if it is used for long periods of time air will enter the circuit, so be sure to release the air periodically.

–When restarting the equipment, first make sure all the bolts and parts are secure and in place.

5) Check to make sure the hydraulic fluid has not degraded.

2) Clean around the piston rod periodically. –If the rod is used when the surface is dirty it could lead to damage to the packing and sealing, malfunctions or oil leaks.

4) Inspect the equipment periodically to make sure the pipes and mounting bolts/link pins are not loose.

6) Check to make sure operation is smooth without abnormal sounds. –In particular, if the equipment is not used for a long period of time, when it is used again for the first time make sure that it operates properly. 7) When storing the product, keep it out of direct sunlight in a cool location where it is protected from water. 8) For overhaul and repairs, please contact us.

Warranty

Cautions for Handling

1) Warranty period –The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter.

1

(3)The user did not use or handle the product properly. (including damages caused by a third party.) (4)The cause was due to some factor other than our product. (5)The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation. (6)The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own. (7)Parts and replacements necessary due to wear and tear (rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical components, etc.)

2) Warranty scope –If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to some fault of ours, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. However, defects or failures caused by the following are not covered. (1)Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed. (2)The product was used in an imperfect state at the discretion of the user.

7MPa

Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered.

ht t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k .c o .j p


Remarks

model

LM/LJ

Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions When controlling the operating speed of hydraulic cylinders, design the hydraulic pressure circuit taking the following points into consideration. If the circuit design is flawed, the equipment could be damaged or malfunction, so do a thorough review beforehand. Speed control circuit for single-action cylinder In a spring return type single-action cylinder, if the flow rate in the circuit is low at release the release operation can malfunction (sticking and stopping) or take a long time to complete. Use a flow regulating valve with check valve to control the flow rate during the locking operation. Also, as much as possible use a regulating valve on each cylinder to control cylinders with speed restrictions (swing clamps, workpiece supports, etc.).

However, design meter-out circuits taking the following points into consideration. (1)Generally speaking, in systems that use both double-action and single-action cylinders, the same circuit should not be used to control both. The single-action cylinder release operation can malfunction or take a long time to complete.

If there is concern that load may be placed on the cylinder in the direction of the release enough to break it during the release, use a flow regulating valve with check valve to control the flow rate on the release side as well. (the same applies with swing clamps where the weight of the lever is put on the cylinder during release).

If both a single-action and double-action cylinder are used, refer to the following circuit. –Separate the control circuits.

Flow control on release side

Speed control circuit for double-action cylinder When controlling the speed of double-action cylinders, use a meter-out circuit for both the lock and release sides. With meter-in circuits air can get into the hydraulic pressure circuit and prevent speed control.

–Ensure that the double-action cylinder control circuit is not affected by the other. However, depending on the tank line back pressure, the single-action cylinder may operate after the double-action cylinder.

(2)With a meter-out circuit, depending on the flow rate the pressure within the circuit may rise when the cylinder operates. By using a flow regulating valve to keep the flow rate to the cylinder low, you can prevent the pressure within the circuit from rising. In particular, in systems with sequence valves and pressure switches if the pressure rises above the setting pressure the system will cease to function properly, so attention is required. Meter-in Circuit

Sequence valve

Flow regulating valve (either possible)

KOSM EK LTD .

Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions

Meter-out Circuit

1


h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p

1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401

CAT.NO.LM001-03-02 Printed in Japan

2007.03. First 1Ry 2009.01. Third 1Ry


7MPa New

Double Action Link Clamp

model

LKA


Double Action Link Clamp Sectional Structure & Features High power & compact clamp Increased force Every aspect has been optimized to increase clamping force which is now 33% higher than previous generation.

Flexible and large eccentricity tolerance High strength link plate (-H option) allows larger off-set loading.

Eccentricity

(Refer to Page 11)

Excellent coolant resistance Chemically resistant dust seal protects against high pressure coolant and is highly resistant to chlorate coolant.

Forged one-piece body The link support is integral to the forged body providing a compact structure with the highest strength

Direct mount speed control available Speed and synchronization are easily adjusted when equipped with direct mount speed controllers. Air venting is quick with speed controller or air vent valve. Availablefor use with manifold (C type) hydraulic supply.

Speed control valve (Model BZL)

Assembly diagram

Three clamp directions available

Air venting diagram

Three available orientations allow greater design flexibility

model BZL

Lever direction (viewed from the port side)

model JZG

Compact design

Air venting valve

Area under the flange has been reduced by almost 40% providing a compact design and reduced weight. model BZX

1

7MPa

(Refer to Page 25)

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp

L:Left C:Center R:Right


model

LKA

INDEX Model Indication

3

Performance Graph

5

Eccentricity

Eccentricity Tolerance Graph

Standard Type High strength link plate type (LKA-H)

9

(The external dimensions are the same as that for the standard type).

LKA Standard Type

LKA-D Dual rod type for dog application

Clamp with the link mechanism

13

The clamp movement can be confirmed via the switch detection.

15

LKA-M

17

Manifold type with air sensor The clamp movement can be confirmed via the air catch sensor.

LKA-N

19

Pipeline type with air sensor

Lever design dimensions/accessories

23

Notes

29

KOSM EK LTD.

2


Double Action Link Clamp Model Indication

Double Action Link Clamp

LKA 048 0 - C R D - H 1

2

3

4

5

6

1 Body Size External diameter (ØD) of body cylinder

φD 2 Design No.

C

3 Piping Method

G

S

C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) S: Piping type (Rc thread port) Piping Type

Gasket Type

4 Lever Direction L: left C: center R: right

5 Confirmation Method (rod end style)

M: manifold type with air sensor ・・・P17 N: pipeline type with air sensor ・・・P19

6 Eccentric lever style (high strength link plate) No marking: standard ・・・P9

H: high strength link plate type ・・・P11

7MPa

With R plug

L

C

No marking

No marking: standard (no confirmation) ・・・P13 D: double-ended rod (threaded) ・・・P15

3

With G plug; can use speed control and air vent valve

ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .jp

D

Rc thread port only

R

M

N


Model Indication

model

LKA Model Indication

Speed Control Valve (with air venting function) *1

BZL 0 1 0 0 - B 1

2

3

1 G thread size

1:G1/8 2:G1/4 3:G3/8 2 Design No. 3 Controlling method

A:meter-in B:meter-out

BZL-A:meter-in

P1 port Hydraulic supply side

BZL-B:meter-out

P2 port Clamp side

P1 port Hydraulic supply side

P2 port Clamp side

*1.It can only be installed on Piping method C Type.

Air venting valve *2

BZX 0 1 0 1

2

1 G thread size

1:G1/8 2:G1/4 3:G3/8 2 Design No. *2.It can only be installed on Piping method C Type.

G thread plug (with air venting function) *3

JZG 0 1 0 1

2

1 G thread size

1:G1/8 2:G1/4 3:G3/8 2 Design No. *3.Equipped as standard item for Piping Method Type C components

KOSM EK LTD .

4


Double Action Link Clamp Performance Graph (detection method‌ No marking: standard) Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

Cylinder output (kN)

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

3.2 3.0 2.8 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.7 0.5 0.3

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

22.5

3.0 2.6 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.2 0.8 0.4 4.4

27.5

2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.7 0.5 0.3 5.8

33.5 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 7.0

40 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0

50 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0

60 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 7.0

Non-usable range

80 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 7.0

100 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 7.0

3.5

Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

33.5 31 29 27 25 24 22 21 20 20 20 20 20 20

Non-usable range ( )

2.5 L=33.5(13.5)

2 1.5

L=50(30)

1 0.5 0

L=100(80) 0

1

Cylinder output (kN)

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

3.8 3.5 3.2 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.3

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

25

3.9 3.4 3.0 2.6 2.2 1.7 1.3 0.9 0.5 4.5

30

3.1 2.8 2.5 2.2 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.6 0.3 5.8

36.5 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 7.0

40 2.3 2.1 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 7.0

50 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0

60 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0

Non-usable range

3

4

5

6

7

80 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 7.0

100 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 7.0

4

Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

36.5 34 32 29 27 26 24 23 23 23 23 23 23 23

L=0

L=25(2.5)

3.5

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

Non-usable range ( )

3 L=36.5(14)

2.5 2

L=50(27.5)

1.5 1

L=100(77.5)

0.5 0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

LKA0480 Cylinder output (kN)

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

5.0 4.6 4.3 3.9 3.6 3.2 2.9 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.4

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

30

4.7 4.1 3.6 3.1 2.6 2.1 1.6 1.1 0.6 4.8

35

4.0 3.6 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.4 5.9

42 3.6 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.3 7.0

50 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 7.0

60 2.0 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 7.0

80 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0

Non-usable range

100 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0

120 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 7.0

Minimum Lever Length

5

(L) (mm)

42 39 36 34 32 30 28 26 26 26 26 26 26 26

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L=0

L=30(4.5)

Non-usable range ( )

4 L=42(16.5) 3 2

L=60(34.5)

1 0

L=120(94.5)

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

LKA0550 Cylinder output (kN)

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

6.8 6.3 5.8 5.3 4.9 4.4 3.9 3.4 2.9 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

35

5.9 5.2 4.6 3.9 3.3 2.6 2.0 1.3 0.7 4.8

40

5.3 4.8 4.4 3.9 3.4 2.9 2.4 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 5.7

50 4.4 4.1 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.7 0.4 7.0

60 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.7 0.5 0.3 7.0

70 2.6 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 7.0

80 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 7.0

Non-usable range

100 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0

120 1.3 1.2 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0

7

Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

50 46 43 39 37 34 32 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

L=0

6

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L=35(5)

Non-usable range ( )

5 L=50(20)

4 3

L=70(40)

2

L=120(90)

1 0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

Notes

1. The tables and graphs show the relationship between the clamping force and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length and hydraulic supply pressure in the formula in the specification column. 3. The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column. 4. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 5. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact results should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.

7MPa

2

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

LKA0400

5

L=0

L=22.5(2.5)

3

Clamping force (kN)

Performance Graph

LKA0360

ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp

7


Performance Graph

model

LKA0650 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

11.2 10.4 9.6 8.8 8.0 7.2 6.4 5.6 4.8 4.0 3.2 2.4 1.6 0.8

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

40

10.2 9.1 8.0 6.8 5.7 4.6 3.4 2.3 1.2 4.8

50 8.3 7.6 6.9 6.2 5.5 4.9 4.2 3.5 2.8 2.1 1.4 0.7 6.3

56.5 7.7 7.2 6.6 6.1 5.5 5.0 4.4 3.9 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.7 1.1 0.6 7.0

80 4.5 4.2 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.3 1.9 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.7 0.4 7.0

100 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.7 0.5 0.3 7.0

120 2.6 2.4 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 7.0

Non-usable range

140 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 7.0

12

Minimum Lever Length

L=0

(L) (mm)

160 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0

56.5 52 48 45 42 39 37 35 35 35 35 35 35 35

L=40(5)

10

Non-usable rangen ( )

8

L=56.5(21.5)

6 4 L=100(65) 2

L=160(125)

0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Performance Graph

Cylinder output (kN)

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

LKA

7

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

LKA0750 Cylinder output (kN)

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

16.7 15.5 14.3 13.1 11.9 10.7 9.6 8.4 7.2 6.0 4.8 3.6 2.4 1.2

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

50

16.1 14.5 12.9 11.3 9.7 8.1 6.5 4.9 3.3 1.7 5.0

60 12.9 11.8 10.7 9.7 8.6 7.5 6.5 5.4 4.3 3.3 2.2 1.1 6.3

67.5 12.0 11.2 10.3 9.5 8.6 7.7 6.9 6.0 5.2 4.3 3.5 2.6 1.8 0.9 7.0

80 9.0 8.4 7.7 7.1 6.5 5.8 5.2 4.5 3.9 3.3 2.6 2.0 1.3 0.7 7.0

100 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.1 4.6 4.2 3.7 3.3 2.8 2.3 1.9 1.4 1.0 0.5 7.0

120 5.0 4.7 4.3 4.0 3.6 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.4 7.0

Non-usable range

140 4.1 3.8 3.5 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.6 0.3 7.0

18

Minimum Lever Length

160 3.5 3.3 3.0 2.8 2.5 2.3 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.5 0.3 7.0

L=0

(L) (mm)

16

67.5 63 58 54 51 48 45 43 43 43 43 43 43 43

14

Non-usable rangen ( )

12

L=67.5(25)

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L=50(7.5)

10 8 L=100(57.5)

6 4

L=160(117.5)

2 0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

LKA0900 Cylinder output (kN)

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

25.5 23.7 21.8 20.0 18.2 16.4 14.6 12.8 10.9 9.1 7.3 5.5 3.7 1.9

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

60

24.6 22.1 19.7 17.2 14.8 12.3 9.9 7.4 5.0 2.5 5.2

70 20.8 19.1 17.4 15.6 13.9 12.2 10.4 8.7 7.0 5.2 3.5 1.8 6.4

77.5 19.9 18.5 17.1 15.6 14.2 12.8 11.4 10.0 8.6 7.1 5.7 4.3 2.9 1.5 7.0

100 12.9 12.0 11.1 10.2 9.2 8.3 7.4 6.5 5.6 4.6 3.7 2.8 1.9 1.0 7.0

120 9.9 9.2 8.5 7.8 7.1 6.4 5.7 5.0 4.3 3.6 2.9 2.2 1.5 0.8 7.0

140 8.0 7.4 6.8 6.3 5.7 5.1 4.6 4.0 3.4 2.9 2.3 1.7 1.2 0.6 7.0

Non-usable range

160 6.7 6.2 5.7 5.3 4.8 4.3 3.8 3.4 2.9 2.4 1.9 1.5 1.0 0.5 7.0

Minimum Lever Length

200 5.1 4.7 4.4 4.0 3.6 3.3 2.9 2.6 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.4 7.0

L=0

24

(L) (mm)

77.5 72 67 63 59 56 53 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Non-usable rangen ( )

L=60(10)

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

20

L=77.5(27.5)

16 12 L=120(70) 8 L=200(150)

4 0

1

0

2

3

4

5

6

7

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

LKA1050 Cylinder output (kN)

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

35.2 32.7 30.2 27.7 25.2 22.7 20.2 17.6 15.1 12.6 10.1 7.6 5.1 2.6

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

70

34.5 30.7 26.8 23.0 19.2 15.4 11.5 7.7 3.9 4.8

80

30.5 27.7 24.9 22.2 19.4 16.6 13.9 11.1 8.3 5.6 2.8 5.9

95 27.4 25.4 23.5 21.5 19.6 17.6 15.7 13.7 11.8 9.8 7.9 5.9 4.0 2.0 7.0

110 21.2 19.7 18.1 16.6 15.1 13.6 12.1 10.6 9.1 7.6 6.1 4.6 3.1 1.6 7.0

130 16.3 15.1 13.9 12.8 11.6 10.5 9.3 8.2 7.0 5.8 4.7 3.5 2.4 1.2 7.0

150 13.2 12.3 11.3 10.4 9.4 8.5 7.6 6.6 5.7 4.7 3.8 2.9 1.9 1.0 7.0

Non-usable range

170 11.1 10.3 9.5 8.7 7.9 7.2 6.4 5.6 4.8 4.0 3.2 2.4 1.6 0.8 7.0

Minimum Lever Length

230 7.5 7.0 6.5 5.9 5.4 4.9 4.3 3.8 3.3 2.7 2.2 1.7 1.1 0.6 7.0

36

(L) (mm)

L=0 L=70(10)

32

95 89 83 77 73 68 65 61 60 60 60 60 60 60

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

28

L=95(35)

24 20 L=130(70)

16 12 8

L=230(170)

4 0

1 2

2

3

4

5

7

Non-usable range ( ) L(s) is shown on the left graph

L=42(16.5)

L=60(34.5)

and hydraulic supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column.

1

L=120(94.5)

The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the

0

formula in the specification column.

6

L=0

L=30(4.5)

4 3 2.6 2

The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length L

5

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN)

s

(Example) When LKA0480 is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 5.0MPa Lever length L=42mm The clamping force is about 2.6kN Notes

1

0

How to read the Performance Graph L

Non-usable rangen ( )

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

7

KOSM EK LTD .

6


Double Action Link Clamp Performance Graph (detection method‌ D: double-ended rod) Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

Cylinder output (kN)

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

2.9 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

22.5

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

3.0 2.7 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.0 0.7 0.4 4.9

27.5 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 6.6

33.5 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 7.0

40 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0

50 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0

60 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 7.0

Non-usable range

80 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 7.0

100 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 7.0

3.5

Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

29 28 26 25 23 22 21 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

3.0 2.8 2.6 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

2

L=33.5(13.5)

1.5 1

L=50(30)

0.5

L=100(80) 0

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

25

3.7 3.4 3.1 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.7 0.4 5.8

30 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 7.0

36.5 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 7.0

40 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0

50 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0

60 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0

Non-usable range

80 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 7.0

100 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 7.0

(L) (mm)

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

3.9 3.6 3.4 3.1 2.8 2.5 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.2 0.9 0.6 0.3

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

29 27 26 25 24 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

5.7 5.3 4.9 4.5 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.3 0.9 0.5

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

4

7

L=25(2.5)

3

L=0

2.5 L=36.5(14)

2 1.5

L=50(27.5) 1 L=100(77.5) 0

1

2

3

4

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

30 4.8 4.4 4.0 3.6 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.2 0.8 0.4 6.2

35 4.0 3.7 3.4 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.2 0.9 0.6 0.3 7.0

42 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 7.0

50 2.1 1.9 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 7.0

60 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0

80 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0

Non-usable range

100 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 7.0

120 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 7.0

Minimum Lever Length

5

6

7

Non-usable range ( )

5

(L) (mm)

33 31 30 29 27 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26

L=30(4.5)

4

L=0

3

L=42(16.5)

2 L=60(34.5) 1 L=120(94.5) 0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

35

6.0 5.5 5.0 4.4 3.9 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.7 1.1 0.6 5.8

40 5.3 4.9 4.5 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.3 0.9 0.5 6.9

50 3.7 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.7 2.4 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.3 7.0

60 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 7.0

70 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 7.0

80 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0

Non-usable range

100 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0

120 1.1 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 7.0

7

Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

41 39 37 35 33 31 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

Non-usable range ( )

6

L=35(5)

L=0

5 4

L=50(20)

3 2

L=70(40)

1

L=120(90)

0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

1. The graphs show the relationship between the clamping force and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length and hydraulic supply pressure in the formula in the specification column. 3. The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column. 4. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 5. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact results should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.

7MPa

6

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

Notes

7

5

Non-usable range ( )

0

Clamping force (kN)

Cylinder output (kN)

3

0.5

LKA0550-D/M/N Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

2

3.5

Clamping force (kN)

Cylinder output (kN)

1

4

Minimum Lever Length

LKA0480-D/M/N Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L=0

2.5

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN)

Cylinder output (kN)

L=22.5(2.5)

0

LKA0400-D/M/N Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

Non-usable range ( )

3

Clamping force (kN)

Performance Graph

LKA0360-D/M/N

ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp

7


Performance Graph

LKA

model

LKA0650-D/M/N 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

10.1 9.4 8.7 8.0 7.2 6.5 5.8 5.1 4.4 3.6 2.9 2.2 1.5 0.8

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

40

10.3 9.2 8.2 7.2 6.2 5.2 4.1 3.1 2.1 1.1 5.3

50 8.7 8.1 7.5 6.9 6.3 5.6 5.0 4.4 3.8 3.2 2.5 1.9 1.3 0.7 7.0

56.5 7.0 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 7.0

80 4.0 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.6 0.3 7.0

100 3.0 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 7.0

120 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 7.0

Non-usable range

140 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 7.0

12

Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

160 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 7.0

50 47 44 42 39 37 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

14.9 13.8 12.8 11.7 10.7 9.6 8.5 7.5 6.4 5.4 4.3 3.2 2.2 1.1

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

L=56.5(21.5) 6 4 L=100(65) 2 0

L=160(125) 0

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

50

15.8 14.4 12.9 11.5 10.1 8.6 7.2 5.8 4.3 2.9 1.5 5.7

60 13.4 12.5 11.5 10.5 9.6 8.6 7.7 6.7 5.8 4.8 3.9 2.9 2.0 1.0 7.0

67.5 10.7 10.0 9.2 8.4 7.7 6.9 6.2 5.4 4.6 3.9 3.1 2.3 1.6 0.8 7.0

80 8.1 7.5 6.9 6.3 5.8 5.2 4.6 4.1 3.5 2.9 2.3 1.8 1.2 0.6 7.0

100 5.8 5.4 5.0 4.5 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.3 0.9 0.5 7.0

120 4.5 4.2 3.9 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.7 0.4 7.0

Non-usable range

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

23.7 22.0 20.3 18.6 16.9 15.2 13.6 11.9 10.2 8.5 6.8 5.1 3.4 1.7

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

140 3.7 3.4 3.2 2.9 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.3 7.0

160 3.1 2.9 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 7.0

(L) (mm)

16

60 56 53 50 47 45 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43

14

33.5 31.1 28.7 26.3 23.9 21.5 19.1 16.8 14.4 12.0 9.6 7.2 4.8 2.4

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

6

7

L=50(7.5)

L=0

L=67.5(25)

8 6

L=100(57.5)

4

L=160(117.5)

2 0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

60

25.1 22.8 20.6 18.3 16.0 13.7 11.4 9.2 6.9 4.6 2.3 5.6

70 21.0 19.4 17.8 16.1 14.5 12.9 11.3 9.7 8.1 6.5 4.9 3.3 1.7 6.9

77.5 100 18.5 12.0 17.2 11.2 15.9 10.3 14.6 9.5 13.2 8.6 11.9 7.7 10.6 6.9 9.3 6.0 8.0 5.2 6.6 4.3 5.3 3.5 4.0 2.6 2.7 1.8 1.4 0.9 7.0 7.0

120 9.2 8.5 7.9 7.2 6.6 5.9 5.3 4.6 4.0 3.3 2.7 2.0 1.4 0.7 7.0

140 7.4 6.9 6.4 5.8 5.3 4.8 4.3 3.7 3.2 2.7 2.2 1.6 1.1 0.6 7.0

Non-usable range

160 6.2 5.8 5.3 4.9 4.5 4.0 3.6 3.1 2.7 2.3 1.8 1.4 0.9 0.5 7.0

Minimum Lever Length

200 4.7 4.4 4.1 3.7 3.4 3.1 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.7 0.4 7.0

Non-usable range ( )

24

(L) (mm)

72 67 63 60 57 54 51 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

L=0

L=60(10) 20

L=77.5(27.5) 16 12 L=120(70)

8

L=200(150)

4 0

1

0

2

3

4

5

6

7

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

70

36.4 32.8 29.1 25.5 21.9 18.2 14.6 11.0 7.3 3.7 5.1

80 31.5 28.9 26.3 23.7 21.0 18.4 15.8 13.2 10.5 7.9 5.3 2.7 6.2

95 26.0 24.1 22.3 20.4 18.6 16.7 14.9 13.0 11.2 9.3 7.5 5.6 3.8 1.9 7.0

110 20.1 18.7 17.2 15.8 14.4 12.9 11.5 10.1 8.6 7.2 5.8 4.3 2.9 1.5 7.0

130 15.4 14.3 13.2 12.1 11.0 9.9 8.8 7.7 6.6 5.5 4.4 3.3 2.2 1.1 7.0

150 12.5 11.6 10.7 9.9 9.0 8.1 7.2 6.3 5.4 4.5 3.6 2.7 1.8 0.9 7.0

Non-usable range

170 10.5 9.8 9.0 8.3 7.5 6.8 6.0 5.3 4.5 3.8 3.0 2.3 1.5 0.8 7.0

Minimum Lever Length

230 7.2 6.7 6.1 5.6 5.1 4.6 4.1 3.6 3.1 2.6 2.1 1.6 1.1 0.6 7.0

1

The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length L and hydraulic supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column.

2

The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column.

L=0

L=70(10)

32

90 84 79 74 70 66 63 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

(Example) When LKA0480 is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 5.0MPa Lever length L=42mm The clamping force is about 2.0kN Notes

Non-usable range ( )

36

(L) (mm)

28

L=95(35)

24 20 16

L=130(70)

12 8

L=230(170)

4 0

1

0

2

3

4

5

6

7

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) Non-usable range (

5 Clamping force (kN)

s

5

10

How to read the Performance Graph L

4

12

Clamping force (kN)

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.5

Cylinder output (kN)

3

Non-usable range ( )

LKA1050-D/M/N Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

2

18

Minimum Lever Length

Clamping force (kN)

Cylinder output (kN)

1

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

LKA0900-D/M/N Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L=0

8

Clamping force (kN)

Cylinder output (kN)

L=40(5)

10

LKA0750-D/M/N Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

Non-usable range ( )

Performance Graph

Cylinder output (kN)

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

)

L=30(4.5)

4

L=0

3

L=42(16.5)

L(s) is shown on the left graph

2 L=60(34.5)

1 0

L=120(94.5)

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

7

KOSM EK LTD .

8


Double Action Link Clamp Eccentricity tolerance graph (eccentric lever method‌ No marking: standard type) LKA0360 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

22.5

2 3 3 4 5 8 12

27.5

33.5

2 3 3 4 4 5 7 9 12 19

3 3 4 4 5 6 8 10 13 18 28

40 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 9 11 13 17 24 38

50 4 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 15 19 24 34 53

60 5 6 7 8 9 11 13 15 19 24 31 43 68

80 7 8 10 11 13 15 18 22 27 34 45 63 98

100 9 11 12 15 17 20 24 29 36 45 59 82 128

1MPa

50

Non-usable range

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

2MPa

40 3MPa 30 4MPa 20

5MPa 6MPa 7MPa

10 0

0

20

40

60

80

100

LKA0400 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

25

3 3 4 5 7 10 15

30

36.5

3 3 4 4 5 6 8 11 15 23

3 3 4 5 5 6 8 9 12 16 22 34

40 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 9 11 14 18 26 40

50 4 5 5 6 8 9 11 13 16 20 26 36 57

60 5 6 7 8 10 12 14 17 20 26 34 47 73

80 8 9 10 12 14 17 20 24 30 37 49 68 106

100 10 12 14 16 19 22 26 32 39 49 64 89 140

1MPa

60

Non-usable range

Eccentricity H (mm)

Eccentricity Tolerance

Lever length L (mm) 2MPa

50 40

3MPa

30

4MPa

20

5MPa 6MPa 7MPa

10 0

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Lever length L (mm)

LKA0480 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

30

3 3 4 5 7 9 14

35

42

2 3 3 4 5 6 7 10 13 21

2 3 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 14 19 30

50 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 9 11 14 18 25 40

60 4 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 15 18 24 33 52

80 6 6 8 9 10 12 15 18 22 27 36 50 77

100 7 9 10 12 14 16 19 23 29 36 47 66 103

120 9 11 12 15 17 20 24 29 36 45 59 82 128

1MPa

60

Non-usable range

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

2MPa

50 40 3MPa 30 4MPa 20

5MPa 6MPa 7MPa

10 0

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

Lever length L (mm)

LKA0550 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

35

4 5 6 8 11 15 23

40

50

4 5 6 7 9 11 14 20 31

4 5 5 6 8 9 11 13 17 22 31 48

60 5 5 6 7 9 10 12 15 18 23 30 41 65

70 6 7 8 9 11 13 15 18 23 28 37 52 81

80 7 8 10 11 13 15 18 22 27 34 45 62 98

100 9 11 13 15 17 21 25 30 36 46 60 84 131

120 12 14 16 19 22 26 31 37 46 57 75 105 164

1MPa

80

Non-usable range

2MPa 70

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

60 50

3MPa

40 30

4MPa

20

5MPa 6MPa 7MPa

10 0

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Lever length L (mm) Notes 1. The tables and graphs show the relationship between the lever length and the eccentricity tolerance corresponding to the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 3. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The design should be carried out with allowance fully taken into consideration.

9

7MPa

ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp

140


Eccentricity tolerance graph

LKA

model

LKA0650 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1

1MPa Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

40

3 4 5 6 7 10 13 21

50

56.5

4 5 5 7 8 10 12 16 22 35

4 4 5 6 7 8 10 12 15 20 28 44

80 5 6 7 9 10 12 14 17 21 26 35 48 76

100 7 9 10 12 14 16 19 23 29 36 47 66 103

120 9 11 13 15 17 20 24 29 36 46 60 83 130

Non-usable range

140 11 13 15 18 21 25 30 36 44 55 72 101 157

90

160 13 15 18 21 25 29 35 42 51 65 85 118 185

2MPa

80

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

70 60

3MPa

50 40

4MPa

30 20

5MPa 6MPa

10

7MPa

0

25

0

50

75

100

125

150

175

LKA0750 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1

1MPa Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

50

4 5 5 7 8 10 13 18 29

60

67.5

4 5 6 7 8 10 12 15 20 28 43

5 5 6 7 9 10 12 15 19 25 35 54

80 5 6 7 8 10 11 14 16 20 25 33 46 72

100 7 8 10 11 13 16 19 23 28 35 46 65 101

120 9 11 13 15 17 20 24 29 36 45 60 83 130

Non-usable range

100 140 11 13 15 18 21 25 30 36 44 56 73 101 159

160 13 16 18 21 25 30 35 42 52 66 86 120 188

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

2MPa 80 60

3MPa

40

4MPa

20

5MPa 6MPa 7MPa

0

Eccentricity Tolerance

Lever length L (mm)

25

0

50

75

100

125

150

175

Lever length L (mm)

LKA0900 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

60

16 18 21 24 29 37 49 73

70

77.5

19 21 23 26 30 35 41 52 69 104

19 21 23 25 28 32 36 42 51 63 84 126

100 28 30 33 35 39 43 49 56 65 78 98 130 195

120 37 39 43 47 51 57 64 73 85 102 128 171 256

140 45 49 53 58 63 70 79 91 106 127 158 211 317

160 54 58 63 69 76 84 94 108 126 151 189 252 378

1MPa

160

Non-usable range

2MPa

3MPa

140

200 71 77 83 91 100 111 125 143 167 200 250 333 500

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

4MPa

120 100

5MPa

80

6MPa 7MPa

60 40 20 0

0

25

50

75 100 125 150 175 200 225

Lever length L (mm)

LKA1050 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

70

21 24 28 33 41 55 83

80

95

23 25 29 33 38 46 57 76 114

25 27 29 32 36 41 46 54 65 81 108 162

110 30 32 35 38 42 47 52 60 70 84 105 140 210

130 39 42 46 50 55 61 68 78 91 109 137 182 273

150 48 52 56 61 67 75 84 96 112 135 168 225 337

170 57 62 67 73 80 89 100 114 133 160 200 267 400

1MPa

160

Non-usable range

2MPa

3MPa 4MPa

140

230 84 91 99 107 118 131 148 169 197 236 296 394 591

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

120

5MPa

100

6MPa 7MPa

80 60 40 20 0

0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250

Lever length L (mm)

How to read the Eccentricity Tolerance Graph (Example) When LKA0480 is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 5.0MPa Lever length L=80mm The eccentricity tolerance is about 10mm

1MPa

60 Eccentricity H (mm)

L

H

2MPa

50 40

3MPa

30 4MPa 5MPa 6MPa 7MPa

20 10 0 0

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Lever length L (mm)

KOSM EK LTD .

10


Double Action Link Clamp Eccentricity tolerance graph (eccentric lever method‌ H: high strength link plate type) LKA0360-H 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

22.5

9 10 12 14 18 24 36

27.5

33.5

11 12 13 15 17 19 23 29 39 58

13 14 16 17 19 21 24 28 34 43 57 85

40 16 18 19 21 23 25 29 33 38 46 57 76 114

50 23 25 27 29 32 35 40 46 53 64 80 106 159

60 29 31 34 37 41 45 51 58 68 82 102 136 204

80 42 45 49 53 59 65 73 84 98 118 147 196 294

100 55 59 64 70 77 85 96 110 128 153 192 256 384

1MPa 2MPa 3MPa 4MPa 5MPa 6MPa 7MPa

50

Non-usable range

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

40 30 20 10 0

0

20

40

60

80

100

LKA0400-H Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

25

11 13 15 18 22 30 45

30

36.5

13 14 16 17 20 23 28 35 47 70

16 17 19 20 23 26 29 34 41 51 68 102

40 17 18 20 22 24 27 30 34 40 48 60 80 120

50 24 26 28 31 34 38 42 48 57 68 85 113 170

60 31 34 37 40 44 49 55 63 73 88 110 146 220

80 46 49 53 58 64 71 80 91 106 128 160 213 319

100 60 64 70 76 84 93 105 120 140 168 210 279 419

1MPa 2MPa 3MPa 4MPa 5MPa 6MPa 7MPa

60

Non-usable range

Eccentricity H (mm)

Eccentricity Tolerance

Lever length L (mm)

50 40 30 20 10 0

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Lever length L (mm)

LKA0480-H 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

30

11 12 14 17 22 29 43

35

42

11 12 14 16 18 21 25 31 42 62

14 15 16 18 20 22 25 30 36 44 59 89

50 17 18 20 22 24 26 30 34 40 48 60 79 119

60 22 24 26 29 31 35 39 45 52 63 78 105 157

80 33 36 39 42 46 52 58 66 77 93 116 155 232

100 44 47 51 56 62 68 77 88 103 123 154 205 308

120 55 59 64 70 77 85 96 110 128 153 192 256 384

1MPa 2MPa 3MPa 4MPa 5MPa 6MPa

60

Non-usable range

7MPa

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

50 40 30 20 10 0

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

Lever length L (mm)

LKA0550-H 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

35

17 20 23 28 35 46 70

40

50

19 21 24 27 31 38 47 63 94

22 24 26 29 32 36 41 48 58 72 96 144

60 28 30 32 35 39 43 48 55 65 78 97 129 194

70 35 37 41 44 49 54 61 70 81 97 122 162 244

80 42 45 49 53 59 65 73 84 98 117 147 196 293

100 56 60 65 71 79 87 98 112 131 157 196 262 393

120 70 76 82 89 98 109 123 141 164 197 246 328 492

1MPa 2MPa 3MPa 4MPa 5MPa 6MPa

80

Non-usable range

7MPa

70

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

60 50 40 30 20 10 0

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Lever length L (mm)

140

Notes 1. The graphs show the relationship between the lever length and the eccentricity tolerance corresponding to the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 3. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The design should be carried out with allowance taken into consideration. 4. LKA0900 and LKA1050 are of eccentric lever method No Marking: the same as the standard type. (Refer to Page 10)

11

7MPa

ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp


Eccentricity tolerance graph

model

LKA0650-H 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1

1MPa Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

40

14 16 18 21 25 32 42 63

50

56.5

19 21 23 26 30 35 42 52 70 104

20 22 24 26 29 33 37 44 52 65 87 131

80 32 35 38 41 45 50 57 65 76 91 113 151 227

100 44 47 51 56 62 69 77 88 103 123 154 206 309

120 56 60 65 71 78 87 98 112 130 156 195 260 390

Non-usable range

140 67 73 79 86 94 105 118 135 157 189 236 315 472

2MPa

3MPa 4MPa

5MPa

90

160 79 85 92 101 111 123 139 158 185 222 277 369 554

6MPa

80

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

LKA-H

7MPa

70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0

25

0

50

75

100

125

150

175

LKA0750-H 7 6.5 6 5.5 5 4.5 4 3.5 3 2.5 2 1.5 1

1MPa Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

50

17 19 22 25 29 35 43 58 87

60

67.5

22 24 26 29 32 37 43 52 65 87 130

25 27 30 32 36 41 46 54 65 81 108 162

80 31 33 36 39 43 48 54 62 72 87 108 144 216

100 43 47 51 55 61 67 76 87 101 121 152 202 303

120 56 60 65 71 78 87 97 111 130 156 195 260 390

2MPa

3MPa

4MPa

5MPa

Non-usable range

100 140 68 73 79 87 95 106 119 136 159 190 238 317 476

160 80 87 94 102 113 125 141 161 188 225 281 375 563

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

6MPa 80

7MPa

Eccentricity Tolerance

Lever length L (mm)

60 40 20 0

25

0

50

75

100

125

150

175

Lever length L (mm)

How to read the Eccentricity Tolerance Graph (Example) When LKA0480-H is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 5.0MPa Lever length L=80mm The eccentricity tolerance is about 46mm

1MPa

60 Eccentricity H (mm)

L

H

2MPa

3MPa

4MPa

5MPa

6MPa 7MPa

50 46 40 30 20 10 0

0 20

40 60 80 100 120 140 Lever length L (mm)

KOSM EK LTD .

12


Double Action Link Clamp External dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

The graph shows the locking status of LKA-CC. Release port: G thread

JA

B

(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

H

J L A- L Release port (-C/-G type)

Nx

P *5

2-chamfer 1

Z

C K

JB

Ny Ny

Link lever

φ

L

Lock port P *5 (-C/-G type)

4-CA thread

4-φR

G thread plug

Spot facing

Q

L A-

Lock port: G thread

6.3S *5

C0.6

*4

2-chamfer 2

1-φA

AB

AC

+0.3 0

AG°

Y

φ

2-φA

15°

*1

E

M

S*2

G

W±0.1

T V

Lock stroke Stroke allowance

AA

A

φ

de-burr *5

(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

LKA

K

*3

Notes *3. CA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. The D depth of the body mounting hole should be decided from dimension F. *5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.

F

Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) The graph shows the locked status of LKA-GC.

φ

-0.1 -0.2

max.2mm R thread plug

Ny Ny

Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

S: Piping type (Rc thread) The graph shows the locked status of LKA-SC.

Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

Release port Rc thread

Notes *1. Flange inclination angle is 12° only for LKA0650. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". Lock port Rc thread

13

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p


Standard Type

model

LKA

Specifications Model Locking cylinder area cm2 Clamping force *6 (calculation formula) Full stroke mm mm Lock stroke Stroke allowance mm Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released Max. operating pressure MPa Minimum operation pressure *7 MPa Max. rated pressure MPa Use temperature Mass *8

LKA0360 4.52 F=

5.90×P L-14.5 18.5 16 2.5 8.4 6.9

LKA0400 5.31 F=

7.64×P L-16 20.5 17.5 3 10.9 8.6

LKA0480 7.07 F=

11.76×P L-18.5 23.5 20.5 3 16.6 13.0

LKA0550 9.62 F=

LKA0650 15.9

18.18×P

F=

L-21 26 23 3 25.0 19.8

LKA0750 23.8

35.06×P

F=

L-24.5 29.5 26.5 3 46.9 37.7

64.14×P L-30

LKA0900 36.3 F=

117.66×P L-36

LKA1050 50.3 F=

199.05×P L-44

35 32 3 83.2 69.8

41 38 3 148.9 123.7

49 46 3 246.3 197.8

4.3

7.1

11.5

7 0.5 10.5 70 0.6

0.7

1.1

1.6

2.7

L

Remarks: *6. F: clamping force (kN), P: hydraulic supply pressure, L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *7. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *8. Mass means that of the individual clamp with the link lever excluded.

F

Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Chamfer 1 Chamfer 2

AA AB AC AD AE AG CA JA JB Lock/release port

R thread plug

-C type -S type -G type

O ring (-C/-G type)

LKA0360 78.5 49 40 36 48 23 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 15.5 27 10 22.5 30 20 11 19 C2 C2.5 14.5 74.3 47.3 5 +0.012 0 5 +0.012 0 19.6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0400 87.5 54 45 40 54 29 25 31.5 22.5 34 72 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 30.5 12 25 30.5 22 13 21 C3 C3 16 77.7 50.2 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 0 20.2 M5×0.8 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0480 99 61 51 48 60 32 28 35.5 25.5 40 81 12 30 11 3 9 5.5 16 35 14 29 34.5 26 13 24 C3 C3 18.5 92.4 61.2 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 0 18.9 M5×0.8 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0550 110.5 69 60 55 65 37 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13.5 37.5 16 31.5 35.5 30 16 28 C3 C3 21 101.9 71.7 6 +0.012 0 8 +0.015 0 19.9 M6 3.5 14 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0650 127.5 81 70 65 73.5 43.5 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 16 45 20 37 39 35.5 19 37 C4 C5 24.5 111.4 78.7 8 +0.015 0 10 +0.015 0 20.5 M6 4.5 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LKA0750 151 94.5 85 75 84 47 37 52 42.5 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 55 22 45 48 43.5 25 40 C10 C5 30 130.8 90.8 10 +0.015 0 12 +0.018 0 21.4 M8 4.5 19 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LKA0900 180 109.5 100 90 101 61 40 59.5 50 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 17 64.5 28 52 52.5 52.5 28 49 C11 C6 36 146.5 104.6 12 +0.018 0 15 +0.018 0 22.4 M10 4.5 22 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7

LKA1050 209 127 120 105 115 65 50 67 60 88 152 19 60 22.5 5 20 14 23 77 35.5 62 64 64 32 64 φ152 C6 44 173.6 122.5 15 +0.018 0 18 +0.018 0 23.1 M12 4.5 22 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7

KOSM EK LT D .

LKA

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

14


Double Action Link Clamp External dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

The graph shows the locking status of LKA-CCD.

JA

Release port: G thread

B

(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

H

J L A- L Release port (-C/-G type)

P *4

Nx

2-chamfer 1

Z

C K

JB

Ny Ny

Link lever

L φ

Lock port P *4 (-C/-G type)

K

4-CA thread *3

4-φR

G thread plug

Spot facing

Q

L A-

Lock port: G thread

φ

de-burr *4

(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

6.3S *4

AA

+0.3 0

C0.6

AB

Y

2-φA

E

M

S*2

G

15°

Notes *3. CA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.

W±0.1

AC

Lock stroke Stroke allowance

2-chamfer 2

1-φA

φ

*1

A

LKA-D

T V

AG°

Piping Method

F

φ -0.1 -0.2 φ A

G: Gasket type (with R thread plug)

DB

The graph shows the locked status of LKA-GCD.

Lock stroke

max.2mm R thread plug

Nx

DD thread

Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

S: Piping type (Rc thread) Ny Ny

The graph shows the locked status of LKA-SCD. Release port

Rc thread Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

DC

Notes *1. Flange inclination angle is 12° only for LKA0650. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".

15

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

Lock port

Rc thread


Dual rod type for dog application

model

LKA-D

Specifications Model Locking cylinder area cm2 Clamping force *5 (calculation formula) Full stroke mm mm Lock stroke mm Stroke allowance Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released Max. operating pressure MPa *6 Minimum operation pressure MPa Max. rated pressure MPa

LKA0360-D 4.02 F=

5.24×P L-14.5 18.5 16 2.5 7.4 6.9

LKA0400-D 4.18 F=

6.02×P L-16 20.5 17.5 3 8.6 8.6

LKA0480-D 5.53 F=

9.20×P L-18.5 23.5 20.5 3 13.0 13.0

LKA0550-D 8.08 F=

15.27×P L-21

F=

26 23 3 21.0 19.8

LKA0750-D 21.2

31.67×P L-24.5

F=

29.5 26.5 3 42.3 37.7

57.27×P L-30

LKA0900-D 33.8 F=

109.42×P L-36

LKA1050-D 47.7 F=

188.97×P L-44

35 32 3 74.2 69.8

41 38 3 138.5 123.7

49 46 3 233.8 197.8

4.4

7.2

11.6

7 0.5 10.5 70

Use temperature

0.6

Mass *7

LKA0650-D 14.4

0.7

1.1

1.6

2.8

L

Remarks: *5. F: clamping force (kN), P: hydraulic supply pressure, L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *6. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *7. Mass means that of the individual clamp with the link lever excluded.

F

Model

A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Chamfer 1 Chamfer 2

AA AB AC AD AE AG CA JA JB DA DB DC DD (Nominal designation×depth) -C type Lock/release port -S type R thread plug -G type O ring (-C/-G type)

LKA0360-D 89 49 40 36 48 23 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 15.5 27 10 22.5 30 20 11 19 C2 C2.5 14.5 74.3 47.3 5 +0.012 0 5 +0.012 0 19.6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 8 10.5 6 M4×0.7×10 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0400-D 100.5 54 45 40 54 29 25 31.5 22.5 34 72 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 30.5 12 25 30.5 22 13 21 C3 C3 16 77.7 50.2 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 0 20.2 M5×0.8 3.5 14 12 13 10 M6×15 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0480-D 112 61 51 48 60 32 28 35.5 25.5 40 81 12 30 11 3 9 5.5 16 35 14 29 34.5 26 13 24 C3 C3 18.5 92.4 61.2 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 0 18.9 M5×0.8 3.5 14 14 13 12 M8×18 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0550-D 123.5 69 60 55 65 37 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13.5 37.5 16 31.5 35.5 30 16 28 C3 C3 21 101.9 71.7 6 +0.012 0 8 +0.015 0 19.9 M6 3.5 14 14 13 12 M8×18 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0650-D 140.5 81 70 65 73.5 43.5 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 16 45 20 37 39 35.5 19 37 C4 C5 24.5 111.4 78.7 8 +0.015 0 10 +0.015 0 20.5 M6 4.5 19 14 13 12 M8×18 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LKA0750-D 164 94.5 85 75 84 47 37 52 42.5 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 55 22 45 48 43.5 25 40 C10 C5 30 130.8 90.8 10 +0.015 0 12 +0.018 0 21.4 M8 4.5 19 18 13 16 M10×21 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LKA0900-D 193 109.5 100 90 101 61 40 59.5 50 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 17 64.5 28 52 52.5 52.5 28 49 C11 C6 36 146.5 104.6 12 +0.018 0 15 +0.018 0 22.4 M10 4.5 22 18 13 16 M10×21 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7

LKA1050-D 222 127 120 105 115 65 50 67 60 88 152 19 60 22.5 5 20 14 23 77 35.5 62 64 64 32 64 φ152 C6 44 173.6 122.5 15 +0.018 0 18 +0.018 0 23.1 M12 4.5 22 18 13 16 M10×21 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7

KOSM EK LT D .

LKA-D

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

16


Double Action Link Clamp Processing dimensions for the mounting area

External dimensions The graph shows the locking status of LKA-CCM.

JA

Release port: G thread

Release port (-C/-G type)

B

(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

H

Nx

P *6

J Ny Ny

L A- L

2- chamfer 1 Link lever

JB

Lock port P *6 (-C/-G type)

K

Z

C K

4-CA thread *4

φ

L

de-burr *6

6.3S *6 G thread plug

Spot facing φ

*5

FM

-0.1 -0.2

(air) 3-O ring (attached)

Air venting port *3

Port for confirming the releasing

*3. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant, chips or other debris. *4. CA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. The dimensions indicate those under the flange. *6. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.

Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) The graph shows the locked status of LKA-GCM.

φ Af8

Air venting port *3

R thread plug

max.2mm

Nx Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

Ny Ny

S: Piping type (Rc thread) The graph shows the locked status of LKA-SCM. Release port Rc thread

Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type) Notes *1. Flange inclination angle is 12° only for LKA0650. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S".

7MPa

ME

MD ±0.4

φ

S*2

M E

φ

(air)

17

±0.4

*5

6 .3 S

1.5

MF ±0.2 *5

Above MK

AB

AC

Lock stroke Stroke allowance

30°

There should be no returning

Notes

Port for confirming the locking

MB

2-φ4

W±0.1

2-φA

15°

G

A

Y

φ

φ AH8

30°

S 6.3

*1

2-chamfer 2

1-φA

30°

6.3 S

T V

AG°

MH MJ MH MG

AA

S 6.3

Above ML

(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

+0.3 0

*5

φ

L A-

Lock port: G thread

LKA-M

C0.6

4-φR

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

Lock port Rc thread


Manifold type with air sensor

model

LKA-M

Specifications Model Locking cylinder area cm2

LKA0360-M 4.02

Clamping force *7 (calculation formula)

F=

Full stroke mm Lock stroke mm Stroke allowance mm Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released Max. operating pressure MPa Minimum operation pressure *8 MPa Max. rated pressure MPa

5.24×P L-14.5 18.5 16 2.5 7.4 6.9

LKA0400-M 4.18 F=

6.02×P L-16 20.5 17.5 3 8.6 8.6

LKA0480-M 5.53 F=

9.20×P L-18.5 23.5 20.5 3 13.0 13.0

Use temperature Recommended used air pressure *9 Recommended air catch sensor *9

MPa MPa

0.7

Mass *10

0.9

1.4

LKA0550-M 8.08 F=

15.27×P L-21 26 23 3 21.0 19.8

LKA0650-M 14.4 F=

LKA0750-M 21.2

31.67×P L-24.5

F=

29.5 26.5 3 42.4 37.7

7 0.5 10.5 70 0.2 ISA1,ISA2-H (Made by SMC) 1.9 3.1

Remarks: *7. F: clamping force (kN), P: hydraulic supply pressure, L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *8. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *9. The number of connected clamps should be below 4 for one air catch sensor. *10. Mass means that of the individual clamp with the link lever excluded.

57.27×P L-30

LKA0900-M 33.8 F=

109.42×P L-36

LKA1050-M 47.7 F=

188.97×P L-44

35 32 3 74.2 69.8

41 38 3 138.5 123.7

49 46 3 233.8 197.8

4.9

7.8

12.8

L

F

Model A B C D E FM G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Chamfer 1 Chamfer 2

AA AB AC AD AE AG CA JA JB MAf8 MAH8 MB MC MD ME MF MG MH MJ MK ML -C type -S type R thread plug -G type O ring (-C/-G type)

Lock/release port

LKA0360-M 78.5 49 40 36 48 23 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 15.5 27 10 22.5 30 20 11 19 C2 C2.5 14.5 74.3 47.3 5 +0.012 0 5 +0.012 0 19.6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 34.5 -0.025 -0.064 34.5 +0.039 0 31 35.7 32.5 45.5 23.5 4.5 9 4 6 56 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0400-M 88.5 54 45 40 55 30 25 31.5 22.5 34 72 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 30.5 12 25 30.5 22 13 21 C3 C3 16 77.7 50.2 6+0.012 0 6+0.012 0 20.2 M5×0.8 3.5 14 38 -0.025 -0.064 38 +0.039 0 36 39.2 40 56.5 30.5 5 9 7.5 7 68 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0480-M 100 61 51 48 61 33 28 35.5 25.5 40 81 12 30 11 3 9 5.5 16 35 14 29 34.5 26 13 24 C3 C3 18.5 92.4 61.2 6+0.012 0 6+0.012 0 18.9 M5×0.8 3.5 14 45 -0.025 -0.064 45 +0.039 0 40 46.2 43 63.5 33.5 5 9 11.5 7 75 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0550-M 114 69 60 55 68.5 40.5 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13.5 37.5 16 31.5 35.5 30 16 28 C3 C3 21 101.9 71.7 6 +0.012 0 8 +0.015 0 19.9 M6 3.5 14 45 -0.025 -0.064 45 +0.039 0 40 46.2 50.5 71 41 5 9 11.5 7 82.5 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0650-M 134.5 81 70 65 80.5 50.5 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 16 45 20 37 39 35.5 19 37 C4 C5 24.5 111.4 78.7 8+0.015 0 10+0.015 0 20.5 M6 4.5 19 45 -0.025 -0.064 45 +0.039 0 40 46.2 60.5 81 51 5 9 11.5 7 92.5 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LKA0750-M 153 94.5 85 75 86 49 37 52 42.5 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 55 22 45 48 43.5 25 40 C10 C5 30 130.8 90.8 10 +0.015 0 12 +0.018 0 21.4 M8 4.5 19 53 -0.030 -0.076 53 +0.046 0 59.5 54.2 61 93.5 49.5 5.5 12 20.5 11 110.5 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LKA0900-M 186 109.5 100 90 107 67 40 59.5 50 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 17 64.5 28 52 52.5 52.5 28 49 C11 C6 36 146.5 104.6 12+0.018 0 15 +0.018 0 22.4 M10 4.5 22 53 -0.030 -0.076 53 +0.046 0 59.5 54.2 79 111.5 67.5 5.5 12 20.5 11 128.5 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7

LKA1050-M 223 127 120 105 129 79 50 67 60 88 152 19 60 22.5 5 20 14 23 77 35.5 62 64 64 32 64 φ152 C6 44 173.6 122.5 15+0.018 0 18+0.018 0 23.1 M12 4.5 22 53 -0.030 -0.076 53 +0.046 0 59.5 54.2 91 123.5 79.5 5.5 12 20.5 11 140.5 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7

KOSM EK LT D .

LKA-M

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

18


Double Action Link Clamp External dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

The graph shows the locking status of LKA-CCN.

JA

B

Release port: G thread

H

J L A- L

Release port (-C/-G type)

2- chamfer 1

Z

C K

JB

Link lever

P *5

Nx

Ny Ny

(The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

L φ Lock port P *5 (-C/-G type)

4-φR

G thread plug

L A-

AG°

6.3S *5

+0.3 0

C0.6

2-chamfer 2

1-φA

Y

φ

AB

AC

Lock stroke Stroke allowance

T V

φ

de-burr *5

AA

2-φA

15°

*1

Notes *4. CA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This process indicates -C/-G:Gasket Type.

E

M

S*2

G

W±0.1

Lock port: G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type)

A

K

4-CA thread *4

Spot facing φ

-0.1 -0.2

F

φ

Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug)

Port for confirming the locking

The graph shows the locked status of LKA-GCN.

LKA-N

NE

NB

R thread plug

Rc1/8 (air)

NE

Air venting port *3

φ2

φ A

NF

Lock port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

only for LKA0360

2-NH thread *3

NG

Ny Ny

NF

2-NHthread *3

max.2mm

Port for confirming the releasing

NC

ND

Rc1/8 (air)

NG Release port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

S: Piping type (Rc thread) The graph shows the locked status of LKA-SCN. Release port Rc thread

Nx

Notes *1. Flange inclination angle is 12° only for LKA0650. *2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *3. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant, chips or other debris. If the port might be exposed to coolant or debris a filter mechanism should be attached using tapped holes NG. Be sure not to block the air vent port.

19

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

Lock port Rc thread


Pipeline type with air sensor

model

LKA-N

Specifications Model Locking cylinder area cm2 Clamping force *6 (calculation formula) Full stroke mm Lock stroke mm Stroke allowance mm Cylinder capacity at locked cm3 at released Max. operating pressure MPa Minimum operation pressure *7 MPa Max. rated pressure MPa

LKA0360-N 4.02 F=

5.24×P L-14.5 18.5 16 2.5 7.4 6.9

LKA0400-N 4.18 F=

6.02×P L-16 20.5 17.5 3 8.6 8.6

LKA0480-N 5.53 F=

9.20×P L-18.5 23.5 20.5 3 13.0 13.0

LKA0550-N 8.08 F=

15.27×P L-21 26 23 3 21.0 19.8

LKA0650-N 14.4 F=

31.67×P L-24.5

LKA0750-N 21.2 F=

29.5 26.5 3 42.4 37.7

7 0.5 10.5 70 Use temperature *8 0.2 MPa Recommended used air pressure ISA1,ISA2-H (Made by SMC) Recommended air catch sensor *8 MPa Mass *9 0.7 0.9 1.4 1.9 3.1 Remarks: *6. F: clamping force (kN), P: hydraulic supply pressure, L: distance between the L piston center and the clamping point (mm). *7. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *8. The number of connected clamps should be no more than 4 for one air catch sensor. F *9. Mass means that of the individual clamp with the link lever excluded.

57.27×P L-30

LKA0900-N 33.8 F=

109.42×P L-36

LKA1050-N 47.7 F=

188.97×P L-44

35 32 3 74.2 69.8

41 38 3 138.5 123.7

49 46 3 233.8 197.8

4.9

7.8

12.8

Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Chamfer 1 Chamfer 2

AA AB AC AD AE AG CA JA JB NA NB NC ND NE NF NG NH (Nominal designation× depth) -C type Lock/release port -S type R thread plug -G type O ring (-C/-G type)

LKA0360-N 78.5 49 40 36 48 23 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 15.5 27 10 22.5 30 20 11 19 C2 C2.5 14.5 74.3 47.3 0 5+0.012 0 5+0.012 19.6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 35.5 31 9 12.5 17 25 M3×0.5×6 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0400-N 88.5 54 45 40 55 30 25 31.5 22.5 34 72 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15 30.5 12 25 30.5 22 13 21 C3 C3 16 77.7 50.2 0 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 20.2 M5×0.8 3.5 14 39.5 36 8.5 17.5 1 18.5 29 M3×0.5×6 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0480-N 100 61 51 48 61 33 28 35.5 25.5 40 81 12 30 11 3 9 5.5 16 35 14 29 34.5 26 13 24 C3 C3 18.5 92.4 61.2 0 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 18.9 M5×0.8 3.5 14 45 40 12 18 2 20 29 M3×0.5×6 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0550-N 114 69 60 55 68.5 40.5 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13.5 37.5 16 31.5 35.5 30 16 28 C3 C3 21 101.9 71.7 0 6 +0.012 0 8 +0.015 19.9 M6 3.5 14 45 40 12 18 2 20 29 M3×0.5×6 G1/8 Rc1/8 R1/8 1BP5

LKA0650-N 134.5 81 70 65 80.5 50.5 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 16 45 20 37 39 35.5 19 37 C4 C5 24.5 111.4 78.7 0 8 +0.015 0 10 +0.015 20.5 M6 4.5 19 45 40 12 18 2 20 29 M3×0.5×6 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LKA0750-N 153 94.5 85 75 86 49 37 52 42.5 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 55 22 45 48 43.5 25 40 C10 C5 30 130.8 90.8 0 10 +0.015 0 12 +0.018 21.4 M8 4.5 19 53 59.5 20 29.5 3 24 38 M4×0.7×7 G1/4 Rc1/4 R1/4 1BP7

LKA0900-N 186 109.5 100 90 107 67 40 59.5 50 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 17 64.5 28 52 52.5 52.5 28 49 C11 C6 36 146.5 104.6 0 12+0.018 0 15 +0.018 22.4 M10 4.5 22 53 59.5 20 29.5 3 24 38 M4×0.7×7 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7

LKA1050-N 223 127 120 105 129 79 50 67 60 88 152 19 60 22.5 5 20 14 23 77 35.5 62 64 64 32 64 φ152 C6 44 173.6 122.5 0 15 +0.018 0 18 +0.018 23.1 M12 4.5 22 53 59.5 20 29.5 3 24 38 M4×0.7×7 G3/8 Rc3/8 R3/8 1BP7

KOSM EK LT D .

LKA-N

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

20


Double Action Link Clamp

(Supplied air pressure) 0.2

Air sensor pressure setting (ON)

0

Remarks.*1

Lock detection air pressure (MPa)

Number directly connected to clamp: 1

Pressure when detection nozzle completely closed

Lock detection air pressure (MPa)

Release → Lock

Pressure when detection nozzle completely open

Detected pressure difference

Air sensing chart

Number directly connected to clamp: 4 (for reference) (Supplied air pressure) 0.2

0

5.5±0.5

(Supplied air pressure) 0.2

Air sensor pressure setting (ON)

0

Remarks.*1

Release detection air pressure (MPa)

Number directly connected to clamp: 1

Pressure when detection nozzle completely closed

Release detection air pressure (MPa)

Lock → Release

Pressure when detection nozzle completely open

Detected pressure difference

Release end

Lock end

Full stroke

Number directly connected to clamp: 4 (for reference) (Supplied air pressure) 0.2

0

Lock end

Full stroke Release end

LKA-M/N

0.5±0.5

Remarks 1. The graph shows the relationship between the clamping stroke and detection circuit pressure. 2. The position where the air sensor has ON signal output varies as per the sensor setting. 3. The detection pressure varies as per the number of clamps connected per circuit. (Maximum number of clamps connected: 4) 4. The features may vary as per the air circuit structure. For details, please do not hesitate to contact us. *1. There is certain tolerance with regard to the position where the pressure for fully closing the detection nozzle is reached as per the clamp structure. (Refer to the graph)

21

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p


Air sensing chart

model

LKA-M/N

When the air catch sensor type (-M/N) is used The air catch sensor is necessary to confirm the clamp action. Please use the air catch sensor with the air consumption above 22~25L/min (at 0.2MPa). ecommended air catch sensor ame odel anufacturer

Air catch sensor I A1 I A2-H C

Contact confirmation switch G 2-07-15 C D

In order to carry out stabilized detection, the number of clamps connected per one air catch sensor should be no more than 4.The air pressure to the air catch sensor should be 0.2MPa.

Refer to the drawing below for the pneumatic circuit composition.

Air sensor

Lock confirmation

Release confirmation

5

m

0.2MPa (recommended)

The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and no coolant and kept free of coolant and debris. The air catch sensor can malfunction if the air vent port is blocked

LKA-M/N

Notes on manifold type (-M) with air sensor and pipeline type (-N) with air sensor. When the lever is mounted, match the marks on the rod and cylinder. Detection is not possible if it is mounted reversely by 180째.

Piston Cylinder ark

Notes on manifold type (-M) with air sensor. Grease the O-ring before assembly to fixture. If installed without lubricant, the O-ring may twist or be damaged. If excessive grease is applied, the grease may overflow to block the detection port, resulting in malfunctioning of the air catch sensor.

KOSM EK LT D .

22


Double Action Link Clamp Link Lever Design Dimension Refer to it for designing the link lever.

N

φ

H7

L

J

B

M±0.02

A±0.02

φ

K

H7

C

F +00.1

G

H

Calculation List of Link Lever Design Dimension Corresponding Product Model

LKA0360

LKA0400

LKA0480

LKA0550

LKA0650

LKA0750

LKA0900

A

14.5

16

18.5

21

24.5

30

36

44

B

12.5

14

16

20

25

32

38

45

0 12 -0.3

0 12 -0.3

0 16 -0.3

0 19 -0.3

0 22 -0.3

0 25 -0.3

0 32 -0.4

5 +0.012 0 5+0.012 0

6+0.012 0 6+0.012 0

6+0.012 0 6+0.012 0

6+0.012 0 8+0.015 0

5 8 +0.01 0 5 10+0.01 0

5 10 +0.01 0 8 12 +0.01 0

8 12 +0.01 0 8 15 +0.01 0

15+0.018 0

F

5

6

6

8

10

11

13

16

G

10

11.5

13

12.5

16

20

24

28

H

R2.5

R3

R3

R4

R5

R5.5

R6.5

R8

J

10

12

13

13

17.5

22

26

30.5

K

R4.5

R5.5

R6

R6

R8

R10

R11

R13

L

4.5

5.5

6

6

8

10

11

13

M

2.5

2.5

3.5

6

7.5

9.5

13

16

N

4.5

5.5

6

6

8

10

11

13

Lever Dimensions Accessory

C

23

0 10 -0.2

LKA1050

Notes 1. Design the link lever length by taking into consideration of the performance graph. 2. If the link lever is not in accordance with the dimension shown above, performance may be degraded and damage can occur.

7MPa

ht t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .jp

18+0.018 0


Lever Dimensions/Accessory

model

LKA

Accessory Link lever blank: LZK-L +0.1 0

B

Model Corresponding Product Model

F

A B C

A φ

H7

F G H J K L M N

K L ±0.02

H7

C G

φ

H J ±0.02

LZK0360 LZK0400 LZK0480 LZK0550 LZK0650 LZK0750 LZK0900 LZK1050 -L -L -L -L -L -L -L -L LKA0360 LKA0400 LKA0480 LKA0550 LKA0650 LKA0750 LKA0900 LKA1050 65 75 85 90 105 110 160 220 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 -0.2 12 -0.3 12 -0.3 16 -0.3 19 -0.3 22 -0.3 25 -0.3 32 -0.4 12.5 14 16 20 25 32 38 45 5 6 6 8 10 11 13 16 12.5 14.5 16 16.5 21 25.5 30.5 36 2.5 3 3 4 5 5.5 6.5 8 10 12 13 13 17.5 22 26 30.5 4.5 5.5 6 6 8 10 11 13 14.5 16 18.5 21 24.5 30 36 44 4.5 5.5 6 6 8 10 11 13 2.5 2.5 3.5 6 7.5 9.5 13 16 5+0.012 6 +0.012 6+0.012 6+0.012 8+0.015 10+0.015 12+0.018 15+0.018 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 +0.012 +0.012 +0.012 +0.015 +0.015 +0.018 +0.018 50 60 60 80 10 0 12 0 15 0 18+0.018 0

Notes 1.Material S45C 2. If necessary, the front end should be additionally processed.

Manifold block: LZ C ±0.1

Model

6.3S

4-φ

J

Corresponding Product Model

G H

φ

A

+0.3 0

F

A B C

C0.6

L side

C0.6

2 – O-ring

F G H J K O-ring

LZY0360 LZY0400 LZY0480 LZY0550 LZY0650 LZY0750 LZY0900 LZY1050 LKA0360 LKA0400 LKA0480 LKA0550 LKA0650 LKA0750 LKA0901 LKA1051 49 54 61 69 81 92 107 122 40 45 51 60 70 80 95 110 20 20 27 30 32 37 45 50 36 40 48 55 65 75 90 105 29 31.5 35.5 39 46 52 59.5 67 20 22.5 25.5 30 35 40 47.5 55 23.5 26 30 33.5 39.5 45 52.5 60 16 18 22 24 30 32 37 45 31.4 34 40 47 55 63 75 88 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.8 6.8 9 11 14 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7

Notes 1.Material S45C 2. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "C". 3. L side should be additionally processed for use if it is necessary to have the area beyond the block thickness (C dimension). Moreover, refer to this drawing for fabrication.

Lever Dimensions Accessory

B

KOSM EK LTD .

24


Double Acting Link Clamp Speed Control Valve (with air venting function): BZL *1 BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type. It is best used in the circuit where the flow governing valve cannot be mounted, or the synchronized and individual adjustment is necessary. Additionally, air can be vented at the component, improving stability of the hydraulic system. *1.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.

Specifications Model Maximum Use Pressure

Max. rated pressure

MPa MPa

Controlling Method G thread size Cracking pressure Maximum passage area

Tightening torque

MPa mm2 N・m

Circuit Symbols

BZL0100-A BZL0200-A BZL0300-A BZL0100-B BZL0200-B BZL0300-B 7 10.5 Meter-in Meter-out G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 0.04 0.12 2.6 5.0 11.6 2.6 5.0 10.2 10 25 35 10 25 35

BZL-A:meter-in

P1 port

BZL-B:meter-out

Remarks 1.The minimum passage area at full opening of the control side is similar to that for free flow.

External Dimensions

Model

M thread

(Link clamp) Special packing

G thread

BZL0 00 -

φB close

open

J max.H

Hexagonal K Hexagonal A

P2 port Clamping side

E D max.C

F P1 port Hydraulic supply side

Processing dimensions for the mounting area Notes

0.1 Z

U thread (Lower hole

Z

0 N -0.10 min.P

T flat bottom)

P2 port

0.2

0.4

φ

Q

P2 port Clamping side

BZL 1

-

BZL 2

-

BZL 3

-

Corresponding Product Model

LKA0650 LKA0750

LKA0900 LKA1050

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R (flat area) S T U V W

14 15.5 15 12 8.5 (11.6) G1/8 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 11.5 8.5 9 16 10 8.7 G1/8 2 3 2.5 5

18 20 16 13 9.5 (15.1) G1/4 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 15 *1 11 11.5 20.5 13.5 11.5 G1/4 3 4 3.5 7

22 24 19 16 11 (17.6) G3/8 3 5 13 4 M8×0.75 17.5 13 13 24.5 17 15 G3/8 4 5 4.5 9

Notes 1 As the area is sealing part, pay attention not to damage it. 2 As the area is the metal sealing part at the BZL side, pay attention not to damage it (Notes for deburring) 3 Pay attention to have no cutting powder and burring at the tolerance part of the processing hole.

φW

45°

Accessory

min.φR max.φS φT

Clamping side

P1 port Hydraulic supply side

LKA0360 LKA0400 LKA0480 LKA0550

(Attached)

Hexagonal Lhole

P2 port Clamping side

Hydraulic supply side

P1 port Hydraulic supply side

4 As shown in the drawing, P1 port is used as the hydraulic supply side and P2 port as the clamping side. 5 If the market available plug and connector with G screw specs are considered to be mounted, ”*1” in the specification list is 12.5. 6 It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure.It must be done under lower pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)

25

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p


Speed Control Valve

model Flow characteristic graph (hydraulic fluids ISO-VG32 25 BZL0200-A:meter-in

Control flow direction

4 Pressure loss 1MPa

2 0

1

2

3

30

20

5MPa

15 3MPa

10 5 0

4

35

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

1MPa

0

1

Free flowing direction

3

4 Fully closed

2 1

2

3

4

5

10 Fully closed

5 0

1

2

3

4

5

4 Pressure loss 1MPa

2 3

4

15 3MPa

10 5 0

1

3

6 4 Fully closed

2 3

4

Pressure loss (MPa)

5

6

4

5

6

5MPa

3MPa

15 10 5 1MPa

0

1

2

3

4

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Free flowing direction 35 30

Fully opened

20 15 10

Fully closed

5 0

3

20

0

4

Flow rate (L/min)

Fully opened

2

25

Free flowing direction

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

2

25

2

1

30 5MPa

Free flowing direction

1

0

Control flow direction

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

10

0

10

35

20

0

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

0

Fully closed

15

BZL0300-B:meter-out

1MPa

8

20

Pressure loss (MPa)

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Pressure loss 3MPa

4

Fully opened

Control flow direction

6

3

25

0

6

25 Pressure loss 5MPa

2

5

BZL0200-B:meter-out

2

1

30

15

Control flow direction

1

1MPa

0

Pressure loss (MPa)

10

0

5

Free flowing direction

Fully opened

20

0

6

BZL0100-B:meter-out

0

10

35

Pressure loss (MPa)

8

3MPa

15

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Flow rate (L/min)

6

0

20

Free flowing direction

Fully opened

8

5MPa

25

0

4

25 Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

2

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

10

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Pressure loss 5MPa

Pressure loss 3MPa

0

Control flow direction

25

6

0

BZL0300-A:meter-in

Control flow direction

10 8

35 )

Accessory

BZL0100-A:meter-in

BZL

0

1

2

3

4

Pressure loss (MPa)

5

6

Fully opened

25 20 15

Fully closed

10 5 0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Pressure loss (MPa)

KOSM EK LTD .

26


Double Action Link Clamp Air venting valve: BZX *1 BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method: C type. As it is specially for air venting, it is easy to vent the air within the hydraulic circuit. *1.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.

Specifications

Circuit Symbols

Model

BZX010

BZX020 25 37.5 G1/4 25

MPa MPa

Maximum use pressure Max rated pressure

G1/8 10

G thread size Tightening torque (housing)

N・m

BZX030

G3/8 35

External Dimensions Housing Locking nut M6 (3 types)

(Link clamp)

Model

BZX010

BZX020

BZX030

Corresponding Product Model

LKA0360 LKA0400 LKA0480 LKA0550

LKA0650 LKA0750

LKA0900 LKA1050

A B C D E G

14 15.5 19.8 9.3 5.5 G1/8

18 20 20.6 10.1 6.3 G1/4

22 24 20.6 10.1 6.3 G3/8

Plug

M6x1

Special packing(Attached)

φB

G thread

3.6 3.8

Hexagonal hole 3

E D

Hexagonal 10

Notes 1. Do not over loosen the plug during air venting. (Do not loosen for more than 2 turns from the fully closed status.) 2. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)

Hexagonal A

10.5 C

3. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 25)

G thread Plug (with air venting function): JZG *2 JZG is the plug with air venting function which consists of the G thread plug and special packing. Moreover, air is vented at the equipment end like BZL, improving the stability of the hydraulic system. *2.It is assembled with Piping Method C Type for delivery.

Specifications Model

JZG010

Maximum use pressure Max rated pressure

MPa MPa

G thread size

N・m

G1/8 10

JZG030

G3/8 35

External Dimensions Special packing

(Attached)

φA

Accessory

Tightening torque

JZG020 35 42 G1/4 25

Hexagonal hole D

G thread

B

27

7MPa

C

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

Model

JZG010

JZG020

JZG030

Corresponding Product Model

LKA0360 LKA0400 LKA0480 LKA0550

LKA0650 LKA0750

LKA0900 LKA1050

A B C D G

14 3.5 8 5 G1/8

19 4.5 9 6 G1/4

22 4.5 10 8 G3/8

Notes 1. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 25)


Air venting valve/G screw type

model

BZX/JZG

Application Example LKA Link clamp

BZL0 00-B Speed Control Valve

JZG G thread plug

Lock port

Release port

Lock port

Accessory

Release port

KOSM EK LTD .

28


Double Action Link Clamp Notes for design 1) Specification confirmation The maximum use hydraulic pressure is 7.0MPa and minimum at 0.5MPa. However, the maximum use pressure and clamping force vary as per the link lever length. If load is excessive damage may occur and cause oil leaks. Use the appropriate pressure based on the length of the used lever by referring to Performance Graph. (Refer to Page 5~8)

6) When it is used in dry environment If the link pins are heated or otherwise lose lubrication, they should be greased regularly or special pins should be used. Please contact us regarding special usage. 7) When the speed control valve (BZL) is used Used BZL should not be re-mounted on other clamps as the metal seal may not re-seal and flow adjustment would be degraded. Moreover, the speed control valve (BZL) can be mounted only on the Piping Method C type. (Refer to Page 25)

2) Consideration for circuit design When designing the hydraulic circuit, refer to Oil Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Notes. Improper design can lead to malfunction and damage. (Refer to Page 33) Do not supply pressure simultaneously to Lock and Release ports. 3) Notes on link lever design Do not apply force other than the axial force on the piston rod. Never operate it in the way as shown in the drawing below as the piston rod suffers from large bending stress.

If eccentric load is applied on the link part, do not exceed the tolerance range of Eccentricity Tolerance Graph. (Refer to Page 9~12) 4) When the welding fixture is used, the exposed area of piston rod and link lever should be protected. If the exposed becomes contaminated with spatter, it may lead to defective operation and fluid leakage.

Notes

5) When the workpiece inclined side is clamped The clamping side and clamp mounting side should be made parallel.

29

7MPa

ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m ek .c o .jp


Notes

model

LKA

Notes on installation 1) Used fluid confirmation Please use the appropriate fluid by referring to the Hydraulic Fluid List. 2) Treatment before the piping The pipeline, piping connector and fixture fluid hole should be cleaned by thorough flushing. The dust and cutting powder in the circuit may lead to fluid leakage and malfunctioning.

Reduce hydraulic supply pressure to less than 2MPa. Loosen the cap nut of the pipeline connector which is closest to the link clamp by one turn. Shake the pipeline left and right, and loosen the mating surfaces of the pipeline connector. The hydraulic fluid mixed with air comes out.

This product is not equipped with protective function to prevent dust and impurity going into the hydraulic system and pipeline. 3) Applying seal tape Wind tape 1~2 turns. Wrapping in the wrong direction will cause leaks and malfunction. In order to prevent foreign substance going into the product during the piping work, it should be carefully cleaned before the work is started. 4) Mounting the body All the mounting bolt holes should be used to assemble the body with tightening torque shown in the table below. If the tightening torque is more than that recommended, the counter-bore or the bolt may be damaged. Model LKA0360 LKA0400 LKA0480 LKA0550 LKA0650 LKA0750 LKA0900 LKA1050

Nominal designation of mounting bolt

Tightening torque (N·m)

M4×0.7

4.0

M5×0.8

8.0

M5×0.8

8.0

M6

14.0

M6

14.0

M8

33.0

M10

65.0

M12

114.0

As for the bolt used, it is recommended to use socket head cap screws (class 12.9) 5) Assembling and removal of link lever When inserting the link pin, do not strike directly. Use a smaller diameter drift to protect the ring grooves.

Tighten the cap nut after bleeding. It is more effective to carry out air venting at the highest point of the hydraulic circuit or close to the clamp at the terminal end. (When the gasket type is used, mount the air venting valve at the place near the highest part of the hydraulic circuit.

7) Speed adjustment Adjust the speed so that the full action time is at least 1s. Excessive clamp speed will accelerate wear and lead to component damage. The speed adjustment should not be carried out unless circuit air venting is completed. If air is mixed in the circuit, action will be erratic. Adjust the speed control valve slowly from the low speed side (low flow) to high speed side (large flow). 8) Checking looseness and retightening At the beginning of the equipment installation, the bolt may be tightened lightly. Check torque and re-tighten if required. 9) Notes on dog sensing dual rod type (-D) When installing dog or cam onto rod end, secure the dog or cam and prevent any rotation or torque on the piston rod. Torque values for the mounting screw are shown in the table below.

Notes

6) Air venting in the hydraulic circuit If the hydraulic circuit has excessive air, the action time may become abnormally long. After making hydraulic connections, or if air enters the circuit at any other time, air bleeding must be carried out according to the procedure below.

KOSM EK LTD .

30


Double Action Link Clamp Notes on installation Hydraulic Fluid List ISO viscosity grade ISO-VG-32 Multi purpose universal fluid

Manufacturer name Wear resistant hydraulic fluid

Tellus Oil C32 TELLUS OIL C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu DAPHNE SUPER HYDRO 32A SUPERMULTI 32 Idemitsu Kosan SUPER HYRANDO 32 SUPER MULPUS 32 Nippon Oil Corp COSMO NEW MIGHTY SUPER 32 COSMO HYDRO AW32 Cosmo Oil LATHUS 32 HYDLUX 32 Japan Energy (JOMO) NUTO 32 NUTO H32 Esso Sekiyu MOBIL DTE24 LIGHT MOBIL DTE24 ExxonMobil UNIT OIL P32 UNIT OIL WR32 Kygnus FUKKOL SUPER HYDROL 32 FUKKOL HYDROL DX32 Fujikosan Oil HYDROL AW32 Matsumura Oil SUNVIS 832 SUNVIS 932 Japan Sun Oil HYDIC AW32 HYDIC 32 Mitsui Oil HYSPIN AWS32 Castrol

Notes

Note: as it may be difficult to purchase the products as shown in the table from overseas, please contact the respective manufacturer.

31

7MPa

ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m ek .c o .jp


Notes

model

LKA

Notes on handling 1) It should be handled by qualified personnel with sufficient knowledge.

1

The hydraulic machine/air compressor should be handled and maintained by qualified personnel with sufficient experience and knowledge. 2

Do not handle or remove the machine unless the safety is ensured. The machine and equipment can only be inspected or prepared when it is confirmed that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place.

Maintenance/Inspection Removal of the machine and shutoff of pressure source Before the machine is removed, make sure that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in in the hydraulic circuit. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting.

2

Regularly clean the area around the piston rod. If it is used when the surface is contaminated with dirt, it may lead to packing seal damage, malfunctioning and fluid leakage.

3

If disconnection is carried out with coupler, air is mixed inside the circuit after a long period of use, air venting should be carried out on the regular basis.

4

Check whether the pipeline, mounting bolt and stopper for link pin are loosened or not. If so, retighten it.

5

Make sure the hydraulic fluid has not deteriorated.

6

Make sure that the action is smooth and there is no abnormal noise. Especially when it is restarted after left unused for a long period, make sure it can be operated correctly.

7

The products should be stored in the cold and dark place without direct sunshine and moisture.

8

Please contact us for overhaul and repair.

Before the machine is removed, make sure that the above-mentioned safety measures are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. After stopping the machine, do not remove it until its temperature cools down.

3

4

Do not touch the lamp when the link clamp is in operation. Otherwise,your hands may be injured due to clinching. Do not disassemble or modify it. If it is disassembled or modified, the warranty will become invalid even if it is still within the warranty period.

Notes

Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting the machine/equipment.

KOSM EK LTD .

32


Double Action Link Clamp 取付施工上 Speed control注意 circuit of hydraulic cylinder & notes If the hydraulic cylinder speed is controlled, the circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. Carry out sufficient advance review as the wrong circuit design may lead to machine malfunctioning and damage. Speed control circuit for single acting cylinder For spring return type single acting cylinders, restricting flow during release can slow or prevent release action. The preferred method is to control the flow during the lock action and use a valve that has free-flow in the release direction. Also, it is preferred to provide a speed control at each actuator to be regulated.

If the release action is accelerated by some load (or gravity) the clamp may sustain damage. In this case add speed control to release flow. Flow control at the release side

In the case of meter-out circuit, however, the hydraulic circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. Single acting components should not use the same speed control as the double acting components. The release action of the single acting cylinders may become erratic or very slow.

Refer to the following circuit when both the single acting cylinder and double acting cylinder are used together. Separate the control circuit.

W

Speed control circuit for double acting cylinder For double acting cylinder speed control, both the locking side and release side should have meter-out circuits. Meter-in controls can be adversely affected by any air in the system

Back pressure in a shared tank line can delay the release of single acting components.

Meter-out circuit

In the case of meter-out circuit, the inner circuit pressure may increase during the cylinder action because of the fluid supply. The increase of the inner circuit pressure can be prevented by reducing the supplied

Meter-in circuit

fluid beforehand via the flow governing valve. Especially, as for systems with sequence valve and pressure switch for action confirmation, if the inner circuit pressure is over the setting pressure, the system may

Notes

break down, which should be taken into full consideration.

33

Sequence valve

7MPa

Flow governing valve for fluid supply (ok with each location)

ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m ek .c o .jp


Notes

model

LKA

Warranty

2

Warranty Warranty Period The product warranty period is 18 months from shipment from our factory or 12 months from initial use, whichever is earlier. Warranty Scope If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to faulty design, materials or workmanship, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. Defects or failures caused by the following are not covered. If the stipulated maintenance and inspection are not carried out. If the product is used while it is not suitable for use based on the operator’s judgement, resulting in defect. If it is used or handled in inappropriate way by the operator. (including damage caused by the misconduct of the third party.) If the defect is caused by reasons other than our responsibility. If it is caused by reform or repair other than carried out by us, or without our approval and confirmation. Other caused by natural disasters or calamities not attributable to our company. Parts expenses or replacement expenses due to parts consumption and deterioration. (such as gum, plastic, seal material and some electric components). Moreover, the damages in connection with or resulting from the product defect shall be excluded from the warranty.

Notes

1

KOSM EK LTD .

34


h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p

1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401

JQA-QMA10823 KOSMEK HEAD OFFICE

CAT.NO.LKA001-03-02 Printed in Japan

2008.12. First 2011.01. 3th

1Yc 1Ry


1MPa AIR LINK CLAMP


Air Link Clamp Cross-sectional Structure Specially designed dust seal to prevent entrance of dust and coolant

OQFGN

9 % #

- Chemical resistant material.

Convenient speed adjustment - Compact direct mounting flow controller

Three different pivoting directions to choose from - Makes jig design simple.

Piston

Operating Instructions 1. Release position (unclamped) Release is operated by air pressure supply to release port.

1MPa

http:/ / www. kosme k .c o.j p

2. Locking operation (clamped) When air pressure is supplied to the lock port, the lever operates with the piston. Clamp produces a powerful locking function through a unique linking mechanism.


&QWDNG CEVKQP 5VCPFCTF V[RG

OQFGN 9%#

Features

Symbol

-By making the bottom of the flange more compact, the machining area on the fixture is maximized. -Coolant-resistant dust seal provides smooth operation with high durability.

OQFGN

9 % #

-Highly durable link mechanism ensures long life of the clamp.

Applications

K OSMEK LT D .


Air Link Clamp Specifications /QFGN Cylinder inner diameter mm Locking cylinder area

cm2

Clamping capacity (formula)㧖1

F=

OQFGN

9 % #

kN

WCA0321

WCA0401

WCA0501

WCA0631

32

40

50

63

8.04

12.57

19.63

31.17

14.11Ă—P L-19.5

F=

23.76Ă—P L-21

F=

44.17Ă—P L-25

F=

84.16Ă—P L-30

Full stroke

mm

23

24.5

28.5

34

Locking stroke㧖2

mm

20

21.5

25.5

31

Stroke allowance㧖2

mm

3

3

3

3

18.5

30.8

56.0

106.0

15.0

25.9

48.7

93.1

0.8

1.2

Cylinder volume At lock cm3 Released Max operating pressure MPa

1.0

Min operating pressure MPa

0.2

Pressure resistance

1.5

MPa

Operating temperature Í Weight㧖3

kgf

0㨪70 0.4

0.5

Remarks㧖1. The clamp force (formula) codes are as follows: F stands for clamping force (kN), P stands for supplied air pressure (MPa) and L stands for the distance (mm) from the center of the piston to the clamping point. 㧖2. Shows the stroke of the piston rod. 㧖3. Shows the weight of the clamp unit minus the link lever.

Model Code

9 % # ) 4

Cylinder inner diameter Design No.

Piping methods

A

G

S

A: Gasket type (with ports for speed controller) G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) S: Pipe type (Rc thread) Gasket type With ports for With thread plug speed controller (order separately)

Lever direction L: Left C: Center R: Right

1MPa

http:/ / www. kosm ek .c o.j p

L

C

Pipe type Rc thread

R


&QWDNG CEVKQP 5VCPFCTF V[RG

OQFGN 9%#

Performance Curve WCA0321

WCA0401 L=30(5)

1.0

L=33(5) L=35(7)

Non-usable range

0.9

Non-usable range

1.4

L=35(10)

Cylinder output Cylinder output

L=45(20) 0.5 L=50(25) 0.4

1.0 L=50(22)

0.8

0.6

L=60(32)

0.4

L=80(52)

9 % #

0.6

L=42(14)

L=60(35) 0.3 L=80(55)

0.2

L=100(72)

L=100(75)

OQFGN

L=39(14)

0.7

1.2

Clamping force (kN)

Clamping force (kN)

0.8

L=120(92)

0.2

0.1 0

0 0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

0

Supplied air pressure (MPa)

0.2

0.4

0.6

1.0

Supplied air pressure (MPa)

WCA0501

WCA0631 L=38(5)

L=45(6)

4.0

Non-usable range

2.4 2.2 2.0

L=45(12)

L=50(11)

Non-usable range

3.5

Cylinder output

1.8

L=50(17)

1.6 1.4 L=60(27) 1.2 1.0

Clamping force (kN)

Clamping force (kN)

0.8

3.0 L=60(21) 2.5

2.0 L=80(41) 1.5

L=80(47)

0.8

L=100(67)

0.6

L=100(61) L=120(81)

1.0

L=140(101) L=160(121)

L=120(87) 0.4

L=140(107)

0.5

0.2 0

0 0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

0

Supplied air pressure (MPa)

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

Supplied air pressure (MPa)

Notes 1. This graph shows the relationship between the clamping force and the supplied air pressure. 2. If used outside the permitted range it could cause deformation, dragging or air leaks. 3. Clamping force is found by substituting lever length and supplied air pressure with the specifications on P3 in the formulas. 4. Cylinder thrust (L=0) cannot be found with the formula. ฤฌModel

S

ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช

: WCA0501 : 0.6MPa : 50mm : 1.06kN

ใช ใช ใช

Non-usable range

ใช ใช ใช

ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช ใช

ใช ใช ใช

Clamping force (kN)

(E.g.) ใฝฒ Model ิ Supply pressure ิ Lever length ิ clamp force

L

Non-usable range ( part)

9%#

ลจHow to read performance curve diagram

Cylinder output

ใช ใช ใช

ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช ใช

ฤฎ

ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช

ฤฏใช ใช ใช ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช ใช

ใช ใช ใช

ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช ใช

ใช ใช ใช

ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช

ใชฃใช ใช ใช ใช ใฉฟใช ใช ใช ใช

ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใฉท

ใช ใช ใช ใฉท

ใช ใช ใช ใฉท

ใช ใช ใช ใฉท

ใช ใช ใช ใฉท

ใช

ฤญ Supplied air pressure (MPa)

K OSMEK LT D .


Air Link Clamp Outline dimensions

Machining dimensions for mounting

This drawing shows the locked position of WCA-AC.

B

㍄㪸ăŤ?㪅㊡ăŞˆăŞŽ H

J

(WCA-AL)

Rc1/8 thread㧖1

2-ZA

for speed controller)

Release port

K Ny

Z

C

ÇžP Ny

㹢ăŞˆăŞŒăŞ…ăŞŒ

Link lever (supplied by customer)

‍غ‏K

9 % # #

L Çž Lock port

ÇžP R1/8 thread plug

4-ÇžR Counter bore ÇžQ

(WCA-AR)

Locking stroke Stroke allowance

AG°

AC

C0.6

6.3S

Chamfer

1-ÇžADH7

Chamfer

2 ÇžU

X

Y

2-ÇžAEH7

ăŞœ

㪤

S

㪞

12° ăŞ˜

ÇžD+0.3 0

Remove burrs

AB

㪭

㪍

AA

K

4-CA thread

W Âą0.4

OQFGN

Nx

[Cautions] 1) The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.

�

2 The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference.

ÇžD -0.1 -0.2 Lock port O-ring (Attached)

Nx

Link lever design dimensions BN

BB BL

BJ

㪼�

㪼�

BAÂą0.02

BMÂą0.02

Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing link levers.

BK Release port O-ring (Attached)

ÇžBDH7

BC

BF+0.1 0

BG

[Cautions] 1) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.

1 Optional. Please order separately (see P11).

1MPa

ÇžBEH7

BH

http:/ / www. kosm ek .c o.j p


&QWDNG CEVKQP 5VCPFCTF V[RG

OQFGN 9%# # WCA0321-A

WCA0401-A

WCA0501-A

WCA0631-A

A B

99 60

106 66

129 76

148.5 87

C D E

50 46 64

56 54 66

66 64 81

78 77 89

F G

39 25

41 25

51 30

59 30

H J K

35 25 39

38 28 45

43 33 53

48 39 65

L M

79 11

88 11

98 11

113 11

Nx Ny P

28 10 max. 5

31 13 max. 5

36 15 max. 5

41 20 max. 5

Q R

9.5 5.5

9.5 5.5

11 6.8

11 6.8

S T U

14 31.5 14

13.5 36 16

16 40 18

15 50.5 22

V W

27 31

30 32.5

34 37.5

42.5 40.5

X Y Z

23.5 11 19

26 13 21

32.5 16 28

39.5 18 37

Chamfer AA

C2.5 19.5

C3 21

C3 25

C5 30

AB AC AD

72 46.9 5 +0.012 0

76.5 50.9 6 +0.012 0

92.2 62.7 6 +0.012 0

105.7 74.7 8 +0.015 0

AE AG

5 +0.012 0 26.5

6 +0.012 0 26.4

8 +0.015 0 26.1

10 +0.015 0 25.2

CA ZA O-ring

M5Ă—0.8 R5 1BP7

M5Ă—0.8 R5 1BP7

M6 R6 1BP7

M6 R6 1BP7

Locking stroke Stroke allowance

20 3

21.5 3

25.5 3

31 3

Full stroke

23

24.5

28.5

34

WCA0501-A

WCA0631-A

OQFGN

Model

9 % # #

Outline dimensions and machining dimension chart for mounting

Link lever design dimensions Model BA BB BC BD BE

WCA0321-A 19.5 12.5 0 10 -0.2 5 +0.012 0 5 +0.012 0

BF BG BH BJ BK

5 10 R2.5 10 R4.5

BL BM BN

WCA0401-A 21 16 0 12 -0.3

25 20 0 16-0.3

30 25 0 19-0.3

6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 0

6 +0.012 0 8 +0.015 0

8 +0.015 0 10+0.015 0

6 13 R3 13 R6

8 13 R4 13 R6

10 17 R5 17.5 R8

4.5

6

6

8

2.5

3.5

6

7.5

4.5

6

6

8

[Cautions] 1) Design and manufacture the link lever with the appropriate length according to the performance curve on P4. 2) If you manufacture a link lever with different dimensions than the chart above, it could lead to malfunctions, including low clamp force, deforming, and scraping.

K OSMEK LT D .


Air Link Clamp Outline dimensions

Machining dimensions for mounting

This drawing shows the locked position of WCA-GC.

B

JA 1 H

J

(WCA-GL)

Nx

R1/8 thread plug 2-ZA

Release port

K

Ny

ÇžP

Ny

Z

C

‍غ‏K Ny Ny

9 % # )

Link lever (supplied by customer)

L Çž Lock port

(WCA-GR)

AG°

C0.6

6.3S

1-ÇžADH7

Chamfer

2 X

Y

AB

ÇžU

2-ÇžAEH7

G

12°

E

S

A

ÇžD+0.3 0

Remove burrs

Chamfer

AC

V Locking stroke Stroke allowance

T

AA

K

4-CA thread

W Âą0.4

OQFGN

ÇžP 4-ÇžR Counter bore ÇžQ

[Cautions] 1) The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.

F

2 The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference.

ÇžD -0.1 -0.2 Lock port O-ring (Attached)

Nx

Link lever design dimensions BN

BB BL

BJ

Ny

Ny

BAÂą0.02

BMÂą0.02

Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing link levers.

BK Release port O-ring (Attached)

ÇžBDH7

BC

BF+0.1 0

BG

[Cautions] 1) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.

1 The amount the R-thread plug protrudes varies between 0 and 1.5 mm.

1MPa

ÇžBEH7

BH

http:/ / www. kosm ek .c o.j p


&QWDNG CEVKQP 5VCPFCTF V[RG

OQFGN 9%# ) A B C D E F G H J K L Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X Y Z Chamfer AA AB

WCA0321-G 99

WCA0401-G 106

WCA0501-G 129

WCA0631-G 148.5

60 50 46

66 56 54

76 66 64

87 78 77

64 39

66 41

81 51

89 59

25 35 25

25 38 28

30 43 33

30 48 39

39 79

45 88

53 98

65 113

28 10 max. 5

31 13 max. 5

36 15 max. 5

41 20 max. 5

9.5 5.5

9.5 5.5

11 6.8

11 6.8

14 31.5 14

13.5 36 16

16 40 18

15 50.5 22

27 31

30 32.5

34 37.5

42.5 40.5

23.5 11 19

26 13 21

32.5 16 28

39.5 18 37

C2.5 19.5

C3 21

C3 25

C5 30

72 46.9 5 +0.012 0

76.5 50.9 6 +0.012 0

92.2 62.7 6 +0.012 0

105.7 74.7 8 +0.015 0

5+0.012 0 26.5

6+0.012 0 26.4

8+0.015 0 26.1

10+0.015 0 25.2

JA*1 ZA

M5Ă—0.8 max. 1.5 R5

M5Ă—0.8 max. 1.5 R5

M6 max. 1.5 R6

M6 max. 1.5 R6

O-ring Locking stroke

1BP7 20

1BP7 21.5

1BP7 25.5

1BP7 31

Stroke allowance Full stroke

3 23

3 24.5

3 28.5

3 34

AC AD AE AG CA

OQFGN

Model

9 % # )

Outline dimensions and machining dimension chart for mounting

Link lever design dimensions Model

WCA0321-G

WCA0401-G

WCA0501-G

WCA0631-G

BA BB

19.5 12.5

21 16

25 20

30 25

0 12 -0.3 +0.012 6 0 6 +0.012 0

0 16-0.3 +0.012 6 0 8 +0.015 0

0 19-0.3 +0.015 8 0 10+0.015 0

BC BD BE

0 10 -0.2 +0.012 5 0 5 +0.012 0

BF BG BH

5 10 R2.5

6 13 R3

8 13 R4

10 17 R5

BJ BK

10 R4.5

13 R6

13 R6

17.5 R8

BL BM BN

4.5 2.5 4.5

6 3.5 6

6 6 6

8 7.5 8

[Cautions] 1) Design and manufacture the link lever with the appropriate length according to the performance curve on P4. 2) If you manufacture a link lever with different dimensions than the chart above, it could lead to malfunctions, including low clamp force, deforming, and scraping.

K OSMEK LT D .


Air Link Clamp Outline dimensions

Machining dimensions for mounting

This drawing shows the locked position of WCA-SC.

B H

J

(WCA-SL)

Release port Rc1/8 thread

2-ZA

(WCA-SR)

K

ÇžD+0.3 0

AG° C0.6

Chamfer

AC

1-ÇžADH7

Chamfer

1 ÇžU

Y

X

Stroke allowance

V Locking stroke

T

4-CA thread

Counter boreÇžQ

AA

2-ÇžAEH7

E

M

S

G

12° A

K

Z 4-ÇžR

AB

C

‍غ‏K Ny Ny

Lock port Rc1/8 thread

L Çž

W Âą0.4

OQFGN

9 % # 5

Link lever (supplied by customer)

[Cautions] 1) The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.

F

1 The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference.

ÇžD-0.1 -0.2

Link lever design dimensions

Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing link levers.

BN

BL

BJ

BB

BAÂą0.02

BMÂą0.02

[Cautions] 1) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.

BK

ÇžBDH7

ÇžBEH7

1MPa

BC

BF+0.1 0

BG

BH

http:/ / www. kosm ek .c o.j p


&QWDNG CEVKQP 5VCPFCTF V[RG

OQFGN 9%# 5 WCA0321-S

WCA0401-S

WCA0501-S

WCA0631-S

A B

99 60

106 66

129 76

148.5 87

C D E

50 46 64

56 54 66

66 64 81

78 77 89

F G

39 25

41 25

51 30

59 30

H J K

35 25 39

38 28 45

43 33 53

48 39 65

L M

79 11

88 11

98 11

113 11

Ny Q R

10 9.5 5.5

13 9.5 5.5

15 11 6.8

20 11 6.8

S T

14 31.5

13.5 36

16 40

15 50.5

U V W

14 27 31

16 30 32.5

18 34 37.5

22 42.5 40.5

X Y

23.5 11

26 13

32.5 16

39.5 18

Z Chamfer AA

19 ไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญC2.5 19.5

21

28

37

C3 21

C3 25

C5 30

AB AC

72 46.9

76.5 50.9

92.2 62.7

105.7 74.7

AD AE AG

5 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 5ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 26.5

6 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 6ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 26.4

6 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 8ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 26.1

8 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 10ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 25.2

CA ZA

M5ร 0.8 R5

M5ร 0.8 R5

M6 R6

M6 R6

Locking stroke Stroke allowance Full stroke

20 3 23

21.5 3 24.5

25.5 3 28.5

31 3 34

OQFGN

Model

9 % # 5

Outline dimensions and machining dimension chart for mounting

Link lever design dimensions Model

WCA0321-S

WCA0401-S

WCA0501-S

WCA0631-S

BA BB

19.5

21

25

30

16 ใช 12 ใช ใช ใช ใช

20 ใช 16ใช ใช ใช ใช

25 ใช 19ใช ใช ใช ใช

6 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 6 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช

6 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 8 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช

8 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 10ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช

BC BD BE BF BG BH BJ BK BL BM BN

ไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญไ ญใฉทใฉท12.5 ใช 10 ใช ใช ใช ใช 5 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 5 ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช ใช 5 10 R2.5 10 R4.5

6 13 R3 13 R6

8 13 R4 13 R6

10 17 R5 17.5 R8

4.5

6

6

8

2.5

3.5

6

7.5

4.5

6

6

8

[Cautions] 1) Design and manufacture the link lever with the appropriate length according to the performance curve on P4. 2) If you manufacture a link lever with different dimensions than the chart above, it could lead to malfunctions, including low clamp force, deforming, and scraping.

K OSMEK LT D .


Air Link Clamp Accessories This is a material link lever with a predrilled mounting hole. Perform additional machining on the end as necessary.

Material link lever:WCZų -L2 Dimensions

B

D+0.1 0

F

Model

WCZ0320-L2

WCZ0400-L2

WCZ0500-L2

WCZ0630-L2

Compatible Models

WCA0321

WCA0401

WCA0501

WCA0631

A

90

100

115

140

B

0 10 -0.2

E

N

16 -0.3

0

19 -0.3

12.5

16

20

25

D

5

6

8

10

A

E

12.5

16

17

22

ǾUH7

F

R2.5

R3

R4

R5

G

10

13

13

17.5

N

4.5

6

6

8

P

19.5

21

25

30

R

4.5

6

6

8

S

2.5

3.5

6

7.5

T

5

6

6

8

U

5

6

8

10

P

Notes 1. Material: S45C.

Speed control valve:BZW0100-B㧖1

#EEGUUQTKGU

BZW is an Rc threaded speed control valve that can be directly mounted to type A ported clamps. It is ideal when external speed controllers can’t be used or individual adjustment at each clamp is desired.

Specifications Model

㧔Air clamp㧕 Adjustable screw

Lock nut

Oring㧔Attached㧕

Meter-out

(Rc1/8)

Operating pressure

0.1 ~ 1.0 MPa

Ǿ8

Ǿ11

Ǿ15.5

BZW0100-B

Control Method

P2 㪢㪦㪪㪤㪜㪢

Design Pressure

1.5 MPa

Number of turns (full open to full close)

10

Tightening torque

5~7Nm

Packing

Close

Application

Open

Hex.14

4

3.5

11.5㨪17

P1

Notes 㧖1Applies only to type A ported clamps.

1MPa

0

C

R S

G

C

ǾTH7

0 12 -0.3

http:/ / www. kosm ek .c o.j p

P1 supply

P2 actuator


&QWDNG CEVKQP 5VCPFCTF V[RG

OQFGN 9%#

Cautions for Design 1) Check the specifications - The maximum operating air pressure is 1.0 MPa, and the minimum is 0.2 MPa. However, the maximum operating pressure and clamp pressure will vary depending on the length of the link lever. If a load that exceeds the operating range is exerted it could lead to deformation, scraping, air leaks, etc. Refer to the performance curve on P4 and use the appropriate pressure for the length of the swing lever used.

7) Speed adjustment - If the clamp operates too fast, the parts will wear out and become damaged more quickly leading to equipment failure. Generally air supply should be adjusted to obtain 1 second clamping action. To adjust the speed, install a speed controller (meter-in) and gradually raise it to the designated speed from the low speed side (small flow). If the adjustment is made from the high speed side (large flow) the devices and equipment could break due to excess load on the clamp. Meter-out Release Lock Meter-in

2) Considerations when designing the circuit - Do not use where there is a possibility of air pressure being supplied to the lock and release sides at the same time. If the circuit design is flawed, the equipment could be damaged or malfunction.

Recommended circuit

When multiple clamps are used simultaneously, put a speed controller (meter-out) on each clamp.

3) Cautions for link lever design - Make sure no force is applied to the piston rod outside the axial direction.Uses like the one shown in the figure below will apply a large bending stress to the piston rod and must be avoided.

4) When using it on a welding jig or other such equipment, protect the sliding surface of the piston rod and link plate - If spatter gets onto the sliding surface it could lead to malfunction and air leaks.

%CWVKQPU HQT &GUKIJ

5) When clamping a sloped surface on the workpiece - Make sure the clamp surface and the mounting surface on the workpiece are parallel.

6) When using in a dry environment - The link pin can get burnt. Grease it periodically or use a special pin. Contact us for the specifications for special pins.

K OSMEK LT D .


Air Link Clamp Cautions for Mounting 1) Check the air - Be sure to use clean air run through an air filter. Lubrication with a lubricator or otherwise is unnecessary.

8) Checking for looseness and additional tightening - After initially installing the equipment the tightening force of the bolts will drop due to initial breaking in. Check for looseness and tighten the bolts when necessary.

2) Precautions for installing piping - Flush the pipes, joints and jig fluid holes to make sure they are clean. - Chips and foreign material in the circuit will lead to air leaks and malfunction. - There is no filter provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the air circuit. 3) Using the sealing tape - Leave 1 or 2 turns on the thread and wrap it. - Pieces of the sealing tape can lead to air leaks and malfunction. - When installing the piping, do so in a clean working environment and follow directions faithfully so that foreign materials do not get into the equipment. 4) Mounting the Unit - When mounting the unit use four hexagon socket bolts (with tensile strength of 12.9) and tighten them with the torque shown in the chart below. Tightening with greater torque than recommended can depress the seating surface or break the bolt. Model WCA0321 WCA0401 WCA0501 WCA0631

Thread size

Tightening torque (N.m)

M5×0.8

6.3

M5×0.8

6.3

M6

10.0

M6

10.0

5) Installing Speed Control Valve - Torque to 5 – 7Nm.

%CWVKQKPU

6) Mounting and removing the link lever - When inserting the link pin, do not hit the pin directly with a hammer. When using a hammer to insert the pin, always use a cover plate with a smaller diameter than the snap ring groove on the pin.

7) Speed adjustment - Generally air supply should be adjusted to obtain 1 second clamping action. If the clamp operates too fast the parts will wear out and become damaged more quickly leading to equipment failure. - Turn the speed control valve gradually from the low-speed side (small flow) to the high-speed side (large flow) to adjust the speed.

1MPa

http:/ / www. kosm ek .c o.j p


&QWDNG CEVKQP 5VCPFCTF V[RG

OQFGN 9%#

Cautions for Use 1) The product should be operated by trained personnel. - Operation and maintenance of machines and systems which use pneumatic pressure should be performed by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not operate or remove equipment without first ensuring your safety. (1) Perform inspections and maintenance of the machines and systems after making sure no objects will fall and the equipment will not accidentally operate. (2) When removing equipment, check to make sure the safety precautions mentioned above have been taken and then block the power source and air pressure source. Remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the air pressure circuit.

(3) When removing equipment right after operation, the equipment may still be hot, so wait until it cools off. (4) When restarting the machine or system, make sure the bolts and parts are secure and in place first. 3) Do not touch the link clamp while it is being operated. Your hand could be injured. 4) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. - If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.

Maintenance and inspection 1) Removing equipment and blocking pressure source. - When removing the equipment, make sure measures have been taken to prevent the driven objects from falling and to prevent accidental operation, then block the power source and the air pressure source. Finally, remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the air pressure circuit. - When restarting the equipment, first make sure all the bolts and parts are secure and in place. 2) Clean around the piston rod periodically. - If the rod is used when the surface is dirty it could lead to damage to the packing and sealing, malfunctions or air leaks.

3) Inspect the equipment periodically to make sure the pipes, mounting bolts and fastening bolts are not loose. 4) Make sure the air supplied is clean. 5) Check to make sure operation is smooth without abnormal sounds. - In particular, if the equipment is not used for a long period of time, when it is used again for the first time make sure that it operates properly. 6) When storing the product, keep it out of direct sunlight in a cool location where it is protected from water. 7) For overhaul and repairs, please contact us.

1) Warranty period - The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter. 2) Warranty scope - If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to our fault, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense.However, defects or failures caused by the following are not covered: (1) Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed (2) The product application was not properly designed by user or user’ s agent.

(3) The user did not use or handle the product properly (including damages caused by a third party (4) The cause was due to some factor other than our product (5) The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation (6) The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own (7) Parts and replacements necessary due to wear and tear (rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical equipment, etc.)

%CWVKQKPU

Warranty

Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered.

K OSMEK LT D .


h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p

IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834

CAT A .NO.WCA001-02-02 Printed in Japan

2007.11 First 2Ry 2008.07 Second 2Ry


35MPa LINK CLAMP

model

TMA


Link Clamp Select the appropriate model from the list below based on the purpose of use. Model

Function/Type

Single-action Standard type

Double-action Standard type

Eccentricity

Eccentricity tolerance graph

Lever design dimensions accessories

Cautions

1


Clamp Performance Range (kN)

2 2 2

1 1 1

1

1 1 1

2 12

1 1 1

12

1 1 1

1 1 1

1

1 1 1

1 1 1

1

2 2 2

1 1 1

2

1 1 1

2

2 2 2

1

2 2 2

2 2 2

1

2 2 2

2 12

2 2 2

12

1 1 1

2 2 2

1

1 1 1

2 2 2

1

2 2 2

2 2 2

2

2 2 2

2

2 2 2

1

1

1

2

2

Applications

P

2

2

1

1

1

2


Link Clamp Cross-sectional Structure Proprietary dust seal prevents entrance of coolant and foreign materials

Lever (supplied by customer)

- Chemical resistant material used

Release spring

Piston

Select from three different directions for the pivot - Left - Center - Right

Internal oil emersion (with use of oil bath) - Prevents entrance of coolant and foreign materials

Operating Instructions 1. Release position (unclamped) When the hydraulic pressure is released the spring force releases the clamp smoothly and securely.

2. Locking operation (clamped) When hydraulic pressure is supplied the lever operates the piston. The locking function is accomplished through a unique linking mechanism.


Features

Symbol

-By making the bottom of the flange more compact, the available machining area of fixture is maximized. -Long life has been achieved by strengthening the link mechanism. -Coolant-resistnat low friction dust seal provides smooth operation and high durability.

Model CodeďźˆSingle-action Link Clamp

TMA 040 0 - 1 B C 1

2

3

4

1 Body size

2 Design No.

B

C

Pipe type

Gasket type

G thread

with G thread plug (JZG)

3 Piping methods

B : Pipe type (G thread) C : Gasket type (with G thread plug(JZG))

4 Lever direction

(looking from direction of pipe) L : Left C : Center R : Right

L

C

R


Link Clamp Performance Graph TMA0250-1 Cylinder output (kN)

35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5

2.6 2.4 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 0.2

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

25 3.6 3.3 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.4 0.2 31.7

30 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 0.2 35

36.5 1.8 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.1 35

40 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 35

50 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.1 35

60 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.0 35

Non-usable range

80 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.0 35

100 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 35

4

Non-usable range ( )

Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

27 25.5 24.5 23.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5 22.5

L=25(2.5)

3.5

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

3 L=0

2.5 2

L=36.5(14)

1.5 L=50(27.5)

1 0.5 0

L=100(77.5) 0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

TMA0400-1 Cylinder output (kN)

35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5

3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.4 0.2

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

30 5.0 4.6 4.2 3.8 3.4 3.0 2.6 2.2 1.8 1.4 1.0 0.5 0.3 34.9

35 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.4 0.2 35

42 2.7 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 0.1 35

50 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.1 35

60 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 35

80 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.1 35

Non-usable range

100 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.0 35

120 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.0 35

Non-usable range ( )

6 Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

30.5 29 27.5 26.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5

L=30(4.5) 5

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

4

L=0

3

L=42(16.5)

2 L=60(34.5) 1 L=120(94.5) 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

TMA0600-1 Cylinder output (kN)

35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5

6.8 6.3 5.8 5.3 4.8 4.3 3.8 3.3 2.8 2.3 1.8 1.3 0.8 0.5

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

35 7.9 7.2 6.5 5.8 5.1 4.5 3.8 3.1 2.4 1.7 1.1 0.7 32.1

40 6.8 6.3 5.8 5.3 4.8 4.3 3.8 3.3 2.8 2.3 1.8 1.3 0.8 0.5 35

50 4.4 4.1 3.8 3.5 3.1 2.8 2.5 2.2 1.8 1.5 1.2 0.8 0.5 0.3 35

60 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.6 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.9 0.6 0.4 0.2 35

70 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.3 0.2 35

80 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 35

Non-usable range

100 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 35

120 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 35

9 Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

8

37.5 35.5 33.5 32 30.5 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

7

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L=35(5)

Non-usable range ( )

L=0

6 5

L=50(20)

4 3

L=70(40)

2 L=120(90)

1 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

TMA1000-1 Cylinder output (kN)

35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5

10.7 9.9 9.1 8.4 7.6 6.8 6.0 5.2 4.4 3.6 2.9 2.1 1.3 0.8

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

40 13.0 11.9 10.8 9.7 8.5 7.4 6.3 5.2 4.1 2.9 1.8 1.2 30.4

50 9.3 8.6 7.9 7.2 6.5 5.9 5.2 4.5 3.8 3.1 2.5 1.8 1.1 0.7 35

56.5 7.4 6.8 6.3 5.8 5.2 4.7 4.1 3.6 3.1 2.5 2.0 1.4 0.9 0.6 35

80 4.3 3.9 3.6 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.8 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.3 35

100 3.1 2.9 2.7 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 35

120 2.5 2.3 2.1 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.3 0.2 35

Non-usable range

140 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.2 0.2 35

160 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.1 35

14

Minimum Lever Length

45 42 39.5 38 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5

Non-usable range ( )

L=40(3.5)

(L) (mm)

12

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L=0 10 8

L=56.5(20)

6 L=80(43.5)

4 2 0

L=160(123.5) 0

5

10

15

20

25

30

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

35


TMA1600-1 Cylinder output (kN)

35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5

16.7 15.4 14.2 13.0 11.8 10.5 9.3 8.1 6.9 5.6 4.4 3.2 1.9 1.2

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

50

60 15.0 20.9 13.9 19.2 12.8 17.6 11.7 15.9 10.6 14.2 9.5 12.6 8.4 10.9 7.3 9.3 6.2 7.6 5.1 6.0 4.0 4.3 2.9 2.6 1.8 1.7 1.1 33.1 35

67.5 12.0 11.1 10.2 9.4 8.5 7.6 6.7 5.8 4.9 4.1 3.2 2.3 1.4 0.9 35

80 9.0 8.3 7.7 7.0 6.4 5.7 5.0 4.4 3.7 3.0 2.4 1.7 1.1 0.7 35

100 6.4 6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 4.1 3.6 3.1 2.6 2.2 1.7 1.2 0.8 0.5 35

120 5.0 4.6 4.3 3.9 3.5 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.1 1.7 1.3 1.0 0.6 0.4 35

Non-usable range

140 4.1 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.3 35

160 3.5 3.2 3.0 2.7 2.4 2.2 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.4 0.3 35

24

Non-usable range ( )

Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

20

52.5 49.5 47 45 43 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L=50(7.5) L=0

16

L=67.5(25)

12 8

L=100(57.5) 4 0

L=160(117.5) 0

5

10

15

20

25

30

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

35 L=60

TMA2500-1 Cylinder output (kN)

35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5

20.9 19.4 17.8 16.3 14.8 13.2 11.7 10.1 8.6 7.1 5.5 4.0 2.4 1.5

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

60 28.3 26.2 24.1 22.0 20.0 17.9 15.8 13.7 11.6 9.6 7.5 5.4 3.3 2.1 35

70 20.0 18.5 17.0 15.5 14.1 12.6 11.1 9.7 8.2 6.7 5.3 3.8 2.3 1.5 35

77.5 100 16.3 10.6 15.1 9.8 13.9 9.0 12.7 8.3 11.5 7.5 10.3 6.7 9.1 5.9 7.9 5.1 6.7 4.4 5.5 3.6 4.3 2.8 3.1 2.0 1.9 1.2 1.2 0.8 35 35

120 8.1 7.5 6.9 6.3 5.7 5.1 4.5 3.9 3.3 2.7 2.1 1.5 1.0 0.6 35

140 6.5 6.0 5.6 5.1 4.6 4.1 3.6 3.2 2.7 2.2 1.7 1.2 0.8 0.5 35

Non-usable range

160 5.5 5.1 4.7 4.3 3.9 3.5 3.1 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.4 1.0 0.6 0.4 35

200 4.1 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.0 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.3 35

L=60(10)

28

Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

24

59.5 56.5 54 52 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L=0

20

L=77.5(27.5)

16 12

L=100(50)

8 L=200(150)

4 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

TMA3200-1 Cylinder output (kN)

35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5

27.4 25.4 23.4 21.4 19.4 17.4 15.4 13.4 11.4 9.3 7.3 5.3 3.3 2.1

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

70 41.8 38.7 35.7 32.6 29.5 26.5 23.4 20.4 17.3 14.2 11.2 8.1 5.0 3.2 35

80 30.2 28.0 25.8 23.5 21.3 19.1 16.9 14.7 12.5 10.3 8.1 5.9 3.6 2.3 35

95 21.3 19.7 18.2 16.6 15.1 13.5 11.9 10.4 8.8 7.3 5.7 4.1 2.6 1.6 35

100 19.4 18.0 16.6 15.1 13.7 12.3 10.9 9.4 8.0 6.6 5.2 3.8 2.3 1.5 35

130 12.6 11.7 10.8 9.9 8.9 8.0 7.1 6.2 5.2 4.3 3.4 2.4 1.5 1.0 35

160 9.4 8.7 8.0 7.3 6.6 5.9 5.2 4.6 3.9 3.2 2.5 1.8 1.1 0.7 35

Non-usable range

200 7.0 6.5 5.9 5.4 4.9 4.4 3.9 3.4 2.9 2.4 1.9 1.4 0.8 0.5 35

230 5.8 5.4 5.0 4.6 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.8 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.1 0.7 0.4 35

45 Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

40

69.5 66.5 64 61.5 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

35

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L=70(10)

30

L=0

25 L=95(35)

20 15

L=130(70)

10 L=230(170)

5 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) Notes 1. The tables and graphs show the relationship between the clamping force and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length and hydraulic supply pressure in the formula in the specification column. 3. The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column. 4. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 5. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact results should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.

How to read the Performance Graph

s

(Example) When TMA1000-1 is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 30MPa Lever length L=56.5mm The clamping force is about 6.3kN Notes 1

The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length L and hydraulic supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column.

2

The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column.

Clamping force (kN)

14

L

12 10

Non-usable range ( )

L=40(3.5) L=0

8 6.3

L=56.5(20)

4

L=80(43.5)

2

L=160(123.5)

0

0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L(s) is shown on the left graph


Link Clamp Outline dimensions

Machining dimensions for mounting

C:Gasket type(with G thread) * This drawing shows the locked position of TMA-1CC.

Nx A

B H

J Ny

(TMA-1CL)

2-Chamfer Link lever (supplied by customer)

Lock portφP *5 - t e

K

Z

C K φJB Ny

4-CA thread *3

φ

L

6.3S *5 G thread plug Lock port (G thread) G thread plug - t e

(TMA-1CR)

T V Lock stroke Stroke allowance

+0.3 0

C0.6

4-φ Counter bore φ

*4 AA

AG°

ZA

H7

X AB

1-φA

φ

2-φAEH7

*3. The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. *4. The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference. *5. These machinings are for C type (gasket type)

Piping Method B:Piping type(G thread) This drawing shows the locked position of TMA-1BC.

F

E

M

S *2

G

15°

W ±0.4

C

[Cautions]

*1

A

φ

Remove burrs *5

φD-0.1 -0.2 Nx

Ny

Lock port O ring (Attached) - t e

[Cautions] *1. Flange inclination angle is 12° only for TMA1000. *2. Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.

Lock port G t re


Specifications Mo e Lo in in er re m in or e u tion ormu ) *6 u tro e *7 Lo tro e *7 tro e o n e *7 in er it eturn rin or e A o er tin re ure o er tin re ure *8 e tem er ture ei t *9

A 25 -1 0.785

m2 kN mm mm mm m3 kN P P kg

F=

1 13 P-1 71 L-1

20.5 17.5 3 1.6 0.04 13

0.7

A 4 -1 1.131 F=

1 88 P-3 13 L-18 5 23.5 20.5 3 2.7 5 21

0.9

A -1 2.011 F=

38

P-4 4 L-21 26 23 3 5.2

9

23

1.4

A1 -1 3.142 F=

93 P- 35 L-24 5 29.5 26.5 3 9.3 14 31 35 3.5 7 2.2

A1 -1 4.909 F=

13 25 P-13 2 L-3

A25 -1 6.158 F=

35 32 3 17.2 23 52

3.6

Remarks *6. F: clamping force (kN), P: hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *7. Shows the stroke of the piston rod. *8. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *9. Shows the weight of the clamp unit minus the link lever.

A32 -1 8.042

19 95 P-19 93 31 85 P-28 24 F= L-44 L-3 41 38 3 25.2 27

49 46 3 39.4 33 74

4

5.6

9.2 L

F

Outline dimensions and machining dimension chart for mounting o e A B C E F G H J K L M Nx P

S T U V W Y Z ZA m er AA AB A A A AG A A JB G t re O rin - t e

A 25 -1 94 54 45 33 60.5 34.5 26 31.5 22.5 34 68 11 26 5 3 9 5.5 15.5 30.5 10 25 31.5 22 13 21 75 3 16 78.7 50.2 0 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 20.2 M5×0.8 3 14 G1/8 1BP5

A 4 -1 107.5 61 51 36 68.5 40.5 28 35.5 25.5 40 73 12 30 0 3 9 5.5 16.5 35 12 29 34.5 26 13 21 75 3 18.5 92.4 61.2 0 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 18.9 M5×0.8 3 14 G1/8 1BP5

A -1 121 69 60 43 75.5 45.5 30 39 30 47 80 13 33.5 0 3 11 6.8 16 37.5 16 31.5 37.5 30 16 28 1 φ8 21 103.9 71.7 0 6 +0.012 0 8 +0.015 19.9 M6 3 14 G1/8 1BP5

A1 -1 140.5 82.5 73 48 86.5 53.5 33 46 36.5 57 97 14 40 0 3 14 9 17.5 45 20 37 42 35.5 19 37 12 φ97 24.5 118.4 83 0 8 +0.015 0 10 +0.015 20.5 M8 3 14 G1/8 1BP5

A1 -1 173 94.5 85 60 106 68 38 52 42.5 65 112 16 45 0 5 17.5 11 17.5 55 25 45 49 43.5 25 40 15 φ112 30 131.8 90.8 0 10 +0.015 0 12 +0.018 21.5 M10 3.5 19 G1/4 1BP7

A25 -1 202 109.5 100 70 123 81 42 59.5 50 75 129 17 52.5 0 5 20 14 18 64.5 28 52 54.5 52.5 28 49 1 φ129 36 148.5 104.6 0 12 +0.018 0 15 +0.018 22.4 M12 3.5 19 G1/4 1BP7

A32 -1 233 127 120 85 139 89 50 67 60 88 147 19 60 0 5 20 14 24 77 32 62 64 64 32 64 18 φ147 44 173.6 122.5 0 15 +0.018 0 18 +0.018 23.1 M12 3.5 19 G1/4 1BP7


Link Clamp Cross-sectional Structure Proprietary dust seal prevents entrance of coolant and foreign materials

Lever (supplied by customer)

Select from three different directions for the pivot - Left - Center - Right

- Chemical resistant material used

World’ s smallest level (flanged bottom) - Less machines of fixtutre plate to place clamp - Thinner fixture plates are required Piston

Operating Instructions 1. Release position (unclamped) Release is operated smoothly by hydraulic pressure supply to release port.

2. Locking operation (clamped) When hydraulic pressure is supplied to the lock port, the lever operates the pistion producing a powerful lock using our link mechanism.


Features

Symbol

-By making the bottom of the flange more compact, the available machining area of fixture is maximized. -Long life has been achieved by strengthening the link mechanism. -Coolant-resistnat low friction dust seal provides smooth operation and high durability.

Model CodeďźˆDouble-action Link Clamp

TMA 040 0 - 2 B C 1

2

3

4

1 Body size

2 Design No.

B

C

Pipe type

Gasket type

G thread

with G thread plug (JZG)

3 Piping methods

B : Pipe type (G thread) C : Gasket type (with G thread plug(JZG))

4 Lever direction

(looking from direction of pipe)

L

C

R

L : Left C : Center R : Right

1


Link Clamp Performance Graph TMA0250-2 Cylinder output (kN)

35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5

3.6 3.4 3.1 2.9 2.6 2.3 2.1 1.8 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.5 0.4

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

25

3.8 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.3 0.8 0.6 22.8

30

2.9 2.7 2.4 2.1 1.9 1.6 1.3 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.4 29.3

36.5 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.3 35

40 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.6 1.4 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 35

50 1.5 1.4 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 35

60 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 35

Non-usable range

80 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 35

100 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 35

4

Non-usable range ( )

Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

36.5 33.5 31 28.5 26.5 25 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5 23.5

L=25(2.5)

3.5

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L=0

3 L=36.5(14)

2.5 2

L=50(27.5)

1.5 1

L=100(77.5)

0.5 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

TMA0400-2 Cylinder output (kN)

35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5

5.4 5.0 4.6 4.2 3.8 3.5 3.1 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.2 0.8 0.5

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

30

5.0 4.5 3.9 3.3 2.8 2.2 1.7 1.1 0.8 24.4

35

4.3 3.9 3.5 3.1 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.6 1.2 0.8 0.5 29.7

42 3.8 3.5 3.3 3.0 2.7 2.5 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.5 0.4 35

50 2.8 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.3 35

60 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 35

80 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 35

Non-usable range

100 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.2 0.1 35

120 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.1 35

Non-usable range ( )

6 Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

42 38.5 35.5 33 30.5 29 27 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 25.5

L=0

L=30(4.5) 5

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

4

L=42(16.5)

3 L=60(34.5)

2 1 0

L=120(94.5) 0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

TMA0600-2 Cylinder output (kN)

35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5

8.9 8.3 7.6 7.0 6.4 5.7 5.1 4.5 3.8 3.2 2.5 1.9 1.3 0.9

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

35

7.7 6.9 6.0 5.2 4.3 3.4 2.6 1.7 1.2 24.5

40

7.0 6.3 5.7 5.1 4.4 3.8 3.2 2.5 1.9 1.3 0.9 28.9

50 5.8 5.4 5.0 4.6 4.1 3.7 3.3 2.9 2.5 2.1 1.7 1.2 0.8 0.6 35

60 4.3 4.0 3.7 3.4 3.1 2.8 2.5 2.2 1.9 1.5 1.2 0.9 0.6 0.4 35

70 3.4 3.2 2.9 2.7 2.5 2.2 2.0 1.7 1.5 1.2 1.0 0.7 0.5 0.3 35

80 2.9 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.6 0.4 0.3 35

Non-usable range

100 2.1 2.0 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 35

120 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.9 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.2 0.2 35

9

L=0

Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

8

50 45.5 41.5 38.5 35.5 33.5 31.5 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

7

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L=35(5) Non-usable range ( )

6

L=50(20)

5 4 L=70(40)

3 2

L=120(90)

1 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

TMA1000-2 Cylinder output (kN)

35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5

13.3 12.4 11.4 10.5 9.5 8.6 7.6 6.7 5.7 4.8 3.8 2.9 1.9 1.3

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

40

50

12.2 10.8 9.5 8.1 6.8 5.4 4.1 2.7 1.9 24.4

9.9 9.0 8.2 7.4 6.6 5.8 4.9 4.1 3.3 2.5 1.6 1.2 31.7

56.5 9.2 8.5 7.9 7.2 6.5 5.9 5.2 4.6 3.9 3.3 2.6 2.0 1.3 0.9 35

80 5.3 4.9 4.5 4.2 3.8 3.4 3.0 2.6 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.5 35

100 3.9 3.6 3.3 3.1 2.8 2.5 2.2 1.9 1.7 1.4 1.1 0.8 0.6 0.4 35

120 3.1 2.9 2.6 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.4 0.3 35

Non-usable range

140 2.5 2.4 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.6 1.5 1.3 1.1 0.9 0.7 0.5 0.4 0.3 35

160 2.2 2.0 1.9 1.7 1.5 1.4 1.2 1.1 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 35

14

Minimum Lever Length

56.5 51.5 47.5 44 41 38.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5 36.5

L=0

L=40(3.5)

(L) (mm)

12

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

Non-usable range ( )

10

L=56.5(20)

8 6

L=80(43.5)

4 L=160(123.5)

2 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

11

35


TMA1600-2 Cylinder output (kN)

35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5

21.6 20.0 18.5 16.9 15.4 13.9 12.3 10.8 9.2 7.7 6.2 4.6 3.1 2.2

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

50

60

67.5 80 15.5 11.6 14.4 10.8 16.6 13.3 10.0 15.2 12.2 9.1 20.8 13.9 11.1 8.3 18.7 12.5 10.0 7.5 16.6 11.1 8.9 6.7 14.6 9.7 7.8 5.8 12.5 8.3 6.7 5.0 10.4 6.9 5.5 4.2 8.3 5.5 4.4 3.3 6.2 4.2 3.3 2.5 4.2 2.8 2.2 1.7 2.9 1.9 1.6 1.2 25.6 31.6 35 35

100 8.3 7.7 7.1 6.5 5.9 5.3 4.8 4.2 3.6 3.0 2.4 1.8 1.2 0.8 35

120 6.5 6.0 5.5 5.1 4.6 4.2 3.7 3.2 2.8 2.3 1.8 1.4 0.9 0.6 35

Non-usable range

140 5.3 4.9 4.5 4.2 3.8 3.4 3.0 2.6 2.3 1.9 1.5 1.1 0.8 0.5 35

160 4.5 4.2 3.8 3.5 3.2 2.9 2.6 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.3 1.0 0.6 0.4 35

24

Non-usable range ( )

Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

L=0

L=50(7.5) 20

67.5 62 57 53 49.5 46.5 43.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5 42.5

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

16

L=67.5(25)

12 8

L=100(57.5)

4

L=160(117.5)

0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

TMA2500-2 Cylinder output (kN)

35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5

28.1 26.1 24.1 22.1 20.1 18.1 16.1 14.1 12.1 10.1 8.0 6.0 4.0 2.8

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

60

70

77.5 22.0 20.4 23.0 18.8 21.1 17.3 27.1 19.2 15.7 24.4 17.2 14.1 21.7 15.3 12.6 19.0 13.4 11.0 16.3 11.5 9.4 13.6 9.6 7.8 10.9 7.7 6.3 8.1 5.7 4.7 5.4 3.8 3.1 3.8 2.7 2.2 26.5 31.9 35

100 14.3 13.2 12.2 11.2 10.2 9.2 8.1 7.1 6.1 5.1 4.1 3.1 2.0 1.4 35

120 10.9 10.1 9.3 8.5 7.8 7.0 6.2 5.4 4.7 3.9 3.1 2.3 1.6 1.1 35

140 8.8 8.1 7.5 6.9 6.3 5.6 5.0 4.4 3.8 3.1 2.5 1.9 1.3 0.9 35

Non-usable range

160 7.4 6.8 6.3 5.8 5.3 4.7 4.2 3.7 3.2 2.6 2.1 1.6 1.1 0.7 35

200 5.6 5.2 4.8 4.4 4.0 3.6 3.2 2.8 2.4 2.0 1.6 1.2 0.8 0.6 35

L=0

28

Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

L=60(10)

Non-usable range ( )

24

77.5 71.5 66.5 62 58 54.5 51.5 50 50 50 50 50 50 50

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L=77.5(27.5) 20 16 L=100(50) 12 8 L=200(150)

4 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

TMA3200-2 Cylinder output (kN)

35.0 32.5 30.0 27.5 25.0 22.5 20.0 17.5 15.0 12.5 10.0 7.5 5.0 3.5

39.7 36.9 34.0 31.2 28.4 25.5 22.7 19.8 17.0 14.2 11.3 8.5 5.7 4.0

Maximum Use Pressure (MPa)

Clamping force (kN) Lever Length L (mm)

70

80

95 30.8 28.6 26.4 34.3 24.2 31.2 22.0 38.9 28.1 19.8 34.5 25.0 17.6 30.2 21.8 15.4 25.9 18.7 13.2 21.6 15.6 11.0 17.3 12.5 8.8 13.0 9.4 6.6 8.6 6.2 4.4 6.0 4.4 3.1 24.6 29.6 35

100 28.1 26.1 24.1 22.1 20.0 18.0 16.0 14.0 12.0 10.0 8.0 6.0 4.0 2.8 35

130 18.3 17.0 15.7 14.4 13.1 11.7 10.4 9.1 7.8 6.5 5.2 3.9 2.6 1.8 35

160 13.6 12.6 11.6 10.6 9.7 8.7 7.7 6.8 5.8 4.8 3.9 2.9 1.9 1.4 35

Non-usable range

200 10.1 9.4 8.6 7.9 7.2 6.5 5.8 5.0 4.3 3.6 2.9 2.2 1.4 1.0 35

230 8.5 7.8 7.2 6.6 6.0 5.4 4.8 4.2 3.6 3.0 2.4 1.8 1.2 0.8 35

45

Non-usable range ( )

Minimum Lever Length

(L) (mm)

40

95 87.5 81 75.5 71 67 63 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

35

Clamping force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

L=70(10)

L=0 L=95(35)

30 25 20

L=130(70)

15 10

L=230(170)

5 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) Notes 1. The tables and graphs show the relationship between the clamping force and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length and hydraulic supply pressure in the formula in the specification column. 3. The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column. 4. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 5. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The exact results should be calculated based on the formula in the specification column.

How to read the Performance Graph

s

(Example) When TMA1000-2 is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 30MPa Lever length L=56.5mm The clamping force is about 7.9kN Notes 1

The clamping force F can be calculated by inputting the lever length L and hydraulic supply pressure P in the formula in the specification column.

2

The cylinder thrust force (when L=0) is calculated according to the formula in the specification column.

Clamping force (kN)

14

L

L=40(3.5)

12 10

L=0 Non-usable range ( ) L=56.5(20)

L(s) is shown on the left graph

7.9 6

L=80(43.5)

4 2 0

L=160(123.5) 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

12


Link Clamp Outline dimensions

Machining dimensions for mounting

C:Gasket type(with G thread) * This drawing shows the locked position of TMA-2CC.

JA

Release portφP *5 - t e

B J (

A-2 L

Ny Ny

H

Nx

Release port (G thread) G thread plug - t e 2-Chamfer

C K Ny Ny φ B

Link lever (supplied by customer)

Lock portφP *5 - t e

Z

L

φ

6.3S *5

C0.6

A-2

*4

1-φA

AG°

ZA

H7

X AB

AC

V Lock stroke Stroke allowance

AA

φ

2-φA

15°

H7

[Cautions] *3. The CA thread depth for mounting bolts is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference. *4. The depth of diameter D for the mounting hole on the unit is to be decided by the customer according to the mounting height using the F dimensions as a reference. *5. These machinings are for C type (gasket type)

Piping Method B:Piping type(G thread) This drawing shows the locked position of TMA-2BC.

E

M

S *2

G

*1

W ±0.4

T

+0.3 0

4-φR Counter bore φQ

Lock port (G thread) G thread plug - t e

A

φ

Remove burrs *5

G thread plug

F

Release port G thread

φ

-0.1 -0.2

Nx

Ny

Ny

Lock port O ring (Attached) - t e

Release port O ring (Attached) - t e [Cautions] *1. Flange inclination angle is 12° only for TMA1000. *2. Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the S dimensions as a reference.

1

K

4-CA thread *3

Lock port G thread


Specifications Model Lo in in er re m in or e u tion ormu *6 u tro e *7 Lo tro e *7 tro e o n e *7 in er it t o e t re e e A o er tin re ure o er tin re ure *8 e tem er ture ei t *9

m2

TMA0250-2 1.039 F=

mm mm mm m3 m3 MPa MPa

1.50×P L-1

TMA0400-2 1.539 F=

2.56×P L-18 5

TMA0600-2 2.545 F=

4.81×P L-21

20.5 17.5 3 2.1 0.5

23.5 20.5 3 3.6 1.0

26 23 3 6.6 2.6

0.7

0.9

1.3

TMA1000-2 3.801 F=

8.38×P L-24 5 29.5 26.5 3 11.2 3.7 35 3.5 7 2.0

TMA1600-2 6.158 F=

16.63×P L-3

TMA2500-2 8.042 F=

26.06×P L-3

35 32 3 21.6 8.2

41 38 3 33.0 7.7

3.3

5.1

Remarks *6. F: clamping force (kN), P: hydraulic supply pressure(MPa), L: distance between the piston center and the clamping point (mm). *7. Shows the stroke of the piston rod. *8. Minimum pressure to operate the clamp with no load. *9. Shows the weight of the clamp unit minus the link lever.

TMA3200-2 11.341 F=

44.91×P L-44 49 46 3 55.6 16.2

8.3 L

F

Outline dimensions and machining dimension chart for mounting Model A B C E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W X Y Z ZA m er AA AB AC A AE AG CA JA JB G thread O rin - t e

TMA0250-2 87 54 45 33 53.5 27.5 26 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9 5.5 15.5 30.5 10 25 31.5 22 13 21 R7.5 3 16 78.7 50.2 0 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 20.2 M5×0.8 3 14 G1/8 1BP5

TMA0400-2 97.5 61 51 36 58.5 30.5 28 35.5 25.5 40 81 12 30 10 3 9 5.5 16.5 35 12 29 34.5 26 13 21 R7.5 3 18.5 92.4 61.2 0 6 +0.012 0 6 +0.012 18.9 M5×0.8 3 14 G1/8 1BP5

TMA0600-2 108.5 69 60 43 63 33 30 39 30 47 88 13 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 16 37.5 14 31.5 37.5 30 16 28 R10 3 21 103.9 71.7 0 6 +0.012 0 8 +0.015 19.9 M6 3 14 G1/8 1BP5

TMA1000-2 122.5 82.5 73 48 68.5 35.5 33 46 36.5 57 103 14 40 15 3 14 9 17.5 45 18 37 42 35.5 19 37 R12 4 24.5 118.4 83 0 8 +0.015 0 10 +0.015 20.5 M8 3 14 G1/8 1BP5

TMA1600-2 151 94.5 85 60 84 46 38 52 42.5 65 116 16 45 16 5 17.5 11 17.5 55 22 45 49 43.5 25 40 R15 5 30 131.8 90.8 0 10 +0.015 0 12 +0.018 21.5 M10 3.5 19 G1/4 1BP7

TMA2500-2 175.5 109.5 100 70 96.5 54.5 42 59.5 50 75 136 17 52.5 18.5 5 20 14 18 64.5 28 52 54.5 52.5 28 49 R16 8 36 148.5 104.6 0 12 +0.018 0 15 +0.018 22.4 M12 3.5 19 G1/4 1BP7

TMA3200-2 205 127 120 85 111 61 50 67 60 88 147 19 60 20 5 20 14 24 77 32 62 64 64 32 64 R18 φ147 44 173.6 122.5 0 15 +0.018 0 18 +0.018 23.1 M12 3.5 19 G1/4 1BP7

1


Link Clamp Eccentricity tolerance graph TMA0250 35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

25

8 10 12 13 15 17

30

6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

36.5 2 2 5 7 10 12 15 17 19 22 24

40 2 3 5 8 11 13 16 19 21 24 27

50 3 3 7 10 13 17 20 23 27 30 33

60 3 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40

70

Non-usable range

80 4 5 11 16 21 27 32 37 42 48 53

100 5 7 13 20 27 33 40 46 53 60 66

10MPa

60

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

15MPa

50 40

20MPa

30

25MPa

20 30MPa

10

35MPa 0

0

20

40

60

80

100

Lever length L (mm)

TMA0400 35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

30

9 10 12 14 15 17

35

6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

42 2 2 5 7 10 12 14 17 19 22 24

50 2 3 6 9 11 14 17 20 23 26 29

60 3 3 7 10 14 17 21 24 28 31 34

80 4 5 9 14 18 23 28 32 37 41 46

70

Non-usable range

100 5 6 11 17 23 29 34 40 46 52 57

120 5 7 14 21 28 34 41 48 55 62 69

10MPa

60

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

15MPa

50

20MPa

40 30

25MPa

20 30MPa

10

35MPa 0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Lever length L (mm)

TMA0600 35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

35

9 12 14 16 19 21 24

40

8 11 13 16 19 22 24 27

50 3 3 7 10 13 17 20 24 27 30 34

60 4 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40

70 4 5 9 14 19 24 28 33 38 42 47

80 5 5 11 16 22 27 32 38 43 48 54

90

Non-usable range

100 6 7 13 20 27 34 40 47 54 61 67

120 7 8 16 24 32 40 48 57 65 73 81

10MPa

80

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

70

15MPa

60 50

20MPa

40 25MPa

30 20

30MPa

10 0

35MPa

20

40

60

80

100

120

Lever length L (mm)

TMA1000 35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

40

15 18 21 24 26 29

50 7 11 15 18 22 26 29 33 37

56.5 3 4 8 12 17 21 25 29 33 37 42

80 4 6 12 18 24 29 35 41 47 53 59

100 5 7 15 22 29 37 44 51 59 66 73

120 6 9 18 26 35 44 53 62 71 79 88

120

Non-usable range

140 7 10 20 31 41 51 62 72 82 93 103

160 9 12 23 35 47 59 71 82 94 106 118

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

10MPa

100

15MPa

80 20MPa 60 25MPa

40

30MPa

20

35MPa 0

20

40

60

80

100

120 140

Lever length L (mm)

1

160


TMA1600 35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

50

60

17 20 23 27 30 33

8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40

67.5 4 4 9 13 18 22 27 31 36 40 45

80 5 5 11 16 21 27 32 37 43 48 53

100 6 7 13 20 27 33 40 47 53 60 66

120 7 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80

120

Non-usable range

10MPa 140 9 9 19 28 37 47 56 65 74 84 93

160 10 11 21 32 43 53 64 74 85 96 106

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

100 15MPa

80

20MPa

60 40

25MPa

20

30MPa 35MPa

0

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

Lever length L (mm)

TMA2500 35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

60

70 9 14 18 23 28 32 37 42 46

20 24 28 32 36 40

77.5 4 5 10 15 20 26 31 36 41 46 51

100 6 7 13 20 26 33 40 46 53 59 66

120 7 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 63 71 79

140 8 9 19 28 37 46 56 65 74 83 93

140

Non-usable range

160 9 11 21 32 42 53 63 74 85 95 106

10MPa

120

200 11 13 26 40 53 66 79 93 106 119 132

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

100

15MPa

80

20MPa

60

25MPa

40 30MPa

20

35MPa 0

40

80

120

160

200

Lever length L (mm)

TMA3200 35 32.5 30 27.5 25 22.5 20 17.5 15 12.5 10

Eccentricity tolerance H (mm) Lever Length L (mm)

70

80

17 22 28 34 39 45 50 56

25 29 34 39 44 49

95 6 7 13 20 27 33 40 47 53 60 67

100 6 7 14 21 28 35 42 49 56 63 70

130 8 9 18 27 36 46 55 64 73 82 91

160 10 11 22 34 45 56 67 79 90 101 112

160

Non-usable range

200 13 14 28 42 56 70 84 98 112 126 140

10MPa

140

230 14 16 32 48 65 81 97 113 129 145 161

Eccentricity H (mm)

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

15MPa

120 100

20MPa

80 25MPa

60 40

30MPa

20 0

35MPa

50

80

110

140

170

200

230

Lever length L (mm) Notes 1. The tables and graphs show the relationship between the lever length and the eccentricity tolerance corresponding to the hydraulic supply pressure. 2. Operation in the non-usable range can damage the clamp and lead to fluid leakage. 3. The tables and graphs are only for reference. The design should be carried out with allowance fully taken into consideration.

How to read the Eccentricity Tolerance Graph (Example) When TMA1600 is used Conditions: hydraulic supply pressure 30.0MPa Lever length L=140mm The eccentricity tolerance is about 20mm

120 Eccentricity H (mm)

L

H

10MPa

100

15MPa

80 20MPa 60 25MPa

40

30MPa

20

35MPa 0

20 40

60

80

100 120 140 160

Lever length L (mm)

1


Link Clamp Link lever design dimensions * Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing link levers.

φ

A±0.02

H7

L

J

B

M±0.02

N

φ

K

H7

F

C

0

1

G

H

Model A B C D

TMA0250 16 14

TMA0400 18.5 16

TMA0600 21 20

TMA1000 24.5 25

0 12 -0.3 6 0 12

0 12 -0.3 6 0 12

0 16 -0.3 6 0 12

0 19-0.3 8 0 15

12

60 6 13

12

80 8 12.5

15

10 10 16

15

TMA1600 30 32

TMA2500 36 38

0 22 -0.3 10 0 15 18

H J

R3 12

R3 13

R4 13

R5 17.5

R5.5 22

R6.5 26

R8 30.5

K L

R5.5 5.5

R6 6

R6 6

R8 8

R10 10

R11 11

R13 13

M N

2.5 5.5

3.5 6

6 6

7.5 8

9.5 10

13 11

16 13

[Cautions] 1. Design the link lever length by taking into consideration of the performance graph. 2. If the link lever is not in accordance with the dimension shown above, performance may be degraded and damage can occur.

1

18

60 6 11.5

0

15 13 24

0 32 -0.4 15 0 18

E F G

0

12 11 20

0 25-0.3 12 0 18

TMA3200 44 45

0

18 16 28

0

18


Accessory Expands range of mounting methods. Use it to simplify machining on the mounting side and reduce the number of parts to machine.

Material link lever : LZ-LJ2

Model

B +0.1 D0

Compatible Models F

E A φTH7

G

C

R S±0.02

φUH7

N

P±0.02

LZ0400-LJ2 LZ0480-LJ2 LZ0550-LJ2 LZ0650-LJ2 LZ0750-LJ2 LZ0900-LJ2 LZ1050-LJ2 TMA0250-1 TMA0400-1 TMA0600-1 TMA1000-1 TMA1600-1 TMA2500-1 TMA3200-1 TMA0250-2 TMA0400-2 TMA0600-2 TMA1000-2 TMA1600-2 TMA2500-2 TMA3200-2

A

75

B

12 -0.3

85 12 -0.3

16 -0.3

19 -0.3

22 -0.3

25 -0.3

32 -0.4

C

14

16

20

25

32

38

45

D

6

6

8

10

11

13

16

E

14.5

16

16.5

21

25.5

30.5

36

F

R3

R3

R4

R5

R5.5

R6.5

R8

G

12

13

13

17.5

22

26

30.5

N

5.5

6

6

8

10

11

13

P

16

18.5

21

24.5

30

36

44

R

5.5

6

6

8

10

11

13

S

2.5

3.5

6

7.5

9.5

13

T

6

0

U

6

0

0

90 0

105 0

12

60

12

60

12

12

60

12

8

15

0

110 0

15

80 10

00

15 15

160 0

10

0

12

00

220 0

0

16

15

12

00

18 18

15

00

18 18

15

00

18 18

18

00

18 18 18 18

[Cautions] 1. Material: S45C. 2. Perform additional machining on the end as necessary.

Single-action manifold : TMZ

-1MB

Model

TMZ0250-1MB TMZ0400-1MB TMZ0600-1MB TMZ1000-1MB TMZ1600-1MB TMZ2500-1MB TMZ3200-1MB

Compatible Models TMA0250-1 TMA0400-1 TMA0600-1 TMA1000-1 TMA1600-1 TMA2500-1 TMA3200-1

4-φR

A±0.1 6.3S

C K

Nx Ny

C0.6

C0.6

H

φL

K

B φD+0.3 0

J

Chamfer

O ring

P face

A

18

21

24

28

35

42

46

B

56.5

62

69

83

95

110

122

C

45

51

60

73

85

100

110

D

33

36

43

48

60

70

85

H

34

36.5

39

46.5

52.5

60

67

J

22.5

25.5

30

36.5

42.5

50

55

K

34

40

47

57

65

75

88

L

68

73

80

97

112

129

147 60

Nx

26

30

33.5

40

45

52.5

Ny

5

0

0

0

0

0

0

R

5.5

5.5

6.8

9

11

14

14

φ8

φ97

φ112

φ129

φ147

1BP5

1BP5

1BP7

1BP7

1BP7

Chamfer

3

3

O ring

1BP5

1BP5

[Cautions] 1. Material: S45C. 2. Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the A dimensions as a reference. 3. If a thickness other than A is required, perform additional machining on face P. Alternatively, you may manufacture them according to this drawing.

Double-action manifold : TMZ

-2MB

Model

TMZ0250-2MB TMZ0400-2MB TMZ0600-2MB TMZ1000-2MB TMZ1600-2MB TMZ2500-2MB TMZ3200-2MB

Compatible Models TMA0250-2 TMA0400-2 TMA0600-2 TMA1000-2 TMA1600-2 TMA2500-2 TMA3200-2

4-φR

A±0.1 6.3S

C K

Nx Ny Ny

H

φ

L

K

B φD+0.3 0

J

Chamfer

C0.6

C0.6

P face

2-O ring

A

15

16

18

20

24

28

32

B

54

61

69

82.5

94.5

109.5

122

C

45

51

60

73

85

100

110

D

33

36

43

48

60

70

85

H

31.5

35.5

39

46

52

59.5

67

J

22.5

25.5

30

36.5

42.5

50

55

K

34

40

47

57

65

75

88

L

68

75

83

100

113

133

147

Nx

26

30

33.5

40

45

52.5

60

Ny

9

10

12

15

16

18.5

20

R

5.5

5.5

6.8

9

11

14

14

Chamfer

3

3

3

4

5

8

(φ147

O ring

1BP5

1BP5

1BP5

1BP5

1BP7

1BP7

1BP7

[Cautions] 1. Material: S45C. 2. Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the A dimensions as a reference. 3. If a thickness other than A is required, perform additional machining on face P. Alternatively, you may manufacture them according to this drawing.

1


Link Clamp Cautions for Design 1) Check the specifications - The maximum hydraulic pressure is 35 MPa and the minimum 3.5 MPa. However, the maximum operating pressure and clamp pressure will vary depending on the length of the link lever. If a load that exceeds the operating range is exerted it could lead to deformation, scraping, hydraulic leaks, etc. Refer to the performance curve on P5 or P11 and use the appropriate pressure for the length of the link lever used.

2) Considerations when designing the circuit - Insure there is no possibility of supplying hydraulic pressure to the lock and release ports simultaneously (TMA-2 only). - Speed control circuit for single-action cylinder If flow is restricted during release, action may be slow or erratic. Flow controls for locking should free-flow during release. Also, each component (clamps, work supports, etc.) should have dedicated flow controllers when possible.

3) Cautions for link lever design - Make sure no force is applied to the piston rod outside the axial direction. Uses like the one shown in the figure below will apply a large bending stress to the piston rod and must be avoided.

4) When using a link clamp on a welding jig or other such equipment, protect the sliding surface of the piston rod and link plate. - If spatter gets onto the sliding surface it could lead to malfunction and oil leaks. 5) When clamping on a sloped suface on the workpiece - Make sure the clamp surface and the mounting surface on the workpiece are parallel.

6) When using in a dry environment - The link pin can dry out. Grease it periodically or use a special pin. Contact us for the specifications for special pins. - Speed control circuit for double-action cylinder Use meter-in flow controls for lock and release of double-action cylinders. Meter-out controls can cause abnormally high pressure leading to oil leakage or malfunction. [meter-in circuit]

[meter-out circuit]

1


Cautions for Use 1) Check the fluid to use - Make sure to use the Hydraulic Fluid List to choose the appropriate fluid. 2) Precautions for installing piping - Flush the pipes, joints and jig oil holes to make sure they are clean. - Chips and foreign material in the circuit will lead to leaks and malfunction. - There is no function provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the hydraulic system and pipes. 3) Using the sealing tape - Leave 1 or 2 turns on the screw and wrap it. - Pieces of the sealing tape can lead to leaks and malfunction. - When installing the piping, do so in a clean working environment and follow directions faithfully so that foreign materials do not get into the equipment. 4) Mounting the Unit - For mounting the main unit, put a bolt in each of the mounting bolt holes and tighten them according to the torque in the following chart. Tightening with greater torque than recommended can depress the seating surface or break the bolt. Model TMA0250 TMA0400 TMA0600 TMA1000 TMA1600 TMA2500 TMA3200

Thread size M5Ă—0.8

Tightening torque (N.m)

(3) Shake the pipes left and right to loosen the pipes at the joint. Hydraulic fluids with air mixed in will come out.

(4) When no more air is mixed in tighten the box nut back. (5) Efficiency can be further improved by releasing air at the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit and near the terminal clamp. (When using a gasket-type, install an air release valve near the top of the hydraulic pressure circuit.)

(6) In case of G-thread gasket (-C type). Air can be vented with JZG plug.

6.9

M5Ă—0.8

6.9

M6

11.8

M8

25

M10

58.8

M12

98

M12

98

- It is recommended that you use hexagon socket head cap bolts (12.9 tensile strength). 5) Mounting and removing the link lever - When inserting the link pin, do not hit the pin directly with a hammer. When using a hammer to insert the pin, always use a cover plate with a smaller diameter than the snap ring groove on the pin.

JZG plug

7) Speed adjustment - Adjust the speed so that the total time for operation is one second or more. If the clamp operates too fast the parts will wear out and become damaged more quickly leading to equipment failure. - Only adjust the speed after releasing the air from the circuit. If air is mixed in the circuit you will not be able to accurately adjust the speed. - Turn the speed control valve gradually from the low-speed side (small flow) to the high-speed side (large flow) to adjust the speed. 8) Checking for looseness and additional tightening - After initially installing the equipment the tightening force of the bolts will drop due to initial breaking in. Check for looseness and tighten the bolts when necessary. -Hydraulic Fluid List

6) Air release in the hydraulic pressure circuit - Using the hydraulic pressure circuit with a large amount of air, it will cause operations to take an abnormally long time. After installing the piping or if air enters the hydraulic tank of the pump while it is empty, make sure to perform the following procedures to release the air. (1) Use low pressure for the hydraulic pressure supplied to the hydraulic circuit. (2) Loosen the box nut on the pipe joint nearest the link clamp by one turn.

ISO viscosity grade: ISO-VG-32 Abrasion resisting hydraulic oil General purpose oil Manufacturer Tellus Oil 32 Tellus Oil C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu Super Multi 32 Idemitsu Kosan Daphne Super Hydraulic 32A Super Highland 32 Super Mulpus 32 Eneos Cosmo Hydro AW32 Cosmo New Mighty Super 32 Cosmo Oil Hydrax 32 Lathus 32 JOMO Nuto H32 Nuto 32 Esso Mobil DTE24 Mobil DTE24 Light Mobil Unit Oil WR32 Unit Oil P32 Kygnus Fukkol Super Hydrol 32 Fukkol Hydrol DX32 Fuji Kosan Hydrol AW32 Matsumura Oil Sunvis 932 Sunvis 832 Sunoco Hydrax 32 Hi-Tech AW32 Mitsui Oil Hyspin AWS32 Castrol Cautions: Some of the products in the chart are difficult to obtain overseas, so if you are going to purchase them overseas contact the manufacturer.

2


Link Clamp Cautions for Use 1) The product should be operated by trained personnel. - Operation and maintenance of machines and systems which use hydraulic pressure equipment should be performed by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not operate or remove equipment without first ensuring your safety. (1) Perform inspections and maintenance of the machines and systems after making sure no objects will fall and the equipment will not accidentally operate. (2) When removing equipment, check to make sure the Safety Notes mentioned above have been taken and then shut off the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Remove the equipment only after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit.

(3) When removing equipment right after operation, the equipment may still be hot, so wait until it cools off. (4) When restarting the machine or system, make sure the bolts and parts are secure and in place first. 3) Do not touch the link clamp while it is being operated. Your hand could get stuck resulting in injury. 4) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. - If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.

Maintenance and inspection 1) Removing equipment and blocking pressure source. - When removing the equipment, make sure measures have been taken to prevent the clamped objects from falling and to prevent accidental operation, then lock the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Finally, remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit. - When restarting the equipment, first make sure all the bolts and parts are secure and in place. 2) Clean around the piston rod periodically. - If the rod is used when the surface is dirty it could lead to damage to the packing and sealing, malfunctions or oil leaks.

3) When a coupler is used to disconnect the equipment, and is sued for long periods of time air will enter the circuit, so be sure to release the air periodically. 4) Inspect the equipment periodically to make sure the pipes, mounting bolts and fastening nuts are not loose. 5) Check to make sure the hydraulic fluid has not degraded. 6) Check to make sure operation is smooth without abnormal sounds. - In particular, if the equipment is not used for a long period of time, when it is used again for the first time make sure that it operates properly. 7) When storing the clamps, keep it out of direct sunlight in a cool location where it is protected from water. 8) For overhaul and repairs, please contact us.

Warranty 1) Warranty period - The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter.

(3) The user did not use or handle the product properly (including damages caused by a third party (4) The cause was due to some factor other than our product

2) Warranty scope - If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to some fault of ours, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense.However, defects or failures caused by the following are not covered:

(5) The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation (6) The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own

(1) Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed (2) The product was not properly designed by user or user’ s agent.

(7) Parts and replacements necessary due to normal wear and tear (rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical equipment, etc.) Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered.

21


22


h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p

1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401

CAT.NO.TMA001-02-02 Printed in Japan

2007.10.First 1Ry 2009. 8.Second 1Ry


7MPa Work support

New

model

LC model

LD-S


Work support Sectional Structure & Features It adopts the collet structure, the first in the world, ensuring powerful support and smooth action. KOSMEK was the first to develop the collet method in 1996. Compared with the traditional sleeve method, it ensures powerful gripping force via a wedge effect. Moreover, a larger gap between collet *1and plunger is designed to prevent sticking and allow smoother action.

Excellent coolant related countermeasures

Concrete workpiece touch PAT.

The special dust seal used features low friction and high sealing capabilities. It is very resilient as well as highly resistant to chloric coolants ensuring the reliability of the components.

As the collet *2 gripping the plunger is always pressed downwards, it helps prevent tilting when locked and the clearance with the workpiece.

Elastic spacer to press the collect *2

Large clearance between the collet *1 and plunger

Speed control valve which can be direct-mounted The speed control valve with air venting function can be directly mounted on the gasket type.

model

Concrete sequent action

BZL

As it is equipped with a powerful sequence spring, the action sequences, that is, plunger going up→ workpiece touching→ locking, are carried out via one hydraulic circuit system.

In addition, the air venting valve is prepared especially for air venting. (Piping method: only applicable to type C) (Refer to Page 19)

Air purging function

Air sensor related type (option) PAT.

Workpiece Work piece

Air supply

Sensing OFF

1

Sensing ON (Refer to Page 23).Please contact us for details.


model

LC/LD

INDEX Sectional Structure & Action Description

3

Model Code

5

Performance Graph

7

LC Hydraulic advance type

LC-D Rodless hollow type

LC-E Spring advance type

The plunger is lifted up via hydraulic pressure to support the workpiece

9

Possible to adjust the contacting force between the rodless lock and workpiece

11

The plunger is pressed to support the workpiece

13

The plunger is lifted up via hydraulic pressure to support the workpiece

15

The plunger is pressed to support the workpiece

17

LD

Hydraulic advance type

LD-S Hydraulic advance short type

LD-E

Spring advance type

LD-ES

Spring advance short type

Accessory Plunger spring design dimensions Air purging function / air sensor related type

19

Cautions

25

2


Work support Action Description Hydraulic advance type model LC/model LD Sectional structure diagram (when released)

1. Plunger extends

This diagram shows LC.

Contact bolt Plunger

Plunger spring

Hydraulic port

Vent port

Piston

Steel ball

Collet

Plunger piston

Collet

Plunger Section of collet

Rodless hollow type model LC-D Sectional structure diagram

1. Released status

This diagram shows LC-D. Rod (Prepared by the client)

Hydraulic port

Vent port

Piston

Steel ball

Collet

Spring advance type model LD-E/model LC-E Sectional structure diagram This diagram shows LC-E.

Contact bolt

Plunger spring Plunger

Steel ball

Piston

Collet

3

Hydraulic port

Vent port

1. Released status


Sectional Structure & Action Description

2. When the plunger piston is completely extended (in contact with the workpiece)

LC/LD

3. Locked status â‘ The piston starts to press down via hydraulic pressure. â‘ĄThe tapering action between the piston and collet affects the steel ball so that the collect can grip the plunger with even and strong power to generate the supporting force.

Piston

Sectional Structure Action Description

model

Plunger

Collet

2. Locked status

Load direction The load acts towards the arrow direction as shown in the graph.

2. Workpiece set (plunger is pushed down)

3. Locked hydraulicly in place

4


Work support Upper flange work support

Thread embedded work support

LC 055 2 - C L - E

LD 026 2 - L - ES

1

1

2

3

1

5

4

1

Body size

2

3

4

Body size External thread size of the body cylinder part.

It means the external diameter (φD) of the body cylinder part.

External thread

φ

2

Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference)

2

Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference)

3

Piping Method

3

Plunger spring force

C: Gasket type (G thread plug with air venting function) G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) S: Piping Type (Rc thread, no manifold)

L: Low spring force H: High spring force

4

G

Variation Blank: Hydraulic advance type ・・・P15 S*1 : Hydraulic advance short type ・・・P15 E : Spring advance type ・・・P17 ES*1: Spring advance short type ・・・P17

Piping type

Gasket type Speed control with G thread plug mountable

4

With R thread plug

Rc thread Without gasket port

Notes *1. -S/-ES type applies to the body size 026 only.

No marking

E

S

ES

Plunger spring force L: Low spring force H: High spring force

5

Variation Blank: Hydraulic advance type ・・・P9 D: Rodless hollow type (The rod is prepared by the customer) ・・・P11 E: Spring advance type ・・・P13 Blank

5

D

E


Model Code

model

LC/LD

Speed Control valve (with air venting function) *2

BZL 0 1 0 0 - A 1

G thread size 1 2

2

3

Model Code

1

2

G1/8 G1/4

Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference) BZL-A meter-in

3

Controlling Method A : Meter-in

P1 port: hydraulic supply side

P2 port: clamping side

*2. It can only be installed on Piping Type C

Air venting valve *3

BZX 0 1 0 1 1

G thread size 1 2

2

2

G1/8 G1/4

Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference)

*3. It can only be installed on Piping Type C

G thread plug (with air venting function) *4

JZG 0 1 0 1

1

G thread size 1 2

2

2

G1/8 G1/4

Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference)

*4. It is assembled with Piping Type C for delivery.

6


Work support Support force graph (this graph shows the support force under static load condition) LC hydraulic advance type / LC-E spring advance type 70 LC0902

LC0402

LC0482

LC0552

LC0652

LC0752

LC0902

5.5

10.0

15.5

25.0

40.0

65.0

6.5

5.0

9.1

14.1

22.8

36.5

59.3

6

4.5

8.2

12.8

20.6

33.0

53.6

5.5

4.0

7.3

11.4

18.4

29.5

47.9

5

3.6

6.5

10.1

16.3

26.0

42.2

4.5

3.1

5.6

8.7

14.1

22.5

36.5

4

2.6

4.7

7.3

11.9

19.0

30.8

LC0552

3.5

2.1

3.8

6.0

9.7

15.5

25.1

LC0482 LC0402

3

1.6

3.0

4.6

7.5

11.9

19.4

2.5

1.2

2.1

3.3

5.3

8.4

13.7

Support force (kN)

50 LC0752

30 LC0652 20 10 0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Support force (kN)

7

60

40

Hydraulic supply pressure(MPa)

7

Supply pressure (MPa)

LC-D rodlless hollow type 50

Support force (kN)

Hydraulic supply pressure(MPa) 40

LC0902-D

30 LC0752-D 20 LC0652-D 10

0

LC0552-D LC0482-D LC0402-D 0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Support force (kN) LC0402-D LC0482-D LC0552-D LC0652-D LC0752-D LC0902-D

7

3.5

6.3

10.0

16.0

25.0

40.0

6.5

3.2

5.8

9.2

14.7

22.9

36.7

6

2.9

5.3

8.4

13.4

20.9

33.4

5.5

2.6

4.7

7.5

12.0

18.8

30.0

5

2.3

4.2

6.7

10.7

16.7

26.7

4.5

2.0

3.7

5.8

9.3

14.6

23.3

4

1.7

3.2

5.0

8.0

12.5

20.0

3.5

1.5

2.6

4.2

6.7

10.4

16.7

3

1.2

2.1

3.3

5.3

8.3

13.3

2.5

0.9

1.6

2.5

4.0

6.3

10.0

7

Supply pressure (MPa)

LD hydraulic advance type / LD-E spring advance type

Support force (kN)

10

LD0452

LD0262

LD0302

LD0362

7

1.0

3.0

4.0

5.5

10.0

6.5

0.9

2.8

3.6

5.0

9.1

6

0.8

2.5

3.3

4.5

8.2

5.5

0.7

2.2

2.9

4.0

7.3

5

0.7

2.0

2.6

3.6

6.5

LD0302

4.5

0.6

1.7

2.2

3.1

5.6

LD0262

4

0.5

1.4

1.9

2.6

4.7

3.5

0.4

1.2

1.5

2.1

3.8

3

0.3

0.9

1.2

1.6

3.0

2.5

0.2

0.6

0.8

1.2

2.1

6 LD0362

2 LD0262-S 0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Supply pressure (MPa)

7

7

Support force (kN) LD0262-S

8

4

Hydraulic supply pressure(MPa)

LD0452


Performance graph

model

LC/LD

Load / displacement graph (this graph shows the static load displacement at 7MPa hydraulic pressure.) LC hydraulic advance type / LC-E spring advance type 40

100 LC

LC

07

35

25

LC0652

20

LC0752

15

LC0902

60

40

Load

10

When locked (without load)

When the static load is added

20 5 0

0

2.5

5

7.5

10

0

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Performance graph

LC0552

LC 06 52

80 30

LC04 02 LC 048 2 LC 05 52

Displacement (µm)

02

09

52

LC0482

Displacement

LC0402

Load (kN)

Load (kN)

LC-D rodless hollow type LC0552-D

60

LC0652-D

50

20

LC0752-D

40

15

LC0902-D

30

10

02

Displacement

LC

09

D LC 06 LC 52-D 07 52 -D

-D

482D LC 055 2-

LC0482-D

Load

LC0

LC0402-D

25

LC0402

When locked (without load)

20

h

Displacement (µm)

-D

30

5

10

0

0

φ

When the static load is added

Measurement conditions:

0

2.5

5

7.5

10

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

φ

40

Load (kN)

Load (kN)

LD hydraulic advance type / LD-E spring advance type 40

62

LD0262

03 LD 2

30

62 LD 03 0

LD0362

LD 02

Displacement (µm)

LD0302

15

2

45

0 LD

Displacement

20

Load

10

20 LD0262-S

LD0452

5

0

When the static load is added

10

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

0

Load (kN) Notes LD0262-S type is the chart when the load is up to 1kN.

When locked (without load)

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Load (kN)

8


Work support External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) This drawing shows the released position of LC-C (before the plunger is lifted).

A

B

Vent port Rc thread (with plug)

Vent port *4φP*5 (-C/-G type)

2-Z

B

Hydraulic port φP*5 (-C/-G type)

φ B

φL X thread

G thread plug (only –C type)

4-φ Spot face φQ

Hydraulic port G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type).

3

*5

φ φBA

*3 Plunger stroke

Contact bolt

φ

Remove all burrs *5

3

φAB

A

BB

Air vent (attached) (only –S type is assembled for delivery)

4- A Thread *2

A

*1

G

15

φ

- 1 - 2

4

Notes *2. The CA thread depth of the mounting bolt should be decided based on the mounting height with reference to S size. *3. The φD depth of the body mounting hole should be decided based on the mounting height with reference to F size. *4. The vent port needs to be processed in the atmosphere without intrusion of coolants. (Refer to Page 25: Appropriate Position of Vent Port for reference.) *5. This process indicates -C/-G: Gasket Type.

Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug)

Hydraulic port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

This drawing shows LC-G. Vent port Rc thread (with plug)

max.1.5mm

Vent port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

R thread plug Notes *1. The mounting bolts are not provided. They are prepared based on the mounting height with reference to S size.

S: Piping type (Rc thread) This drawing shows LC-S.

Design dimensions of contact bolt

G

9

Vent port Rc thread (with air vent)

φ min φ

φ B

O ring

EX thread

Hydraulic port Rc thread


Hydraulic advance type

model

LC

Specifications L

4 2 55 9 P-1 25 8 12 4.7 7.8 6.2 11.0

Model Support force (at 7MPa) kN Support force (formula) * kN Plunger stroke mm Cylinder capacity cm 3 *7 Plunger spring Low spring N force High spring

L

482 1 1 75 P-2 28 1 2 5.8 9.7 7.9 13.6

LC0552 15 5 2 72 P-3 54 12 3.3 8.3 14.6 10.1 21.9

L

52 25 4 39 P-5 7 14 48 9.8 14.6 15.8 22.0

L

752 4 7 2 P-9 12 1 89 12.4 18.8 18.7 31.9

L

9 2 5 11 4 P-14 8 2 13 1 14. 21 21.4 34 2

7 25 1 5 0 70

Max. operating pressure MPa Min. operating pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa Operating temperature Weight kg

9

1.4

22

3

Remarks: *6. P in the formula for support force indicates the hydraulic pressure (MPa). *7. The plunger spring force figure indicates the spring design force. It may vary due to moving resistance of the plunger and the spring. Please us it as reference for the workpiece contacting force.

L

Model A B

G

L

P

L

13 M10×11 25 8 1 12 5 12 5 4 11 5 8 35 14 G1/8 R 1/8 1/8 1BP5 1/8

X Nominal designation × depth

Z (Chamfer)

AB A BA BB B A A B Hydraulic port

4 2 7 54 45 4 5 31 25 31 5 22 5 34 8 11 2 5 3 95 55 14 5 11 15

-C type -S type

R thread plug -G type O ring (-C/-G type) Vent port

482 75 1 51 48 4 39 25 35 5 25 5 4 73 11 3

L

L

3 95 55 13 5 11 1

3 11 8 11 5 15 2 8 17 M12×13 31 13 4 12 35 1 5

5 11 8 14 5 1 22 9 19 M12×13 37 14 47 12 2 1 5

14

14

35 14 G1/8 R 1/8 1/8 1BP5 1/8

35 14 G1/8 R 1/8 1/8 1BP7 1/8

13 M10×11 28 11 3 12 4 12 5 4 11 5 8 35 14 G1/8 R 1/8 1/8 1BP5 1/8

G O ring

8

4 2 82 12 5 1 7 2 1 e

L

8

52 1 1 81 7 5 85 5 29 4 35 55 94 11 39 5

L

752 12 92 8 75 1 7 72 35 52 4 3 1 13 45

L

9 2 149 1 7 95 9 128 88 4 59 5 47 5 75 12 13 52 5

5 14 9 17 19 25 9 22 M16×20 42 5 15 53 12 15 21 5 9 19 8 45 19 G1/4 R 1/4 1/4 1BP7 1/8

5 17 5 11 18 21 3 1 5 24 1 2 5 15 3 12 21 5 9 19 1 45 19 G1/4 R 1/4 1/4 1BP7 1/8

L

L

Refer to it for designing the contact bolt.

482 82 12 5 1 7 2 1 e

L

55 7 45 25 39 3 47 8 11 33 5

Design dimensions of contact bolt Corresponding Product Model B

552 85 9

LC

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

L

1

552 1 1 5 75 12 8 3 12 e

L

1

52 1 1 5 75 12 8 3 12 e

752 13 5 21 5 1 5 1 11 4 1 A 5 8- 14 7 °

9 2 13 5 21 5 1 5 1 11 4 1 A 5 8- 14 7 °

10


Work support (locking cylinder) External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) This drawing shows LC-C-D.

A

B

φ B

Vent port Rc thread (with plug)

Vent port * φP*7 (-C/-G type)

2-Z

Hydraulic portφP *7 (-C/-G type)

φL

4-CA Thread *5

G thread plug (only –C type)

4-φ

Remove all burrs *7

Spot face φQ

Hydraulic port G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type).

Load

3

φ

+0.3 0

*7

*1

φAB

Rod *2 (Prepared by the client)

A

Air vent (attached) (only –S type is assembled for delivery)

1.6S

φ Dimensions tolerance f8

*3

G

15

Dust seal *4

φ

- 1 - 2

Notes *5 The CA thread depth of the mounting bolt should be decided based on the mounting height with reference to S size. * The vent port needs to be processed in the atmosphere without intrusion of coolants.(Refer to Page 25: Appropriate Position of Vent Port for reference.) *7 This process indicates -C/-G: Gasket type.

Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) This drawing shows LC-G-D.

Hydraulic port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

Vent port Rc thread (with plug)

max.1.5mm

R thread plug Vent port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

S: Piping type (Rc thread) Notes *1 The load acts towards the arrow direction as shown in the drawing. In case it acts reversely, the internal parts are likely to be damaged. *2 The surface hardness of the rod (prepared by the client) should be above HRC60. (The hard Cr plated metal is acceptable.) *3 The mounting bolts are not provided. They are prepared based on the mounting height with reference to S size. *4 Deburr the rod end, and pay attention not to damage the dust seal when the rod is inserted into the body (upper and lower parts).

This drawing shows LC-S-D. Vent port Rc thread (with air vent)

Hydraulic port Rc thread

11


Rodless hollow type

model

LC-D

Specifications Model Support force (at 7MPa) kN Support force (formula) *8 kN Cylinder capacity m3

L

4 235 58 P- 58

4823 1 5 P-1 5 13

L

55210 1 7 P-1 7 2

L

521 2 7 P-2 7 33

L

75225 4 17 P-4 17 57

L

9 24 7 P- 7 91

7 25 1 5 0 70

Max. operating pressure P Min. operating pressure P Pressure resistance P Operating temperature Weight Remarks:

L

5

8

1.2

2

32

54

*8. P in the formula for support force indicates the hydraulic pressure (MPa).

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

G

L

P

Z (Chamfer)

AB A A A B Hydraulic port

-C type -S type

R thread plug -G type O ring (-C/-G type) Vent port Rc thread

4 254 45 4 5 31 25 31 5 22 5 34 8 11 2 5 3 95 55 14 5 15 -25 8 1 12 5 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5 1/8

L

1 43

4821 51 48 4 39 25 35 5 25 5 4 73 11 3 3 95 55 13 5 1 -28 11 3 12 4 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5 1/8

L

1 43

5529 55 7 45 25 39 3 47 8 11 33 5

5281 7 5 85 5 29 4 35 55 94 11 39 5

3 11 8 11 5 2 31 13 4 12 35

5 11 8 14 5 22 37 14 47 12 2

-

35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP5 1/8

L

2 53

-

35 14 G1/8 1/8 1/8 1BP7 1/8

L

2 53

75292 8 75 1 7 72 35 52 4 3 1 13 45 5 14 9 17 25 -42 5 15 53 12 15 8 45 19 G1/4 1/4 1/4 1BP7 1/8

L

2 53

9 21 7 95 9 128 88 4 59 5 47 5 75 12 13 52 5 5 17 5 11 18 3 5 15 3 12

-

LC-D

L

Model B

2 53

1 45 19 G1/4 1/4 1/4 1BP7 1/8

12


Work support Processing dimensions for the mounting area

External Dimensions C: Gasket type (with G thread plug) This drawing shows the released position of LC-E.

A

B

Vent port Rc thread (with plug)

Vent port *4 φP *5 (-C/-G type)

2-Z

B

Hydraulic port φP *5 (-C/-G type)

φ B

φL X thread

G thread plug (only –C type) Hydraulic port G thread (The speed control can be installed only on –C Type).

4-φ

4- A Thread

*2

φ

Remove all burrs *5

3

Spot face φQ

3

*3

4

A

BB

Contact bolt Plunger stroke

φ φBA

φAB

Air vent (attached) (only –S type is assembled for delivery)

*5

A

*1

G

15

φ

- 1 - 2

Notes *2. The CA thread depth of the mounting bolt should be decided based on the mounting height with reference to S size. *3. The φD depth of the body mounting hole should be decided based on the mounting height with reference to F size. *4. The vent port needs to be processed in the atmosphere without intrusion of coolants. (Refer to Page 25: Appropriate Position of Vent Port for reference.) *5. This process indicates -C/-G: Gasket type.

Piping Method G: Gasket type (with R thread plug)

Hydraulic port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

This drawing shows LC-G-E. Vent port Rc thread (with plug)

max.1.5mm

Vent port: O ring (attached) (-C/-G type)

R thread plug Notes *1. The mounting bolts are not provided. They are prepared based on the mounting height with reference to S size.

S: Piping type (Rc thread) This drawing shows LC-S-E.

Design dimensions of contact bolt

G

13

EX thread

φ min φ

φ B

O ring

Vent port Rc thread (with air vent)

Hydraulic port Rc thread


Spring advance type

model

LC-E

Specifications Model Support force (at 7MPa) kN Support force (formula) * kN Plunger stroke mm Cylinder capacity cm 3 *7 Plunger spring Low spring N force High spring

LC0402-E 55 0.96×P-1.25 8 4.7 6.2

7.8 11.0

LC0482-E 1 1.75×P-2.28 1 13 5.8 9.7 7.9 13.6

LC0552-E 15.5 2.72×P-3.54 12 2.0 8.3 14.6 10.1 21.9

LC0652-E 25 4.39×P-5.70 14 33 9.8 14.6 15.8 22.0

LC0752-E 4 7.02×P-9.12 1 57 12.4 18.8 18.7 31.9

L

9 25 11 4 P-14 8 2 91 14. 21 21.4 34 2

7 25 1 5 0 70

Max. operating pressure MPa Min. operating pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa Operating temperature Weight kg

9

1.4

22

3

Remarks: *6. P in the formula for support force indicates the hydraulic pressure (MPa). *7. The plunger spring force figure indicates the spring design force. It may vary due to moving resistance of the plunger and the spring. Please us it as reference for the workpiece contacting force.

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

G

L

P

omin

e i n tion

et

Z (Chamfer)

AB A BA BB B A A B - t e - t e t re u -G t e rin - /-G t e ent ort r ui

ort

LC0402-E 75 54 45 4 5 31 25 31 5 22 5 34 8 11 2 5 3 95 55 14 5 19 15

LC0482-E 85 1 51 48 4 39 25 35 5 25 5 4 73 11 3

LC0552-E 97 9

3 95 55 13 5 21 1

13 M10×11 25 8 1 12 5 12 5 4 11 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 R 1/8 1BP5 1/8

13 M10×11 28 11 3 12 4 12 5 4 11 5 8 35 14 G1/8 1/8 R 1/8 1BP5 1/8

Design dimensions of contact bolt B

LC0402-E 82 12 5

LC0482-E 82 12 5

G

1 7 2 1 e

1 7 2 1 e

Corresponding Product Model

O ring

8

8

55 7 45 25 39 3 47 8 11 33 5

LC0652-E 115 81 7 5 85 5 29 4 35 55 94 11 39 5

LC0752-E 142 92 8 75 1 7 72 35 52 4 3 1 13 45

3 11 8 11 5 27 2 8 17 M12×13 31 13 4 12 35 1 5

5 11 8 14 5 3 22 9 19 M12×13 37 14 47 12 2 1 5

14

14

35 14 G1/8 1/8 R 1/8 1BP5 1/8

35 14 G1/8 1/8 R 1/8 1BP7 1/8

5 14 9 17 35 25 9 22 M16×20 42 5 15 53 12 15 21 5 9 19 8 45 19 G1/4 1/4 R 1/4 1BP7 1/8

L

9 21 9 1 7 95 9 128 88 4 59 5 47 5 75 12 13 52 5 5 17 5 11 18 41 3 1 5 24 1 2 5 15 3 12

LC-E

Model A B

21 5 9 19 1 45 19 G1/4 1/4 R 1/4 1BP7 1/8

Refer to it for designing the contact bolt.

LC0552-E 1 1 5 75 12 8 3 12 1 e

LC0652-E 1 1 5 75 12 8 3 12 1 e

LC0752-E 13 5 21 5 1 5 1 11 4 1 A 5 8- 14 7 °

L

9 213 5 21 5 1 5 1 11 4 1 A 5 8- 14 7 °

14


Work support External Dimensions This drawing shows the released position of LD (before the plunger is lifted).

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

V

T

BB

Notes *1.The vent port needs to be processed in the atmosphere without intrusion of coolants.

H

15°

G

A

D thread

F

+0.1 0

O ring (attached) B

O ring (attached) A Hydraulic port

Vent port

φ G

φ

Design dimensions of contact bolt

G

15

EX thread

φ D min φ

φ B

O ring

6.3S

Plunger stroke

R0.4

CC

Contact bolt

Above CD

C1 Dthread Lower holeφ B

φ φ φBA

*1

φ G

CF

X thread

φ

Vent port

φ

Hexagon B

BC W

Hydraulic port

(Refer to Page 25: Appropriate Position of Vent Port for reference.)


Hydraulic advance type

model

LD

Specifications Model Support force (at 7MPa) kN Support force (formula) *2 kN mm Plunger stroke Cylinder capacity cm 3 *3 Plunger spring Low spring N force High spring Max. operating pressure MPa Min. operating pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa Operating temperature kg Weight

LD0262-S 1.0 19 - 3 5 0.3 2.8 4.2 3.1 5.9

LD0262 3.0 0.53×P-0.68 6.5 0.6 2.8 4.1 3.8 5.9

0.1

0.2

LD0302 4.0 0.70×P-0.91 8 0.9 3. 5.7 4.9 8.0 7.0 2.5 10.5 70 0.25

LD0362 5.5 0.96×P-1.25 8 1.3 4.7 7.8 6.2 11.0

LD0452 10 1.75×P-2.28 10 2 5.8 9.7 7.9 13.6

0.35

0.75

Remarks: *2. P in the formula for support force indicates the hydraulic pressure (MPa). *3. The plunger spring force figure indicates the spring design force. It may vary due to moving resistance of the plunger and the spring. Please us it as reference for the workpiece contacting force.

Model A B C D (Nominal designation X pitch)

F G H T V W X (Nominal designation × depth)

BA BB B B CC CD CF G A B Recommended torque for the body *4

LD0262-S 48.5 24 26 M26×1.5 39.5 7.4 25.8 6.3 24.2 9 10 5 8 M6×9 9 3 8 24.5 1 32 CC-7 max. 8 p.c.d. 19 max. 2.5 A 5 8- 13 9 A 5 8- 2 9 31 5 m

LD0262 66 24 26 M26×1.5 57 7.4 40.8 8.8 24.2 9 10 5 8 M6×9 9 3 8 24.5 1 47 CC-7 max. 8 p.c.d. 19 max. 2.5 A 5 8- 13 9 A 5 8- 2 9 31 5 m

LD0302 73 27 30 M30×1.5 62 9.4 42.3 10.3 28.2 11 12 6 10 M8×12 11.5 4 10 28.5 17 50 CC-9 max. 10 p.c.d. 22 max. 3 A 5 8- 14 9 A 5 8- 22 9 5 m

LD0362 69 32 36 M36×1.5 58 8.4 41.3 8.3 34.2 11 15 6 13 M10×11 12.5 4 11 34.5 18 48 CC-8 max. 10 p.c.d. 26 max. 5 A 5 8- 15 9 A 5 8- 2 9 3 m

LD0452 82 41 45 M45×1.5 71 9 50.2 11.8 43.2 11 16 6 13 M10×11 12.5 4 11 43.5 21 58 CC-8.5 max. 12 p.c.d. 30 max. 6 A 5 8- 1 9 A 5 8- 3 9 8 m

LD

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

Notes *4. The table above shows the torque recommended for mounting of the body. If the recommended torque is exceeded, abnormal action may be incurred due to deformation of the body. Moreover, if the torque is much lower than the recommended one, the O ring may be damaged due to loosening, resulting in oil leakage

Design dimensions of contact bolt orre on in Pro u t o e B

G rin

LD0262-S 4.5 8.5 3.5 8 6 1.5 M6 5 e

LD0262 4.5 8.5 3.5 8 6 1.5 5

e

Refer to it for designing the contact bolt.

LD0302 6 10 5 10 7 2 M8 e

8

LD0362 8.2 12.5 6 10 7 2 M10 e

8

LD0452 8.2 12.5 6 10 7 2 M10 e

16


Work support External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area Vent port

φ

CF

X thread

C1

Contact bolt

Lower holeφ B

D thread Plunger stroke

φ φ

R0.4

A

H

15°

G E

D thread

+0.1 0

F

φ

O ring (attached) A

O ring (attached) DB

Hydraulic port

Vent port

φ G

φ

Design dimensions of contact bolt O ring

EX thread

φED min φ

φEB EG

17

6.3S

T

V

BB

φBA

*1

φ G

CC

Hexagon B

BC W

Hydraulic port

Above CD

This drawing shows the released position of LD-E.

EF EE

Notes *1.The vent port needs to be processed in the atmosphere without intrusion of coolants. (Refer to Page 25: Appropriate Position of Vent Port for reference.)


Spring advance type

model

LD-E

Specifications Model Support force (at 7MPa) kN Support force (formula) *2 kN mm Plunger stroke Cylinder capacity cm 3 *3 Plunger spring Low spring N force High spring

LD0262-ES 1.0 19 - 3 5 0.1 2.8 4.2 3.1 5.9

LD0262-E 3.0 0.53×P-0.68 6.5 0.3 2.8 4.1 3.8 5.9

Max. operating pressure MPa Min. operating pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa Operating temperature Weight kg

0.1

0.2

LD0302-E 4.0 0.70×P-0.91 8 0.5 3. 5.7 4.9 8.0 7.0 2.5 10.5 70 0.25

LD0362-E 5.5 0.98×P-1.25 8 0.6 4.7 7.8 6.2 11.0

LD0452-E 10 1.75×P-2.28 10 1.3 5.8 9.7 7.9 13.6

0.35

0.75

Remarks: *2. P in the formula for support force indicates the hydraulic pressure (MPa). *3. The plunger spring force figure indicates the spring design force. It may vary due to moving resistance of the plunger and the spring. Please us it as reference for the workpiece contacting force.

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model A B C omin e i n tion E F G H

it

T V W omin e i n tion e t BA BB BC CB CC CD CE CF CG A DB e ommen e tor ue or t e o *4

LD0262-ES 53.5 24 26 M26×1.5 39.5 7.4 25.8 6.3 24.2 14 10 5 8 M6×9 9 3 8 24.5 1 32 CC-7 max. 8 p.c.d. 19 max. 2.5 A 5 8- 13 9 A 5 8- 2 9 31 5 m

LD0262-E 72.5 24 26 M26×1.5 57 7.4 40.8 8.8 24.2 15.5 10 5 8 M6×9 9 3 8 24.5 1 47 CC-7 max. 8 p.c.d. 19 max. 2.5 A 5 8- 13 9 A 5 8- 2 9 31 5 m

LD0302-E 81 27 30 M30×1.5 62 9.4 42.3 10.3 28.2 19 12 6 10 M8×12 11.5 4 10 28.5 17 50 CC-9 max. 10 p.c.d. 22 max. 3 A 5 8- 14 9 A 5 8- 22 9 5 m

LD0362-E 77 32 36 M36×1.5 58 8.4 41.3 8.3 34.2 19 15 6 13 M10×11 12.5 4 11 34.5 18 48 CC-8 max. 10 p.c.d. 26 max. 5 A 5 8- 15 9 A 5 8- 2 9 3 m

LD0452-E 92 41 45 M45×1.5 71 9 50.2 11.8 43.2 21 16 6 13 M10×11 12.5 4 11 43.5 21 58 CC-8.5 max. 12 p.c.d. 30 max. 6 A 5 8- 1 9 A 5 8- 3 9 8 m

Design dimensions of contact bolt orre on in Pro u t o e EB EC ED EE EF EG EX O ring

LD0262-ES 4.5 8.5 3.5 8 6 1.5 M6 5 e

LD0262-E 4.5 8.5 3.5 8 6 1.5 M6 5 e

LD-E

Notes *4. The table above shows the torque recommended for mounting of the body. If the recommended torque is exceeded, abnormal action may be incurred due to deformation of the body. Moreover, if the torque is much lower than the recommended one, the O ring may be damaged due to loosening, resulting in oil leakage

Refer to it for designing the contact bolt.

LD0302-E 6 10 5 10 7 2 M8 e

LD0362-E 8.2 12.5 6 10 7 2 M10 8 e

LD0452-E 8.2 12.5 6 10 7 2 M10 8 e

18


Speed control valve / air venting valve Speed control valve (with air venting function) : BZL*1 BZL is the G thread specific speed control valve where direct mounting is allowed for the piping method: type C. It is best used in the circuit where the flow governing valve cannot be mounted, or the synchronized and individual adjustment is necessary. Moreover, air is vented at the equipment end, upgrading the stability of the hydraulic system. *1. It can only be installed on Piping type C.

Specifications Model Max. operating pressure MPa Pressure resistant MPa Control Method G thread size Cracking pressure MPa Max. passage area mm2 Recommended mounting torgue N m

BZL0100-A

BZL0200-A

7 10.5 meter-in

Circuit Symbols BZL-A:meter-in

G1/8

G1/4 0.04

2.6 10

5.0 25

P1 port Hydraulic supply side

P2 port Clamping side

Remarks: 1. The minimum passage area when the controlling side is fully opened is the same as the maximum passage area shown in the table above. Notes 1. Use the recommended torque for mounting the body. As the end face of the speed control valve is of metallic seal structure, flow adjustment may not be realized if the mounting torque is insufficient. 2. The used BZL should not be re-mounted on other clamp. With variation of G thread bottom depth of the clamp, the metal seal may become incomplete and the flow adjustment may not be realized.

External Dimensions

Model Work support

M thread

φB

BZL0 00 -A

Special packing G thread

Hex. hole L

J

Close Open

max.H

Hex. K Hex. A

P2 port Clamping side

E D max.C

F P1 port Hydralic supply side

Processing dimensions for the mounting area Notes 0

Z 0.1 Z U thread

N -0.10 min.P P2 port Clamping side

φW

0.2

45°

min.φR max.φS φT

(Lower hole φT flat bottom)

0.4

φ

Q

19

P1 port Hydraulic supply side

Corresponding Product Model A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R (flat area) S T U V W

BZL0100-A

BZL0200-A

LC0402 LC0482 LC0552 LC0652

LC0752 LC0902

14 15.5 15 12 8.5 (11.6) G1/8 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 11.5 8.5 9 16 10 8.7 G1/8 2 3 2.5 5

18 20 16 13 9.5 (15.1) G1/4 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 15 11 *2 11.5 20.5 13.5 11.5 G1/4 3 4 3.5 7

Notes 1 As the area is the sealing part, pay attention not to damage it. area is the metal sealing part at the BZL side, pay attention 2 As the not to damage it (Notes for deburring) 3. Pay attention to have no cutting powder and burring at the tolerance part of the processing hole. 4. As shown in the drawing, P1 port is used as the hydraulic supply side and P2 port as the clamping side. 5. If the market available plug and connector with G thread specs are considered to be mounted, “*2” in the specification list is 12.5mm. 6. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure. It must be done under lower pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)


Speed control valve / air venting valve

model BZL flow characteristic graph (hydraulic fluids ISO-VG32 (25 BZL0100-A: Meter-in Control flow direction

Control flow direction

Pressure loss 5MPa

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

25

8 6

Pressure loss 3MPa

4 2

20

5Mpa

15 3Mpa

10 5

Pressure loss 1MPa

0

1

2

3

0

4

1Mpa

0

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting thread Opened→

1

Free flowing direction

3

4

Free flowing direction 25 Fully opened

Fully opened

8

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

2

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting thread Opened→

10

6 4

Fully closed

2 0

35 )

BZL0200-A: Meter-in

10

0

BZL/BZX

0

1

2

3

4

5

20 15 10 Fully closed

5 0

6

0

Pressure loss (MPa)

1

2

3

4

5

6

Pressure loss (MPa)

Air venting valve: BZX*3 BZX is the G thread specific air venting valve where direct mounting is allowed for the piping method: C type. As it is specially for air venting, it is easy to vent the air within the hydraulic circuit. *3. It can only be installed on Piping type C.

Circuit Symbols

Specifications Model Max. operating pressure MPa Pressure resistant MPa G thread size Recommended mounting torgue m

BZX010

BZX020 25 37.5 G1/4 25

External Dimensions

Model

BZX010

BZX020

Corresponding Product Model

LC0402 LC0482 LC0552 LC0652

LC0752 LC0902

A B C D E G

14 15.5 19.8 9.3 5.5 G1/8

18 20 20.6 10.1 6.3 G1/4

(Work support) Plug M6x1

Special packing G thread

φB

Locking nut M6 (3 types)

Hex. hole 3

Hex. 10 Hex. A

3.6 3.8

E D

10.5 C

Notes 1. Do not over loosen the plug during air venting. (Do not loosen for more than 2 turns from the fully closed status.) 2. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure. It must be done under lower pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit) 3. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 19)

Accessory

G1/8 10

20


Work support DZ-C: flange shaped nut DZ0260-C

DZ0300-C

DZ0360-C

DZ0450-C

LD0262

LD0302

LD0362

LD0452

A

35

38

45

55

B

26

29

35

42

C

14

15

16

18

D

5.5

5.5

6.8

9

M (Nominal designation X pitch)

M26×1.5

M30×1.5

M36×1.5

M45×1.5

R

45.5

49.6

59.6

72.4

M thread

φR

B A

4-φ

Notes 1. The mounting bolts are not provided. They are prepared based on the mounting height with reference to C size.

C

DZ-R: piping block

G

Hydraulic port Rc thread Model DZ0260-R Corresponding Product Model LD0262 A 35

φF +00.1

φR

B A

Model Corresponding Product Model

E

4-φ

Vent port Rc thread

C

DZ0300-R

DZ0360-R

DZ0450-R

LD0302

LD0362

LD0452

38

45

55

B

26

29

35

42

C

19

22

22

25

D

5.5

5.5

6.8

9

E

9.5

11

11

12.5 43.5

F

24.5

28.5

34.5

G

2.5

2.5

2.5

3.5

Rc

Rc1/8

Rc1/8

Rc1/8

Rc1/4

R

45.5

49.6

59.6

72.4

Notes 1. The mounting bolts are not provided. They are prepared based on the mounting height with reference to C size.

LZ-MP: manifold block C K

LZ0400-MP LZ0480-MP LZ0550-MP LZ0650-MP LZ0750-MP LZ0900-MP Model Corresponding Product Model LC0402 LC0482 LC0552 LC0652 LC0752 LC0902

±0.1

4-φ

H

Nx

Yx

Yy

Ny

φD +00.3

B

K

J

A

C0.6

C0.6

2- O ring

P Side

A

20

27

30

32

37

45

B

56.5

62

70

82

93

107

C

45

51

60

70

80

95

D

40

48

55

65

75

90

H

34

36.5

40

47

53

59.5 47.5

J

22.5

25.5

30

35

40

K

34

40

47

55

63

75

Nx

26

30

33.5

39.5

45

52.5

Ny

5

0

0

0

0

0

R

5.5

5.5

6.8

6.8

9

11 50

Yx

25

28

31

37

42.5

Yy

8

11

13

14

15

15

O ring

1BP5

1BP5

1BP5

1BP7

1BP7

1BP7

Notes 1. The mounting bolts are not provided. They are prepared based on the mounting height with reference to A size. 2. P side should be additionally processed for use if it is necessary to have the area beyond the block thickness (A dimension). In addition, refer to this graph for designing.

Application Example

It is easy to set the height difference from the support surface.

LZ-MP×3 The client needs to process the ▼ side additionally for one of the three LZ-MPs.

LZ0400-MP×1

Standard mounting

It is mountable with only processing of the tab with a small diameter. As there is no need for processing of large diameter nuts, manifolding becomes easy.

Difference

Difference

LD

The fixture side can be made with thin steel plate.

LC-C

Attachment

Fixture base

Fixture base

21


Accessory / plunger spring design dimensions

model

LC/LD

G thread Plug (with air venting function): JZG *1 JZG is the plug with air venting function which consists of the G thread plug and special packing. Moreover, air is vented at the equipment end like BZL, upgrading the stability of the hydraulic system. *1. It is assembled with Piping type C for delivery.

Specifications JZG010

Model

JZG020 35 42

Max. operating pressure MPa Pressure resistant

MPa

G1/8 10

G thread size

Recommended mounting torgue N m

G1/4 25 Model

JZG010

JZG020

Corresponding Product Model

LC0402 LC0482 LC0552 LC0652

LC0752 LC0902

A B C D G

14 3.5 8 5 G1/8

19 4.5 9 6 G1/4

External Dimensions

φA

Special packing

Hex. hole D

G thread

B

Notes 1. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 19)

C

Plunger spring design dimensions Refer to it for designing the spring. This diagram shows the released status.

Plunger spring

φFB φFA

Contact bolt

Small piston

Corresponding Product Model FA FB FC FC(LC-E type) FD FD(LC-E type) FE FF Stroke

LC0402 6 8.5 8.5 14.1 8.1 2.5 1 17.6 8

Corresponding Product Model FA FB FC FC(LD-E type) FD FD(LD-E type) FE FF Stroke

LD0262-S 3.5 5.1 8.5 8.5 1 1 0.5 10 5

LC0482 6 8.5 10.5 16.1 8.1 2.5 1 19.6 10

LC0552 7.5 10.3 12.5 18.6 9.1 3 1 22.6 12

LC0652 7.5 10.3 24.5 30.6 9.1 3 1 34.6 14

LC0752 10.5 14 20.7 29.8 12.6 3.5 1 34.3 16

LC0902 10.5 14 32.7 41.8 12.6 3.5 1 46.3 20

FE

FC

FD FF

LD0262 3.5 5.1 14.9 14.9 0.5 0.5 0.5 15.9 6.5

LD0302 5 6.8 19.7 19.7 3.9 3.9 1 24.6 8

LD0362 6 8.5 8.5 14.1 8.1 2.5 1 17.6 8

LD0452 6 8.5 10.5 16.1 8.1 2.5 1 19.6 10

Accessory

Stroke Plunger

22


Work support Air purging specifications (applicable to the standard type) This product adopts the special dust seal featuring excellent tribological and sealing properties. When it is used under hostile conditions, air purging is possible if the circuit is processed on the vent port as shown in the graph below.

Structure diagram φU

When the plunger is being lowered and released

Plunger spring

Dust seal

Vent port

Hydraulic port

5

e ommen e

neum ti

m

re ure 2

When the plunger is being lifted and locked Calculation formula for the workpiece contact force (Plunger spring force) +

2

/4 Ă— Air supply pressure

Workpiece

Remarks: 1. If the workpiece is thin or light, prepare the stopper for the workpiece if necessary.

5

e ommen e re ure 2

m

neum ti 4 P

Notes 1. When the plunger is lowered, shut off the air supply. The plunger cannot return if air is supplied all the time. 2. If the plunger goes up too fast, it may spring back to be locked when it reaches the workpiece, resulting in clearance with the workpiece and possible damage to the internal parts with shocking force. Set the plunger action time at 0.5-1S to adjust the air supply with the flow governing valve with check valve (meter-in), and make sure that there is no clearance with the workpiece for operation. 3. Air cannot be vented is the air supply pressure is too low as the cracking pressure at the dust seal lip is about 0.1MPa.

23

4 P


Air sensor specifications

model

LC/LD

Air sensor related type (option) Prepare the circuit in the vent port as shown in the diagram below, detect the differential pressure between P1 and P2 with air catch sensor, and confirm the plunger action for the workpiece support. ・ As the workpiece surface is not directly checked, action can be correctly detected even if the workpiece has casting surface, mill scale or uneven surface. ・ Compared to switch detection with dog, this process features higher accuracy. ・ This structure can prevent coolant invasion from the sensing area.

Structure diagram Contact bolt for air sensor

When released (air sensor OFF)

Workpiece φU When sensing is opened (air sensor OFF) Plunger spring

Hydraulic port

2 Plunger for air sensor

Vent port Recommended air catch sensor Made by SMC: ISA2-G

5 m

e ommen e neum ti P1 3 15 P

Plunger going up / in contact with workpiece(air sensor ON)

re ure

Calculation formula for the workpiece contact force (Plunger spring force) +

2

/4 × (P1)

Remarks: 1. If the workpiece is thin or light, prepare the stopper for the workpiece if necessary.

When sensing is closed (air sensor ON)

5 m e ommen e neum ti re ure P1 3 15 P Notes 1. This specification is designed for confirming the plunger action of the workpiece support (lifting). If it is used for confirming the close contact with the workpiece, other clamping (force) is necessary. 2. If the plunger goes up too fast, it may spring back to be locked when it reaches the workpiece, resulting in clearance with the workpiece and possible damage to the internal parts with shocking force. Set the plunger action time at 0.5-1S to adjust the air supply with the flow governing valve with check valve (meter-in), and make sure that there is no clearance with the workpiece for operation. 3. If it is used in conditions where cutting fluids or cutting powder may invade, the vent port needs to have air supply all the time. If it used when the air supply is shut off, cutting fluids or cutting powder may invade from the sensing area, leading to malfunctioning of the workpiece support and air sensor damage. 4. Only when the contact bolt, a standard part of the workpiece support, is used for air sensor, should the air sensor specifications not be used. The internal part (plunger) also needs to be changed for the air sensor.

Option

Recommended air catch sensor Made by SMC: ISA2-G

24


Work support Cautions for Design 1) Specification confirmation The maximum use hydraulic pressure is 7.0MPa and minimum at 2.5MPa. If the workpiece support and clamp are used in reverse direction, the support force needs to be 1.5 times of the clamping force. Clamping force = 1.0

Support force

clamping force X 1.5

2) Consideration for circuit design In the event of hydraulic circuit design, read carefully Oil Cylinder Speed Control Circuit & Notes, and design the appropriate circuit. If the circuit is wrongly designed, it may lead to product malfunctioning and damage. (Refer to Page 28) 3) Set the stopper for workpiece if necessary If multiple supports are used for a light workpiece, the plunger spring force may exceed the workpiece weight, pressing up the workpiece. 4) Meter-in is necessary for the plunger. The attachment MUST be mounted for use. The plunger will not go up with the plunger spring not fixed. Set the O-ring on the attachment. Immersion of cutting fluids may lead to malfunctioning.

5) When the welding fixture is used, the plunger surface should be protected If sputter is attached on the plunger, it may lead to defective friction, so that normal support function cannot be acquired. 6) Adjust the plunger action time with hydraulic flow The standard is about 0.5-1S with full stroke. As for single acting cylinder, use the flow governing valve with check valve (meter-in) when low speed during releasing is considered. If the action speed is too fast, it may spring back greatly because of shocking with the workpiece, resulting in locking due to clearance with the workpiece. Use the flow governing valve with check valve with its cracking pressure below 0.1MPa. If the cracking pressure is high, the plunger may not act when released.

7) Appropriate measures for the vent port The workpiece support can vent like single acting cylinder, though slightly. Pay attention to the operation environment and try to prevent cutting fluids or foreign substances from invasion. Use it only in the environment where the cutting fluids cannot invade when the attached air vent undergoes dry cutting process. Invasion of cutting fluids may result in action failure. If a vent hole is not designed, it may also result in action failure.

Application Example Use the attached air vent. As shown in the right diagram, this mounting method can prevent coolant fluids from directly invading.

Air Air vent (attached)

Ground

Use a hexagonal hole plug. Put the vent hole through the fixture in the form of manifold pipe, and make sure venting is not affected by cutting fluids or coolant fluids.

Process the piping outside. If the manifold pipe is not possible as in the previous Clause 2 while there may be coolant fluid influence, move the vent hole to the place with no influence from the piping.

Plug with hexagonal hole

(attached)

Piping (Prepared by the client)

8) Pay attention to mass when designing the attachment. The attachment mass needs to be below 30% of the plunger spring force.

m

m

m

The loading ratio needs to be below 30% when the plunger action direction is horizontal or vertical.

Example) In the case of LC0402-L, the maximum mass of contact bolt = 4.7Ă—0.3/9.807=0.14kg when the plunger spring force is between 4.7-7.8N. It is recommended to use extreme low mass due to variation from tribological resistance of the plunger and spring properties. The dimensions of the installing thread area needs to be processed as per the design dimensions for contact bolts as shown on respective product pages. If the plunger spring is fixed, different dimensions at the thread area may lead to spring force fluctuation and damage, resulting in malfunctioning.

25


Cautions

model

LC/LD

Cautions for Mounting 1) Used fluid confirmation Please use the appropriate fluid by referring to the Hydraulic Fluid List. 2) Treatment before the assembly The pipeline, piping connector and fixture circuits should be cleaned by thorough flushing. The dust and cutting powder in the circuit may lead to fluid leakage land malfunctioning. This product is not equipped with protective function to prevent dust and impurity going into the hydraulic system and pipeline. 3) Applying seal tape Wind it around the thread end by 1-2 turns. The breaking side of the seal tape may be the reason for fluid leakage and malfunctioning. In order to prevent foreign substance going into the product during the piping work, it should be carefully cleaned before the work is started.

6) Air venting in the hydraulic circuit If the hydraulic circuit has excessive air, the action time may become abnormally long. After the pipeline connection, or when air is blown inside when the pump oil tank becomes empty, air venting must carried out according to the following procedures. The supply pressure within the hydraulic circuit should be below 2MPa. Loosen the cap nut of the piping connector which is closest to the workpiece support by one turn. Shake the piping left and right, and loosen the meshing part of the piping connector. The hydraulic fluid mixed with air comes out.

4) Mounting the body All the mounting bolt holes should be used for the plunger type with tightening torque shown in the table below. Model L 4 2 L 482 L 552 L 52 L 752 L 9 2

Nominal designation of mounting bolt

5

8

5

8

Tightening torque

m

3

It is more effective to carry out air venting at the highest point of the hydraulic circuit or close to the cylinder at the terminal end. (When the gasket type is used, mount the air venting valve at the place near the highest part of the hydraulic circuit.

1 1 8

25

1

Tighten the cap nut when the mixed air is eliminated.

3

5

As for the bolt used, it is recommended to use those with hexagonal holes (strength division 12.9). For the threading type, make sure that there is no damage to the O-ring used for the bottom seal and tighten it with the torque shown in the table below. thread size

Tightening torque

2

15

31 5

3

15

5

3

15

45

15

m

3 8

Hydraulic Fluid List

Apply an appropriate amount of grease to the O-ring.

ISO viscosity grade ISO-VG-32

If it is mounted under dry state, the O-ring may have twisting or defect. If it is tightened with higher torque, it may lead to malfunctioning.

5) Replacement of attachment Do not lose the plunger spring when the attachment (contact bolt) is removed. When the attachment is removed, stop the plunger with a spanner at its front end and tighten it with torque as shown in the table below. Model L 4 2 L 482 L 552 L 52 L 752 L 9 2

Front thread size

Model L 2 2 L 3 2 L 3 2 L 452

Front thread size

Tightening torque

1

1

1

1

12

4

12

4

1

8

1

8 Tightening torque

m

Manufacturer name

Wear resistant hydraulic fluid

Multi purpose universal fluid

Tellus Oil C32 TELLUS OIL C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu DAPHNE SUPER HYDRO 32A SUPERMULTI 32 Idemitsu Kosan SUPER HYRANDO 32 SUPER MULPUS 32 Nippon Oil Corp COSMO NEW MIGHTY SUPER 32 COSMO HYDRO AW32 Cosmo Oil LATHUS 32 HYDLUX 32 Japan Energy (JOMO) NUTO 32 NUTO H32 Esso Sekiyu MOBIL DTE24 LIGHT MOBIL DTE24 ExxonMobil UNIT OIL P32 UNIT OIL WR32 Kygnus FUKKOL SUPER HYDROL 32 FUKKOL HYDROL DX32 Fujikosan Oil HYDROL AW32 Matsumura Oil SUNVIS 832 SUNVIS 932 Japan Sun Oil HYDIC AW32 HYDIC 32 Mitsui Oil HYSPIN AWS32 Castrol Note: as it may be difficult to purchase the products as shown in the table from overseas, please contact the respective manufacturer.

m

5 8

1

1

1

1

1

Cautions

Model L 2 2 L 3 2 L 3 2 L 452

26


Work support Cautions for Use 1) It should be handled by qualified personnel with sufficient knowledge. The hydraulic machine/air compressor should be handled and maintained by qualified personnel with sufficient experience and knowledge.

1

2) Do not handle or disassemble the items unless the safety is ensured. The machine and equipment can only be inspected or prepared after it is confirmed that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place.

Maintenance/Inspection Removal of the clamp and shutoff of pressure source Before the machine is removed, make sure that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting.

2

Regularly clean the area around the plunger. If it is used with dirty surface, the friction resistance may increase so that the normal support position cannot be acquired.

3) Do not touch the plunger when the workpiece support is in action. Otherwise, your hands may be injured due to clinching.

3

If disconnection is carried out with coupler, air is mixed inside the circuit after a long period of use, air venting should be carried out on the regular basis.

4) Do not disassemble or modify it. If it is disassembled or modified, the warranty will become invalid even if it is still within the warranty period.

4

Check whether the pipeline, mounting bolt and nut for fixing the lever are loosened or not. Retighten it on the regular basis.

5

Make sure the hydraulic fluid has not deteriorated.

6

Make sure that the action is smooth and there is no abnormal noise.

Before the machine is disassembled, make sure that the above-mentioned safety measures are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. After stopping the machine, do not disassemble it until its temperature cools down. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting the machine/equipment.

Warranty Warranty Period The product warranty period is 18 months from shipment from our factory or 12 months from initial use, whichever is earlier. 2 Warranty Scope If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to faulty design, materials or workmanship, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. Defects or failures caused by the following are not covered. If the stipulated maintenance and inspection are not carried out; 1

If the product is used while it is not suitable for use based on the operator’s judgement, resulting in defect. If it is used or handled in inappropriate way by the operator (including damage caused by the misconduct of the third party.) If the defect is caused by reasons other than our responsibility. If it is caused by reform or repair other than carried out by us, or without our approval and confirmation. Other caused by natural disasters or calamities not attributable to our company. Parts expenses or replacement expenses due to parts consumption and deterioration (such as gum, plastic, seal material and some electric components). Moreover, the damages in connection with or resulting from the product defect shall be excluded from the warranty.

27

Especially when it is restarted after left unused for a long period, make sure it can be operated correctly. 7

The products should be stored in the cold and dark place without direct sunshine and moisture.

8

Please contact us for overhaul and repair.


Cautions

model

LC/LD

Speed control circuit of hydraulic cylinder & cautions If the hydraulic cylinder speed is controlled, the circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideratio. Carry out sufficient advance review as the wrong circuit design may lead to machine malfunctioning and damage. Speed control circuit for single acting cylinder For spring return type single acting cylinders, restricting flow during release can slow or prevent release action. The preferred method is to control the flow during the lock action and use a valve that has free-flow in the release direction. Moreover, as for cylinders with action speed restriction (such as swinging clamp and linear cylinder), mount a governing valve per cylinder if possible.

If the release action is accelerated by some load (or gravity) the clamp may sustain damage. In this case add speed control to release flow.

In the case of meter-out circuit, however, the hydraulic circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. Single acting components should not use the same speed control as the double acting components. The release action of the single acting cylinders may become erratic or very slow.

Refer to the following circuit when both the single acting cylinder and double acting cylinder are used together. Separate the control circuit.

The release of the lateral flow control

W

Speed control circuit for double acting cylinde For double acting cylinder speed control, both the locking side and release side should have meter-out circuits. Meter-in controls can be adversely affected by any air in the system.

Back pressure in a shared tank line can delay the release of single acting components. However, due to back pressure of the tank line, the single acting cylinder may act after action of the double acting cylinder.

Meter-out circuit

Sequence valve

Cautions

Meter-in circuit

In the case of meter-out circuit, the inner circuit pressure may increase during the cylinder action because of the fluid supply. The increase of the inner circuit pressure can be prevented by reducing the supplied fluid beforehand via the flow governing valve. Especially, as for systems with sequence valve and pressure switch for action confirmation, if the inner circuit pressure is over the setting pressure, the system may break down, which should be taken into full consideration.

Flow governing valve for fluid supply (ok with each location)

28


h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p

1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401

Certification acquisition of ISO

JQA-QMA10823

HEAD OFFICE / KANSAI OFFICE / OVERSEAS OFFICE KANTO OFFICE / CHUBU OFFICE

CAT.NO.LC001-04-02 Printed in Japan

2006.10. First 0.5Ry 2010. 3. 4th 1Ry


1MPa AIR WORK SUPPORT


Air Work Support Select the appropriate model from the list below based on the purpose of use. Model

Function/Type

Threaded type Air Advance

Spring Advance

Options

Cautions

1

1MPa

h t t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp


model WD Clamp Performance Range (kN)

Applications

2 2 2 2 2

P

3 1

2

2 2 2 2 2

7 1

2

15

16

KOSM EK LTD .

2


Air Work Support Cross-sectional Structure Contact force can be adjusted according to use

Contact bolt

Perfect for supporting light parts

- Spring can be selected (strong/weak). - Spring can be replaced easily by removing contact bolt.

- Contact force as low as 1.8N. - Low friction sliding type specially developed for high pressure coolant with a highly durable scraper.

Plunger spring Plunger Steel ball

“Smooth operation” and “stable performance”

Piston

- Features world's first collet system. - Primary parts constructed from corrosion resistant material.

Collet Plunger piston

Air port

Vent port

Operating Instructions 1. Release position (initial position) Plunger lowered by spring force

Work

1MPa

h t t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp

2. Plunger rises (contact with workpiece) Plunger piston rises first when air pressure supplied. Plunger rises via spring force to the workpiece with this action.


model WD Features

Symbol

-The world's first collet type work support locking at pressures as low as 0.4 MPa. -Small size (four types:M26-M45), smooth operation and stable support force. -Can be installed in small areas without changes to the size of the base of the jig.

Applications

3. Plunger piston rises Plunger piston rises to the upper limit even after contact bolt makes contact with workpiece.

4. Workpiece support operation complete After the plunger piston reaches the upper limit, the piston begins to fall with hydraulic pressure. The taper action of the piston, collet, and steel balls clamp the plunger with a strong and constant locking force.

KOSM EK LTD .


Air Work Support Specifications WD0262

WD0302

WD0362

WD0452

Support force (at 0.5 MPa) kN

0.27

0.5

0.73

1.33

Support force (at 1 MPa)

kN

0.8

1.5

2.2

4.0

Support force (formula)

kN

1.07×P-0.27

2×P-0.50

2.93×P-0.73

5.33×P-1.33

Plunger stroke

mm

6.5

6.5

8

8

3

1.2

1.8

2.7

4.8

model

Cylinder volume

cm L

Plunger spring force

H

N

1.8

2.9

2.1

2.9

2.3

2.9

3.6

4.3

2.1

4.3

3.0

4.4

3.2

4.4

4.9

6.1

MAX operating pressure

MPa

1.0

MIN operating pressure

MPa

0.4

Design Pressure

MPa

1.5

Operating temperature Weight

0 kg

0.15

70

0.25

0.40

0.75

Remarks1. The symbol "P" for support force (formula) represents the supplied air pressure (MPa). 2. The value for plunger spring force shows the design value. It will differ according to the sliding resistance of the plunger and the characteristics of the spring, so use it as a reference value for the workpiece contact force.

Performance Curve Support Performance Curve (This graph shows the support force under static load conditions.) 4.0

1.5

Support force (kN)

Support force (kN)

2.0

WD0302

1.0

0.5

3.0

WD0452

2.0

1.0

WD0362

WD0262 0

0 0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

0

1.0

Supplied air pressure (MPa)

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

Supplied air pressure (MPa)

Load/Displacement Diagram (This graph shows the static load displacement at air pressure of 1MPa.) 25

WD0452

Strain (µm)

20

WD0302

WD0362

15

Load

10

When static load applied condition Displacement

5 0

0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

Load (kN)

1MPa

When locking

(no- load applied condition)

WD0262

h t t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0


model WD Model Code

030 2 - L 1

2

3

4

1 Body size Shows the diameter of the threaded body Peripheral screw

2 Design No.

3 Plunger rising force L Weak spring H Strong spring 4 Variation No code : Air advance E: Spring advance - See p. 9-14

No code

E

KOSM EK LTD .


Air Work Support Outline dimensions

Machining dimensions for mounting

* This drawing shows the work support in retracted positions (before the plunger rises).

Air port

Vent port

CG

BC

Hexagon B

CE CF

X thread

V

T

BB

Plunger stroke

D thread (Prepared hole CB) 6.3S

J +0.1 0

O-ring (Attached)

G E F

D thread

A

H

15°

R0.4

CC

Contact bolt

Higher than CD

C1

C U BA

O-ring (Attached)

DA

DB Air port

CE

Vent port

CG

WD0262 WD0302 WD0362 WD0452 model 62 69 73 87 A 24 27 32 41 B 26 30 36 45 C M26×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5 M45×1.5 D(Nom.×Pitch) 53 60 64 76 E 7.4 9.4 9.4 9 F 36.8 40.3 44.3 53.2 G 8.8 10.3 10.3 13.8 H 24.2 28.2 34.2 43.2 J 9 9 9 11 T 9 9 10 12 U 5 5 5 6 V M6×9 M6×9 M6×9 M8×12 X(Nom.×Depth) 9 9 9 11.5 BA 3 3 3 4 BB 8 8 8 10 BC 24.5 28.5 34.5 43.5 CB 16 43 17 48 18 52 CC 21 61 CC-7 CC-9 CC-9 CC-8.5 CD max. 3 max. 3 max. 3 max. 5 CE p.c.d. 18 p.c.d. 22 p.c.d. 26 p.c.d. 30 CF max. 3 max. 3 max. 3 max. 5 CG AS568-012(90°) AS568-012(90°) AS568-012(90°) AS568-014(90°) DA DB

Plunger stroke Recommended mounting torque

AS568-020(90°) AS568-022(90°) AS568-026(90°) AS568-030(90°) 6.5 6.5 8 8 16 N m

25 N m

40 N m

63 N m

[Cautions] 1) Use the recommended mounting torque in the chart above when mounting to the unit. If the torque exceeds the recommended amount, the body can become deformed leading to malfunction. If the torque is too small it could produce looseness resulting in damage to the O-ring leading to oil leaks.

1MPa

ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp


model WD Contact bolt design dimensions * Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing contact bolts. O-ring

EX thread

Compatible Modes

WD0262

WD0302

WD0362

EB EC ED EE EF EG E O ring

4.5

4.5

4.5

8.5

8.5

8.5

3.5

3.5

3.5

8

8

8

6

6

6

1.5

1.5

1.5

M6

M6

M6

S5(NOK)

S5(NOK)

S5(NOK)

WD0452 6 10 5 10 7 2 M8 S6(NOK)

[Cautions] 1) Design and manufacture considering the contact's bolt weight and the plunger's spring force. 2) If contact bolts are designed and manufactured with different specs than the above chart, the plunger spring force will differ from the catalog and could result in damage to the plunger spring and cause it to malfunction.

Plunger spring housing dimensions * Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing springs. Plunger spring

FB

FA

Contact bolt

Small piston

Compatible Modes

WD0262

WD0302

WD0362

FA FB FC FD FE FF Stroke

3.5

3.5

3.5 5.1

5.1

5.1

10.1

12

16

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

11.1

13

17

6.5

6.5

8

WD0452 5 6.8 19.7 3.9 1 24.6 8

[Cautions] 1) The minimum FF dimensions when the plunger spring is compressed are (FF-stroke). 2) When making separate contact bolts it is recommended that you manufacture them according to the contact bolt design dimensions. Plunger

Stroke

FE

FC FF

FD

KOSM EK LTD .


Air Work Support Cross-sectional Structure Contact bolt

Contact force can be adjusted according to use Perfect for supporting light parts

- Spring can be selected (strong/weak). - Spring can be replaced easily by removing contact bolt.

- Contact force as low as 1.8N. - Low friction sliding type specially developed for high pressure coolant with a highly durable scraper.

Plunger spring Plunger Steel ball Piston

Strong gripping force can handle even large cutting loads

Collet

Air port

Vent port

- Features world's first collet system. - Primary parts constructed from corrosion resistant material.

Operating Instructions 1. Release position (initial position) Plunger lowered by spring force

Work

1MPa

h t t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp

2. Plunger lowers (contact with workpiece) When the workpiece is lowered the plunger will lower along with it after it makes contact.


model WD-E Features

Symbol

-The world's first collet type work support locking at pressures as low as 0.4 MPa. -Small size (four types:M26-M45) and stable support force. -Can be installed in small areas without changes to the size of the base of the jig.

Applications

3. Workpiece seating surface datum plane The workpiece is lowered to the seating surface datum plane installed on the exterior.

4. Workpiece support position Air is supplied to the workpiece support after the workpiece reaches the seating surface datum plane. The taper action of the piston and collet uses a steel ball, and the collet clamps the plunger with a strong and even force producing a supporting force.

KOSM EK LTD .

1


Air Work Support Specifications WD0262-E

WD0302-E

WD0362-E

WD0452-E

Support force (air 0.5MPa) kN

0.27

0.5

0.73

1.33

Support force (air 1MPa) kN

0.8

1.5

2.2

4.0

1.07×P-0.27

2×P-0.50

2.93×P-0.73

5.33×P-1.33

model

Support force (formula)

kN

Plunger stroke

mm

6.5

6.5

8

8

3

0.8

1.4

2.2

3.9

Cylinder volume

cm L

Plunger spring force

H

N

1.8

2.9

2.1

2.9

2.3

2.9

3.6

4.3

2.1

4.3

3.0

4.4

3.2

4.4

4.9

6.1

MAX operating pressure

MPa

1.0

MIN operating pressure

MPa

0.4

Design Pressure

MPa

1.5

Operating temperature Weight

0 kg

0.15

70

0.25

0.40

0.75

Remarks1. The symbol "P" for support force (formula) represents the supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa). 2. The value for plunger spring force shows the design value. It will differ according to the sliding resistance of the plunger and the characteristics of the spring, so use it as a reference value for the workpiece contact force.

Performance Curve Support Performance Curve (This graph shows the support force under static load conditions.) 4.0

1.5

Support force (kN)

Support force (kN)

2.0

WD0302-E

1.0

0.5

3.0

WD0452-E

2.0

1.0

WD0362-E

WD0262-E 0

0 0

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

0

1.0

Supplied air pressure (MPa)

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

Supplied air pressure (MPa)

Load/Displacement Diagram (This graph shows the static load displacement at air pressure of 1 MPa.) 25

WD0452-E

Strain (µm)

20

WD0362-E

WD0302-E 15

Load

WD0262-E

(no- load applied condition)

10

When static load applied condition

5 0

Displacement

0

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

Load (kN)

11

1MPa

When locking

h t t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0


model WD-E Model Code

030 2 - L 1

2

3

4

1 Body size Shows the diameter of the threaded body Peripheral screw

2 Design No.

3 Plunger rising force L Weak spring H Strong spring 4 Variation No code: Air Advance – see p. 3-8 E: Spring Advance

No code

E

KOSM EK LTD .

12


Air Work Support Outline dimensions

Machining dimensions for mounting

* This drawing shows the work support in extended positions (when the plunger rises).

Air port CE Hexagon B

BC Plunger stroke

R0.4

CC

D thread (Prepared hole CB)

Contact bolt

Higher than CD

C1

6.3S

T

V

BB

CG CF

X thread

C U BA

Vent port

H

15°

J +0.1 0

O-ring (Attached)

F

D thread

G E

A

WD0262-E WD0302-E WD0362-E WD0452-E model 68.5 75.5 81 95 A 24 27 32 41 B 26 30 36 45 C M26×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5 M45×1.5 D(Nom.×Pitch) 53 60 64 76 E 7.4 9.4 9.4 9 F 36.8 40.3 44.3 53.2 G 8.8 10.3 10.3 13.8 H 24.2 28.2 34.2 43.2 J 15.5 15.5 17 19 T 9 9 10 12 U 5 5 5 6 V M6×9 M6×9 M6×9 M8×12 X(Nom.×Depth) 9 9 9 11.5 BA 3 3 3 4 BB 8 8 8 10 BC 24.5 28.5 34.5 43.5 CB 16 43 17 48 18 52 CC 21 61 CC-7 CC-9 CC-9 CC-8.5 CD max. 3 max. 3 max. 3 max. 5 CE p.c.d. 18 p.c.d. 22 p.c.d. 26 p.c.d. 30 CF max. 3 max. 3 max. 3 max. 5 CG AS568-012(90°) AS568-012(90°) AS568-012(90°) AS568-014(90°) DA

O-ring (Attached)

DA

DB Air port

CE

Vent port

CG

DB

Plunger stroke Recommended mounting torque

AS568-020(90°) AS568-022(90°) AS568-026(90°) AS568-030(90°) 6.5 6.5 8 8 16 N m

25 N m

40 N m

63 N m

[Cautions] 1) Use the recommended mounting torque in the chart above when mounting to the unit. If the torque exceeds the recommended amount, the body can become deformed leading to malfunction. If the torque is too small it could produce looseness resulting in damage to the O-ring leading to air leaks.

1

1MPa

ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp


model WD-E Contact bolt design dimensions * Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing contact bolts. O-ring

EB

ED min.EC

EX thread

Compatible Modes

WD0262-E

WD0302-E

WD0362-E

EB EC ED EE EF EG E O ring

4.5

4.5

4.5

8.5

8.5

8.5

3.5

3.5

3.5

8

8

8

6

6

6

1.5

1.5

1.5

M6

M6

M6

S5(NOK)

S5(NOK)

S5(NOK)

WD0452-E 6 10 5 10 7 2 M8 S6(NOK)

[Cautions]

EG

1) Design and manufacture considering the contact's bolt weight and the plunger's spring force. 2) If contact bolts are designed and manufactured with different specs than the above chart, the plunger spring force will differ from the catalog and could result in damage to the plunger spring and cause it to malfunction.

EF EE

Plunger spring housing dimensions * Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing springs. Plunger spring

FB

FA

Contact bolt

Small piston

Compatible Modes

WD0262-E

WD0302-E

WD0362-E

FA FB FC FD FE FF

3.5

3.5

3.5 5.1

Stroke

5.1

5.1

10.1

12

16

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

11.1

13

17

6.5

6.5

8

WD0452-E 5 6.8 19.7 3.9 1 24.6 8

[Cautions] 1) The minimum FF dimensions when the plunger spring is compressed are (FF-stroke). 2) When making separate contact bolts it is recommended that you manufacture them according to the contact bolt design dimensions. Plunger

Stroke

FE

FC FF

FD

KOSM EK LTD .

1


model DZ

Air Work Support Options Expands range of mounting methods. Use it to simplify machining on the mounting side and reduce the number of parts to machine.

DZ-C

Flanged nut model

M screw

Compatible Modes

R

DZ0260-C DZ0300-C DZ0360-C DZ0450-C WD0262

WD0302

WD0362

WD0452

WD0262-E WD0302-E WD0362-E WD0452-E

A

35

38

45

55

B

26

29

35

42

C

14

15

16

18

D

5.5

5.5

6.8

9

M(Nom.×Pitch)

M26×1.5

M30×1.5

M36×1.5

M45×1.5

R

45.5

49.6

59.6

72.4

[Cautions]

B

4-

D

C

1) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the C dimensions as a reference.

A

DZ-R

Piping block

G

Air port Rc screw

model

+0.1 0

Compatible Modes

F

R

B

4-

D

E Vent port Rc screw

A

C

[Cautions] 1) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the C dimensions as a reference.

Applications Mounting is possible by simply machining a small diameter tap. No more need for machining large diameter screws.

WD

Easily converted to manifold.

Manufacturing is made possible with just a thin steel plate on the

WD DZ-C

jig side. WD

DZ-R DZ-C

Plate

1

1MPa

ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m ek .c o .jp

Plate

Plate

DZ-R


model WD Cautions for Design 1) Check the specifications - The maximum operating air pressure is 1.0 MPa, and the minimum is 0.4 MPa. - When using a work support opposite a clamp, set the support force at more than 1.5 times the clamping force.

6) Appropriate measures for the vent port - The work support, being a single acting fluid power component, requires a breathing/vent port. The vent/breather should be located to ensure no coollant or foreign objects may be ingested in the system. - If it is used without a vent port it may not function properly.

Clamping force = 1.0

Support force

1.5

2) Install temporary stopper for workpiece if necessary - When multiple work supports are used for a light workpiece, the plunger spring force may be higher than the weight of the workpiece causing it to lift the workpiece. 3) Contact bolt or attachment required for the plunger - Always use contact bolt or attachment with the plunger. - With contact bolt or attachment removed, cutting fluid or other foreign material will get in easily, causing malfunction.

7) Keep the right weight when designing and manufacturing attachments - Make sure the weight of attachments is 30% or less of the plunger spring force.

Plunger direction of movement Whether vertical or horizontal 30% or less of the load ratio

4) When using it on a welding jig or other such equipment, protect the plunger surface - If spattered substances get on the plunger it will affect the sliding and prevent proper support. 5) Adjust plunger operation time with air flow rate - A rough guideline for the full stroke is between 0.5 and 1 second. - As with single-action cylinders, use a flow regulating valve with a check valve (meter-in) in consideration of the decreasing speed at release. - Use a meter-in speed controller.

- Example) The plunger spring force for WD0262-L is 1.8-2.9 N. Therefore, the maximum weight of the contact bolt is 1.8 x 0.3 / 9.807 = 0.06 kg. However, this may vary according to the sliding resistance of the plunger and the characteristics of the spring, so it is recommended that you use the lightest weight possible. - Manufacture the mounting screws according to the contact bolt design dimensions listed on page 8 or 14. - The threads also serve to fasten the plunger spring, so if different dimensions are used altered spring force or other damage could lead to malfunction.

1


Air Work Support Cautions for Mounting 1) Check the fluid to use - Be sure to use clean, dry air run through an air filter. 2) Cautions for installing piping - Flush the pipes, joints and jig oil holes to make sure they are clean. - Chips and foreign material in the circuit will lead to air leaks and malfunction. - There is no function provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the air circuit. 3) Using the sealing tape - Leave 1 or 2 turns on the joint thread and wrap it. - Pieces of the sealing tape can lead to air leaks and malfunction. - When installing the piping, do so in a clean working environment and follow directions faithfully so that foreign materials do not get into the equipment. 4) Mounting the Unit - For the threaded type, be careful not to scratch or damage the O-ring used to seal the bottom and tighten according to the torque shown in the following chart. model WD0262 WD0302 WD0362 WD0452

Thread size

Tightening torque (N.m)

M26×1.5

16

M30×1.5

25

M36×1.5

40

M45×1.5

63

- Apply an adequate amount of grease to the O-ring. - If the O-ring is installed without grease it is likely to be deformed or damaged. - If more than the prescribed amount of torque is used it will lead to malfunction. 5) Mounting Attachments - Use a wrench to hold the end of the plunger and tighten it according to the torque in the following chart. model WD0262 WD0302 WD0362 WD0452

1

1MPa

Thread size M6 M8

Tightening torque (N.m)

K O S M E K 5L T D. 10

ht t p : / / w w w . k o s m e k .c o .jp


model WD Cautions for Use 1) The product should be operated by trained personnel. - Operation and maintenance of machines and systems which use hydraulic pressure equipment should be performed by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not operate or remove equipment without first ensuring your safety. (1) Perform inspections and maintenance of the machines and systems after making sure no objects will fall and the equipment will not accidentally operate. (2) When removing equipment, check to make sure the Safety Notes mentioned above have been taken and then shut off the power source and air pressure source. Remove the equipment only after making sure no pressure remains in the air pressure circuit.

(3) When removing equipment right after operation, the equipment may still be hot, so wait until it cools off. (4) When restarting the machine or system, make sure the bolts and parts are secure and in place first. 3) Do not touch the plunger while the work support is operating.Your hand could get stuck resulting in injury. 4) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. - If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.

Maintenance and inspection 1) Removing equipment and shutting off pumps. - When removing the equipment, make sure measures have been taken to prevent the driven objects from falling and to prevent accidental operation, then shut off the power source and the air to the air pressure source. Finally, remove the equipment after making sure no pressure remains in the air pressure circuit. - When restarting the equipment, first make sure the main unit and parts are secure and in place. 2) Clean around the plunger periodically. - If used while the surface is dirty, sliding resistance will increase and prevent the workpiece from being supported in the proper place.

3) Inspect the equipment periodically to make sure the pipes, contact bolts and the main unit itself are not loose. 4) Make sure the air supplied is clean. 5) Check to make sure operation is smooth without abnormal sounds. - In particular, if the equipment is not used for a long period of time, when it is used again for the first time make sure that it operates properly. 6) When storing the product, keep it out of direct sunlight in a cool location where it is protected from water. 7) For overhaul and repairs, please contact us.

Warranty 1) Warranty period - The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter. 2) Warranty scope - If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to some fault of ours, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense.However, defects or failures caused by the following are not covered: (1) Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed (2) The product was not properly designed by user or user’ s agent.

(3) The user did not use or handle the product properly (including damages caused by a third party (4) The cause was due to some factor other than our product (5) The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation (6) The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own (7) Parts and replacements necessary due to wear and tear (rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical equipment, etc.) Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered.

KOSM EK LTD .

1


h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p

CAT.NO.WD001-01-02 Printed in Japan

2007.9. First 2Ry


35MPa WORK SUPPORT


Work Support Cross-sectional Structure Contact force can be adjusted according to use

Contact bolt

- Choose between a strong or weak plunger spring. - Contact bolt can be easily removed for changing spring.

Highly durable for use with high pressure coolant systems - Low friction sliding type independently developed for high pressure coolant with a highly durable.

Plunger spring Plunger Steel ball Piston Collet Plunger piston

Strong gripping force can handle even large cutting loads - Features world's first collet system. <since 1996> - Primary parts constructed from corrosion resistant material

Operating Instructions 1. Release position (initial position) Plunger lowered by spring force

Work

1

35 MPa

h t t p : / / w w w . k o s me k .c o .jp

2. Plunger rises (contact with workpiece) Plunger piston rises first when hydraulic pressure supplied. Plunger rises via spring force to the workpiece with this action.


model Features

TNC

Symbol

-Smooth operation and stable support force achieved with collet locking. -Powerful support force prevents workpiece chatter caused by cutting load and vibration. -The small body (four models from M26 to M45) allows for installation in narrow spaces.

Applications

3. Plunger piston rises Plunger piston rises to the upper limit even after contact bolt makes contact with workpiece.

4. Workpiece support operation complete After the plunger piston reaches the upper limit, the piston begins to fall with hydraulic pressure. The taper action of the piston, collet, and steel balls clamp the plunger with a strong and constant locking force.

2


Work Support Specifications model

TNC0400

TNC0600

TNC1000

TNC1600

4.4

7.1

11.7

16.3

0.147×P-0.733

0.237×P-1.183

0.390×P-1.950

0.543×P-2.717

Support force (at 35 MPa) kN Support force (formula)

kN

Plunger stroke

mm

6.5

8

10

12

3

0.3

0.6

1.1

1.8

Cylinder volume

cm L

Plunger spring force

H

N

4.0

5.8

4.7

7.8

5.8

9.7

8.3

14.6

5.6

8.0

6.2

11.0

7.8

13.5

10.1

22.0

MAX operating pressure MPa

35

MIN operating pressure

7

MPa

Operating temperature Weight

0 0.15

kg

70

0.2

0.3

0.75

Remarks1. The symbol "P" for support force (formula) represents the supplied hydraulic pressure (MPa). 2. The value for plunger spring force shows the design value. It will differ according to the sliding resistance of the plunger and the characteristics of the spring, so use it as a reference value for the workpiece contact force.

Performance Curve Support Performance Curve (This graph shows the support force under static load conditions.) 20

8

Support force (kN)

Support force (kN)

10

TNC0600 6

TNC0400

4

2

0

0

10

20

TNC1600 15

TNC1000 10

5

0

30

Hydraulic pressure (MPa)

0

10

20

30

Hydraulic pressure (MPa)

Load/Displacement Diagram (This graph shows the static load displacement at hydraulic pressure of 35 MPa.) 50

TNC0600 TNC0400

Strain (µm)

40

TNC1600

30

Load

When locking

(no- load applied condition) 20

When static load applied condition

10

Displacement

0

35 MPa

TNC1000

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

Load (kN)

h t t p : / / w w w . k o s me k .c o .jp

14

16

18

20


model

TNC

Model Code

T C 040 0 - L 1

2

3

1 Support force

2 Design No.

3 Plunger spring force L Weak spring H Strong spring

KOSM EK LTD .


Work Support Outline dimensions

Machining dimensions for mounting

* This drawing shows the system in release position (when hydraulic pressure is lowered).

Hydraulic port

Vent port

CG

Hexagon B

BC W

CE CF

X thread

E

A

15°

G

D thread

F

+0.1 0

O-ring (Attached)

O-ring (Attached)

DA

DB

Hydraulic port

Vent port

CE

6.3S

CC

0.4

T

V BB

Plunger stroke

D thread (Prepared hole CB)

Higher than CD

C1

C U BA

CG

TNC0400 TNC0600 TNC1000 TNC1600 model 60 65 76.5 88 A 24 27 32 41 B 26 30 36 45 C M26×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5 D(Nom.×Pitch) M45×1.5 48.5 53.5 64.5 71.5 E 5 5 5 6 F 27.5 31.5 51.2 55.2 G 16 17 8.3 H 10.3 24.2 28.2 34.2 J 43.2 11.5 11.5 12 T 16.5 12 15 18 U 22 6 6 6.5 V 9 10 13 14 W 19 M8×12 M10×11 M10×11 X(Nom.×Depth) M12×13 11.5 12.5 12.5 16.5 BA 4 4 4 6 BB 10 11 11 14 BC 24.5 28.5 34.5 CB 43.5 13 32 13 36 15 55 CC 18 60 CC-4.5 CC-4.5 CC-4.5 CD CC-5.5 max. 8 max. 10 max. 10 CE max. 12 p.c.d. 19 p.c.d. 22 p.c.d. 26 CF p.c.d. 30 max. 2.5 max. 3 max. 5 CG max. 6 AS568-013(90°) AS568-014(90°) AS568-015(90°) AS568-017(90°) DA DB

Plunger stroke Recommended mounting torque

AS568-020(90°) AS568-022(90°) AS568-026(90°) AS568-030(90°) 6.5 8 10 12 31.5 N m

50 N m

63 N m

80 N m

[Cautions] 1) Use the recommended mounting torque in the chart above when mounting to the unit. If the torque exceeds the recommended amount, the body can become deformed leading to malfunction. If the torque is too small it could produce looseness resulting in damage to the O-ring leading to oil leaks.

Contact bolt design dimensions * Use as a reference when designing and manufacturing contact bolts.

EX thread

EB

ED min.EC

O-ring

Compatible Modes

TNC0400

TNC0600

TNC1000

EB EC ED EE EF EG E O ring

5.4

7.4

7.4

10

12.5

12.5

5

6

6

10

10

10

7.3

7.3

7.3

1.7

1.7

1.7

M8

M10

M10

TNC1600 9.4 16.5 7.5 12 8.7 2.3 M12

AS568-009(70°) AS568-010(70°) AS568-010(70°) AS568-012(70°)

[Cautions]

EG

35 MPa

EF EE

1) Design and manufacture in consideration of the contact bolt's weight and the plunger's spring force. 2) If contact bolts are designed and manufactured with different specs than the above chart, the plunger spring force will differ from the catalog and could result in damage to the plunger spring and cause it to malfunction.

h t t p : / / w w w . k o s me k .c o .jp


TNC

model Options

Expands range of mounting methods. Use it to simplify machining on the mounting side and reduce the number of parts to machine.

Piping block: TNZ-S 4- D

17.5

Vent port

G1/8 thread

M thread

0.5

Chamfer

model

TNZ0400-S

TNZ0600-S

TNZ1000-S

TNZ1600-S

Compatible Models

TNC0400

TNC0600

TNC1000

TNC1600

A

35

38

45

55

B

26

29

35

42

C

32.5

33.5

34.5

37.5

D

5.5

5.5

6.8

9

E

16

17

18

21

M(Nom.×Pitch)

M26×1.5

M30×1.5

M36×1.5

M45×1.5

Chamfer

C3

C3

C3

C4

[Cautions]

B A

E C

9.5 Hydraulic port G1/8 thread

1) Mounting bolts not supplied. Prepare mounting bolts according to the mounting height using the C dimensions as a reference.

Applications Bottom flange-type

Low type

Mounting is possible by machining a small diameter tapped hole. Can be used as a bottom flange pipe type.

TNC

Protrusion of workpiece support itself can be kept to a minimum because it is fastened in place at the bottom of the plate.

TNC Plate

TNZ-S

TNZ-S

Plate

KOSM EK LTD .


Work Support Cautions for Design 1) Check the specifications - The maximum hydraulic pressure is 35 MPa and the minimum 7 MPa. - When using a work support opposite a clamp, set the support force at more than 1.5 times the clamping force. Clamping force = 1.0

Support force

7) Appropriate measures for the vent port - The work support, although only slightly, breathes like a single-action cylinder.Take the environment where it is used into consideration to avoid taking in cutting fluid or other foreign materials. - If it is used without a vent port it may not function properly.

1.5

2) Considerations when designing the circuit - When designing the hydraulic pressure circuit, read "Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Notes," and design the circuit accordingly.If the circuit design is flawed, the equipment could be damaged or malfunction.(See page 10) 3) Install temporary stopper for workpiece if necessary - When multiple work supports are used for a light workpiece, the plunger spring force may be higher than the weight of the workpiece causing it to lift the workpiece.

8) Keep the right weight when designing and manufacturing attachments - Make sure the weight of attachments is 30% or less of the plunger spring force. m

4) Contact bolt or attachment required for the plunger - Always use contact bolt or attachment with the plunger. - With contact bolt or attachment removed, cutting fluid or other foreign material will get in easily, causing malfunction.

5) When using it on a welding jig or other such equipment, protect the plunger surface - If spattered substances get on the plunger it will affect the sliding and prevent proper support.

m

Plunger direction of movement Whether vertical or horizontal 30% or less of the load ratio

- Example) The plunger spring force for TNC0400-L is 4.0-5.8 N. Therefore, the maximum weight of the contact bolt is 4.0 x 0.3 / 9.807 = 0.12 kg. However, this may vary according to the sliding resistance of the plunger and the characteristics of the spring, so it is recommended that you use the lightest weight possible. - Manufacture the mounting screws according to the contact bolt design dimensions listed on each product page. - The threads also serve to fasten the plunger spring, so if different dimensions are used altered spring force or other damage could lead to malfunction.

6) Adjust plunger operation time with flow rate -A rough guideline for the full stroke is between 0.5 and 1 second. -As with single-action cylinders, use a flow regulating valve with a check valve (meter-in) in consideration of the decreasing speed at release. - Use a flow regulating valve with check valve that has 0.1 MPa or less of cracking pressure. If the cracking pressure is too high the plunger will not move at the time of release.

35 MPa

m

h t t p : / / w w w . k o s me k .c o .jp


model

TNC

Cautions for Mounting 1) Check the fluid to use - Make sure to use the Hydraulic Fluid List to choose the appropriate fluid. 2) Cautions for installing piping - Flush the pipes, joints and jig oil holes to make sure they are clean. - Chips and foreign material in the circuit will lead to leaks and malfunction. - There is no function provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the hydraulic system and pipes. 3) Using the sealing tape - Leave 1 or 2 turns on the joint thread and wrap it. - Pieces of the sealing tape can lead to leaks and malfunction. - When installing the piping, do so in a clean working environment and follow directions faithfully so that foreign materials do not get into the equipment.

-Hydraulic Fluid List ISO viscosity grade: ISO-VG-32 Abrasion resisting hydraulic oil General purpose oil Manufacturer Tellus Oil 32 Tellus Oil C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu Super Multi 32 Idemitsu Kosan Daphne Super Hydraulic 32A Super Highland 32 Super Mulpus 32 Eneos Cosmo Hydro AW32 Cosmo New Mighty Super 32 Cosmo Oil Hydrax 32 Lathus 32 JOMO Nuto H32 Nuto 32 Esso Mobil DTE24 Mobil DTE24 Light Mobil Unit Oil WR32 Unit Oil P32 Kygnus Fukkol Super Hydrol 32 Fukkol Hydrol DX32 Fuji Kosan Hydrol AW32 Matsumura Oil Sunvis 832 Sunvis 932 Sunoco Hi-Tech AW32 Hydrax 32 Mitsui Oil Hyspin AWS32 Castrol Cautions: Some of the products in the chart are difficult to obtain overseas, so if you are going to purchase them overseas contact the manufacturer.

4) Mounting the Unit - Be careful not to scratch or damage the O-ring used to seal the bottom and tighten according to the torque shown in the following chart. model TNC0400 TNC0600 TNC1000 TNC1600

Thread size

Tightening torque (Nm)

M26×1.5

31.5

M30×1.5

50.0

M36×1.5

63.0

M45×1.5

80.0

- Apply an adequate amount of grease to the O-ring. - If the O-ring is installed without grease it is likely to be deformed or damaged. - If more than the prescribed amount of torque is used it will lead to malfunction. 5) Mounting Attachments - Use a wrench to hold the end of the plunger and tighten it according to the torque in the following chart. model TNC0400 TNC0600 TNC1000 TNC1600

Front end thread size

Tightening torque (Nm)

M8

10

M10

16

M10

16

M12

40

6) Air bleeder in the hydraulic pressure circuit - Using the hydraulic pressure circuit with a large amount of air still in it will cause operations to take an abnormally long time. After installing the piping or if air is fed into the hydraulic tank of the pump while it is empty, make sure to perform the following procedures to bleed the air.

KOSM EK LTD .


Work Support Cautions for Use 1) The product should be operated by trained personnel. - Operation and maintenance of machines and systems which use hydraulic pressure equipment should be performed by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not operate or remove equipment without first ensuring your safety. (1) Perform inspections and maintenance of the machines and systems after making sure no objects will fall and the equipment will not accidentally operate. (2) When removing equipment, check to make sure the Safety Notes mentioned above have been taken and then shut off the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source. Remove the equipment only after making sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit.

(3) When removing equipment right after operation, the equipment may still be hot, so wait until it cools off. (4) When restarting the machine or system, make sure the bolts and parts are secure and in place first. 3) Do not touch the plunger while the work support is operating.Your hand could get stuck resulting in injury. 4) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. - If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.

Maintenance and inspection 1) Removing equipment and shutting off pumps. - When removing the equipment, make sure measures have been taken to prevent the driven objects from falling and to prevent accidental operation, then shut off the power source and the air to the hydraulic pressure source, and finally make sure no pressure remains in the hydraulic pressure circuit. - When restarting the equipment, first make sure all the bolts and parts are secure and in place. 2) Clean around the plunger periodically. - If used while the surface is dirty, sliding resistance will increase and prevent the workpiece from being supported in the proper place.

3) When a coupler is used to disconnect the equipment, if it is used for long periods of time air will enter the circuit, so be sure to release the air periodically. 4) Inspect the equipment periodically to make sure the pipes and mounting bolts are not loose. 5) Check to make sure the hydraulic fluid has not degraded. 6) Check to make sure operation is smooth without abnormal sounds. - In particular, if the equipment is not used for a long period of time, when it is used again for the first time make sure that it operates properly. 7) When storing the product, keep it out of direct sunlight in a cool location where it is protected from water. 8) For overhaul and repairs, please contact us.

Warranty 1) Warranty period - The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter. 2) Warranty scope - If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to some fault of ours, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense.However, defects or failures caused by the following are not covered: (1) Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed (2) The product was not properly designed by user or user’ s agent.

(3) The user did not use or handle the product properly (including damages caused by a third party (4) The cause was due to some factor other than our product (5) The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation (6) The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own (7) Parts and replacements necessary due to wear and tear (rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical equipment, etc.) Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered.

35 MPa

h t t p : / / w w w . k o s me k .c o .jp


model

TNC

Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions When controlling the operating speed of hydraulic cylinders, design the hydraulic pressure circuit taking the following points into consideration. If the circuit design is flawed, the equipment could be damaged or malfunction, so do a thorough review beforehand. - Speed control circuit for single-action cylinder In a spring return type single-action cylinder, if the flow rate in the circuit is low at release the release operation can malfunction (sticking and stopping) or take a long time to complete.Use a flow regulating valve with check valve to control the flow rate during the locking operation.Also, as much as possible use a regulating valve on each cylinder to control cylinders with speed restrictions (swing clamps, work supports, etc.).

If there is concern that load may be placed on the cylinder in the direction of the release enough to break it during the release, use a flow regulating valve with check valve to control the flow rate on the release side as well(the same applies with swing clamps where the weight of the lever is put on the cylinder during release).

However, design meter-out circuits taking the following points into consideration. (1) Generally speaking, in systems that use both double-action and single-action cylinders, the same circuit should not be used to control both. The single-action cylinder release operation can malfunction or take a long time to complete.

If both a single-action and double-action cylinder are used, refer to the following circuit. - Separate the control circuits.

Flow control on release side

- Speed control circuit for double-action cylinder When controlling the speed of double-action cylinders, use a meter-out circuit for both the lock and release sides. With meter-in circuits air can get into the hydraulic pressure circuit and prevent speed control.

- Ensure that the double-action cylinder control circuit is not affected by the other. However, depending on the tank line back pressure, the single-action cylinder may operate after the double-action cylinder.

[meter-out circuit]

[meter-in circuit]

(2) With a meter-out circuit, depending on the flow rate the pressure within the circuit may rise when the cylinder operates.By using a flow regulating valve to keep the flow rate to the cylinder low, you can prevent the pressure within the circuit from rising.In particular, in systems with sequence valves and pressure switches if the pressure rises above the setting pressure the system will cease to function properly, so attention is required.

Sequence valve

Flow regulating valve (either possible)

KOSM EK LTD .

1


h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p

1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834

CAT.NO.TNC001-02-02 Printed in Japan

2007. 7 . First 1 Ry 2008. 10 . Second 1 Ry


7MPa/25MPa Compact thread type single action cylinder


Compact thread type single action cylinder Select the appropriate model from the list below based on the purpose of use. Model

Function/Type

Push Cylinder

DP Pull Cylinder

DR DS Hollow Cylinder

DT Options Cautions 1

7MPa/25MPa

h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp


model DP/DR/DS/DT Cylinder output range (kN)

Applications

1 221 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

P

3 1

2

221 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

7 1

2

221 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

11 1

2

1 1 1 1 1

15 1

2

19

KOSM EK LTD .

2


Compact thread type single action cylinder Cross-sectional Structure Complete freedom for selecting workpiece

Piston

- Configuration is selectable. (4 models)

Smaller jig perfect for narrow spaces

Spring

- Exterior thread type.

Simple hydraulic circuit

High durability (oil bath)

- Single-action cylinder.

- Prevents entrance of coolant and foreign materials.

Operating Instructions 1. Release position (initial position) Piston moves to release position by spring force. (Piston retracted)

7MPa/25MPa

2. Locked position When hydraulic pressure is supplied the piston is operated by the force of the hydraulic pressure. (Piston extended)

h t t p : / /www.ko s me k .c o .jp


model DP Features

Symbol

-This is a versatile cylinder that comes with a variety of piston shapes. It is a single-action cylinder with 3 strokes and a total of 102 different types to choose from. -The spring compartment, which used to be considered a weak point of single-action cylinders, uses an oil bath mechanism to protect the cylinder from coolant and other foreign materials. -It can be used in small spaces due to its cartridge style design. -The range of use can be expanded by adding special accessories.

Applications

KOSM EK LTD .


Compact thread type single action cylinder Specifications DP0160

model Stroke code Stroke

S 6

mm

Cylinder area Cylinder volume Release spring force Supply pressure:25 Cylinder Supply pressure:7 Output Supply pressure:3.5 kN Calculation formula

cm 2

Maximum operating pressure Minimum operating pressure Pressure resistance Operating temperature Weight

MPa MPa MPa

M 10

DP0221 L 16

0.5 0.5 0.8 12.4 23.6 1.23 0.32 0.15 F=(0.05×P)-0.024 0.3

3

cm N MPa MPa MPa

kg

0.03

0.04

0.05

S 6

M 10

DP0241 L 16

S 8

1.1 1.1 1.8 25.7 41.2 2.78 0.75 0.35 F=(0.113×P)-0.041

0.08

DP0301 L 20

1.5 1.8 3.1 32.6 59.7 3.78 1.01 0.47 F=(0.154×P)-0.060

0.7

0.06

M 12

1.2

25 0.8 37.5 0 70 0.1 0.08

0.1

0.15

S 8

M 12

L 20

2.5 3.1 5.1 50.1 99.1 6.24 1.66 0.77 F=(0.254×P)-0.099 2.0

0.15

0.2

0.3

Remarks: 1 F: Clamp force (kN), P: Supply pressure (MPa)

Performance Curve Cylinder performance

2

DP0160 1

0

0

5

10

15

20

25

Supply pressure (MPa)

7MPa/25MPa

DP0361

8 6

DP0301

4

DP0241

2 0

0

5

10

15

20

60

Cylinder output (kN)

10

DP0221

Cylinder output (kN)

Cylinder output (kN)

3

25

Supply pressure (MPa)

h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp

DP0801

40

DP0651 DP0551

20

DP0451 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

Supply pressure (MPa)


model DP DP0451

DP0361 S 10

M 16

S 10

L 25

M 16

DP0551 L 25

7.1 11.3 17.7 157 319 17.3 4.60 2.13 F=(0.707×P)-0.319

3.9 6.3 9.9 79.4 150 9.69 2.59 1.21 F=(0.394×P)-0.150

7.1

3.9

S 12

M 20

9.9 19.8 31.7 236 452 24.3 6.44 2.98 F=(0.990×P)-0.452 25 0.8 37.5 11.9

0 0.3

0.4

0.5

0.5

0.6

0.8

DP0651 L 32

0.8

70 1.0

1.3

S 16

M 25

DP0801 L 40

15.9 39.8 63.6 353 657 39.1 10.4 4.86 F=(1.59×P)-0.657

25.4

1.4

1.7

2.2

S 16

M 25

L 40

23.8 38.0 59.4 95.0 564 1040 58.3 15.5 7.20 F=(2.38×P)-1.04

2.2

2.7

3.6

Model Code

DP

022 1

1 2

A M 3

4

1 Body size (see specifications) External thread: M16x1.5

External thread

External thread: M80x2 2 Design No. 3 Shape of piston tip 1 A : Female thread type R : Round type P : Oscillating pad type Q : Oscillating pad type with female thread

*1:The size of P and Q types is 022

A

Female thread type

R

P

Round type

Q

Oscillating pad type Oscillating pad type with female thread

4 Stroke code S : Short stroke M : Standard stroke L : Long stroke

KOSM EK LTD .


Compact thread type single action cylinder Outline Dimensions

C U

D thread

DP-A

E

T1 B

A1

Stroke

Dimensions Model

DP0160-A

Stroke code

S

A1

35

B

DP0221-A

DP0241-A

DP0301-A

M

L

S

S

S

41

50

35

14

DP0361-A

M

L

L

S

43

56 39.5 47 63.5 43.5 52.5 72

51

19

M

L

22

M

27

DP0451-A

DP0551-A

DP0651-A

DP0801-A

M

L

S

S

S

S

64

85

59

32

M

L

M

L

72 94.5 64 79.5 102 41

M

78

L

M

94 123.5 88

50

L

106 137

60

-

C

15.5

21.2

24.5

30

35.5

45

55

66

80

D

M16 x 1.5

M22 x 1.5

M24 x 1.5

M30 x 1.5

M36 x 1.5

M45 x 1.5

M55 x 2

M65 x 2

M80 x 2

E

29.5 35.5 44.5 28

36

49 32.5 40 56.5 35

44 63.5 41.5 54.5 75.5 47

60 82.5 51 66.5 89

62

78 107.5 69

87 118

T1

5.5

7

7

8.5

9.5

12

13

16

19

U

8

12

14

18

22.4

30

35.5

45

55

Remarks 1. See p. 1-2 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part. 2. The B part on DP0801 is a hook wrench type design, so refer to the separate dimension chart, DP00A-01-02.

C U

D thread

DP-R

E A2

T2 B

Stroke

Dimensions Model

DP0160-R

DP0221-R

DP0241-R

DP0301-R

DP0361-R

DP0451-R

DP0551-R

DP0651-R

DP0801-R

Stroke code

S

S

S

S

S

L

S

S

M

L

A2

31

64 86.5 56 71.5 94

68

84 113.5 76

94

125

B

M

L

L

S

37

46 30.5 38.5 51.5 35 42.5 59

38

14

M

L

19

M

22

M

L

M

L

S

47 66.5 45

58

79

51

27

32

M

L

41

M

M

50

L

60

-

C

15.5

21.2

24.5

30

35.5

45

55

66

80

D

M16 x 1.5

M22 x 1.5

M24 x 1.5

M30 x 1.5

M36 x 1.5

M45 x 1.5

M55 x 2

M65 x 2

M80 x 2

36

49 32.5 40 56.5 35

44 63.5 41.5 54.5 75.5 47

60 82.5 51 66.5 89

78 107.5 69

87 118

T2

E

29.5 35.5 44.5 28 1.5

2.5

2.5

3

3.5

4

5

62

6

7

U

8

12

14

18

22.4

30

35.5

45

55

Remarks 1. See p. 3-4 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part. 2. The B part on DP0801 is a hook wrench type design, so refer to the separate dimension chart, DP00A-01-02.

7MPa/25MPa

h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp


model DP DP-P 10째

C U

D thread

10째

E

T3 B

A3

Stroke

Dimensions Model

DP0221-P

DP0241-P

DP0301-P

DP0361-P

Stroke code

S

M

L

S

S

S

M

A3

32

40

53 38.5 46 62.5 42

51 70.5 51

64

M

L

M

L

DP0451-P

DP0551-P

L

S

M

S

85

60

73 95.5 67 82.5 105

L

M

L

DP0651-P

DP0801-P

S

M

S

82

98 127.5 92

L

M

B

19

22

27

32

41

50

60

-

C

21.2

24.5

30

35.5

45

55

66

80

M24 x 1.5

M30 x 1.5

M36 x 1.5

M45 x 1.5

M55 x 2

M65 x 2

M80 x 2

D E

M22 x 1.5 28

36

49 32.5 40 56.5 35

44 63.5 41.5 54.5 75.5 47

60 82.5 51 66.5 89

62

L

110 141

78 107.5 69

87 118

T3

4

6

7

9.5

13

16

20

23

U

12

14

18

22.4

30

35.5

45

55

Remarks 1. See p. 5-6 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part. 2. The B part on DP0801 is a hook wrench type design, so refer to the separate dimension chart, DP00A-01-02.

DP-Q 10째

C U

D thread

10째

E

T3 B

A3

Stroke

Dimensions Model

DP0221-Q

DP0241-Q

DP0301-Q

DP0361-Q

Stroke code

S

S

S

S

A3

32

B

M

L

M

L

40

53 38.5 46 62.5 42

19

22

DP0451-Q

DP0551-Q

DP0651-Q

DP0801-Q

M

L

S

S

S

S

51 70.5 51

64

85

60

27

32

M

L

M

L

M

L

73 95.5 67 82.5 105 41

M

82

50

L

M

98 127.5 92 60

110 141 -

C

21.2

24.5

30

35.5

45

55

66

80

D

M22 x 1.5

M24 x 1.5

M30 x 1.5

M36 x 1.5

M45 x 1.5

M55 x 2

M65 x 2

M80 x 2

E

28

62

L

36

49 32.5 40 56.5 35

44 63.5 41.5 54.5 75.5 47

60 82.5 51 66.5 89

78 107.5 69

87 118

T3

4

6

7

9.5

13

16

20

23

U

12

14

18

22.4

30

35.5

45

55

Remarks 1. See p. 5-6 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part. 2. The B part on DP0801 is a hook wrench type design, so refer to the separate dimension chart, DP00A-01-02.

KOSM EK LTD .


Compact thread type single action cylinder Cross-sectional Structure Piston

Complete flexibility in workpiece selection (female threaded end) - Easy design of attachments.

Smaller jig Spring

- Threaded type perfect for smaller workpieces.

Simple hydraulic circuit

Easy piping design

- Single-action cylinder

- Hydraulic pressure can be supplied directly from jig unit.

Operating Instructions 1. Release position (initial position) 1 Piston moves to release position by spring force. (Piston extended)

7MPa/25MPa

2. Locked position When hydraulic pressure is supplied the piston is operated by the force of the hydraulic pressure. (Piston retracted)

h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp


model DR Features

Symbol

-This is a versatile cylinder. It is a single-action pull cylinder with 3 strokes and a total of 24 different types to choose from. -It can be used in small spaces due to its cartridge style design. -The range of use can be expanded by adding special accessories.

Applications

KOSM EK LTD .

1


Compact thread type single action cylinder Specifications DR0221

model Stroke code Stroke

S 4

mm

Cylinder area Cylinder volume Release spring force Supply pressure:25 Cylinder Supply pressure:7 Output Supply pressure:3.5 kN Calculation formula

cm 2

Maximum operating pressure Minimum operating pressure Pressure resistance Operating temperature Weight

MPa MPa MPa

M 6

DR0241 L 10

0.7 0.3 0.4 0.7 30.2 50.8 1.75 0.45 0.20

3

cm N MPa MPa MPa

F=(0.072×P)-0.051

kg

0.07

0.08

0.1

S 5

DR0301

M 8

L 12

S 6

M 10

DR0361 L 16

1.3 0.6 1.0 1.5 38.8 67.2 3.07 0.81 0.37 F=(0.126×P)-0.067

0.1

0.1

2.2 1.3 2.2 3.5 56.5 107 5.30 1.40 0.64 F=(0.217×P)-0.107 25 1.0 37.5 0 70 0.15 0.2 0.2 0.3

S 6

M 10

L 16

4.1 2.5 4.1 6.6 92 158 10.1 2.68 1.24 F=(0.412×P)-0.158

0.3

0.3

0.4

Remarks: 1 F: Clamp force (kN), P: Supply pressure (MPa)

Performance Curve Cylinder performance DR0241

3

2

DR0221 1

0

0

5

10

15

20

25

Supply pressure (MPa)

DR0451

Cylinder output (kN)

Cylinder output (kN)

Cylinder output (kN)

14

12

DR0361 8

DR0301 4

0

0

5

10

15

20

40

Supply pressure (MPa)

DR0651

20

DR0551 0

25

DR0801

60

0

5

Model Code

DR

022 1

1 -

M

2

3

1 Body size (see specifications) External thread: M22x1.5

External thread: M80x2

External thread

2 Design No. 3 Stroke code S : Short stroke M : Standard stroke L : Long stroke

11

7MPa/25MPa

10

15

20

25

Supply pressure (MPa)

h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp


model DR DR0551

DR0451 S 8

M 12

6.3 5.0 7.5 12.6 141 313 15.4 4.06 1.86 F=(0.628×P)-0.313

0.5

S 8

M 12

7.9

9.9 11.9

L 20

0.6

L 20 19.9

S 10

M 16

15.5

15.5 24.9

DR0801 L 25 38.9

S 10

M 16

L 25

25.3

25.3 40.5

63.3

213 471 24.3

327 726 38.1

513 1076 62.1

6.44 2.97 F=(0.993×P)-0.471

10.1 4.66 F=(1.55×P)-0.726

16.5 7.65 F=(2.53×P)-1.08

0.8

0.7

DR0651

25 1.0 37.5 0 70 1.0 1.3

0.9

1.5

1.8

2.2

2.5

3.0

Outline Dimensions

C U

D thread

Stroke

T

E

B

A

Dimensions Model Stroke code A

DR0221 S

M

DR0241 L

S

M

DR0301 L

S

M

DR0361 L

S

M

DR0451 L

DR0551

DR0651

S

M

L

S

M

L

S

48.5 53.5 65.5 51.5 59.5 71.5 59.5 71.5 88.5 63 74.5 91.5 72

83

103

79

91

112

93

M

DR0801 L

S

M

L

109 135 103 119 145

B

17

19

24

30

36

46

55

-

C

19

21.2

26.5

33

40

50

60

75

D

M22 x 1.5

M24 x 1.5

M30 x 1.5

M36 x 1.5

M45 x 1.5

M55 x 2

M65 x 2

M80 x 2

E T U

39.5 42.5 50.5 41.5 46.5 54.5 47.5 55.5 66.5 50 57.5 68.5 57 9

11

15

10

10

13 10

17

12

16 12

22

13

17 14

23

15

64

76

61

69

82

72

82

99

80

90 107

19

27

18

22

30

21

27

36

23

29

16

20

25

38

30

Remarks 1. See p. 7-8 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part. 2. The B part on DR0801 is a hook wrench type design, so refer to the separate dimension chart, DP00A-01-02.

KOSM EK LTD .

12


Compact thread type single action cylinder Cross-sectional Structure

Complete flexibility in workpiece selection (female threaded end)

Rear mounting possible - Perfect for tilt tables.

- Easy design of attachments.

Piston

Easy piping design - Choose from two different connection methods.

Spring

Simple hydraulic circuit - Single-action cylinder

Operating Instructions 1. Release position (initial position) Piston moves to release position by spring force. (Piston extended)

1

7MPa/25MPa

2. Locked position When hydraulic pressure is supplied the piston is operated by the force of the hydraulic pressure. (Piston retracted)

h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp


model DS Features

Symbol

-This is a versatile cylinder. It is a single-action pull cylinder with 3 strokes and a total of 48 different types to choose from. -It can be used in small spaces due to its compact flange design. -The range of use can be expanded by adding special accessories.

Applications

KOSM EK LTD .

1


Compact thread type single action cylinder Specifications Model

DS0221

Stroke code Stroke

S 4

mm

Cylinder area Cylinder volume Release spring force Supply pressure:25 Cylinder Supply pressure:7 Output Supply pressure:3.5 kN Calculation formula

cm 2

Maximum operating pressure Minimum operating pressure Pressure resistance Operating temperature Weight

MPa MPa MPa

M 6

DS0241 L 10

S 5

M 8

DS0301 L 12

S 6

M 10

DS0361 L 16

S 6

M 10

L 16

1.2 0.5 0.7 1.2 30.2 50.8 3.01

1.8 0.9 1.4 2.1 38.8 67.2 4.32

2.7 1.6 2.7 4.3 56.5 107 6.55

4.6 2.8 4.6 7.4 92 158 11.3

0.80 0.37

1.16 0.54

1.75 0.81

3.04 1.42

F=(0.122×P)-0.051

F=(0.176×P)-0.067

F=(0.267×P)-0.107

F=(0.462×P)-0.158

3

cm N MPa MPa MPa

kg

0.1

0.2

0.2

0.1

0.2

25 1.0 37.5 0 70 0.2 0.2

0.3

0.3

0.3

0.4

0.4

Remarks: 1 F: Clamp force (kN), P: Supply pressure (MPa)

Performance Curve Cylinder performance DS0241 4 3 2

DS0221

1 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

Supply pressure (MPa)

1

7MPa/25MPa

60

DS0451

16 12

DS0361

8 4

0

DS0301 0

5

10

15

20

25

Supply pressure (MPa)

h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp

Cylinder output (kN)

20

Cylinder output (kN)

Cylinder output (kN)

5

DS0801

50 40

DS0651 30 20

DS0551

10 0

0

5

10

15

20

25

Supply pressure (MPa)


model DS DS0551

DS0451 S 8

M 12

S 8

L 20

0.6

L 20

10.7 8.6 12.9 21.4 213 471 26.3 6.99 3.24 F=(1.07×P)-0.471

7.1 5.7 8.5 14.1 141 313 17.3 4.63 2.15 F=(0.707×P)-0.313

0.5

M 12

DS0651

0.9

0.7

1.0

S 10

M 16

DS0801 L 25

16.3 16.3 26.1 40.8 327 726 40.0 10.6 4.93 F=(1.63×P)-0.726

25 1.0 37.5 0 70 1.2 1.4

1.6

2.0

S 10

M 16

L 25

26.1 26.1 41.8 65.3 513 1076 64.1 17.1 7.92 F=(2.61×P)-1.076

2.2

2.5

3.0

Model Code

DS

022

1

- S M

1

2

3

4

1 Body size (see specifications) External thread: M22x1.5

External thread

External thread: M80x2 2 Design No. 3 Plumbing option G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) S: Pipe type (Rc thread) 4 Stroke code S : Short stroke M : Standard stroke L : Long stroke

G

S

Gasket type

Pipe type

With R thread plug

Rc thread

KOSM EK LTD .

1


Compact thread type single action cylinder Outline Dimensions DS0221

Stroke

DS0451

F

R D thread

U

B

V E

T C

A

Stroke

F

R

V

B

U

D thread

DS0551,DS0651

E

T C

A Stroke

U

B

RV

F

D thread

DS0801

T

E A

C

Dimensions Model Stroke code A

DS0221 S

L

S

L

S

L

S

L

DS0551

DS0651

M

L

S

M

L

S

103

79

91

112

93

37

M

DS0451

83

32

M

DS0361 S

31

M

DS0301

48.5 53.5 65.5 51.5 59.5 71.5 59.5 71.5 88.5 63 74.5 91.5 72

B

M

DS0241

40

50

M

60

DS0801 L

S

M

L

109 135 103 119 145 67

74

C

22

24

30

36

45

60

67

74

D

M22 x 1.5

M24 x 1.5

M30 x 1.5

M36 x 1.5

M45 x 1.5

M55 x 2

M65 x 2

M80 x 2

E

39.5 42.5 50.5 41.5 46.5 54.5 47.5 55.5 66.5 50 57.5 68.5 57

64

76

61

69

82

72

82

99

80

90 107

F

22.5 25.5 33.5 24.5 29.5 37.5 28.5 36.5 47.5 31 38.5 49.5 34

41

53

38

46

59

49

59

76

55

65

82

19

27

18

22

30

21

27

36

23

29

38

T

9

11

15

10

13

17

12

16

22

13

17

23

z5

U

10

10

12

14

16

20

25

30

V

21.5

21.5

23.4

23.5

29.5

32.5

38

38.5

Regards 1. See p. 9-12 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part.

1

7MPa/25MPa

h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp


model DS

KOSM EK LTD .

1


Compact thread type single action cylinder Cross-sectional Structure Complete freedom for selecting workpieces (hollow rod)

Rear mounting possible

- Easy design of attachments. - Common cylinder for pushing and pulling.

- Perfect for tilt tables.

Piston

Easy piping design - Choose from two different connection methods

Spring

Simple hydraulic circuit - Single-action cylinder.

Operating Instructions 1. Release position (initial position) Piston moves to release position by spring force.

1

7MPa/25MPa

2. Locked position When hydraulic pressure is supplied the piston is locked by the force of the hydraulic pressure.

h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp


model DT Features

Symbol

-It is a versatile single-action hollow cylinder with 3 strokes and a total of 30 different types to choose from. -It can be used in small spaces due to its compact flange design. -The range of use can be expanded by adding special accessories.

Applications

KOSM EK LTD .

2


Compact thread type single action cylinder Specifications Model

DT0361

Stroke code Stroke

S 6

mm

Cylinder area Cylinder volume Plunger Supply pressure:25 Cylinder Supply pressure:7 Output Supply pressure:3.5 kN Calculation formula

M 10

DT0451 L 16

S 8

M 12

DT0551 L 20

S 8

cm 2

4.6 7.1 2.8 4.6 7.4 5.7 8.5 14.1 cm N 92 158 141 313 MPa 11.3 17.3 MPa 3.04 4.63 1.42 2.15 MPa F=(0.462×P)-0.158 F=(0.707×P)-0.313 Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa Operating temperature kg Weight 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7

M 12

DT0651 L 20

Remarks: 1 F: Clamp force (kN), P: Supply pressure (MPa)

Performance Curve Cylinder performance 70

Cylinder output (kN)

Cylinder output (kN)

DT0551

25 20

DT0451 15 100

DT0361

10 0 0

10

15

20

25

Supply pressure (MPa)

21

DT0801

60 50 40

DT0651

30 20 10

5

7MPa/25MPa

0 0

5

10

M 16

L 25

S 10

M 16

L 25

10.7 16.3 26.1 8.6 12.9 21.4 16.3 26.1 40.8 26.1 41.8 65.3 213 471 327 726 513 1076 26.3 40.4 64.1 6.99 10.6 17.1 3.24 4.93 7.92 F=(1.07×P)-0.471 F=(1.63×P)-0.726 F=(2.61×P)-1.076 25 1.0 37.5 0 70 0.8 1.0 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.8 2.0 2.2 2.7

3

30

S 10

DT0801

15

20

25

Supply pressure (MPa)

h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp


model DT Model Code

DT

036 1

1 2

S M 3

4

1 Body size (see specifications) External thread: M36x1.5

External thread

External thread: M80x2 2 Design No. 3 Plumbing option G: Gasket type (with R thread plug) S: Pipe type (Rc thread) 4 Stroke code S : Short stroke M : Standard stroke L : Long stroke

G

S

Gasket type

Pipe type

With R thread plug

Rc thread

KOSM EK LTD .

22


Compact thread type single action cylinder Outline Dimensions F

Stroke

DT0361,DT0451 R

U2

B

U1

D thread

V E

T A

C

DT0551,DT0651

Stroke

U2

R

V

B

U1

D thread

F

T

E

C

A

Stroke

D thread

U1

B

RV

F

T

U2

DT0801

E A

C

Dimensions Model Stroke code

DT0361 S

DT0451

DT0551

DT0651

DT0801

M

L

S

M

L

S

M

L

S

M

L

S

A

57.5 69

86

66

77

97

70

82

103

83

99

125

90

M

L

106 132

B

40

50

60

67

74

C

36

45

60

67

74

D

M36 x 1.5

M45 x 1.5

M55 x 2

M65 x 2

M80 x 2

E

48.5 56

67

55

62

74

59

67

80

70

80

97

77

87 104

F

29.5 37

48

32

39

51

36

44

57

47

57

74

52

62

T

7.5 11.5 17.5 9.5 13.5 21.5 9.5 13.5 21.5 11.5 17.5 26.5 11.5 17.5 26.5

U1

14

U2

12.5

V

23.5

16

20

25

16

20

25

30

29.5

32.5

38

38.5

79

30

Regards 1. See p. 13-16 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part.

2

7MPa/25MPa

h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp


model DT

KOSM EK LTD .

2


Compact thread type single action cylinder Model Code Expands range of mounting methods. Use it to simplify machining on the mounting side and reduce the number of parts to machine.

DZ

016 1

0 -

M S M

2

3

4

5

1 Body size (see specifications) External thread: M16x1.5

External thread: M80x2 2 Design No. 3 Configuration M: Manifold block B : Bulkhead nut C : Flanged nut P : DP pipe block R : DR pipe block 4 Plumbing option S : Pipe type G: Gasket type

1

5 Stroke code 1 S : Short stroke M : Standard stroke L : Long stroke

1 Displayed only when 3 Configuration is "M-type" for manifold block.

2

7MPa/25MPa

h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp


model DZ Applications DZ-M

DZ-B

DS-S

DT-S Jig plate

Jig plate

DZ-B

DZ-B

DP-A DZ-MGâ–Ą

Jig plate

DZ-C DP-A DP-P

Jig plate

DZ-C DZ-P

DZ-C

DZ-C

Jig plate

Jig plate

DZ-P

DT-G

DP-R Jig plate

DZ-P

DZ-R

DR DR DZ-C DZ-R

Jig plate

DZ-C

Jig plate

KOSM EK LTD .

2


Compact thread type single action cylinder

C

max.1.5

Manifold block: DZ-M

B

A

Dimensions Model Cylinder model Stroke code

DZ0160-M

DP0160 S

A B C

DZ0220-M

M

DZ0240-M

DP0221 L

S

M

DZ0300-M

DP0241 L

S

M

L

DP0301 S

M

DZ0450-M

DZ0360-M

DP0451

DP0361 L

S

M

DZ0550-M

L

S

M

DZ0650-M

DP0551 L

S

M

DZ0800-M

DP0651 L

S

M

DP0801 L

S

M

32

38

45

50

60

75

90

105

120

22

28

32

38

42

52

62

72

88

L

34 40 49 32.5 38.5 51.5 35 42.5 59 38.5 45.5 65 43 56 77 50 63 85.5 56 69.5 92 65 79 108.5 70 88 119

Regards: 1. See p. 17-18 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part.

A

Bulkhead nut (mounting nut): DZ-B

C

Dimensions Model Cylinder model

DZ0160-B

DZ0220-B

DZ0240-B

DZ0300-B

DZ0360-B

D

D

D

D

D

0160

0221

0241

0301

0361

DZ0450-B

D

0451

DZ0550-B

DZ0650-B

DZ0800-B

D

D

D

0551

0651

0801

A

25

32

38

45

52

65

75

85

105

C

5

6

7

7

8

10

11

12

15

Regards: See p. 19 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part.

2

7MPa/25MPa

h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp


model DZ Flanged nut: DZ-C

Dimensions Model Cylinder model

DZ0160-C

DZ0220-C

DZ0240-C

DZ0300-C

DZ0360-C

D

D

D

D

D

0160

0221

0241

0301

DZ0450-C

0361

D

0451

DZ0550-C

DZ0650-C

DZ0800-C

D

D

D

0551

0651

0801

A

25

28

32

38

45

55

70

80

90

C

12

14

14

15

16

18

20

25

25

Regards: See p. 19 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part.

DP pipe block: DZ-P

A

C

Dimensions Model

DZ0160-P

DZ0220-P

DZ0240-P

DZ0300-P

DZ0360-P

DZ0450-P

DZ0550-P

DZ0650-P

DZ0800-P

Cylinder model

DP0160

DP0221

DP0241

DP0301

DP0361

DP0451

DP0551

DP0651

DP0801

A

25

28

32

38

45

55

70

80

90

C

19

19

19

22

22

25

25

25

28

Regards: See p. 19 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part.

DR piping block: DZ-R

A

C

Dimensions Model

DZ0220-R

DZ0240-R

DZ0300-R

DZ0360-R

DZ0450-R

DZ0550-R

DZ0650-R

DZ0800-R

Cylinder model

DR0221

DR0241

DR0301

DR0361

DR0451

DR0551

DR0651

DR0801

A

28

32

38

45

55

70

80

90

C

19

19

22

22

25

25

25

28

Regards: See p. 20 of dimension chart DP00A-**-02 for detailed dimensions of each part and machining dimensions for the mounting part.

KOSM EK LTD .

2


Compact thread type single action cylinder Cautions for Design 1) Check the specifications

5) Clamping inclined surface

- The hydraulic supply pressure is as follows:

- When clamping an inclined surface the design should

If loads exceeding the clamp's capabilities are applied

be such that when looking from the clamp side the

it could lead to deformation, dragging or oil leaks.

clamp area is level.Make sure the clamp surface and

Model

DP

DR DS DT

Max. operating pressure MPa

25

Min. operating pressure MPa

0.8

25 1.0

clamp mounting surface are parallel. Workpieces may move and piston rods may slip when clamps are used on inclined surfaces. (When the workpiece is a

2) Considerations when designing the circuit - When designing the hydraulic pressure circuit, read

casting, it is recommended that spiked attachments be used for clamps on draft angles.)

"Hydraulic Pressure Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Cautions," and design the circuit accordingly. See dimension chart DP00A-01-02 (p. 22)

6) Considerations for load on piston rod - Make sure no force is applied to the piston rod outside the axial direction. Uses like the one

3) Considerations when designing the pipes - Whenever possible, it is recommended that you select large diameter pipes.The back pressure is

shown in the figure below will apply a large bending stress to the piston rod and must be avoided.

proportional to the pipe size, so if the pipes are small the release and lock times will be longer. In particular, single-action types are largely affected by the number of uses, pipe length and the inner diameter of pipes and hoses, so caution is necessary. Spherical washer

4) Protection of sliding surface - Clean the piston rod periodically. If the rod is used when the surface is dirty it could lead to damage to the packing and sealing, malfunctions or oil leaks. Also, when using a welding jig problems will arise if spatter gets on the jig, so the sliding surface must be protected.

7) DS and DT cylinders - When using DS and DT cylinders, install them so that no cutting oil will get into the air vent. - Use of the gasket type (for manifold pipes) is recommended for ease of jig maintenace, elimination of leaks and reducing the size of the jig.

8) Considerations for attachments - Whenever possible, use lightweight attachments. Using attachments that weigh more than the release spring force will result in release failures.

2

7MPa/25MPa

h t t p : / /www.k o s me k .c o .jp


model DP/DR/DS/DT Cautions for Mounting 1) There is no function provided with this product to prevent foreign materials and contaminants from getting into the hydraulic system and pipes.

Cautions for Use 1) The product should be operated by persons with the necessary knowledge and experience. 2) Do not take the equipment apart or modify it. - If the equipment is taken apart or modified the warranty will be void, even within the warranty period.

Warranty 1) Warranty period - The product warranty period is for 1.5 years after shipment from our plant or 1 year of use, whichever is shorter.

(4) The cause was due to some factor other than our product. (5) The product was modified or repaired by another company or was modified or repaired without our approval or confirmation.

2) Warranty scope - Defects or failures caused by the following are not covered: (1) Proper maintenance and inspections were not performed

(6) The damage or defect was caused by natural disaster or accident through no fault of our own. (7) Parts and replacements necessary due to wear and tear. (rubber, plastic, sealant, certain electrical components, etc.)

(2) The product was used in an imperfect state at the decision of the user. (3) The user did not use or handle the product

Damages caused by defects in our products are not covered.

properly.(including damages caused by a third party.)

KOSM EK LTD.


h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p

CAT.NO.DP001-02-02 Printed in Japan

2007.01.First 0.5Ry


7MPa Linear Cylinder

New

model

model

model

LL

LLR

LLU


Linear Cylinder Maximum stroke is available with minimum space. Linear motion compact cylinder with 1 mm stroke increments and a variety of styles.

Mounting methods 3 options Multiple mounting options to optimize space restrictions. LL: bolt down mounting

LLR: bolt up mounting

LLU: bolt down top manifold mounting (minimum space)

Piping methods 2 options Direct mount speed control valve available (LL/LLR only) Manifold (LL/LLR/LLU)

Piping (only LL/LLR)

Shape of piston tips 4 options Female thread

Female thread with anti-rotation pinhole

Male thread

Pinhole

Confirmation methods 6 options ※ Air sensing options are available (LL only) Standard (no confirmation)

Cylinder force capacity 8 kinds Cylinder output (Push side) About 0.2 ∼ 35.2kN

Dual rod end

Manifold with air sensor

Piping with air sensor

Manifold with air sensor for release position

Stroke

Push side Pull side

Piping with air sensor for release position

Offset position

Offset size (1 50mm)

Enable to arrange offset position to 1 mm (up to 50 mm) ※ LLR/LLU only

Cylinder output (Pull side)

1

About 0.1 ∼ 24kN

Offset size:0mm Released status

Offset size: 50mm (every 1 mm available) Released status


model

LL/LLR/LLU

For lifters

For shifters

For clamps/presses

For link mechanism

For slide positioning pins

For pull cylinders

2


Linear Cylinder Allowable stroke Model

Mounting methods

Confirmation method rod end style

Standard

LL

Dual rod end

LL-D Bolt down mounting

Manifold with air sensor Piping with air sensor

LL-M LL-N Manifold with air sensor for release position Piping with air sensor for release position

LL-RM LL-RN

Standard

LLR LLU

LLR: bolt up mounting LLU: bolt down top manifold mounting (minimum space)

Dual rod end

LLR-D LLU-D

Allowable stroke (mm)

Body size 0360 0400 0480 0550 0650 0750 0900 1050 1 15

50

75

100

150

200mm

1 15

50

75

100

150

200mm

1 15

50

75

100

150

200mm

1 15

50

75

100

150

200mm

1 15

50

75

100

150

200mm

1 15

50

75

100

150

200mm

0360 0400 0480 0550 0650 0750 0900 1050

0360 0400 0480 0550 0650 0750 0900 1050

0360 0400 0480 0550 0650 0750 0900 1050

0360 0400 0480 0550 0650 0750 0900 1050

0360 0400 0480 0550 0650 0750 0900 1050


Allowable stroke / Index

model

LL/LLR/LLU

INDEX Allowable stroke Model Code Performance Graph

LL

Single end rod

1

The cylinder movement can be confirmed via the switch detection

1

Standard Type

LL-D Dual rod end for dog application

LL-M Manifold option with air sensor

LL-N

1 The cylinder movement can be confirmed via the air catch sensor

21

Piping option with air sensor

LL-RM Manifold option with air sensor for release position

LL-RN

2 Enable to detect full release position via air catch sensor

2

Piping option with air sensor for release position

LLR Standard Type

LLR-D Dual rod end for dog application

LLU

Single end rod

1

The cylinder movement can be confirmed via the air catch sensor

Single end rod

Standard Type

LLU-D Dual rod end for dog application

The cylinder movement can be confirmed via the air catch sensor

1

Air sensing chart Accessories Notes

1


Linear Cylinder Model Code Bolt down mounting

LL 048 0 - C P M3 - 050 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Bolt up mounting

LLR 048 0 - C P D - 050 - 20 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

Bolt down top manifold mounting (minimum space)

LLU 048 0 - G P D - 050 - 20 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1 Mounting methods

LL

LLR

LLU

Bolt down mounting

Bolt up mounting

Bolt down top manifold mounting (minimum space)

LL

LLR

LLU

LL :Bolt down mounting LLR:Bolt up mounting LLU:Bolt down top manifold mounting (minimum space)

2 Body Size External diameter (φD) of body cylinder 036 : 36mm 065 : 65mm : 040 40mm 075 : 75mm 048 : 48mm 090 : 90mm 055 : 55mm 105 : 105mm

φ

φ

3 Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference) 4 Piping Method C : Manifold option (G thread port with plug) apply to LL/LLR S : Piping option (Rc thread port) apply to LL/LLR G : Manifold option (manifold port only) apply to LLU C (LL)

C (LLR)

Manifold option (LL/LLR) With G plug; can use speed control and air vent valve

S (LL)

S (LLR)

G (LLU)

Piping option (LL/LLR)

Manifold option (LLU)

Rc thread port only

Manifold port only

φ


Model code

model

5 Shape of piston tip

LL/LLR/LLU

A

B

T

P Model code

A : Female thread option B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole T : Male thread option P : Pinhole option

6 Confirmation Method (rod end style) Only for LL No marking: standard (no confirmation) LL : See page 13-16 LLR : See page 31-34 LLU : See page 37-40

M :Manifold option with air sensor ・・・See page 19-20,43-44 (for number in

N

:Piping option with air sensor ・・・See page 21-22,43-44 (for number in

D: Dual rod end (threaded) LL : See page 17-18 LLR : See page 35-36 LLU : See page 41-42

No marking

, see page 43)

, see page 43)

RM :Manifold option with air sensor for release position ・・・See page 23-26,45-46

RN :Piping option with air sensor for release position ・・・See page 27-30,45-46

M

N

RM

RN

7 Stroke Full stroke size

: Full stroke

End of push side

Full stroke

End of pull side

Full stroke can be arranged to 1 mm within allowance stroke range (see page 3) Example : Full stroke of 1 mm : 001 Full stroke of 53 mm : 053 Full stroke of 175 mm : 175

8 Offset position No marking

Offset size

Full stroke

: Offset of 1-50 mm

Offset size

Offset size

No marking : Offset of 0 mm

Full stroke

Only for LLR/LLU

Offset size can be arranged to 1 mm within 1-50 mm Example : Offset of 1 mm : 01 Offset of 35 mm : 35

Offset of 0 mm

Offset of 1-50 mm


Linear Cylinder Model code:Speed Control valve (with air venting function)

BZL 0 1 0 0 - B 1

2

3

1 G thread size 1 : G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8

2 Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference) 3 Controlling Method

BZL-A meter-in

BZL-B meter-out

A : Meter-in B : Meter-out

P1 port: hydraulic supply side

Notes 1. It can only be installed on Piping method C type. (Not available for LLU

Model code:Air venting valve

BZX 0 1 0 1

2

1 G thread size 1 : G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8

2 Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference) Notes 1. It can only be installed on Piping method C type. (Not available for LLU

P2 port: cylinder side

P1 port: hydraulic supply side

P2 port: cylinder side


Model code

model

LL/LLR/LLU

Model code:G thread plug (with air venting function)

1

2

1 G thread size 1 : G1/8 2 : G1/4 3 : G3/8

2 Design No. (KOSMEK internal reference) Notes 1. It is assembled with Piping method C type for delivery. (Not available for LLU

Model code

JZG 0 1 0


Linear Cylinder Performance Graph (Confirmation Method ・・・ No marking: standard (no confirmation) ) LL

LLR

LLU

Confirmation Method (rod end style) No marking: standard (no confirmation) Maximum operating pressure : 7MPa Minimum operating pressure : 0.5MPa

Cylinder inside diameter

Rod diameter

(mm)

(mm)

(cm2)

calculation formula (kN)

(cm2)

calculation formula (kN)

036

φ24

φ16

4.5

F = P × 0.45

2.5

F = P × 0.25

040

φ26

φ18

5.3

F = P × 0.53

2.8

F = P × 0.28

048

φ32

φ20

8.0

F = P × 0.80

4.9

F = P × 0.49

055

φ35

φ22

9.6

F = P × 0.96

5.8

F = P × 0.58

065

φ45

φ25

15.9

F = P × 1.59

11.0

F = P × 1.10

075

φ55

φ30

23.8

F = P × 2.38

16.7

F = P × 1.67

090

φ68

φ35.5

36.3

F = P × 3.63

26.4

F = P × 2.64

105

φ80

φ45

50.3

F = P × 5.03

34.4

F = P × 3.44

Body size

Cylinder area (Push side) Cylinder output (Push side) Cylinder area (Pull side) *1

Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)

Body size

Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)

2MPa

3MPa

4MPa

5MPa

6MPa

7MPa

1MPa

2MPa

3MPa

4MPa

5MPa

6MPa

7MPa

036

0.4

0.9

1.3

1.8

2.2

2.7

3.1

0.2

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

040

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.1

2.6

3.1

3.7

0.2

0.5

0.8

1.1

1.4

1.6

1.9

048

0.8

1.6

2.4

3.2

4.0

4.8

5.6

0.4

0.9

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.9

3.4

055

0.9

1.9

2.8

3.8

4.8

5.7

6.7

0.5

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.9

3.4

4.0

065

1.5

3.1

4.7

6.3

7.9

9.5

11.1

1.1

2.2

3.3

4.4

5.5

6.6

7.7

075

2.3

4.7

7.1

9.5

11.9

14.2

16.6

1.6

3.3

5.0

6.6

8.3

10.0

11.6

090

3.6

7.2

10.8

14.5

18.1

21.7

25.4

2.6

5.2

7.9

10.5

13.2

15.8

18.4

105

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.1

25.1

30.1

35.2

3.4

6.8

10.3

13.7

17.2

20.6

24.0

40

Push

Pull

Cylinder output (Push side)

1050

35

30

Cylinder output (Pull side)

30

0900

25

20 0750 15

Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)

Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)

*1

1MPa

40

35

Cylinder output (Pull side)

25 1050 20 0900 15 0750

0650 10

10 0550 0480 0400 0360

5

0

0 0.5 1

2

3

4

5

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

6

7

0650 5

0

0550 0480 0400 0360 0 0.5 1

2

3

4

5

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

Notes *1 Cylinder output F (kN) can be calculated by inputting hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) in the formula above. 1 The graphs show the relationship between the cylinder output and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2 Cylinder output F (kN) is the theoretical value. Actual output may decrease because of friction and pressure loss.

6

7


Performance Graph

model

LL/LLR/LLU

Performance Graph (Confirmation Method ・・・ D: Dual rod end (threaded) ) LL-D

LLR-D

LLU-D

Confirmation Method (rod end style) D: Dual rod end (threaded)

Cylinder inside diameter

Rod diameter

Sensing rod diameter

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(cm2)

calculation formula (kN)

(cm2)

calculation formula (kN)

036

φ24

φ16

φ10

3.7

F = P × 0.37

2.5

F = P × 0.25

040

φ26

φ18

φ12

4.2

F = P × 0.42

2.8

F = P × 0.28

048

φ32

φ20

φ14

6.5

F = P × 0.65

4.9

F = P × 0.49

055

φ35

φ22

φ14

8.1

F = P × 0.81

5.8

F = P × 0.58

065

φ45

φ25

φ14

14.4

F = P × 1.44

11.0

F = P × 1.10

075

φ55

φ30

φ18

21.2

F = P × 2.12

16.7

F = P × 1.67

090

φ68

φ35.5

φ18

33.8

F = P × 3.38

26.4

F = P × 2.64

105

φ80

φ45

φ18

47.7

F = P × 4.77

34.4

F = P × 3.44

Body size

Cylinder area (Push side) Cylinder output (Push side) Cylinder area (Pull side)

Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)

Body size

*1

Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)

2MPa

3MPa

4MPa

5MPa

6MPa

7MPa

1MPa

2MPa

3MPa

4MPa

5MPa

6MPa

7MPa

036

0.3

0.7

1.1

1.4

1.8

2.2

2.5

0.2

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

040

0.4

0.8

1.2

1.6

2.1

2.5

2.9

0.2

0.5

0.8

1.1

1.4

1.6

1.9

048

0.6

1.3

1.9

2.6

3.2

3.9

4.5

0.4

0.9

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.9

3.4

055

0.8

1.6

2.4

3.2

4.0

4.8

5.6

0.5

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.9

3.4

4.0

065

1.4

2.8

4.3

5.7

7.2

8.6

10.0

1.1

2.2

3.3

4.4

5.5

6.6

7.7

075

2.1

4.2

6.3

8.4

10.6

12.7

14.8

1.6

3.3

5.0

6.6

8.3

10.0

11.6

090

3.3

6.7

10.1

13.5

16.9

20.2

23.6

2.6

5.2

7.9

10.5

13.2

15.8

18.4

105

4.7

9.5

14.3

19.0

23.8

28.6

33.3

3.4

6.8

10.3

13.7

17.2

20.6

24.0

40

Push

Pull

Cylinder output (Push side)

35 1050

30

Cylinder output (Pull side)

30

25

0900

20

15

0750

10

0650

Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)

Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)

Cylinder output (Pull side)

1MPa

40

35

*1

Performance Graph

Maximum operating pressure : 7MPa Minimum operating pressure : 0.5MPa

25 1050 20 0900 15 0750 10 0650

0550 0480 0400 0360

5

0

0 0.5 1

2

3

4

5

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

6

7

5

0

0550 0480 0400 0360 0 0.5 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

Notes *1 Cylinder output F (kN) can be calculated by inputting hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) in the formula above. 1 The graphs show the relationship between the cylinder output and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2 Cylinder output F (kN) is the theoretical value. Actual output may decrease because of friction and pressure loss.

1


Linear Cylinder Performance Graph (Confirmation Method ・・・ M

: Manifold option with air sensor / N

Piping option with air sensor )

LL-M

LL-N

Confirmation Method (rod end style) M : Manifold option with air sensor N : Piping option with air sensor Maximum operating pressure : 7MPa Minimum operating pressure : 0.5MPa

Cylinder inside diameter

Rod diameter

Sensing rod diameter

(mm)

(mm)

(mm)

(cm2)

calculation formula (kN)

(cm2)

calculation formula (kN)

036

φ24

φ16

φ8

4.0

F = P × 0.40

2.5

F = P × 0.25

040

φ26

φ18

φ8

4.8

F = P × 0.48

2.8

F = P × 0.28

048

φ32

φ20

φ 10

7.3

F = P × 0.73

4.9

F = P × 0.49

055

φ35

φ22

φ 10

8.8

F = P × 0.88

5.8

F = P × 0.58

065

φ45

φ25

φ 10

15.1

F = P × 1.51

11.0

F = P × 1.10

075

φ55

φ30

φ 14

22.2

F = P × 2.22

16.7

F = P × 1.67

090

φ68

φ35.5

φ 14

34.8

F = P × 3.48

26.4

F = P × 2.64

105

φ80

φ45

φ 14

48.7

F = P × 4.87

34.4

F = P × 3.44

Body size

Cylinder area (Push side) Cylinder output (Push side) Cylinder area (Pull side)

Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)

Body size

*1

Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)

2MPa

3MPa

4MPa

5MPa

6MPa

7MPa

1MPa

2MPa

3MPa

4MPa

5MPa

6MPa

7MPa

036

0.4

0.8

1.2

1.6

2.0

2.4

2.8

0.2

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

040

0.4

0.9

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.8

3.3

0.2

0.5

0.8

1.1

1.4

1.6

1.9

048

0.7

1.4

2.1

2.9

3.6

4.3

5.1

0.4

0.9

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.9

3.4

055

0.8

1.7

2.6

3.5

4.4

5.2

6.1

0.5

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.9

3.4

4.0

065

1.5

3.0

4.5

6.0

7.5

9.0

10.5

1.1

2.2

3.3

4.4

5.5

6.6

7.7

075

2.2

4.4

6.6

8.8

11.1

13.3

15.5

1.6

3.3

5.0

6.6

8.3

10.0

11.6

090

3.4

6.9

10.4

13.9

17.4

20.8

24.3

2.6

5.2

7.9

10.5

13.2

15.8

18.4

105

4.8

9.7

14.6

19.4

24.3

29.2

34.0

3.4

6.8

10.3

13.7

17.2

20.6

24.0

40

Push

Pull

Cylinder output (Push side)

35

1050

30

Cylinder output (Pull side)

30

25

0900

20

0750

15

0650

10

Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)

Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)

Cylinder output (Pull side)

1MPa

40

35

*1

25 1050 20 0900 15 0750 10 0650

0550 0480 0400 0360

5

0

0 0.5 1

2

3

4

5

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

11

6

7

5

0

0550 0480 0400 0360 0 0.5 1

2

3

4

5

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

Notes *1 Cylinder output F (kN) can be calculated by inputting hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) in the formula above. 1 The graphs show the relationship between the cylinder output and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2 Cylinder output F (kN) is the theoretical value. Actual output may decrease because of friction and pressure loss.

6

7


Performance Graph

model

LL

Performance Graph (Confirmation Method ・・・ RM: Manifold option with air sensor for release position / RN : Piping option with air sensor for release position ) LL-RM

LL-RN

Confirmation Method (rod end style) RM : Manifold option with air sensor for release position RN : Piping option with air sensor for release position

Cylinder inside diameter

Rod diameter

(mm)

(mm)

(cm2)

calculation formula (kN)

(cm2)

calculation formula (kN)

036

φ24

φ16

4.5

F = P × 0.45

2.5

F = P × 0.25

040

φ26

φ18

5.3

F = P × 0.53

2.8

F = P × 0.28

048

φ32

φ20

8.0

F = P × 0.80

4.9

F = P × 0.49

055

φ35

φ22

9.6

F = P × 0.96

5.8

F = P × 0.58

065

φ45

φ25

15.9

F = P × 1.59

11.0

F = P × 1.10

075

φ55

φ30

23.8

F = P × 2.38

16.7

F = P × 1.67

090

φ68

φ35.5

36.3

F = P × 3.63

26.4

F = P × 2.64

105

φ80

φ45

50.3

F = P × 5.03

34.4

F = P × 3.44

Body size

Cylinder area (Push side) Cylinder output (Push side) Cylinder area (Pull side) *1

Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)

Body size

Cylinder output (Pull side) *1

Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)

1MPa

2MPa

3MPa

4MPa

5MPa

6MPa

7MPa

1MPa

2MPa

3MPa

4MPa

5MPa

6MPa

7MPa

036

0.4

0.9

1.3

1.8

2.2

2.7

3.1

0.2

0.5

0.7

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

040

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.1

2.6

3.1

3.7

0.2

0.5

0.8

1.1

1.4

1.6

1.9

048

0.8

1.6

2.4

3.2

4.0

4.8

5.6

0.4

0.9

1.4

1.9

2.4

2.9

3.4

055

0.9

1.9

2.8

3.8

4.8

5.7

6.7

0.5

1.1

1.7

2.3

2.9

3.4

4.0

065

1.5

3.1

4.7

6.3

7.9

9.5

11.1

1.1

2.2

3.3

4.4

5.5

6.6

7.7

075

2.3

4.7

7.1

9.5

11.9

14.2

16.6

1.6

3.3

5.0

6.6

8.3

10.0

11.6

090

3.6

7.2

10.8

14.5

18.1

21.7

25.4

2.6

5.2

7.9

10.5

13.2

15.8

18.4

105

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.1

25.1

30.1

35.2

3.4

6.8

10.3

13.7

17.2

20.6

24.0

40

40

Push

Pull

Cylinder output (Push side)

35

1050

Cylinder output (Pull side)

35

30

30

0900

25

20 0750 15

Cylinder output (Pull side) (kN)

Cylinder output (Push side) (kN)

Performance Graph

Maximum operating pressure : 7MPa Minimum operating pressure : 1MPa

25 1050 20 0900 15 0750

0650 10

10 0550 0480 0400 0360

5

0

0

1

2

3

4

5

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

6

7

0650 5

0

0550 0480 0400 0360 0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa)

Notes *1 Cylinder output F (kN) can be calculated by inputting hydraulic supply pressure (MPa) in the formula above. 1 The graphs show the relationship between the cylinder output and the hydraulic supply pressure. 2 Cylinder output F (kN) is the theoretical value. Actual output may decrease because of friction and pressure loss.

12


Linear Cylinder External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option B J 2-

Ny Ny

H

m er

i t

1

φ B

r u i re ure ort Pu i e φP *5 - t e

K

*3

4- A t re

U-

K

Ny Ny

C

ee ort Pu i e : G thread e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

K

A Air

Nx

r u i re ure ort Pu i e φP *5 - t e

This drawing shows LL-CP.

L

φ

De-burr *5 3

*5

ot

in φ

5

Y

tro e

*4

ee ort Pu i e : G thread e ee ontro e n e in t e on - t e

3

4-φ

K

Air

φ

4

SR A

T

V

u

φAB

φA

5 on 12

15

e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o

A : Female thread option

o i meter

- 1 - 2

BC

φBB

AA

TA

A

F

φ

i t

M

S *1

G A

Shape of piston tip

7

UA

LL

A -A

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole

Nx e

φ

B B

Ny Ny

r u i re ure ort Pu i e : rin tt - t e

ot

o i meter

*2

r u i re ure ort Pu i e : rin tt e - t e

UT

i t

T : Male thread option

Piping Method

φ B

S: Piping option (Rc thread port) r u i re ure ort i e t re

AT

Pu

T

TT

VT

This drawing shows LL-SP.

CC

o i meter

Pu

r u i re ure ort i e t re

Notes *1 *2 *3

1

*4 *5

ountin o t re not ro i e u tomer ou re re e on imen ion The num er n i e o ottom o t m r er i erent t e A t in e t ou e u te o t t mountin o t en e i ture t e t 15 o t i meter e φ e t o t e o mountin o e ou e e i e rom imen ion i ro e in i te - : ni o o tion


Standard (Bolt down mounting) 1/2 1 1

1

model

LL

Specifications Model

LL 4 :1 5 Full stroke Y mm 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 5 45 53 2 Push side Cylinder area m Pull side 25 28 Cylinder output Push side P 45 P 53 kN u tion ormu Pull side P 25 P 28 in er it 45 53 3 Push side m u tion ormu Pull side 25 28 in er in i e i meter mm φ24 φ2 o i meter mm φ1 φ18 imum o er tin re ure MPa inimum o er tin re ure MPa imum r te re ure MPa e tem er ture Mass 8 7 9 P:

LL 3 -

r ui

u

re ure

P

: u

LL 48 -

LL 55 -

LL 75 LL 9 LL1 5 : 1 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 8 9 15 9 23 8 3 3 5 3 49 58 11 1 7 2 4 34 4 P 8 P 9 P 1 59 P 2 38 P 3 3 P 5 3 P 49 P 58 P 11 P 1 7 P 2 4 P 3 44 8 9 1 59 2 38 3 3 5 3 49 58 11 1 7 2 4 3 44 φ32 φ35 φ45 φ55 φ 8 φ8 φ2 φ22 φ25 φ3 φ35 5 φ45 7 5 1 5 7 1 1 13 21 19 31 28 41 43 1 59 8

tro e mm

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model A B C D

LL 3 3 49 4 3 48 23 25 29 2 31 4

F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V

Air

ee r ui

12

LL 48 74 1 51 48 53 25 28 35 5 25 5 4 83 12 3 11 3 95 55 15 5 21 1 9 1 5 C3 17 8 9

e i n tion

B : em e t re

- A 42

9 12 75 14

A

12

e t

o tion it

Model VB

4 7 35 14 5 8 G1/8 1/8 1BP5

G1/8 1/8 1BP5

LL 4 - A 1 4 1 13 75 15 8 1

LL 48 - A 4 49 11 14 85 17 8 1

LL 55 - A 8 53 12 17 9 19 1 2

nti-rot tion in o e LL 3

B

55 38 1

15

- B

T

CB e i n tion

41 13 28 39 3 47 88 12 33 5 12 3 11 8 13 24 11 1 12 C3 19 15 1 1 4 5 8 35 14

5 - P 75 81 7 5 2 47 32 17 3 4 35 55 1 13 39 5 15 5 11 8 15 5 28 13 12 14 4 22 12 18 12 5 8 45 19 G1/4 1/4 1BP7

LL 5 - A 75 13 19 1 22 12 24

2 55

LL 48 - B 25

LL 3 - T 73 58 25 12 1 75 14 1 1 25

LL 4 - T 81 3 14 2 75 17 12 1 25

LL 48 - T 88 73 35 17 24 85 19 14 1 5

LL 55 - B 25 5

LL

e er P

Model AT TT UT VT

omin

5 28

LL 9

it

LL 75 1 1 92 8 75 8 31 37 52 4 3 11 1 45 1 5 14 9 17 5 33 1 14 17 5 27 14 14

P 8

53 1

18

45 19 8 G1/4 1/4 1BP7

re t e

me (mm)

LL 9 - P 114 99 1 7 95 9 77 2 37 22 4 59 5 47 5 75 13 1 52 5 18 5 5 17 5 11 1 5 37 19 1 19

LL1 5 - P 127 112 122 11 1 5 81 3 21 45 7 55 88 152 17

32 1 1 8

42 2 21 1

18

45 22 1 G3/8 3/8 1BP7

22 5 5 2 14 17 5 4 22 21 23

LL 75 - A 83 8 15 24 12 27 1 32

LL 55 - T 9 81 4 17 28 9 21 1 15

5 - B 3 7

LL 75 - B 4 85

LL 9 - A 93 78 1 3 13 33 2 4

LL 9

- B 5 9

LL 75 - T 118 1 3 5 24 35 12 29 24 1 5

LL 9 139

mm

LL1 5 - A 99 84 18 3 15 42 24 48 mm

LL1 5 - B 1 5

in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione

LL 5 - T 1 7 92 45 19 32 1 24 2 15

21

45 22 12 G3/8 3/8 1BP7

Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below.

LL 4 - B 25 5

: Male thread option

CC

LL 55 - P 8 5 9

imen ion 48 23 3 38

Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below.

LL 3 57

BB omin

5 3 5 35 14 4 7 G1/8 1/8 1BP5

P 59

en t e u tro e 1-14 mm t e e tern m e LL 3 - P- 1 1 A 3 LL 3 - P- 3 3 A 78

LL 4 - P 7 55 54 45 4 51 3 2 11 25 31 5 22 5 34 73 11 2 9 3 95 55 14 19 8 8 95 C3 15 8 15 8 4 4 7 35 14 5 8 G1/8 1/8 1BP5

o tion

Model AA TA UA BC

33 8

75 C2 12

- t e ort re ure ort - t e rin

A : em e t re

P 48

11 23 5 8 3 75 45 1 15

m er AB A A A A A DB A

LL 5 -

124 2

3 4 13 34 5 3 15

i e eo

mm

LL1 5 - T 153 138 72 3 54 15 42 3 15

1


Linear Cylinder External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option B J 2-

Ny Ny

H

m er

0 U - 0.1

φ B

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *5 - t e

Width

K

Ny Ny

C

ee ort Pu i e : G thread e ee ontro e n e installed only -C type)

K

DA Air

Nx

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *5 - t e

This drawing shows LL-CP.

L

4-EA thread

K

*3

φ

De-burr *5

φ

6.3S *5 ot

in φ

*4

(Full stroke)

φAB

R0.4

SR AD

φA

LL0650 only 12°

15

H7

Shape of piston tip

W

T

V

Y + 0.5 0

ee ort Pu i e : G thread e ee ontro e n e installed only -C type)

C0.6

4-φ

K

Air

+ 0.3 0

A : Female thread option

Rod diameter

UA

Width

E

A

M

S *1

G

e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o

- 0.1 - 0.2

BC

φBB WA

AA

TA

F

φ

A -A

ot

*2

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole

Nx

φ

B

WB

Ny Ny

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e

Rod diameter

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e

UT

Width

T :Male thread option

Piping Method

φ B

S: Piping option (Rc thread port)

AT

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread

WT

TT

VT

This drawing shows LL-SP.

CC

Rod diameter

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread

Notes *1 *2 *3

1

*4. *5

ountin o t re not ro i e u tomer ou re re e on dimension "S". The num er n i e o ottom o t m r er i erent t e A t in e t ou e u te o t t mountin o t en e i ture t e t 15 o t i meter The φ e t o t e o mountin o e ou e e i e rom imen ion . i ro e in i te - : ni o o tion


Standard (Bolt down mounting)(2/2) 1 1

1 2

model

LL

Specifications Model

LL0360-

Full stroke Y

mm

Push side Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Use temperature Mass kg Cylinder area

cm2

Y : 51 4.5 2.5 P×0.45 P×0.25 Y×0.45 Y×0.25 φ24 φ1

9

1.2

LL0400-

LL0480-

LL0550-

LL0650-

100

Y : 76

5.3 2.8 P×0.53 P×0.28 Y×0.53 Y×0.28 φ2 φ18

1

LL0750-

1.4

8.0 4.9 P×0.80 P×0.49 Y×0.80 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2

1.7

3.0

9.6 5.8 P×0.96 P×0.58 Y×0.96 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22

2.3

15.9 11.0 P×1.59 P×1.10 Y×1.59 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25

7.0 0.5 10.5 70 4.1 3.2

5.4

LL0900-

LL1050-

200 23.8 16.7 P×2.38 P×1.67 Y×2.38 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3

4.4

7.1

36.3 26.4 P×3.63 P×2.64 Y×3.63 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5

6.5

10.1

50.3 34.4 P×5.03 P×3.44 Y×5.03 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45

9.0

13.0

P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option

(mm)

Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W m er AB AC AD AE AF DA DB EA -C type Air ee ort Hydraulic pressure port -S type O ring

LL0360- P Y+63 49 40 36 Y+48 Y+23 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 16 15 6 6 7.5 C2 12 6 + 0.012 0 6 5 M3×0.5 3.5 14 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

LL0400- P Y+70 54 45 40 Y+51 Y+26 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9.5 5.5 14 19 8 8 9.5 C3 15 8 + 0.015 0 8 4 M4×0.7 3.5 14 M5×0.8 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

LL0480- P Y+76 61 51 48 Y+55 Y+27 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 12 30 11 3 9.5 5.5 15.5 21 10 9 10.5 C3 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 M5×0.8 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

LL0550- P Y+81 69 60 55 Y+57 Y+29 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 3.5 14 M6 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

LL0360- A Y+57 9 12 7.5 14 M6×12

LL0400- A Y+61 10 13 7.5 15 M8×16

LL0480- A Y+66 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16

LL0550- A Y+69 12 17 9 19 M10×20

A : Female thread option Model AA TA UA WA BB BC

omin

e i n tion

B : em e t re

e t

o tion it

Model VB WB

e er P

nti-rot tion in o e

e er P

in o e o tion / A em e t re

LL0360- B 2 5.5

LL0400- B 2.5 5

LL0480- B 2.5 6

LL0550- B 2.5 6.5

LL0360- T Y+73 25 12 16 7.5 14 M10×1.25

LL0400- T Y+81 30 14 20 7.5 17 M12×1.25

LL0480- T Y+90 35 17 24 8.5 19 M14×1.5

LL0550- T Y+97 40 17 28 9 21 M16×1.5

: Male thread option

omin

e i n tion

it

LL0750- P Y+107 92 80 75 Y+74 Y+37 37 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 33 16 14 17 C5 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 4.5 19 M8 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7

LL0900- P Y+121 107 95 90 Y+84 Y+44 40 59.5 47.5 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 16.5 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 4.5 22 M10 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7

in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione

LL0650- A Y+76 13 19 10 22 M12×24 o tion

LL0750- A Y+89 15 24 12 27 M16×32

imen ion not mentione

LL0650- B 3 7

e er P

Model AT TT UT VT WT CB CC

LL0650- P Y+91 81 70 65 Y+63 Y+33 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 15.5 28 13 12 14 C4 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 4.5 19 M6 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7

LL0750- B 4 8.5

LL0900- A Y+100 16 30 13 33 M20×40 i e in t e

LL0900- B 5 9

in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione

LL0650- T Y+108 45 19 32 10 24 M20×1.5

LL0750- T Y+124 50 24 35 12 29 M24×1.5

LL0900- T Y+146 62 30 46 13 34.5 M30×1.5

LL1050- P Y+138 122 110 105 Y+92 Y+47 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 20 14 17.5 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 4.5 22 M12 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7 i e eo

(mm)

LL1050- A Y+110 18 36 15 42 M24×48 rt e o

(mm)

LL1050- B 6 10.5 i e eo

(mm)

LL1050- T Y+164 72 36 54 15 42 M36×1.5

1


Linear Cylinder External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option This drawing shows LL-CPD.

H

J

0 U - 0.1

L

φ

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *4 - t e

4-EA thread

4-φ

K

Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

K

*3

De-burr *4

Spot facing φ

φ

6.3S *4

(Full stroke)

φAB

+ 0.3 0

C0.6

SR AD

φA

LL0650 only 12°

15

H7

Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension

W

T

V

Y + 0.5 0

Ny Ny

φ B

2-Chamfer

Width

K

Ny Ny

C

Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

Nx

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *4 - t e

B

K

DA

for not mentioned size below

A

UA

Width

E

M

S *1

G

Rod diameter

Female thread option

WA

AA AE-AF bolt φ A

Rod diameter

*2

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole

8

Nx

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e

B

Ny Ny

WB

φ

T

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e

Male thread option

FC

UT

Width

(Full stroke)

10.5 Y + 0.5 0

BC

φBB

- 0.1 - 0.2

TA

F

A

φ

Width

FB

φ B

TT

VT

S: Piping option (Rc thread port) AT

This drawing shows LL-SPD. Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread

1

CC

WT

Piping Method

Rod diameter Notes *1. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *2 The number and size of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. This process indicates -C: Manifold option.


Dual rod end(Bolt down mounting)

model

LL-D

Specifications LL0360-

D LL0400D LL0480D LL0550D LL0650D LL0750D LL0900D LL1050D Y : 1 50 Y : 1 75 mm Full stroke Y 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 3.7 4.2 6.5 8.1 14.4 21.2 33.8 47.7 2 Push side cm Cylinder area 2.5 2.8 4.9 5.8 11.0 16.7 26.4 34.4 Pull side Cylinder output P×0.37 P×0.42 P×0.65 P×0.81 P×1.44 P×2.12 P×3.38 P×4.77 Push side kN u tion ormu P×0.25 P×0.28 P×0.49 P×0.58 P×1.10 P×1.67 P×2.64 P×3.44 Pull side Cylinder capacity Y×0.37 Y×0.42 Y×0.65 Y×0.81 Y×1.44 Y×2.12 Y×3.38 Y×4.77 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Y×0.25 Y×0.28 Y×0.49 Y×0.58 Y×1.10 Y×1.67 Y×2.64 Y×3.44 Pull side mm Cylinder inside diameter φ24 φ2 φ32 φ35 φ45 φ55 φ 8 φ8 mm Rod diameter φ1 φ18 φ2 φ22 φ25 φ3 φ35 5 φ45 Maximum operating pressure MPa 7.0 Minimum operating pressure MPa 0.5 MPa Maximum rated pressure 10.5 Use temperature 70 kg Mass 0. 0.8 0.7 0.9 1. 1.7 1.3 2.2 2. 3.2 2.9 4.3 4.5 6.4 6.1 8.3 Model

P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W Chamfer AB AC AD AE AF DA DB EA FA FB FC omin e i n tion e t Air bleed port -C type Hydraulic pressure port -S type O ring

LL0360- PD LL0400- PD LL0480- PD LL0550- PD LL0650- PD LL0750- PD LL0900- PD LL1050- PD Y+73.5 2Y+58.5 Y+80.5 2Y+65.5 Y+84.5 2Y+69.5 Y+90.5 2Y+75.5 Y+100.5 2Y+85.5 Y+111.5 2Y+96.5 Y+124.5 2Y+109.5 Y+137.5 2Y+122.5 49 54 61 69 81 92 107 122 40 45 51 60 70 80 95 110 36 40 48 55 65 75 90 105 48 Y+33 51 Y+36 53 Y+38 56 Y+41 62 Y+47 68 Y+53 77 Y+62 81 Y+66 23 Y+8 26 Y+11 25 Y+10 28 Y+13 32 Y+17 31 Y+16 37 Y+22 36 Y+21 25 25 28 28 30 37 40 45 29 31.5 35.5 39 46 52 59.5 67 20 22.5 25.5 30 35 40 47.5 55 31.4 34 40 47 55 63 75 88 66 73 83 88 106 116 136 152 11 11 12 12 13 16 16 17 23.5 26 30 33.5 39.5 45 52.5 60 8 9 11 12 15 16 18.5 22.5 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 7.5 9.5 9.5 11 11 14 17.5 20 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.8 6.8 9 11 14 16 14 15.5 13 15.5 17.5 16.5 17.5 15 19 21 24 28 33 37 46 6 8 10 11 13 16 19 22 6 8 9 10 12 14 16 21 7.5 9.5 10.5 12 14 17 19 23 C2 C3 C3 C3 C4 C5 C6 C6 12 15 17 19 22 27 32 42 6 + 0.012 8 + 0.015 8 + 0.015 10 + 0.015 12 + 0.018 14 + 0.018 16 + 0.018 20 + 0.021 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 8 9 10 12 14 16 21 5 4 6 4 6 6 8 10 M3×0.5 M4×0.7 M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 14 14 14 14 19 19 22 22 M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M8 M10 M12 10 12 14 14 14 18 18 18 8 10 12 12 12 16 16 16 M5×0.8×12 M6×15 M8×18 M8×18 M8×18 M10×21 M10×21 M10×21 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7

A : Female thread option Model AA TA UA WA BB BC

omin

e i n tion

e t

Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)

LL0360- AD LL0400- AD LL0480- AD LL0550- AD LL0650- AD LL0750- AD LL0900- AD LL1050- AD Y+67.5 2Y+52.5 Y+71.5 2Y+56.5 Y+74.5 2Y+59.5 Y+78.5 2Y+63.5 Y+85.5 2Y+70.5 Y+93.5 2Y+78.5 Y+103.5 2Y+88.5 Y+109.5 2Y+94.5 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 18 12 13 14 17 19 24 30 36 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 14 15 17 19 22 27 33 42 M6×12 M8×16 M8×16 M10×20 M12×24 M16×32 M20×40 M24×48

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Model VB WB

Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)

Model AT TT UT VT WT CB omin

e i n tion

Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm)

LL0360- BD LL0400- BD LL0480- BD LL0550- BD LL0650- BD LL0750- BD LL0900- BD LL1050- BD 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 4 5 6 5.5 5 6 6.5 7 8.5 9 10.5

: Male thread option

CC

Calculation formula is different between full stroke: Y=1-14 mm and Y= more than 15 mm. (Example) LL0360- P - 1 1 A 83 5 48 23 LL0360- P - 3 3 A 118 5 3 38 (mm)

it

LL0360- TD LL0400- TD LL0480- TD LL0550- TD LL0650- TD LL0750- TD LL0900- TD LL1050- TD Y+83.5 2Y+68.5 Y+91.5 2Y+76.5 Y+98.5 2Y+83.5 Y+106.5 2Y+91.5 Y+117.5 2Y+102.5 Y+128.5 2Y+113.5 Y+149.5 2Y+134.5 Y+163.5 2Y+148.5 25 30 35 40 45 50 62 72 12 14 17 17 19 24 30 36 16 20 24 28 32 35 46 54 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 14 17 19 21 24 29 34.5 42 M10×1.25 M12×1.25 M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5

1


Manifold option with air sensor(Bolt down mounting)

Linear Cylinder

model Piping Method

External Dimensions C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option

S: Piping option (Rc thread port) This drawing shows LL-SPM.

This drawing shows LL-CPM.

DA

B H

J

φ B

2-Chamfer

0 U - 0.1

L

φ

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread

4-φ

K

(Full stroke)

Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

Spot facing φ

φAB

SR AD

φA

LL0650 only 12°

15

H7

W

T

V

Y + 0.5 0

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread

Width

K

Ny Ny

C

Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

E

M

S *1

G

Rod diameter

- 0.1 - 0.2

11

Push side check port Air

FC

2.7

AE-AF bolt *2

2.7

FA

2.7

FP

A

F

φ

FB

FQ

Pull side check port Air

φ φ

3-O ring tt e Air en or

Nx

Ny Ny

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e

1

LL-M

Air venting port f8

4-FS bolt

*3


Manifold option with air sensor(Bolt down mounting)

model Processing dimensions for the mounting area

Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension or not mentione

A

Nx

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *5 - t e

P : Pinhole option

Female thread option

Model

UA

Width

K

Ny Ny *4

WA

AA

TA

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *5 - t e

4-EA thread

BC

K

Rod diameter

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole De-burr *5 6.3S *5

C0.6

φ

+ 0.3 0

φ

H8

B

WB Above FJ *6

FG ±0.4 *6

FH ±0.4

9 5

R0.4

T

Male thread option

De-burr

UT

Width

t o e inter e tion

FL

3 R0.4 2-φ4 φ

φ o e ro e

r in

B in

o e ro e

φ B

CC

*3

r in

WT

AT

TT

rou

Air venting port

VT

Above 7.5

FR

1

*6

3

*6

FK + 0.3 0

φ 3

Rod diameter Notes *1. *2 *3 *4.

Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". The number and size of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant, chips or other debris. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This process indicates -C: Manifold option. *6. The dimensions indicate those under the flange.

Remark 1. Refer to page 43-44 for air sensing chart.

Specifications Model Full stroke Y

LL0360mm

Push side Cylinder area cm2 Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity Push side cm3 u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Air sensing rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Recommended used air pressure *7 MPa Recommended air catch sensor *7 Use temperature Mass kg

M LL0400Y : 15

4.0 2.5 P×0.40 P×0.25 Y×0.40 Y×0.25 φ24 φ1

M LL0480-

M LL0550-

50

1.4

9

M LL0750Y : 15

4.8 2.8 P×0.48 P×0.28 Y×0.48 Y×0.28 φ2 φ18

7.3 4.9 P×0.73 P×0.49 Y×0.73 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2

φ8

8

M LL0650-

8.8 5.8 P×0.88 P×0.58 Y×0.88 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22 φ1

15.1 11.0 P×1.51 P×1.10 Y×1.51 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25

M LL0900-

M

75 22.2 16.7 P×2.22 P×1.67 Y×2.22 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3

Y : 15 50 15 24 25 5 15 24 25 5 A 2Y+67.5 2Y+66.5 2Y+76.5 2Y+75.5 B 49 54 C 40 45 D 36 40 E Y+33 Y+36 F Y+8 Y+11 G 25 25 H 29 31.5 J 20 22.5 K 31.4 34 L 66 73 M 11 11 Nx 23.5 26 Ny 8 9 P 3 3 Q 7.5 9.5 R 4.5 5.5 S 16 14 T 15 19 U 6 8 V 6 8 W 7.5 9.5 Chamfer C2 C3 AB 12 15 AC 6 + 0.012 8 + 0.015 0 0 AD 6 8 AE 5 4 AF M3×0.5 M4×0.7 DA 3.5 3.5 DB 14 14 EA M4×0.7 M5×0.8 FA Y+19.5 34.5 Y+21.5 36.5 FB 0 Y-16 0 Y-16 FC Y-4.3 10.7 Y-3.3 11.7 FD 33.5 37 FE f8 34.5 -- 0.025 38 -- 0.025 0.064 0.064 FE H8 34.5 + 0.039 38 + 0.039 0 0 FF 35.7 39.2 FG Y+18 Y+21.4 FH Y+33 Y+37.9 FJ 2Y+30 2Y+29 2Y+34.7 2Y+33.7 FK Y+8.5 Y+12 FL Y-6 9 Y-6 9 FP 3 3.2 FQ 1.7 2.5 FR 6 7.2 FS M3×0.5 M4×0.7 Air bleed port -C type G1/8 G1/8 Hydraulic pressure port -S type Rc1/8 Rc1/8 O ring ( Hydraulic pressure port) 1BP5 1BP5 rin ir en or CO0524A(S31.5) CO0527A(S35)

15 24 25 75 2Y+80.5 2Y+79.5 61 51 48 Y+38 Y+10 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 12 30 11 3 9.5 5.5 15.5 21 10 9 10.5 C3 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 M5×0.8 Y+21.5 36.5 0 Y-16 Y-3.3 11.7 44 45 -- 0.025 0.064 45 + 0.039 0 46.2 Y+20.4 Y+36.9 2Y+33.7 2Y+32.7 Y+11 Y-6 9 3.2 2.5 7.2 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5 CO0533A(S42)

15 24 25 75 2Y+86.5 2Y+85.5 69 60 55 Y+41 Y+13 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 3.5 14 M6 Y+21.5 36.5 0 Y-16 Y-3.3 11.7 44 45 -- 0.025 0.064 45 + 0.039 0 46.2 Y+23.4 Y+39.9 2Y+36.7 2Y+35.7 Y+14 Y-6 9 3.2 2.5 7.2 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5 CO0533A(S42)

A : Female thread option 34.8 26.4 P×3.48 P×2.64 Y×3.48 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5 φ14

7.0 0.5 10.5 0.2 ISA1 , ISA2-H (made by SMC) / GPS2-07-15 (made by CKD) 70 1.5 1.2 2.6 1.5 3.2 2.2 4.0 3.2 5.4 4.8

P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm) *7. The number of connected cylinders should be no more than 4 for one air catch sensor.

M LL1050-

48.7 34.4 P×4.87 P×3.44 Y×4.87 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45

Model AA TA UA WA BB BC omin e i n tion e t

B : em e t re Model VB WB

7.5

6.4

9.4

CC omin e i n tion it

Y : 15 75 15 24 25 75 15 24 25 75 2Y+96.5 2Y+95.5 2Y+107.5 2Y+106.5 81 92 70 80 65 75 Y+47 Y+53 Y+17 Y+16 30 37 46 52 35 40 55 63 106 116 13 16 39.5 45 15 16 5 5 11 14 6.8 9 15.5 17.5 28 33 13 16 12 14 14 17 C4 C5 22 27 12 + 0.018 14 + 0.018 0 0 12 14 6 6 M5×0.8 M6 4.5 4.5 19 19 M6 M8 Y+21.5 36.5 Y+21.5 36.5 0 Y-16 0 Y-16 Y-3.3 11.7 Y-3.3 11.7 44 52 45 -- 0.025 53 -- 0.030 0.064 0.076 45 + 0.039 53 + 0.046 0 0 46.2 54.2 Y+27.4 Y+26.4 Y+43.9 Y+42.9 2Y+40.7 2Y+39.7 2Y+39.7 2Y+38.7 Y+18 Y+17 Y-6 9 Y-6 9 3.2 3.2 2.5 2.5 7.2 7.2 M4×0.7 M4×0.7 G1/4 G1/4 Rc1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7 1BP7 CO0533A(S42) CO0538A(S50) e er P

15 24 25 75 2Y+120.5 2Y+119.5 107 95 90 Y+62 Y+22 40 59.5 47.5 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 16.5 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 4.5 22 M10 Y+21.5 36.5 0 Y-16 Y-3.3 11.7 52 53 -- 0.030 0.076 53 + 0.046 0 54.2 Y+32.4 Y+48.9 2Y+45.7 2Y+44.7 Y+23 Y-6 9 3.2 2.5 7.2 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7 CO0538A(S50)

15 24 25 75 2Y+133.5 2Y+132.5 122 110 105 Y+66 Y+21 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 20 14 17.5 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 4.5 22 M12 Y+21.5 36.5 0 Y-16 Y-3.3 11.7 52 53 -- 0.030 0.076 53 + 0.046 0 54.2 Y+31.4 Y+47.9 2Y+44.7 2Y+43.7 Y+22 Y-6 9 3.2 2.5 7.2 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7 CO0538A(S50)

in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione

i e eo

(mm)

LL0360- AM LL0400- AM LL0480- AM LL0550- AM LL0650- AM LL0750- AM LL0900- AM LL1050- AM

2Y+61.5 2Y+60.5 2Y+67.5 2Y+66.5 2Y+70.5 2Y+69.5 2Y+74.5 2Y+73.5 2Y+81.5 2Y+80.5 2Y+89.5 2Y+88.5 2Y+99.5 2Y+98.5 2Y+105.5 2Y+104.5 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 18 12 13 14 17 19 24 30 36 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 14 15 17 19 22 27 33 42 M6×12 M8×16 M8×16 M10×20 M12×24 M16×32 M20×40 M24×48 o tion it

nti-rot tion in o e

e er P in o e o tion / A em e t re

o tion imen ion not mentione

i e in t e

rt e o (mm)

LL0360- BM LL0400- BM LL0480- BM LL0550- BM LL0650- BM LL0750- BM LL0900- BM LL1050- BM

2 5.5

: Male thread option Model AT TT UT VT WT CB

more t n 25 mm 15 7 7 L 14 ] 1 7 1 9 L 9 ] (mm)

LL0360- PM LL0400- PM LL0480- PM LL0550- PM LL0650- PM LL0750- PM LL0900- PM LL1050- PM

Full stroke Y

φBB

u tion ormu i i erent et een u tro e: 15-24 mm n (Example) LL 3 - P - 2 [ 2 A 1 7 5 A 39 5 B LL 3 - P - 4 [ 4 A 14 5 A 34 5 B 24

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

i e eo

LL-M

2.5 5

2.5 6

2.5 6.5

3 7 e er P

4 8.5

5 9

in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione

6 10.5 i e eo

(mm)

LL0360- TM LL0400- TM LL0480- TM LL0550- TM LL0650- TM LL0750- TM LL0900- TM LL1050- TM

2Y+77.5 2Y+76.5 2Y+87.5 2Y+86.5 2Y+94.5 2Y+93.5 2Y+102.5 2Y+101.5 2Y+113.5 2Y+112.5 2Y+124.5 2Y+123.5 2Y+145.5 2Y+144.5 2Y+159.5 2Y+158.5 25 30 35 40 45 50 62 72 12 14 17 17 19 24 30 36 16 20 24 28 32 35 46 54 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 14 17 19 21 24 29 34.5 42 M10×1.25 M12×1.25 M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5

2


Piping option with air sensor(Bolt down mounting)

model

LL-N

External Dimensions

Piping Method

C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option DA

Female thread option

J

UA

2-Chamfer

Width

H

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread

TA

0 U - 0.1

L

φ

AA

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread

4-φ

K

Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread e ee ontro e n e installed only -C type)

BC

φBB

Width

φ B

Ny Ny

A

This drawing shows LL-SPN.

B

Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread e ee ontro e n e installed only -C type)

K

for not mentioned size below

S: Piping option (Rc thread port)

This drawing shows LL-CPN.

C

Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension

WA

Linear Cylinder

Rod diameter

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole

Spot facing φ

SR AD

S *1

4-EA thread

WB

*4

K

φ B

E

M

Male thread option

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *5 - t e

Rod diameter

G

T

UT

LL0650 only 12°

15

H7

Width

ie o LL 3

φA

W

T

V

φ

K

φAB

B

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *5 - t e

Ny Ny

Y + 0.5 0

φ

Nx

(Full stroke)

10

FB

11

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

VT

- 0.1 - 0.2

6.3S *5 Rc1/8 thread Pu i e e ort Air

C0.6

*2

φ

+ 0.3 0

Rod diameter

FA

11 FB

AE-AF bolt

AT

De-burr *5

Notes *1. Mounting o t re not ro i e u tomer ou re re e on imen ion "S". *2 The num er n i e o ottom o t m r er i erent t e *3 The ir entin ort mu t e o en to t e tmo ere n e t ree o oo nt, chips or other debris. If the port might be exposed to coolant or debris a filter mechanism should be attached using tapped holes Be ure not to o t e ir ent ort *4. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This process indicates -C: Manifold option.

7.5

ie

Rc1/8 thread Pu i e e ort Air

φ ie o LL 4

Air entin

ort

*3

-LL1 5

e r in LL 4 ie o (*2 AF) is different.

ot

Remark 1. Refer to page 43-44 for air sensing chart.

Specifications Model

FD

Full stroke Y

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e

2-FF thread

*3

FD

45

FE

4-M3×0.5 bolt 2-FF thread *3

Ny Ny

45

FE

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e

Nx FD

4-M4×0.7 bolt Bottom ie o LL 3 Refer right drawing (LL0400-LL1050) for not mentioned size.

21

Bottom ie o LL 4

-LL1 5

WT

TT

F

A

φ

CC

LL0360mm

Push side Cylinder area cm2 Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity Push side cm3 u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Air sensing rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Recommended used air pressure *6 MPa Recommended air catch sensor *6 Use temperature Mass kg

N LL0400Y : 15

4.0 2.5 P×0.40 P×0.25 Y×0.40 Y×0.25 φ24 φ1

N LL0480-

N LL0550-

50

1.4

9

N LL0750Y : 15

4.8 2.8 P×0.48 P×0.28 Y×0.48 Y×0.28 φ2 φ18

7.3 4.9 P×0.73 P×0.49 Y×0.73 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2

φ8

8

N LL0650-

8.8 5.8 P×0.88 P×0.58 Y×0.88 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22 φ1

15.1 11.0 P×1.51 P×1.10 Y×1.51 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25

N LL0900-

75 22.2 16.7 P×2.22 P×1.67 Y×2.22 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3

34.8 26.4 P×3.48 P×2.64 Y×3.48 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5 φ14

7.0 0.5 10.5 0.2 ISA1 , ISA2-H (made by SMC) / GPS2-07-15 (made by CKD) 70 1.5 1.2 2.6 1.5 3.2 2.2 4.0 3.2 5.4 4.8

P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm) *6. The number of connected cylinders should be no more than 4 for one air catch sensor.

N LL1050-

7.5

48.7 34.4 P×4.87 P×3.44 Y×4.87 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45

6.4

9.4

N


Piping option with air sensor(Bolt down mounting)

model

LL-N

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option

(mm)

LL0360- PN LL0400- PN LL0480- PN LL0550- PN LL0650- PN LL0750- PN LL0900- PN LL1050- PN A 2Y +67.5 2Y + 76.5 2Y +80.5 2Y+ 86.5 2Y+ 96.5 2Y+ 107.5 2Y+ 120.5 2Y+ 133.5 B 49 54 61 69 81 92 107 122 C 40 45 51 60 70 80 95 110 D 36 40 48 55 65 75 90 105 E Y + 33 Y +36 Y +38 Y+ 41 Y+47 Y+ 53 Y+ 62 Y+ 66 F Y +8 Y +11 Y +10 Y+ 13 Y+ 17 Y+ 16 Y+ 22 Y+ 21 G 25 25 28 28 30 37 40 45 H 29 31.5 35.5 39 46 52 59.5 67 J 20 22.5 25.5 30 35 40 47.5 55 K 31.4 34 40 47 55 63 75 88 L 66 73 83 88 106 116 136 152 M 11 11 12 12 13 16 16 17 Nx 23.5 26 30 33.5 39.5 45 52.5 60 Ny 8 9 11 12 15 16 18.5 22.5 P 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 Q 7.5 9.5 9.5 11 11 14 17.5 20 R 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.8 6.8 9 11 14 S 16 14 15.5 13 15.5 17.5 16.5 17.5 T 15 19 21 24 28 33 37 46 U 6 8 10 11 13 16 19 22 V 6 8 9 10 12 14 16 21 W 7.5 9.5 10.5 12 14 17 19 23 C2 C3 C3 C3 C4 C5 C6 C6 Chamfer 12 15 17 19 22 27 32 42 AB 6 + 0.012 8 + 0.015 8 + 0.015 10 + 0.015 12 + 0.018 14 + 0.018 16 + 0.018 20 + 0.021 AC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 8 9 10 12 14 16 21 AD 5 4 6 4 6 6 8 10 AE M3×0.5 M4×0.7 M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M6 AF 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 DA 14 14 14 14 19 19 22 22 DB M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M8 M10 M12 EA Y +19.5 Y+ 21.5 FA Y-1.5 Y+ 3 FB 35.5 38 45 45 45 53 53 53 FC 16.5 18 21.5 21.5 21.5 25.5 25.5 25.5 FD 25 29 29 29 29 38 38 38 FE M3×0.5×6 M3×0.5×6 M3×0.5×6 M3×0.5×6 M3×0.5×6 M4×0.7×7 M4×0.7×7 M4×0.7×7 FF omin e i n tion e t G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 Air bleed port -C type Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 Hydraulic pressure port -S type 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 O ring Model

A : Female thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- AN LL0400- AN LL0480- AN LL0550- AN LL0650- AN LL0750- AN LL0900- AN LL1050- AN AA 2Y +61.5 2Y + 67.5 2Y +70.5 2Y+ 74.5 2Y+ 81.5 2Y+ 89.5 2Y+ 99.5 2Y+ 105.5 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 18 TA 12 13 14 17 19 24 30 36 UA 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 WA 14 15 17 19 22 27 33 42 BB M6×12 M8×16 M8×16 M10×20 M12×24 M16×32 M20×40 M24×48 BC omin e i n tion e t B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm) Model LL0360- BN LL0400- BN LL0480- BN LL0550- BN LL0650- BN LL0750- BN LL0900- BN LL1050- BN VB 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 4 5 6 5.5 5 6 6.5 7 8.5 9 10.5 WB : Male thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- TN LL0400- TN LL0480- TN LL0550- TN LL0650- TN LL0750- TN LL0900- TN LL1050- TN AT 2Y +77.5 2Y + 87.5 2Y +94.5 2Y+ 102.5 2Y+ 113.5 2Y+ 124.5 2Y+ 145.5 2Y+ 159.5 25 30 35 40 45 50 62 72 TT 12 14 17 17 19 24 30 36 UT 16 20 24 28 32 35 46 54 VT 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 WT 14 17 19 21 24 29 34.5 42 CB M10×1.25 M12×1.25 M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5 CC omin e i n tion it

22


Linear Cylinder

Manifold option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(1/2) 1

C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option

This drawing shows LL-SPRM.

DA H

J 2-Chamfer

0 U - 0.1

L

φ

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread

4-φ

K

(Full stroke)

Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

Spot facing φ

SR AD

φAB

φA

LL0650 only 12°

H7

M

S *1

G

Rod diameter

E

A

W

T

V

Y + 0.5 0

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread

Width

φ B

Ny Ny

K

C

B

15

- 0.1 - 0.2

3

F

φ

9.6

Nx

Ny Ny

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e

2

Pull side check port Air

2

2.7 2.7

20

AE-AF bolt *2

φ

LL-RM

S: Piping option (Rc thread port)

This drawing shows LL-CPRM.

2-O ring tt e Air en or

model

Piping Method

External Dimensions

Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

1 1

- 0.025 f8 - 0.064

4-FS bolt

Air venting port

*3


Manifold option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(1/2) 1 1

1

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension A

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *5 - t e

P : Pinhole option

Female thread option

Model

UA

Width

K

Ny Ny 4-EA thread

*4

BC

WA

AA

TA

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *5 - t e

K

Rod diameter

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole *5

6.3S *5

C0.6

9 5.5

*6

1

*6

3 De-burr

Below R0.4

B

Above FJ

H8 0

WB

φ

+ 0.039

φ

3

+ 0.3 0

*6

FK + 0.3 0

φ

FH ±0.4

De-burr

t o e inter e tion

T

Male thread option Width

φ4 φ

3

φ

Air venting port

*3

φ B

Blind hole process drawing

CC

WT

AT

TT

VT

Through hole process drawing

UT

Above 7

R0.4

Rod diameter Notes *1. *2 *3 *4.

Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". The number and size of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant, chips or other debris. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This process indicates -C: Manifold option. *6. The dimensions indicate those under the flange.

Specifications Model

LL0360-

Full stroke Y

mm

Push side Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity Push side cm3 u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Air sensing rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Recommended used air pressure MPa Recommended air catch sensor Use temperature Mass kg cm2

RM LL0400Y : 15

4.5 2.5 P×0.45 P×0.25 Y×0.45 Y×0.25 φ24 φ1

RM LL0650-

8

RM LL0750Y : 15

5.3 2.8 P×0.53 P×0.28 Y×0.53 Y×0.28 φ2 φ18

0.9

RM LL0550-

50

φ4

7

RM LL0480-

8.0 4.9 P×0.80 P×0.49 Y×0.80 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2

9.6 5.8 P×0.96 P×0.58 Y×0.96 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22

Y : 15

50

Y : 15

A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W

Y+68 Y+75 Y+79 49 54 61 40 45 51 36 40 48 Y+33 Y+36 Y+38 Y+8 Y+11 Y+10 25 25 28 29 31.5 35.5 20 22.5 25.5 31.4 34 40 66 73 83 11 11 12 23.5 26 30 8 9 11 3 3 3 7.5 9.5 9.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 16 14 15.5 15 19 21 6 8 10 6 8 9 7.5 9.5 10.5 C2 C3 C3 Chamfer 12 15 17 AB 6 + 0.012 8 + 0.015 8 + 0.015 AC 0 0 0 6 8 9 AD 5 4 6 AE M3×0.5 M4×0.7 M4×0.7 AF 3.5 3.5 3.5 DA 14 14 14 DB M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 EA 34.5 34.5 45 FE 35.7 35.7 46.2 FF Y+18.5 Y+21.5 Y+20.5 FH Y+30 Y+33 Y+32 FJ Y+8.5 Y+11.5 Y+10.5 FK M3×0.5 M3×0.5 M4×0.7 FS G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 Air bleed port -C type Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Hydraulic pressure port -S type 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 O ring ( Hydraulic pressure port) rin ir en or CO0524A(S31.5) CO0524A(S31.5) CO0533A(S42)

Y+85 69 60 55 Y+41 Y+13 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 3.5 14 M6 45 46.2 Y+23.5 Y+35 Y+13.5 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5 CO0533A(S42)

Y+95 81 70 65 Y+47 Y+17 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 15.5 28 13 12 14 C4 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 4.5 19 M6 45 46.2 Y+27.5 Y+39 Y+17.5 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)

75 Y+106 92 80 75 Y+53 Y+16 37 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 33 16 14 17 C5 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 4.5 19 M8 45 46.2 Y+26.5 Y+38 Y+16.5 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)

Y+119 107 95 90 Y+62 Y+22 40 59.5 47.5 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 16.5 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 4.5 22 M10 45 46.2 Y+32.5 Y+44 Y+22.5 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)

Y+132 122 110 105 Y+66 Y+21 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 20 14 17.5 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 4.5 22 M12 45 46.2 Y+31.5 Y+43 Y+21.5 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)

A : Female thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- ARM LL0400- ARM LL0480- ARM LL0550- ARM LL0650- ARM LL0750- ARM LL0900- ARM LL1050- ARM

Remark 1. Refer to page 45-46 for air sensing chart.

Cylinder area

(mm)

LL0360- PRM LL0400- PRM LL0480- PRM LL0550- PRM LL0650- PRM LL0750- PRM LL0900- PRM LL1050- PRM

Full stroke Y

φBB

LL-RM

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

for not mentioned size below

Nx

model

15.9 11.0 P×1.59 P×1.10 Y×1.59 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25

RM LL0900-

RM LL1050-

RM

75 23.8 16.7 P×2.38 P×1.67 Y×2.38 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3

36.3 26.4 P×3.63 P×2.64 Y×3.63 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5

φ5 7.0 1.0 10.5 0.2 ISA1 , ISA2-H (made by SMC) / GPS2-07-15 (made by CKD) 70 1.0 1.2 1.8 1.5 2.3 2.1 3.3 3. 4.3 4.5

50.3 34.4 P×5.03 P×3.44 Y×5.03 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45

AA TA UA WA BB BC omin e i n tion e t

6.1

Y + 66 10 13 7.5 15 M8×16

Y + 69 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16

Y + 73 12 17 9 19 M10×20

Y + 80 13 19 10 22 M12×24

Y + 88 15 24 12 27 M16×32

Y + 98 16 30 13 33 M20×40

Y + 104 18 36 15 42 M24×48

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm) Model LL0360- BRM LL0400- BRM LL0480- BRM LL0550- BRM LL0650- BRM LL0750- BRM LL0900- BRM LL1050- BRM VB WB

2 5.5

2.5 5

2.5 6

2.5 6.5

3 7

4 8.5

5 9

6 10.5

: Male thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- TRM LL0400- TRM LL0480- TRM LL0550- TRM LL0650- TRM LL0750- TRM LL0900- TRM LL1050- TRM AT TT UT VT WT CB CC omin e i n tion it

6.3

Y + 62 9 12 7.5 14 M6×12

Y + 78 25 12 16 7.5 14 M10×1.25

Y + 86 30 14 20 7.5 17 M12×1.25

Y + 93 35 17 24 8.5 19 M14×1.5

Y + 101 40 17 28 9 21 M16×1.5

Y + 112 45 19 32 10 24 M20×1.5

Y + 123 50 24 35 12 29 M24×1.5

Y + 144 62 30 46 13 34.5 M30×1.5

Y + 158 72 36 54 15 42 M36×1.5

8.2

P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)

2


C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread

UA

Width

6.3S *5

C0.6

Spot facing φ

+ 0.3 0

FK + 0.3 0 *6

φ + 0.039

φ

3

H8 0

Male thread option Width

Above 7

UT

R0.4

Rod diameter

φ4 φ

3

Air venting port *3

φ

φ B

M

S *1

G

B

t o e inter e tion

CC

Blind hole process drawing

TT

E

VT

Through hole process drawing

- 0.1 - 0.2

WT

F

φ

AT

A

*6

1 9 5.5

V H7

T

De-burr

Below R0.4

W

T

φA

LL0650 only 12°

15

*6

3 SR AD

φAB

Rod diameter

*5

φ

(Full stroke)

Y + 0.5 0

K

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole De-burr

4-φ

K

*4

WB

φ

Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

TA

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *5 - t e

4-EA thread

BC

φBB

AA

0 U - 0.1

Width

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread

Female thread option

Above FJ

2-Chamfer

A

Ny Ny

J

L

for not mentioned size below

K

B H

Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension

Nx

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *5 - t e

φ B

Ny Ny

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

This drawing shows LL-SPRM.

DA

K

LL-RM

S: Piping option (Rc thread port)

This drawing shows LL-CPRM.

C

model

Piping Method

External Dimensions

Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

1 1 2

WA

1

FH ±0.4

Linear Cylinder

Manifold option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(2/2)

3

Rod diameter

9.6

Pull side check port Air

2

2.7 2.7

20

AE-AF bolt *2

2-O ring tt e Air en or

φ E f8 -- 0.025 0.064

Air venting port

*3

Notes *1. *2 *3 *4.

Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". The number and size of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant, chips or other debris. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This process indicates -C: Manifold option. *6. The dimensions indicate those under the flange.

Remark 1. Refer to page 45-46 for air sensing chart.

Specifications Model Full stroke Y Nx

Ny Ny

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e

4-FS bolt

LL0360mm

Push side Cylinder area cm2 Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity Push side cm3 u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Air sensing rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Recommended used air pressure MPa Recommended air catch sensor Use temperature Mass kg

RM LL0400Y : 51

4.5 2.5 P×0.45 P×0.25 Y×0.45 Y×0.25 φ24 φ1

1 3

2

RM LL0650-

1.1

RM LL0750Y : 76

5.3 2.8 P×0.53 P×0.28 Y×0.53 Y×0.28 φ2 φ18

P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)

RM LL0550-

100

φ4

1

RM LL0480-

8.0 4.9 P×0.80 P×0.49 Y×0.80 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2

9.6 5.8 P×0.96 P×0.58 Y×0.96 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22

15.9 11.0 P×1.59 P×1.10 Y×1.59 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25

RM LL0900-

RM LL1050-

RM

200 23.8 16.7 P×2.38 P×1.67 Y×2.38 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3

36.3 26.4 P×3.63 P×2.64 Y×3.63 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5

φ5 7.0 1.0 10.5 0.2 ISA1 , ISA2-H (made by SMC) / GPS2-07-15 (made by CKD) 70 1.5 1.9 3.2 2.5 4.3 3.4 5.6 4.6 7.3 6.7

10.3

50.3 34.4 P×5.03 P×3.44 Y×5.03 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45

9.2

13.2


Manifold option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(2/2) 1 1 2

1

model

LL-RM

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model

Full stroke Y

(mm)

LL0360- PRM LL0400- PRM LL0480- PRM LL0550- PRM LL0650- PRM LL0750- PRM LL0900- PRM LL1050- PRM Y : 51

100

Y : 76

A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W

Y+83 Y+90 Y+96 49 54 61 40 45 51 36 40 48 Y+48 Y+51 Y+55 Y+23 Y+26 Y+27 25 25 28 29 31.5 35.5 20 22.5 25.5 31.4 34 40 66 73 83 11 11 12 23.5 26 30 8 9 11 3 3 3 7.5 9.5 9.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 16 14 15.5 15 19 21 6 8 10 6 8 9 7.5 9.5 10.5 C2 C3 C3 Chamfer 12 15 17 AB 6 + 0.012 8 + 0.015 8 + 0.015 AC 0 0 0 6 8 9 AD 5 4 6 AE M3×0.5 M4×0.7 M4×0.7 AF 3.5 3.5 3.5 DA 14 14 14 DB M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 EA 34.5 34.5 45 FE 35.7 35.7 46.2 FF Y+33.5 Y+36.5 Y+37.5 FH Y+45 Y+48 Y+49 FJ Y+23.5 Y+26.5 Y+27.5 FK M3×0.5 M3×0.5 M4×0.7 FS G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 Air bleed port -C type Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Hydraulic pressure port -S type 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 O ring ( Hydraulic pressure port) rin ir en or CO0524A(S31.5) CO0524A(S31.5) CO0533A(S42)

Y+101 69 60 55 Y+57 Y+29 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 3.5 14 M6 45 46.2 Y+39.5 Y+51 Y+29.5 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5 CO0533A(S42)

Y+111 81 70 65 Y+63 Y+33 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 15.5 28 13 12 14 C4 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 4.5 19 M6 45 46.2 Y+43.5 Y+55 Y+33.5 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)

200 Y+127 92 80 75 Y+74 Y+37 37 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 33 16 14 17 C5 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 4.5 19 M8 45 46.2 Y+47.5 Y+59 Y+37.5 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)

Y+141 107 95 90 Y+84 Y+44 40 59.5 47.5 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 16.5 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 4.5 22 M10 45 46.2 Y+54.5 Y+66 Y+44.5 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)

Y+158 122 110 105 Y+92 Y+47 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 20 14 17.5 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 4.5 22 M12 45 46.2 Y+57.5 Y+69 Y+47.5 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7 CO0533A(S42)

A : Female thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- ARM LL0400- ARM LL0480- ARM LL0550- ARM LL0650- ARM LL0750- ARM LL0900- ARM LL1050- ARM AA TA UA WA BB BC omin e i n tion e t

Y + 77 9 12 7.5 14 M6×12

Y + 81 10 13 7.5 15 M8×16

Y + 86 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16

Y + 89 12 17 9 19 M10×20

Y + 96 13 19 10 22 M12×24

Y + 109 15 24 12 27 M16×32

Y + 120 16 30 13 33 M20×40

Y + 130 18 36 15 42 M24×48

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm) Model LL0360- BRM LL0400- BRM LL0480- BRM LL0550- BRM LL0650- BRM LL0750- BRM LL0900- BRM LL1050- BRM VB WB

2 5.5

2.5 5

2.5 6

2.5 6.5

3 7

4 8.5

5 9

6 10.5

: Male thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- TRM LL0400- TRM LL0480- TRM LL0550- TRM LL0650- TRM LL0750- TRM LL0900- TRM LL1050- TRM AT TT UT VT WT CB CC omin e i n tion it

Y + 93 25 12 16 7.5 14 M10×1.25

Y + 101 30 14 20 7.5 17 M12×1.25

Y + 110 35 17 24 8.5 19 M14×1.5

Y + 117 40 17 28 9 21 M16×1.5

Y + 128 45 19 32 10 24 M20×1.5

Y + 144 50 24 35 12 29 M24×1.5

Y + 166 62 30 46 13 34.5 M30×1.5

Y + 184 72 36 54 15 42 M36×1.5

2


Piping option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(1/2)

Linear Cylinder

1 1

1

model

LL-RN

External Dimensions C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option This drawing shows LL-CPRN.

DA

B H

J

φ B

2-Chamfer

0 U - 0.1

Width

K

Ny Ny

C

Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread e ee ontro e n e installed only -C type)

L

φ

(Full stroke)

φAB

Spot facing φ

SR AD

φA

LL0650 only 12°

H7

Rod diameter

E

A

M

S *1

G

15

W

T

V

Y + 0.5 0

4-φ

K

Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread e ee ontro e n e installed only -C type)

ie

Rc1/8 thread Pull side check port Air

φ

- 0.1 - 0.2

AE-AF bolt *2 20

10 10

F

φ

Air entin

ort

*3

ie ie o

Nx FD

Ny Ny

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e

FE

e r in LL 3 -LL 4 bolt (*2 AF) is different.

2-M3×0.5 screw depth 6 *3 4-FS bolt

2


Piping option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(1/2) 1 1

1

Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension

Piping Method

A

This drawing shows LL-SPRN.

P : Pinhole option

Female thread option

Model

UA

Width

Full stroke Y

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread

BC

AA

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread

WA

TA

φBB

Rod diameter

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

B

WB

φ

Nx Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *5 - t e

T

Male thread option

AB AC AD AE AF DA DB EA FC FD FE FS

Width

UT

K

Ny Ny

φ B *4

CC

K TT

VT

4-EA thread

6.3S *5

WT

AT

De-burr *5

C0.6

φ

Rod diameter

+ 0.3 0

Air bleed port -C type Hydraulic pressure port -S type

Notes *1. Mounting o t re not ro i e u tomer ou re re e on imen ion "S". *2 The num er n i e o ottom o t m r er i erent t e *3 The air entin ort mu t e o en to t e tmo ere n e t ree o oo nt,chips or other debris. If the port might be exposed to coolant or debris a filter mechanism should be attached using tapped holes 3 5 re e t Be ure not to o t e ir ent ort *4. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This process indicates -C: Manifold option. Remark 1. Refer to page 45-46 for air sensing chart.

Specifications Model Full stroke Y

A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W Chamfer

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *5 - t e

LL0360mm

Push side Cylinder area cm2 Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity Push side cm3 u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Air sensing rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Recommended used air pressure MPa Recommended air catch sensor Use temperature Mass kg

RN LL0400Y : 15

4.5 2.5 P×0.45 P×0.25 Y×0.45 Y×0.25 φ24 φ1

RN LL0650-

8

RN LL0750Y : 15

5.3 2.8 P×0.53 P×0.28 Y×0.53 Y×0.28 φ2 φ18

0.9

RN LL0550-

50

φ4

7

RN LL0480-

8.0 4.9 P×0.80 P×0.49 Y×0.80 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2

9.6 5.8 P×0.96 P×0.58 Y×0.96 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22

15.9 11.0 P×1.59 P×1.10 Y×1.59 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25

RN LL0900-

RN LL1050-

RN

75 23.8 16.7 P×2.38 P×1.67 Y×2.38 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3

36.3 26.4 P×3.63 P×2.64 Y×3.63 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5

φ5 7.0 1.0 10.5 0.2 ISA1 , ISA2-H (made by SMC) / GPS2-07-15 (made by CKD) 70 1.0 1.2 1.8 1.5 2.3 2.1 3.3 3. 4.3 4.5

6.3

LL-RN

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

for not mentioned size below

S: Piping option (Rc thread port)

model

50.3 34.4 P×5.03 P×3.44 Y×5.03 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45

6.1

O ring

(mm)

LL0360- PRN LL0400- PRN LL0480- PRN LL0550- PRN LL0650- PRN LL0750- PRN LL0900- PRN LL1050- PRN Y : 15 Y+ 68 49 40 36 Y+ 33 Y+ 8 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 16 15 6 6 7.5 C2 12 6 + 0.012 0 6 5 M3×0.5 3.5 14 M4×0.7 35.5 16.5 25 M3×0.5 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

50 Y+ 75 54 45 40 Y+ 36 Y+ 11 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9.5 5.5 14 19 8 8 9.5 C3 15 8 + 0.015 0 8 4 M4×0.7 3.5 14 M5×0.8 35.5 16.5 25 M3×0.5 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

Y : 15 Y+79 61 51 48 Y+38 Y+ 10 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 12 30 11 3 9.5 5.5 15.5 21 10 9 10.5 C3 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 M5×0.8 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

Y+85 69 60 55 Y+ 41 Y+ 13 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 3.5 14 M6 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

Y+ 95 81 70 65 Y+ 47 Y+ 17 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 15.5 28 13 12 14 C4 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 4.5 19 M6 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7

75 Y+ 106 92 80 75 Y+ 53 Y+ 16 37 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 33 16 14 17 C5 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 4.5 19 M8 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7

Y+ 119 107 95 90 Y+ 62 Y+22 40 59.5 47.5 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 16.5 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 4.5 22 M10 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7

Y+132 122 110 105 Y+ 66 Y+ 21 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 20 14 17.5 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 4.5 22 M12 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7

A : Female thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- ARN LL0400- ARN LL0480- ARN LL0550- ARN LL0650- ARN LL0750- ARN LL0900- ARN LL1050- ARN AA Y+ 62 Y+ 66 Y+69 Y+73 Y+ 80 Y+ 88 Y+ 98 Y+104 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 18 TA 12 13 14 17 19 24 30 36 UA 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 WA 14 15 17 19 22 27 33 42 BB BC omin e i n tion e t M6×12 M8×16 M8×16 M10×20 M12×24 M16×32 M20×40 M24×48 B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm) Model LL0360- BRN LL0400- BRN LL0480- BRN LL0550- BRN LL0650- BRN LL0750- BRN LL0900- BRN LL1050- BRN VB 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 4 5 6 WB 5.5 5 6 6.5 7 8.5 9 10.5 : Male thread option Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm) Model LL0360- TRN LL0400- TRN LL0480- TRN LL0550- TRN LL0650- TRN LL0750- TRN LL0900- TRN LL1050- TRN AT Y+ 78 Y+ 86 Y+93 Y+101 Y+ 112 Y+ 123 Y+ 144 Y+158 25 30 35 40 45 50 62 72 TT 12 14 17 17 19 24 30 36 UT 16 20 24 28 32 35 46 54 VT 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 WT 14 17 19 21 24 29 34.5 42 CB CC omin e i n tion it M10×1.25 M12×1.25 M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5

8.2

P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)

2


Piping option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(2/2) 1 1 2

1

model

LL-RN

External Dimensions

Piping Method

C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option

Shape of piston tip

S: Piping option (Rc thread port)

This drawing shows LL-CPRN.

A

This drawing shows LL-SPRN.

DA

Female thread option

B J

UA

Width

H

m er

φ B

2-

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread

TA

0 U - 0.1

L

φ

AA

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread

ot

Rod diameter

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole

4-φ

K

Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

in φ

WB Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *5 - t e

M

UT

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *5 - t e

S *1

G

φ B *4

- 0.1 - 0.2

TT

F

AE-AF bolt 20

10 10

6.3S *5

C0.6

φ

*2

Rod diameter

+ 0.3 0

Notes *1. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *2 The num er n i e o ottom o t m r er i erent t e *3 The air entin ort mu t e o en to t e tmo ere n e t ree o oo nt,chips or other debris. I the port might be exposed to coolant or e ri i ter me ni m ou e tt e u in t e holes M3×0.5 screw depth 6. Be sure not to block the air vent port. *4. EA t in e t ou e u te o t t mountin o t en e i ture y at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *5. This ro e in i te - : ni o o tion

ie

Rc1/8 thread Pull side check port Air

Air venting port

*3

ie ie o

Remark 1 e er to

Specifications Model Full stroke Y

Ny Ny

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e

FE

Nx FD

2-M3×0.5 screw depth 6 *3 4-FS bolt

LL0360mm

Push side Cylinder area cm2 Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity Push side cm3 u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Air sensing rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Recommended used air pressure MPa Recommended air catch sensor Use temperature Mass kg

RN LL0400Y : 51

4.5 2.5 P×0.45 P×0.25 Y×0.45 Y×0.25 φ24 φ1

1 3

e 45-4

or air sensing chart.

RN LL0550-

RN LL0650-

100

φ4

1

RN LL0480-

1.1

RN LL0750Y : 76

5.3 2.8 P×0.53 P×0.28 Y×0.53 Y×0.28 φ2 φ18

P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)

2

WT

AT

De-burr *5

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e

CC

K VT

E

Male thread option Width

T

Rod diameter

φ

T

Ny Ny

W

H7

4-EA thread

e r in LL 3 -LL 4 o t *2 A i i erent

B

Nx

SR AD

φA

LL0650 only 12°

15

A

φ

K

φAB

V

Y + 0.5 0

(Full stroke)

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

φ

BC

φBB

Width

K

Ny Ny

C

Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o

WA

Linear Cylinder

8.0 4.9 P×0.80 P×0.49 Y×0.80 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2

9.6 5.8 P×0.96 P×0.58 Y×0.96 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22

15.9 11.0 P×1.59 P×1.10 Y×1.59 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25

RN LL0900-

RN LL1050-

RN

200 23.8 16.7 P×2.38 P×1.67 Y×2.38 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3

36.3 26.4 P×3.63 P×2.64 Y×3.63 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5

φ5 7.0 1.0 10.5 0.2 ISA1 , ISA2-H (made by SMC) / GPS2-07-15 (made by CKD) 70 1.5 1.9 3.2 2.5 4.3 3.4 5.6 4.6 7.3 6.7

10.3

50.3 34.4 P×5.03 P×3.44 Y×5.03 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45

9.2

13.2


Piping option with air sensor for release position(Bolt down mounting)(2/2) 1

1 1 2

model

LL-RN

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model

Full stroke Y A B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P Q R S T U V W m er

AB AC AD AE AF DA DB EA FC FD FE FS Air bleed port -C type Hydraulic pressure port -S type

O ring

(mm)

LL0360- PRN LL0400- PRN LL0480- PRN LL0550- PRN LL0650- PRN LL0750- PRN LL0900- PRN LL1050- PRN Y : 51 Y + 83 49 40 36 Y +48 Y + 23 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 7.5 4.5 16 15 6 6 7.5 C2 12 6 + 0.012 0 6 5 M3×0.5 3.5 14 M4×0.7 35.5 16.5 25 M3×0.5 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

100 Y +90 54 45 40 Y +51 Y +26 25 31.5 22.5 34 73 11 26 9 3 9.5 5.5 14 19 8 8 9.5 C3 15 8 + 0.015 0 8 4 M4×0.7 3.5 14 M5×0.8 35.5 16.5 25 M3×0.5 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

Y : 76 Y +96 61 51 48 Y +55 Y +27 28 35.5 25.5 40 83 12 30 11 3 9.5 5.5 15.5 21 10 9 10.5 C3 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 3.5 14 M5×0.8 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

Y+ 101 69 60 55 Y+ 57 Y+ 29 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 11 6.8 13 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 3.5 14 M6 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

Y+111 81 70 65 Y+ 63 Y+ 33 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 11 6.8 15.5 28 13 12 14 C4 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 4.5 19 M6 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7

200 Y+ 127 92 80 75 Y+ 74 Y+ 37 37 52 40 63 116 16 45 16 5 14 9 17.5 33 16 14 17 C5 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 4.5 19 M8 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7

Y+ 141 107 95 90 Y+ 84 Y+ 44 40 59.5 47.5 75 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 17.5 11 16.5 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 4.5 22 M10 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7

Y+ 158 122 110 105 Y+ 92 Y+ 47 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 20 14 17.5 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 4.5 22 M12 45 21.5 29 M4×0.7 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7

A : Female thread option e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o (mm) Model LL0360- ARN LL0400- ARN LL0480- ARN LL0550- ARN LL0650- ARN LL0750- ARN LL0900- ARN LL1050- ARN AA Y + 77 Y +81 Y +86 Y+ 89 Y+96 Y+ 109 Y+ 120 Y+ 130 TA 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 18 12 13 14 17 19 24 30 36 UA 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 WA 14 15 17 19 22 27 33 42 BB BC omin e i n tion e t M6×12 M8×16 M8×16 M10×20 M12×24 M16×32 M20×40 M24×48 B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole e er P in o e o tion / A em e t re o tion imen ion not mentione i e in t e rt e o (mm) Model LL0360- BRN LL0400- BRN LL0480- BRN LL0550- BRN LL0650- BRN LL0750- BRN LL0900- BRN LL1050- BRN VB 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 4 5 6 WB 5.5 5 6 6.5 7 8.5 9 10.5 : Male thread option e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o (mm) Model LL0360- TRN LL0400- TRN LL0480- TRN LL0550- TRN LL0650- TRN LL0750- TRN LL0900- TRN LL1050- TRN AT Y + 93 Y +101 Y +110 Y+ 117 Y+128 Y+ 144 Y+ 166 Y+ 184 TT 25 30 35 40 45 50 62 72 UT 12 14 17 17 19 24 30 36 16 20 24 28 32 35 46 54 VT 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 WT 14 17 19 21 24 29 34.5 42 CB CC omin e i n tion it M10×1.25 M12×1.25 M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5


Linear Cylinder External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option This drawing shows LLR-CP.

B

4-EA thread

*3

K

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *4 - t e

4-φR *1

K

C0.6

Ny Ny

Width

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e

φAB

V H7

Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below

A : Female thread option

Rod diameter

S *1

AH

φA

E

A *5

G

M

3

UA

AGf8

Nx

SR AD

Width

(Full stroke)

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *4 - t e

T *5

Y + 0.5 0

6.3S *4 De-burr *4

0 U - 0.1

φ B

L

φ

W

K

J 2-Chamfer

Ny Ny

C

H Nx

K

DA Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e

WA

TA *5 AA *5

AE-AF bolt *2

Rod diameter

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole

Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

B

WB

φ

Ny Ny

T :Male thread option UT

Width

Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

BC

φBB

- 0.1 - 0.2

F

φ

φ B

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread

1

AT *5

This drawing shows LLR-SP.

VT

CC

WT

S: Piping option (Rc thread port)

TT *5

Piping Method

Rod diameter Notes *1. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *2 The number and size of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. This process indicates -C: Manifold option. *5. The drawing shows when offset is 0 mm. A tu i e A/ e tern imen ion in t e rt o et i e m e: LL 3 - P- 3 - 5 o et 5 mm 3 A 78 5 83 15 5 2


Standard (Bolt up mounting)(1/2) 1 1

1

model

LLR

Specifications Model Full stroke Y

mm

Push side Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Use temperature Mass kg Cylinder area

cm2

LLR0360LLR0400Y : 1 50 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 5 4.5 5.3 2.5 2.8 P×0.45 P×0.53 P×0.25 P×0.28 Y×0.45 Y×0.53 Y×0.25 Y×0.28 φ24 φ2 φ1 φ18

0.8

7

0.9

LLR0480-

LLR0550-

LLR0650LLR0750LLR0900LLR1050Y : 1 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 8.0 9.6 15.9 23.8 36.3 50.3 4.9 5.8 11.0 16.7 26.4 34.4 P×0.80 P×0.96 P×1.59 P×2.38 P×3.63 P×5.03 P×0.49 P×0.58 P×1.10 P×1.67 P×2.64 P×3.44 Y×0.80 Y×0.96 Y×1.59 Y×2.38 Y×3.63 Y×5.03 Y×0.49 Y×0.58 Y×1.10 Y×1.67 Y×2.64 Y×3.44 φ32 φ35 φ45 φ55 φ 8 φ8 φ2 φ22 φ25 φ3 φ35 5 φ45 7.0 0.5 10.5 70 1. 1.6 1.3 2.1 1.9 3.1 2.8 4.1 4.3 6.1 5.9 8.0

P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model A *5 B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P R S T *5 U V W Chamfer AB AC AD AE AF AG AH DA DB EA Air bleed port -C type Hydraulic pressure port -S type O ring

LLR0360- P 63 Y+48 49 40 36 48 Y+33 23 Y+8 25 29 20 31.4 66 11 23.5 8 3 4.5 21 15 6 6 7.5 C2 12 6 + 0.012 0 6 5 M3×0.5 23 -- 0.020 0.053 4 3.5 14 M4×0.7 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

LLR0400- P 70 Y+55 55 47 40 51 Y+36 26 Y+11 25 31.5 23.5 36 73 11 26 9 3 5.5 21 19 8 8 9.5 C2 15 8 + 0.015 0 8 4 M4×0.7 25 -- 0.020 0.053 4 3.5 14 M5×0.8 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

LLR0480- P 74 Y+59 62 53 48 53 Y+38 25 Y+10 28 35.5 26.5 41 83 12 30 11 3 5.5 24 21 10 9 10.5 C3 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 28 -- 0.020 0.053 4 3.5 14 M5×0.8 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

LLR0550- P 80 Y+65 69 60 55 56 Y+41 28 Y+13 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 6.8 24 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 32 -- 0.025 0.064 4 3.5 14 M6 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

LLR0360- A 57 Y+42 9 12 7.5 14 M6×12

LLR0400- A 61 Y+46 10 13 7.5 15 M8×16

LLR0480- A 64 Y+49 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16

LLR0550- A 68 Y+53 12 17 9 19 M10×20

A : Female thread option Model A A *5 T A *5 UA WA BB BC

omin

e i n tion

e t

e i n tion

LLR0900- P 114 Y+99 108 97 90 77 Y+62 37 Y+22 40 59.5 48.5 76 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 11 35 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 50 -- 0.025 0.064 5 4.5 22 M10 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7

(mm)

LLR1050- P 127 Y+112 122 110 105 81 Y+66 36 Y+21 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 14 39 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 60 -- 0.030 0.076 6 4.5 22 M12 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7

LLR0650- A 75 Y+60 13 19 10 22 M12×24

LLR0750- A 83 Y+68 15 24 12 27 M16×32

LLR0900- A 93 Y+78 16 30 13 33 M20×40

LLR1050- A 99 Y+84 18 36 15 42 M24×48

LLR0400- B 2.5 5

LLR0480- B 2.5 6

LLR0550- B 2.5 6.5

LLR0360- T 73 Y+58 25 12 16 7.5 14 M10×1.25

LLR0400- T 81 Y+66 30 14 20 7.5 17 M12×1.25

LLR0480- T 88 Y+73 35 17 24 8.5 19 M14×1.5

LLR0550- T 96 Y+81 40 17 28 9 21 M16×1.5

LLR0650- B 3 7

LLR0750- B 4 8.5

LLR0900- B 5 9

LLR1050- B 6 10.5

Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)

Model A T *5 T T *5 UT VT WT CB omin

LLR0750- P 101 Y+86 93 82 75 68 Y+53 31 Y+16 37 52 41 64 116 16 45 16 5 9 32 33 16 14 17 C5 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 44 -- 0.025 0.064 5 4.5 19 M8 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7

me

Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm)

LLR0360- B 2 5.5

: Male thread option

CC

LLR0650- P 90 Y+75 81 70 65 62 Y+47 32 Y+17 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 6.8 26 28 13 12 14 C4 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 38 -- 0.025 0.064 4 4.5 19 M6 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7

imen ion re t e 48 23 3 38

Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Model VB WB

en t e u tro e 1-14 mm t e e tern (Example) LLR0360- P- 1 1 A 3 LLR0360- P- 3 3 A 78

it

LLR0650- T 107 Y+92 45 19 32 10 24 M20×1.5

LLR0750- T LLR0900- T LLR1050- T 118 Y+103 139 Y+124 153 Y+138 50 62 72 24 30 36 35 46 54 12 13 15 29 34.5 42 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5

2


Linear Cylinder External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option This drawing shows LLR-CP.

B

4-EA thread

*3

K

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *4 - t e

4-φR *1

K

C0.6

Ny Ny

Width

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e

φAB

V

φA

H7

Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below

A : Female thread option

S *1

Rod diameter

E

A *5

G

M

AH

T

3

UA

AGf8

Nx

SR AD

Width

(Full stroke)

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *4 - t e

*5

Y + 0.5 0

6.3S *4 De-burr *4

0 U - 0.1

φ B

L

φ

W

K

J 2-Chamfer

Ny Ny

C

H Nx

K

DA Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e

WA

TA *5 AA *5

AE-AF bolt *2

Rod diameter

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole

Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

B

WB

φ

Ny Ny

T :Male thread option UT

Width

Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

BC

φBB

- 0.1 - 0.2

F

φ

φ B

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread

AT *5

This drawing shows LLR-SP.

VT

CC

WT

S: Piping option (Rc thread port)

TT *5

Piping Method

Rod diameter Notes *1. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *2 The number and size of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. This process indicates -C: Manifold option. *5. The drawing shows when offset is 0 mm. Actual size (A/T) = external dimensions in the chart + offset size m e: LL 48 - P-1 - 5 o et 5 mm 1 A 17 5 181

21 5 2


Standard (Bolt up mounting)(2/2) 1

1

model

Specifications Model

LLR0480-

Full stroke Y

LLR0650-

mm

Push side Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Use temperature Mass kg Cylinder area

LLR0550-

cm2

Y : 76 8.0 4.9 P×0.80 P×0.49 Y×0.80 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2

1.7

2.3

9.6 5.8 P×0.96 P×0.58 Y×0.96 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22

2.3

15.9 11.0 P×1.59 P×1.10 Y×1.59 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25

3.1

3.2

LLR0750-

LLR0900-

LLR1050-

150 23.8 16.7 P×2.38 P×1.67 Y×2.38 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3

7.0 0.5 10.5 70 4.1 4.4

5.3

36.3 26.4 P×3.63 P×2.64 Y×3.63 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5

50.3 34.4 P×5.03 P×3.44 Y×5.03 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45

6.5

9.0

7.6

9.8

P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option

(mm)

Model A *5 B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P R S T *5 U V W Chamfer AB AC AD AE AF AG AH DA DB EA -C type Air bleed port Hydraulic pressure port -S type O ring

LLR0480- P Y+76 62 53 48 Y+55 Y+27 28 35.5 26.5 41 83 12 30 11 3 5.5 24 21 10 9 10.5 C3 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 0.020 28 -- 0.053 4 3.5 14 M5×0.8 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

LLR0550- P Y+81 69 60 55 Y+57 Y+29 28 39 30 47 88 12 33.5 12 3 6.8 24 24 11 10 12 C3 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 0.025 32 -- 0.064 4 3.5 14 M6 G1/8 Rc1/8 1BP5

LLR0480- A Y+66 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16

LLR0550- A Y+69 12 17 9 19 M10×20

A : Female thread option Model A A *5 T A *5 UA WA BB BC

omin

e i n tion

e t

e i n tion

LLR1050- P Y+138 122 110 105 Y+92 Y+47 45 67 55 88 152 17 60 22.5 5 14 39 46 22 21 23 C6 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 0.030 60 -- 0.076 6 4.5 22 M12 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7

LLR0650- A Y+76 13 19 10 22 M12×24

LLR0750- A Y+89 15 24 12 27 M16×32

LLR0900- A Y+100 16 30 13 33 M20×40

LLR1050- A Y+110 18 36 15 42 M24×48

LLR0550- B 2.5 6.5

LLR0480- T Y+90 35 17 24 8.5 19 M14×1.5

LLR0550- T Y+97 40 17 28 9 21 M16×1.5

LLR0650- B 3 7

LLR0750- B 4 8.5

LLR0900- B 5 9

LLR1050- B 6 10.5

Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)

Model A T *5 T T *5 UT VT WT CB omin

LLR0900- P Y+121 108 97 90 Y+84 Y+44 40 59.5 48.5 76 136 16 52.5 18.5 5 11 35 37 19 16 19 C6 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 0.025 50 -- 0.064 5 4.5 22 M10 G3/8 Rc3/8 1BP7

Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm)

LLR0480- B 2.5 6

: Male thread option

CC

LLR0750- P Y+107 93 82 75 Y+74 Y+37 37 52 41 64 116 16 45 16 5 9 32 33 16 14 17 C5 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 0.025 44 -- 0.064 5 4.5 19 M8 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7

Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Model VB WB

LLR0650- P Y+91 81 70 65 Y+63 Y+33 30 46 35 55 106 13 39.5 15 5 6.8 26 28 13 12 14 C4 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 0.025 38 -- 0.064 4 4.5 19 M6 G1/4 Rc1/4 1BP7

it

LLR0650- T Y+108 45 19 32 10 24 M20×1.5

LLR0750- T Y+124 50 24 35 12 29 M24×1.5

LLR0900- T Y+146 62 30 46 13 34.5 M30×1.5

LLR1050- T Y+164 72 36 54 15 42 M36×1.5

LLR


Linear Cylinder External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

C: Manifold option (with G thread plug) P : Pinhole option This drawing shows LLR-CPD.

B

*3

K

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP *4 - t e

Ny Ny

Width

C0.6

4-EA thread

4-φR *1

K

(Full stroke)

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP *4 - t e

φAB

Shape of piston tip Refer P pinhole option dimension

V

AGf8

φA

H7

for not mentioned size below

A : Female thread option

Rod diameter

E

UA

Width

S *1

G

M

AH

T

3

Nx

SR AD

*5

Y + 0.5 0

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached) - t e

φ

BC

φBB

- 0.1 - 0.2

AE-AF bolt φ A

WA Rod diameter

*2

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole

8

(Full stroke)

Y + 0.5 0

10.5

AA *5

TA *5

F

A *5

6.3S *4 De-burr *4

0 U - 0.1

φ B

L

φ

W

K

J 2-Chamfer

Ny Ny

C

H Nx

K

DA Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached) - t e

B

WB

φ

Ny Ny

Air bleed port (Push side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

UT

Width

T :Male thread option FC

Air bleed port (Pull side) : G thread (The speed control valve can be installed only -C type)

φ B

Width

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) Rc thread

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) Rc thread

VT

CC

WT

This drawing shows LLR-SPD.

TT *5

S: Piping option (Rc thread port)

AT *5

Piping Method

FB

Rod diameter Notes *1. Mounting bolts are not provided. Customer should prepare based on dimension "S". *2 The number and size of bottom bolts may vary as per different type. *3. EA tapping depth should be calculated so that mounting bolts engage fixture by at least 1.5 x bolt diameter. *4. This process indicates -C: Manifold option. *5. The drawing shows when offset is 0 mm. Actual size (A/T) = external dimensions in the chart + offset size m e: LL 3 - P - 3 - 5 o et 5 mm 3 A 118 5 5 123 5 15 5 2


Dual rod end(Bolt up mounting)

model

LLR-D

Specifications Model

LLR0360-

D LLR0400- D LLR0480- D LLR0550- D LLR0650- D LLR0750- D LLR0900- D LLR1050- D Y : 1 50 Y : 1 75 Full stroke Y mm 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 Push side 3.7 4.2 6.5 8.1 14.4 21.2 33.8 47.7 Cylinder area cm2 Pull side 2.5 2.8 4.9 5.8 11.0 16.7 26.4 34.4 Cylinder output Push side P×0.37 P×0.42 P×0.65 P×0.81 P×1.44 P×2.12 P×3.38 P×4.77 kN u tion ormu Pull side P×0.25 P×0.28 P×0.49 P×0.58 P×1.10 P×1.67 P×2.64 P×3.44 Cylinder capacity Y×0.37 Y×0.42 Y×0.65 Y×0.81 Y×1.44 Y×2.12 Y×3.38 Y×4.77 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Pull side Y×0.25 Y×0.28 Y×0.49 Y×0.58 Y×1.10 Y×1.67 Y×2.64 Y×3.44 Cylinder inside diameter mm φ24 φ2 φ32 φ35 φ45 φ55 φ 8 φ8 Rod diameter mm φ1 φ18 φ2 φ22 φ25 φ3 φ35 5 φ45 Maximum operating pressure MPa 7.0 Minimum operating pressure MPa 0.5 Maximum rated pressure MPa 10.5 Use temperature 70 Mass kg 0. 0.8 0.7 0.9 1. 1.7 1.3 2.2 2. 3.2 2.9 4.3 4.5 6.4 6.1 8.3 P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model A *5 B C D E F G H J K L M Nx Ny P R S T U V *5 W Chamfer AB AC AD AE AF AG AH DA DB EA FA FB FC omin e i n tion Air bleed port Hydraulic pressure port O ring

e t

-C type -S type

LLR0360- PD LLR0400- PD LLR0480- PD LLR0550- PD LLR0650- PD LLR0750- PD LLR0900- PD LLR1050- PD Y+73.5 2Y+58.5 Y+80.5 2Y+65.5 Y+84.5 2Y+69.5 Y+90.5 2Y+75.5 Y+100.5 2Y+85.5 Y+111.5 2Y+96.5 Y+124.5 2Y+109.5 Y+137.5 2Y+122.5 49 55 62 69 81 93 108 122 40 47 53 60 70 82 97 110 36 40 48 55 65 75 90 105 48 Y+33 51 Y+36 53 Y+38 56 Y+41 62 Y+47 68 Y+53 77 Y+62 81 Y+66 23 Y+8 26 Y+11 25 Y+10 28 Y+13 32 Y+17 31 Y+16 37 Y+22 36 Y+21 25 25 28 28 30 37 40 45 29 31.5 35.5 39 46 52 59.5 67 20 23.5 26.5 30 35 41 48.5 55 31.4 36 41 47 55 64 76 88 66 73 83 88 106 116 136 152 11 11 12 12 13 16 16 17 23.5 26 30 33.5 39.5 45 52.5 60 8 9 11 12 15 16 18.5 22.5 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.8 6.8 9 11 14 21 21 24 24 26 32 35 39 15 19 21 24 28 33 37 46 6 8 10 11 13 16 19 22 6 8 9 10 12 14 16 21 7.5 9.5 10.5 12 14 17 19 23 C2 C2 C3 C3 C4 C5 C6 C6 12 15 17 19 22 27 32 42 6 + 0.012 8 + 0.015 8 + 0.015 10 + 0.015 12 + 0.018 14 + 0.018 16 + 0.018 20 + 0.021 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 8 9 10 12 14 16 21 5 4 6 4 6 6 8 10 M3×0.5 M4×0.7 M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M6 0.020 0.020 0.020 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.025 0.030 23 -- 0.053 25 -- 0.053 28 -- 0.053 32 -- 0.064 38 -- 0.064 44 -- 0.064 50 -- 0.064 60 -- 0.076 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 14 14 14 14 19 19 22 22 M4×0.7 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M8 M10 M12 10 12 14 14 14 18 18 18 8 10 12 12 12 16 16 16 M5×0.8×12 M6×15 M8×18 M8×18 M8×18 M10×21 M10×21 M10×21 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/8 Rc1/4 Rc1/4 Rc3/8 Rc3/8 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP5 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7

A : Female thread option Model A A *5 T A *5 UA WA BB BC

omin

e i n tion

e t

Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)

LLR0360- AD LLR0400- AD LLR0480- AD LLR0550- AD LLR0650- AD LLR0750- AD LLR0900- AD LLR1050- AD Y+67.5 2Y+52.5 Y+71.5 2Y+56.5 Y+74.5 2Y+59.5 Y+78.5 2Y+63.5 Y+85.5 2Y+70.5 Y+93.5 2Y+78.5 Y+103.5 2Y+88.5 Y+109.5 2Y+94.5 9 10 11 12 13 15 16 18 12 13 14 17 19 24 30 36 7.5 7.5 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 14 15 17 19 22 27 33 42 M6×12 M8×16 M8×16 M10×20 M12×24 M16×32 M20×40 M24×48

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Model VB WB

Refer P pinhole option / A female thread option, dimensions not mentioned size in the chart below. (mm)

LLR0360- BD 2 5.5

LLR0400- BD 2.5 5

LLR0480- BD 2.5 6

LLR0360- TD Y+83.5 2Y+68.5 25 12 16 7.5 14 M10×1.25

LLR0400- TD Y+91.5 2Y+76.5 30 14 20 7.5 17 M12×1.25

LLR0480- TD LLR0550- TD LLR0650- TD LLR0750- TD LLR0900- TD LLR1050- TD Y+98.5 2Y+83.5 Y+106.5 2Y+91.5 Y+117.5 2Y+102.5 Y+128.5 2Y+113.5 Y+149.5 2Y+134.5 Y+163.5 2Y+148.5 35 40 45 50 62 72 17 17 19 24 30 36 24 28 32 35 46 54 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 19 21 24 29 34.5 42 M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5

: Male thread option

omin

e i n tion

LLR0550- BD 2.5 6.5

LLR0650- BD 3 7

LLR0750- BD 4 8.5

LLR0900- BD 5 9

LLR1050- BD 6 10.5

Refer P pinhole option dimension for not mentioned size below. (mm)

Model A T *5 T T *5 UT VT WT CB CC

Calculation formula is different between full stroke: Y=1-14 mm and Y= more than 15 mm. (Example) LLR0360- P - 1 1 A 83 5 48 23 LLR0360- P - 3 3 A 118 5 3 38 (mm)

it


Linear Cylinder External Dimensions G: Manifold option

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

P : Pinhole option

This drawing shows LLU-GP. Pu

r u i re ure ort i e : rin tt e

3 De-burr

i t

Ky Pu

r u i re ure ort i e : rin tt

e

4-φ A

Ky

tro e

Y

Pu

V

*3

T

r u i re ure ort i e φP

Kx

A

φAB

u

r u i re ure ort i e φP

4-φQ *1

Kx

5

U-

1

Pu

φA

7

Shape of piston tip

e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o

A : Female thread option UA

BC

φBB

- 1 - 2

AA *3

TA *3

F

φ

1 2

A

A*3

φL --

i t

G

o i meter

o i meter

A -A

ot

*2

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole

B B

φ

UT

i t

T :Male thread option

VT T

TT *3

AT *3

φ B

o i meter ote *1

ountin o t re not ro i e u tomer ou re on imen ion *2 e num er n i e o ottom o t m r er *3 e r in o en o et i mm A tu i e A/ e tern imen ion in t e rt m e: LL 3 -GP- 3 - 5 o et 5 mm 3 A

re

e

i erent t e o et i e 78 5 83 15 5 2

CC


Standard (Bolt down top manifold mounting(minimum space))(1/2) 1 1

1

model

LLU

Specifications Model Full stroke Y

mm

Push side Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side in er it 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Pull side in er in i e i meter mm o i meter mm imum o er tin re ure MPa inimum o er tin re ure MPa imum r te re ure MPa e tem er ture Mass kg Cylinder area

cm2

P:

re ure

r ui

u

P

LLU0360-G LLU0400-G Y : 1 50 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 5 4.5 5.3 2.5 2.8 P×0.45 P×0.53 P×0.25 P×0.28 Y×0.45 Y×0.53 Y×0.25 Y×0.28 φ24 φ2 φ1 φ18

0.8 : u

7

0.9

LLU0480-G

LLU0650-G LLU0750-G LLU0900-G LLU1050-G Y : 1 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 8.0 9.6 15.9 23.8 36.3 50.3 4.9 5.8 11.0 16.7 26.4 34.4 P×0.80 P×0.96 P×1.59 P×2.38 P×3.63 P×5.03 P×0.49 P×0.58 P×1.10 P×1.67 P×2.64 P×3.44 Y×0.80 Y×0.96 Y×1.59 Y×2.38 Y×3.63 Y×5.03 Y×0.49 Y×0.58 Y×1.10 Y×1.67 Y×2.64 Y×3.44 φ32 φ35 φ45 φ55 φ 8 φ8 φ2 φ22 φ25 φ3 φ35 5 φ45 7.0 0.5 10.5 70 1. 1.6 1.3 2.1 1.9 3.1 2.8 4.1 4.3 6.1 5.9 8.0

tro e mm

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model A *3 D E F G Kx Ky L N P Q

omin

e i n tion

e t

T *3 U V W AB AC AD AE AF EA O ring

A : em e t re

omin

e i n tion

B : em e t re

e t

o tion it

Model VB WB

LLU0360-GP 63 Y+48 36 48 Y+33 23 Y+8 25 23 30 45 17 3 M4×0.7×8 15 6 6 7.5 12 6 + 0.012 0 6 5 M3×0.5 4.5 1BP5

LLU0400-GP 70 Y+55 40 51 Y+36 26 Y+11 25 24 32 48 18 3 M5×0.8×10 19 8 8 9.5 15 8 + 0.015 0 8 4 M4×0.7 5.5 1BP5

LLU0480-GP 74 Y+59 48 53 Y+38 25 Y+10 28 27 36 53 20 3 M5×0.8×10 21 10 9 10.5 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 5.5 1BP5

LLU0550-GP 80 Y+65 55 56 Y+41 28 Y+13 28 30 40 60 22.5 3 M6×12 24 11 10 12 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 6.8 1BP5

LLU0360-GA 57 Y+42 9 12 7.5 14 M6×12

LLU0400-GA 61 Y+46 10 13 7.5 15 M8×16

LLU0480-GA 64 Y+49 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16

LLU0550-GA 68 Y+53 12 17 9 19 M10×20

nti-rot tion in o e

e er P

in o e o tion / A em e t re

LLU0360-GB 2 5.5

LLU0400-GB 2.5 5

LLU0480-GB 2.5 6

LLU0550-GB 2.5 6.5

LLU0360-GT 73 Y+58 25 12 16 7.5 14 M10×1.25

LLU0400-GT 81 Y+66 30 14 20 7.5 17 M12×1.25

LLU0480-GT 88 Y+73 35 17 24 8.5 19 M14×1.5

LLU0550-GT 96 Y+81 40 17 28 9 21 M16×1.5

T

CB e i n tion

it

imen ion re t e 48 23 3 38

LLU0750-GP 101 Y+86 75 68 Y+53 31 Y+16 37 42 56 83 32.5 5 M8×16 33 16 14 17 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 9 1BP7

LLU0900-GP 114 Y+99 90 77 Y+62 37 Y+22 40 54 64 100 39.5 5 M10×20 37 19 16 19 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 11 1BP7

in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione

LLU0650-GA 75 Y+60 13 19 10 22 M12×24 o tion

LLU0750-GA 83 Y+68 15 24 12 27 M16×32

imen ion not mentione

LLU0650-GB 3 7 e er P

Model A T *3 T T *3 UT VT

omin

LLU0650-GP 90 Y+75 65 62 Y+47 32 Y+17 30 36 48 70 27.5 5 M6×12 28 13 12 14 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 6.8 1BP7

e er P

: Male thread option

CC

en t e u tro e 1-14 mm t e e tern m e LL 3 -GP- 1 1 A 3 LL 3 -GP- 3 3 A 78

o tion

Model A A *3 T A *3 UA WA BB BC

LLU0550-G

LLU0750-GB 4 8.5

LLU0900-GA 93 Y+78 16 30 13 33 M20×40 i e in t e

LLU0900-GB 5 9

in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione

LLU0650-GT 107 Y+92 45 19 32 10 24 M20×1.5

LLU0750-GT 118 Y+103 50 24 35 12 29 M24×1.5

LLU0900-GT 139 Y+124 62 30 46 13 34.5 M30×1.5

me (mm)

LLU1050-GP 127 Y+112 105 81 Y+66 36 Y+21 45 65 65 116 46 5 M12×24 46 22 21 23 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 14 1BP7 i e eo

(mm)

LLU1050-GA 99 Y+84 18 36 15 42 M24×48 rt e o

(mm)

LLU1050-GB 6 10.5 i e eo

(mm)

LLU1050-GT 153 Y+138 72 36 54 15 42 M36×1.5


Linear Cylinder External Dimensions G: Manifold option

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

P : Pinhole option

This drawing shows LLU-GP. Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached)

N

N

C0.6

6.3S

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached)

4-φEA

N

N

4-φQ *1 Ky

Kx

(Full stroke)

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP

Shape of piston tip

T

φA

H7

W

V

φAB

Kx

SR AD

*3

Y + 0.5 0

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP

0 U - 0.1

Ky

Width

De-burr

e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o

A : Female thread option UA

G

Width

Rod diameter

A *3

φL -- 0.1 0.2

BC

φBB

AA *3

F

WA

- 0.1 - 0.2

TA *3

E

φ

Rod diameter

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole A -A

ot

*2

B

WB

φ

UT

Width

T :Male thread option

VT WT

TT *3

AT *3

φ B

Rod diameter Notes *1. Mounting o t re not ro i e u tomer ou re re e on dimension "Q". *2 The num er n i e o ottom o t m r er i erent t e *3. The r in o en o et i mm A tu i e A/ e tern imen ion in t e rt o et i e m e: LL 48 -GP-1 - 5 o et 5 mm 1 A 17 5 181

21 5 2

CC


Standard (Bolt down top manifold mounting(minimum space))(2/2) 1

1

model

Specifications LLU0480-G

Model

LLU0650-G

mm

Full stroke Y

Push side Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Pull side mm Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa MPa Maximum rated pressure Use temperature kg Mass Cylinder area

LLU0550-G

cm2

Y : 76 8.0 4.9 P×0.80 P×0.49 Y×0.80 Y×0.49 φ32 φ2

1.7

2.3

9.6 5.8 P×0.96 P×0.58 Y×0.96 Y×0.58 φ35 φ22

2.3

3.1

15.9 11.0 P×1.59 P×1.10 Y×1.59 Y×1.10 φ45 φ25

3.2

LLU0750-G

LLU0900-G

LLU1050-G

36.3 26.4 P×3.63 P×2.64 Y×3.63 Y×2.64 φ 8 φ35 5

50.3 34.4 P×5.03 P×3.44 Y×5.03 Y×3.44 φ8 φ45

6.5

9.0

150 23.8 16.7 P×2.38 P×1.67 Y×2.38 Y×1.67 φ55 φ3

7.0 0.5 10.5 70 4.1 4.4

5.3

7.6

9.8

P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option

(mm)

Model A *3 D E F G Kx Ky L N P Q

omin

e i n tion

e t

T *3 U V W AB AC AD AE AF EA O ring

LLU0480-GP Y+76 48 Y+55 Y+27 28 27 36 53 20 3 M5×0.8×10 21 10 9 10.5 17 8 + 0.015 0 9 6 M4×0.7 5.5 1BP5

LLU0550-GP Y+81 55 Y+57 Y+29 28 30 40 60 22.5 3 M6×12 24 11 10 12 19 10 + 0.015 0 10 4 M5×0.8 6.8 1BP5

LLU0480-GA Y+66 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16

LLU0550-GA Y+69 12 17 9 19 M10×20

A : Female thread option Model A A *3 T A *3 UA WA BB BC

omin

e i n tion

e t

LLU0650-GP Y+91 65 Y+63 Y+33 30 36 48 70 27.5 5 M6×12 28 13 12 14 22 12 + 0.018 0 12 6 M5×0.8 6.8 1BP7 e er P

LLU0480-GB 2.5 6

LLU0550-GB 2.5 6.5

LLU0480-GT Y+90 35 17 24 8.5 19 M14×1.5

LLU0550-GT Y+97 40 17 28 9 21 M16×1.5

: Male thread option

CC

omin

e i n tion

it

LLU0750-GA Y+89 15 24 12 27 M16×32

LLU0900-GA Y+100 16 30 13 33 M20×40

LLU1050-GP Y+138 105 Y+92 Y+47 45 65 65 116 46 5 M12×24 46 22 21 23 42 20 + 0.021 0 21 10 M6 14 1BP7 i e eo

LLU0650-GB 3 7

LLU0750-GB 4 8.5

LLU0900-GB 5 9

in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione

LLU0650-GT Y+108 45 19 32 10 24 M20×1.5

LLU0750-GT Y+124 50 24 35 12 29 M24×1.5

LLU0900-GT Y+146 62 30 46 13 34.5 M30×1.5

(mm)

LLU1050-GA Y+110 18 36 15 42 M24×48

e er P in o e o tion / A em e t re o tion imen ion not mentione i e in t e rt e o

e er P

Model A T *3 T T *3 UT VT WT CB

LLU0900-GP Y+121 90 Y+84 Y+44 40 54 64 100 39.5 5 M10×20 37 19 16 19 32 16 + 0.018 0 16 8 M6 11 1BP7

in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione

LLU0650-GA Y+76 13 19 10 22 M12×24

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole Model VB WB

LLU0750-GP Y+107 75 Y+74 Y+37 37 42 56 83 32.5 5 M8×16 33 16 14 17 27 14 + 0.018 0 14 6 M6 9 1BP7

(mm)

LLU1050-GB 6 10.5 i e eo

(mm)

LLU1050-GT Y+164 72 36 54 15 42 M36×1.5

LLU


Linear Cylinder External Dimensions G: Manifold option

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

P : Pinhole option

This drawing shows LLU-GPD. Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) : O ring(attached)

N

N

C0.6

6.3S

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) : O ring(attached)

4-φEA

N

N

4-φQ *1 Ky

Kx

(Full stroke)

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side) φP

Shape of piston tip

V

φAB

φA

W

T

Kx

SR AD

*3

Y + 0.5 0

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side) φP

0 U - 0.1

Ky

Width

De-burr

H7

e er P in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione i e e o

A : Female thread option UA

G

Width

Rod diameter

E

BC

φBB

- 0.1 - 0.2

TA *3 AA *3

WA

φ F

A *3

φL -- 0.1 0.2

A -A

ot

B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole

φ A 8

(Full stroke)

Y + 0.5 0

10.5

Rod diameter *2

B

WB

φ

UT

Width

T :Male thread option FC φ B

Width

VT WT

TT *3

AT *3

FB

Rod diameter Notes *1. Mounting o t re not ro i e u tomer ou re re e on dimension "Q". *2 The num er n i e o ottom o t m r er i erent t e *3. The r in o en o et i mm A tu i e A/ e tern imen ion in t e rt o et i e m e: LL 3 -GP - 3 - 5 o et 5 mm 3 A 118 5 5 123 5

1

15 5 2

CC


Dual rod end(Bolt down top manifold mounting(minimum space))

model

LLU-D

Specifications Model Full stroke Y

mm

Push side Pull side Cylinder output Push side kN u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder capacity 3 Push side cm u tion ormu Pull side Cylinder inside diameter mm Rod diameter mm Maximum operating pressure MPa Minimum operating pressure MPa Maximum rated pressure MPa Use temperature Mass kg Cylinder area

cm2

LLU0360-G D LLU0400-G D LLU0480-G D LLU0550-G D LLU0650-G D LLU0750-G D LLU0900-G D LLU1050-G D Y : 1 50 Y : 1 75 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 5 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 1 14 15 75 3.7 4.2 6.5 8.1 14.4 21.2 33.8 47.7 2.5 2.8 4.9 5.8 11.0 16.7 26.4 34.4 P×0.37 P×0.42 P×0.65 P×0.81 P×1.44 P×2.12 P×3.38 P×4.77 P×0.25 P×0.28 P×0.49 P×0.58 P×1.10 P×1.67 P×2.64 P×3.44 Y×0.37 Y×0.42 Y×0.65 Y×0.81 Y×1.44 Y×2.12 Y×3.38 Y×4.77 Y×0.25 Y×0.28 Y×0.49 Y×0.58 Y×1.10 Y×1.67 Y×2.64 Y×3.44 φ24 φ2 φ32 φ35 φ45 φ55 φ 8 φ8 φ1 φ18 φ2 φ22 φ25 φ3 φ35 5 φ45 7.0 0.5 10.5 70 0. 0.8 0.7 0.9 1. 1.7 1.3 2.2 2. 3.2 2.9 4.3 4.5 6.4 6.1 8.3

P: Hydraulic supply pressure (MPa), Y: Full stroke (mm)

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area P : Pinhole option Model A *3 D E F G Kx Ky L N P Q

omin

e i n tion

e t

T *3 U V W AB AC AD AE AF EA FA FB FC

omin

e i n tion

e t

O ring

BC

omin

e i n tion

B : em e t re

e t

o tion it

Model VB WB

LLU0400-GPD LLU0480-GPD Y+80.5 2Y+65.5 Y+84.5 2Y+69.5 40 48 51 Y+36 53 Y+38 26 Y+11 25 Y+10 25 28 24 27 32 36 48 53 18 20 3 3 M5×0.8×10 M5×0.8×10 19 21 8 10 8 9 9.5 10.5 15 17 8 + 0.015 8 + 0.015 0 0 8 9 4 6 M4×0.7 M4×0.7 5.5 5.5 12 14 10 12 M6×15 M8×18 1BP5 1BP5

LLU0550-GPD LLU0650-GPD LLU0750-GPD LLU0900-GPD LLU1050-GPD Y+90.5 2Y+75.5 Y+100.5 2Y+85.5 Y+111.5 2Y+96.5 Y+124.5 2Y+109.5 Y+137.5 2Y+122.5 55 65 75 90 105 56 Y+41 62 Y+47 68 Y+53 77 Y+62 81 Y+66 28 Y+13 32 Y+17 31 Y+16 37 Y+22 36 Y+21 28 30 37 40 45 30 36 42 54 65 40 48 56 64 65 60 70 83 100 116 22.5 27.5 32.5 39.5 46 3 5 5 5 5 M6×12 M6×12 M8×16 M10×20 M12×24 24 28 33 37 46 11 13 16 19 22 10 12 14 16 21 12 14 17 19 23 19 22 27 32 42 + 0.015 + 0.018 + 0.018 + 0.018 10 0 12 0 14 0 16 0 20 + 0.021 0 10 12 14 16 21 4 6 6 8 10 M5×0.8 M5×0.8 M6 M6 M6 6.8 6.8 9 11 14 14 14 18 18 18 12 12 16 16 16 M8×18 M8×18 M10×21 M10×21 M10×21 1BP5 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7 1BP7

LLU0360-GAD Y+67.5 2Y+52.5 9 12 7.5 14 M6×12

LLU0400-GAD Y+71.5 2Y+56.5 10 13 7.5 15 M8×16

LLU0550-GAD Y+78.5 2Y+63.5 12 17 9 19 M10×20

e er P

nti-rot tion in o e

CC

omin

e i n tion

LLU0480-GAD Y+74.5 2Y+59.5 11 14 8.5 17 M8×16

e er P

in o e o tion / A em e t re

LLU0550-GBD 2.5 6.5

o tion

imen ion not mentione

LLU0650-GBD 3 7

i e eo

(mm)

LLU0750-GAD LLU0900-GAD LLU1050-GAD Y+93.5 2Y+78.5 Y+103.5 2Y+88.5 Y+109.5 2Y+94.5 15 16 18 24 30 36 12 13 15 27 33 42 M16×32 M20×40 M24×48 LLU0750-GBD 4 8.5

i e in t e

LLU0900-GBD 5 9

rt e o

(mm)

LLU0400-GBD 2.5 5

LLU0480-GBD 2.5 6

LLU0360-GTD Y+83.5 2Y+68.5 25 12 16 7.5 14 M10×1.25

LLU0400-GTD Y+91.5 2Y+76.5 30 14 20 7.5 17 M12×1.25

LLU0480-GTD LLU0550-GTD LLU0650-GTD LLU0750-GTD LLU0900-GTD LLU1050-GTD Y+98.5 2Y+83.5 Y+106.5 2Y+91.5 Y+117.5 2Y+102.5 Y+128.5 2Y+113.5 Y+149.5 2Y+134.5 Y+163.5 2Y+148.5 35 40 45 50 62 72 17 17 19 24 30 36 24 28 32 35 46 54 8.5 9 10 12 13 15 19 21 24 29 34.5 42 M14×1.5 M16×1.5 M20×1.5 M24×1.5 M30×1.5 M36×1.5

e er P

it

in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione

LLU0650-GAD Y+85.5 2Y+70.5 13 19 10 22 M12×24

LLU0360-GBD 2 5.5

: Male thread option Model A T *3 T T *3 UT VT WT CB

tro e: 1-14 mm n more t n 15 mm A 83 5 48 23 A 118 5 3 38 (mm)

LLU0360-GPD Y+73.5 2Y+58.5 36 48 Y+33 23 Y+8 25 23 30 45 17 3 M4×0.7×8 15 6 6 7.5 12 6 + 0.012 0 6 5 M3×0.5 4.5 10 8 M5×0.8×12 1BP5

A : Female thread option Model A A *3 T A *3 UA WA BB

u tion ormu i i erent et een u m e LL 3 -GP - 1 1 LL 3 -GP - 3 3

in o e o tion imen ion or not mentione

LLU1050-GBD 6 10.5 i e eo

(mm)

2


Linear Cylinder Air sensing chart Confirmation Method (rod end style)

M

Manifold option with air sensor

N

Piping option with air sensor

Model Code

LL0480-

M 6 -050

Confirmation Method (rod end style)

Detection distance in front of the end of the push side Detection distance in front of the end of the push side can be arranged to 1 mm within 1-6 mm Example : Detection distance in front of the end of the push side 1 mm : 1 Detection distance in front of the end of the push side 6 mm : 6

Detected pressure difference

Pull side detection air pressure (MPa)

(Supplied air pressure)

0.2 Air catch sensor pressure setting (ON) *2

Pressure when detection nozzle completely open

Pull side

Pressure when detection nozzle completely closed

Number directly connected to cylinder: 1

0

Air sensor (Push side)

Air sensor (Pull side)

1 ±0.5 *1 End of push side

Full stroke

End of pull side Air venting port

*3

Air venting *3

0.2 Air catch sensor pressure setting (ON) *2

Pressure when detection nozzle completely closed

(Supplied air pressure)

Pressure when detection nozzle completely open

Push side detection air pressure (MPa)

Push side

*1

Detected pressure difference

Detection distance in front of the end of the push side ±0.5

0

Number directly connected to cylinder: 4 (for reference)

Pull side

Push side

(Supplied air pressure)

Air catch sensor pressure setting (ON)

*2

0 1 ±0.5

End of push side Notes

(Supplied air pressure)

0.2

Push side detection air pressure (MPa)

Pull side detection air pressure (MPa)

0.2

Full stroke

Air catch sensor pressure setting (ON)

0

*1

Detection distance in front of the end of the push side ±0.5 End of pull side

*2

End of push side

Full stroke

*1. There is certain tolerance with regard to the position where the pressure for fully closing the detection nozzle is reached as per the cylinder structure. (Refer to the graph) *2 The position where the air sensor has ON signal output varies as per the sensor setting. *3. The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant,chips or other debris. 1. The graph shows the relationship between the cylinder stroke and detection circuit pressure. 2. The detection pressure varies as per the number of cylinders connected per circuit. (Maximum number of cylinders connected: 4) 3. The features may vary as per the air circuit structure. For details, please do not hesitate to contact us.

*1

End of pull side


Air sensing chart

model

LL-M /N

When the air catch sensor option (-M/N) is used The air catch sensor is necessary to confirm the cylinder action. Please use the air catch sensor with the air consumption above 22~25L/min (at 0.2MPa). Recommended air catch sensor Name Model Manufacturer

Air catch sensor ISA1 , ISA2-H SMC

Gap switch GPS2-07-15 CKD

In order to carry out stabilized detection, the number of cylinders connected per one air catch sensor should be no more than 4. The air pressure to the air catch sensor should be 0.2MPa. Refer to the drawing below for the pneumatic circuit composition.

Air catch sensor

Pull side confirmation

Push side confirmation

5

m

0.2MPa (recommended)

The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and no coolant and kept free of coolant and debris. The air catch sensor can malfunction if the air vent port is blocked.

Notes on manifold option (-M) with air sensor. Grease the O-ring before assembly to fixture. If installed without lubricant, the O-ring may twist or be damaged. If excessive grease is applied, the grease may overflow to block the detection port, resulting in malfunctioning of the air catch sensor.


Linear Cylinder Air sensing chart RM Manifold option with air sensor for release position

Confirmation Method (rod end style)

RN Piping option with air sensor for release position ) Number directly connected to cylinder: 1

Pull side Pull side detection air pressure (MPa)

(Supplied air pressure)

0

Pre ure en ete tion nozzle completely open

Detected pressure difference

Air catch sensor pressure setting (ON) *2

Pre ure en ete tion nozzle completely closed

0.2

Air sensor (Pull side)

0.5 Âą0.5 *1 Full stroke

End of push side

End of pull side Air venting port *3

Air venting

Air sensor for release position option is detected on pull side only.

*1

Notes

ere i ert in to er n e it re r to t e o ition ere t e re ure or fully closing the detection nozzle is reached as per the cylinder structure. (Refer to the graph) e o ition ere t e ir en or i n out ut rie er t e en or setting. e air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and kept free of coolant,chips or other debris. e r o t e re tion i et een t e in er tro e n ete tion ir uit re ure e e ture m r er t e ir ir uit tru ture or et i e e o not e it te to ont t u

*2 *3 1 2

(Reference) Comparison with outline dimension of air sensor option / N

Manifold dimension is changed depends on stroke.

r

in

o

m ni o

o tion it

Stroke : Short

manifold

M

ir en or Stroke : Long

Stroke : Short

RM

Stroke : Long

manifold (20mm)

i

Manifold dimension is certain.

manifold (20mm)

RM / RN

manifold

M

*3


Air sensing chart

model

LL-RM/RN

When the air catch sensor option (-RM/RN) is used The air catch sensor is necessary to confirm the cylinder action. Please use the air catch sensor with the air consumption above 22~25L/min (at 0.2MPa). Recommended air catch sensor Name Model Manufacturer

Air catch sensor ISA1 , ISA2-H SMC

G it GPS2-07-15 CKD

The air pressure to the air catch sensor should be 0.2MPa. Refer to the drawing below for the pneumatic circuit composition.

Air catch sensor 5

m

Pull side confirmation

0.2MPa (recommended)

The air venting port must be open to the atmosphere and no coolant and kept free of coolant and debris. The air catch sensor can malfunction if the air vent port is blocked.

Notes on manifold option (-RM) with air sensor. Grease the O-ring before assembly to fixture. If installed without lubricant, the O-ring may twist or be damaged. If excessive grease is applied, the grease may overflow to block the detection port, resulting in malfunctioning of the air catch sensor.


Speed Control Valve Speed Control valve (with air venting function): BZL*1 BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method : C type. It is best used in the circuit where the flow governing valve cannot be mounted, or the synchronized and individual adjustment is necessary. Additionally, air can be vented at the component, improving stability of the hydraulic system. *1.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type.(not available for LLU)

Specifications Model Maximum use pressure Max rated pressure Controlling method G thread size Cracking pressure Maximum passage area Tightening torque

Circuit Symbols MPa MPa

MPa mm2 N・m

BZL0100-A BZL0200-A BZL0300-A BZL0100-B BZL0200-B BZL0300-B 7 10.5 meter - in meter - out G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 0.04 0.12 2.6 5.0 11.6 2.6 5.0 10.2 10 25 35 10 25 35

Remarks 1. The minimum passage area at full opening of the control side is similar to that for free flow.

BZL-A: meter-in

P1 port: hydraulic supply side

P2 port: cylinder side

BZL-B: meter-out

P2 port: cylinder side

P1 port: hydraulic supply side

Notes 1. Make sure to install it by recommendation torque. When the installation torque is insufficient because of the metal seal structure, the speed control valve edge can not do the oil flow adjustment. 2. Do not replace the BZL valve which has been used once to other clamp cylinder. The metal seal becomes imperfect by the difference of G-thread bottom surface depth of clamp cylinder and oil flow quantity might not be able to be adjusted.

External Dimensions M thread

Model (Linear cylinder)

Corresponding

φB

BZL0 00 -

Special packing G thread (attached)

Hexagonal L

Close

J

Open

Hexagonal K Hexagonal A

max.H

P2 port: cylinder side

E D max.C

F P1 port: hydraulic supply side

Processing dimensions for the mounting area Notes

Z U thread (Lower hole φT flat bottom)

P2 port: cylinder side 0.2

0.4

φ

Q

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q t re S T U V W

-

BZL 2

-

BZL 3

-

LL/LLR0650 LL/LLR0750

LL/LLR0900 LL/LLR1050

14 15.5 15 12 8.5 (11.6) G1/8 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 11.5 8.5 9 16 10 8.7 G1/8 2 3 25 5

18 20 16 13 9.5 (15.1) G1/4 3 3.5 10 3 M6×0.75 15 *2 11 11.5 20.5 13.5 11.5 G1/4 3 4 35 7

22 24 19 16 11 (17.6) G3/8 3 5 13 4 M8×0.75 17.5 13 13 24.5 17 15 G3/8 4 5 45 9

Notes 1 As the area is sealing part, pay attention not to damage it. 2 As the area is the metal sealing part at the BZL side, pay attention not to damage it (Notes for deburring) 3 Pay attention to have no cutting powder and burring at the tolerance part of the processing hole.

φW

45°

min.φR max.φS φT

0.1 Z

0 N -0.10 min.P

Product Model

BZL 1

LL/LLR0360 LL/LLR0400 LL/LLR0480 LL/LLR0550

P1 port: hydraulic supply side

4 As shown in the drawing, P1 port is used as the hydraulic supply side and P2 port as the cylinder side. 5 If the market available plug and connector with G screw specs are considered to be mounted, ”*2” in the specification list is 12.5. 6 It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure.It must be done under lower pressure. (For reference: the minimum operation pressure range of the product within the circuit)


Speed Control Valve

BZL

model Flow characteristic graph (hydraulic fluids ISO-VG32 (25 BZL0100-A:meter-in

BZL0200-A:meter-in

Control flow direction

4 Pressure loss 1MPa

2 0

1

2

3

30

20

5MPa

15 3MPa

10 5 0

4

35

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

1MPa

0

1

Free flowing direction

3

4 Fully closed

2 1

2

3

4

5

10 Fully closed

5 0

1

2

3

4

5

4 Pressure loss 1MPa

2 3

4

15 3MPa

10 5 0

1

3

6 4 Fully closed

2 4

Pressure loss (MPa)

5

6

3

4

5

6

5MPa

20

3MPa

15 10 5 1MPa

0

1

2

3

4

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Free flowing direction 35

20

30

Fully opened

15 10 Fully closed

5 0

2

25

0

4

Flow rate (L/min)

Fully opened

3

1

Free flowing direction

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

2

25

2

0

30 5MPa

Free flowing direction

1

10

Control flow direction

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

10

0

Fully closed

35

20

0

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

0

15

BZL0300-B:meter-out

1MPa

8

20

Pressure loss (MPa)

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Pressure loss 3MPa

4

Fully opened

Control flow direction

6

3

25

0

6

25 Pressure loss 5MPa

2

5

BZL0200-B:meter-out

2

1

30

15

Control flow direction

1

1MPa

0

Pressure loss (MPa)

10

0

5

Free flowing direction

Fully opened

20

0

6

BZL0100-B:meter-out

0

10

35

Pressure loss (MPa)

8

3MPa

15

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

Flow rate (L/min)

6

0

20

Free flowing direction

Fully opened

8

5MPa

25

0

4

25 Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

2

←Closed Number of turns of adjusting screw Opened→

10

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Flow rate (L/min)

Pressure loss 5MPa

Pressure loss 3MPa

0

Control flow direction

25

6

0

BZL0300-A:meter-in

Control flow direction

10 8

35

0

1

2

3

4

Pressure loss (MPa)

5

6

Fully opened

25 20 15

Fully closed

10 5 0

0

1

2

3

4

Pressure loss (MPa)

5

6


Air venting valve / G thread plug Air venting valve: BZX *1 BZL is the direct mount G thread speed control valve for piping method : C type. As it is specially for air venting, it is easy to vent the air within the hydraulic circuit. *1.It can only be installed on Piping Method C Type. (not available for LLU)

Specifications

Circuit Symbols

Model Maximum use pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa G thread size Tightening torque(housing) N・m

BZX010

BZX020 25 37.5 G1/4 25

G1/8 10

BZX030

G3/8 35

External Dimensions

Model

Housing Locking nut M3 (3 types)

(Linear cylinder)

Plug M6x1

Corresponding Special packing (attached) G thread

φB

A B C D E G

3.6 3.8

Hexagonal hole 3

E D

Hexagonal 10

BZX020

BZX030

LL/LLR0650 LL/LLR0750

LL/LLR0900 LL/LLR1050

14 15.5 19.8 9.3 5.5 G1/8

18 20 20.6 10.1 6.3 G1/4

22 24 20.6 10.1 6.3 G3/8

Notes 1. Do not over loosen the plug during air venting. (Do not loosen for more than 2 turns from the fully closed status.) 2. It is dangerous to have air venting operation under high pressure. It must be done under lower pressure. (Reference: minimum machine action pressure within the circuit) 3. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 47)

10.5 C

Hexagonal A

Product Model

BZX010 LL/LLR0360 LL/LLR0400 LL/LLR0480 LL/LLR0550

G thread Plug (with air venting function): JZG *2 JZG is the plug with air venting function which consists of the G thread plug and special packing. Moreover, air is vented at the equipment end like BZL, improving the stability of the hydraulic system. *2.Equipped as standard item for Piping Method Type C components. (not available for LLU)

Specifications Model Maximum use pressure MPa Pressure resistance MPa G thread size Tightening torque(housing) N・m

JZG010

G1/8 10

JZG020 35 42 G1/4 25

JZG030

G3/8 35 Model

External Dimensions Special packing (attached)

Corresponding Product Model

φA

A B C D G

Hexagonal D G thread

B

C

JZG010

JZG020

JZG030

LL/LLR0360 LL/LLR0400 LL/LLR0480 LL/LLR0550

LL/LLR0650 LL/LLR0750

LL/LLR0900 LL/LLR1050

14 3.5 8 5 G1/8

19 4.5 9 6 G1/4

22 4.5 10 8 G3/8

Notes 1. Refer to the processing dimensions for BZL mounting area if it is otherwise mounted within the hydraulic circuit. (Refer to Page 47)


Air venting valve

model

G thread plug

BZX JZG

Application Example LL Linear cylinder

BZL0 00-B JZG G thread plug

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side)

Speed control valve

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side)

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side)

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side)

LLR Linear cylinder

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side)

Hydraulic pressure port (Pull side)

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side)

JZG G thread plug

Hydraulic pressure port (Push side)

BZL0 00-B Speed control valve

Notes 1. BZL (speed control valve), BZX (air venting valve) and JZG (G thread plug) can only be mounted on Piping Method C type. (not available for LLU)


Linear Cylinder Notes for design 1

Specification confirmation The maximum use hydraulic pressure is 7 MPa and minimum at 0.5MPa.However, regarding LL-RM and LL-RN, the maximum use hydraulic pressure is 7MPa and minimum is 1.0MPa. Use the appropriate pressure based on the cylinder output to performance graph. (Refer to page 9~12)

5

When the speed control valve (BZL) is used Used BZL should not be re-mounted on other clamps as the metal seal may not re-seal and flow adjustment would be degraded. Moreover, the speed control valve (BZL) can be mounted only on the Piping Method C type. (Refer to Page 47) (Not available for LLU) LLR/LLU: Offset size

2

3

Consideration for circuit design When designing the hydraulic circuit, refer to Oil Cylinder Speed Control Circuit and Notes. Improper design can lead to malfunction and damage. (Refer to page 55) Do not supply pressure simultaneously to push side and pull side port. Direction of the force which is applied to piston rod Make sure no force is applied to the piston outside the axial direction.Uses like the one shown in the figure below will apply a large bending stress to the piston and absolutely must be avoided . A : Female thread option B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole

T : Male thread option

P : Pinhole option

4

1

When the welding fixture is used, the exposed area of piston rod should be protected. If the exposed becomes contaminated with spatter, it may lead to defective operation and oil leakage.

The outside dimension written from page 31 to 42 shows when offset is 0mm. When setting offset size, please confirm Notes on each page.


Notes

model

LL LLR LLU

Notes on installation 1

2

3

4

Used fluid confirmation Please use the appropriate fluid by referring to the Hydraulic Fluid List. Treatment before the piping The pipeline, piping connector and fixture fluid hole should be cleaned by thorough flushing. The dust and cutting powder in the circuit may lead to fluid leakage and malfunctioning. This product is not equipped with protective function to prevent dust and impurity going into the hydraulic system and pipeline. Applying seal tape Wind tape 1~2 turns. Wrapping in the wrong direction will cause leaks and malfunction. In order to prevent foreign substance going into the product during the piping work, it should be carefully cleaned before the work is started.

Mounting the body Use four socket head cap screws (class 12.9) and tighten with torque as shown in the table below.If the tightening torque is more than that recommended, the counter-bore or the bolt may be damaged. Model LL/LLR/LLU0360 LL/LLR/LLU0400 LL/LLR/LLU0480 LL/LLR/LLU0550 LL/LLR/LLU0650 LL/LLR/LLU0750 LL/LLR/LLU0900 LL/LLR/LLU1050

5

Nominal designation of mounting bolt

Tightening torque

M4×0.7

3.2

M5×0.8

6.3

M5×0.8

6.3

M6

10.0

M6

10.0

M8

25.0

M10

50.0

M12

80.0

m

T : Male thread option Model LL/LLR/LLU0360LL/LLR/LLU0400LL/LLR/LLU0480LL/LLR/LLU0550LL/LLR/LLU0650LL/LLR/LLU0750LL/LLR/LLU0900LL/LLR/LLU1050-

T T T T T T T T

Thread size M10×1.25 M12×1.25

Tightening torque

m

40 63

M14×1.5

80

M16×1.5

100

M20×1.5

125

M24×1.5

250

M30×1.5

315

M36×1.5

400

Air venting in the hydraulic circuit If the hydraulic circuit has excessive air, the action time may become abnormally long. After making hydraulic connections, or if air enters the circuit at any other time, air bleeding must be carried out according to the procedure below. Reduce hydraulic supply pressure to less than 2MPa. Loosen the cap nut of the pipeline connector which is closest to the linear cylinder by one turn. Shake the pipeline left and right, and loosen the mating surfaces. part of the pipeline connector.The hydraulic fluid mixed with air comes out.

Mounting the attachments When inserting or removing at attachment, always use a wrench on the piston rod to keep it from turning. When inserting or removing at attachment, tighten it with the torque shown in the chart below. A : Female thread option B : Female thread option with anti-rotation pinhole LL/LLR/ LL/LLR/ LL/LLR/ LL/LLR/ LL/LLR/ LL/LLR/ LL/LLR/ LL/LLR/

Model 03600400048005500650075009001050-

Nominal designation of mounting bolt

A/B A/B A/B A/B A/B A/B A/B A/B

Tightening torque

M6

10

M8

16

M8

16

M10

40

M12

63

M16

100

M20

125

M24

250

m

Tighten cap nut after air bleeding. It is more effective to carry out air venting at the highest point of the hydraulic circuit or close to the clamp at the terminal end. (When the manifold option is used, mount the air venting valve at the place near the highest part of the hydraulic circuit.)

2


Linear Cylinder Notes on installation 7

8

9

Speed adjustment Adjust the rod operating speed less than 100mm/sec both the push and pull operation. Excessive cylinder speed will accelerate wear and lead to component damage. The speed adjustment should not be carried out unless circuit air venting is completed.If air is mixed in the circuit, action will be erratic. Adjust the speed control valve slowly from the low speed side (low flow) to high speed side (large flow). Checking looseness and retightening At the beginning of the machine installation, the bolt/lever may be tightened lightly. Check torque and re-tighten if required. Notes on dual rod end (-D) for dog application When installing dog or cam onto rod end, secure the dog or cam and prevent any rotation or torque on the piston rod. Torque values for the mounting screw are shown in the table below.

注意事項

Model LL/LLR/LLU0360LL/LLR/LLU0400LL/LLR/LLU0480LL/LLR/LLU0550LL/LLR/LLU0650LL/LLR/LLU0750LL/LLR/LLU0900LL/LLR/LLU1050-

Nominal designation of mounting bolt

Tightening torque

M5×0.8

6.3

M6

10

M8

25

M8

25

M8

25

M10

50

M10

50

M10

50

m

Hydraulic Fluid List ISO viscosity grade ISO-VG-32 Manufacturer name

Wear resistant hydraulic fluid

Multi purpose universal fluid

TELLUS OIL C32 Tellus Oil C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu DAPHNE SUPER HYDRO 32A SUPERMULTI 32 Idemitsu Kosan SUPER HYRANDO 32 SUPER MULPUS 32 Nippon Oil Corp COSMO NEW MIGHTY SUPER 32 COSMO HYDRO AW32 Cosmo Oil LATHUS 32 HYDLUX 32 Japan Energy (JOMO) NUTO 32 NUTO H32 Esso Sekiyu MOBIL DTE24 LIGHT MOBIL DTE24 ExxonMobil UNIT OIL P32 UNIT OIL WR32 Kygnus FUKKOL SUPER HYDROL 32 FUKKOL HYDROL DX32 Fujikosan Oil HYDROL AW32 Matsumura Oil SUNVIS 832 SUNVIS 932 Japan Sun Oil HYSPIN AWS32 Castrol Note: as it may be difficult to purchase the products as shown in the table from overseas, please contact the respective manufacturer.


Notes

model

LL LLR LLU

Notes on handling 1) It should be handled by qualified personnel with sufficient knowledge. The hydraulic machine/air compressor should be handled and maintained by qualified personnel with sufficient experience and knowledge. 2) Do not handle or disassemble the machine unless the safety is ensured. The machine and equipment can only be inspected or prepared when it is confirmed that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place.

1) Removal of the machine and shutoff of pressure source Before the machine is removed, make sure that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting.

2) Regularly clean the area around the piston rod. If it is used when the surface is contaminated with dirt, it may lead to packing seal damage, malfunctioning and fluid leakage.

Before the machine is disassembled, make sure that the above-mentioned safety measures are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. After stopping the machine, do not disassemble it until its temperature cools down. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting the machine/equipment.

3) Do not touch the cylinder when the linear cylinder is in operation. Otherwise, your hands may be injured due to clinching.

4) Do not disassemble or modify it. If it is disassembled or modified, the warranty will become invalid even if it is still within the warranty period.

3) If disconnection is carried out with coupler, air is mixed inside the circuit after a long period of use, air venting should be carried out on the regular basis.

4) Check whether the pipeline and mounting bolt are loosened or not. Retighten it on the regular basis.

5) Make sure the hydraulic fluid has not deteriorated.

6) Make sure that the action is smooth and there is no abnormal noise. Especially when it is restarted after left unused for a long period, make sure it can be operated correctly.

7) The products should be stored in the cold and dark place without direct sunshine and moisture.

8) Please contact us for overhaul and repair.


Linear Cylinder 取付施工上 Speed control注意 circuit of hydraulic cylinder & notes If the hydraulic cylinder speed is controlled, the circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. Carry out sufficient advance review as the wrong circuit design may lead to machine malfunctioning and damage. Speed control circuit for single acting cylinder For spring return type single acting cylinders, restricting flow during release can slow or prevent release action. The preferred method is to control the flow during the lock action and use a valve that has free-flow in the release direction. Also, it is preferred to provide a speed control at each actuator to be regulated.

If the release action is accelerated by some load (or gravity) the clamp may sustain damage. In this case add speed control to release flow. Flow control at the release side

In the case of meter-out circuit, however, the hydraulic circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. Single acting components should not use the same speed control as the double acting components. The release action of the single acting cylinders may become erratic or very slow.

Refer to the following circuit when both the single acting cylinder and double acting cylinder are used together. Separate the control circuit.

W

Speed control circuit for double acting cylinder For double acting cylinder speed control, both the locking side and release side should have meter-out circuits. Meter-in controls can be adversely affected by any air in the system

Back pressure in a shared tank line can delay the release of single acting components.

Meter-out circuit

In the case of meter-out circuit, the inner circuit pressure may increase during the cylinder action because of the fluid supply. The increase of the inner circuit pressure can be prevented by reducing the supplied

Meter-in circuit

fluid beforehand via the flow governing valve. Especially, as for systems with sequence valve and pressure switch for action confirmation, if the inner circuit pressure is over the setting pressure, the system may break down, which should be taken into full consideration.

Sequence valve

Flow governing valve for fluid supply (ok with each location)


Notes

model Warranty 1

2

Warranty Warranty Period The product warranty period is 18 months from shipment from our factory or 12 months from initial use, whichever is earlier. Warranty Scope If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to faulty design, materials or workmanship, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. Defects or failures caused by the following are not covered. If the stipulated maintenance and inspection are not carried out. If the product is used while it is not suitable for use based on the operator’s judgement, resulting in defect. If it is used or handled in inappropriate way by the operator. (including damage caused by the misconduct of the third party.) If the defect is caused by reasons other than our responsibility. If it is caused by reform or repair other than carried out by us, or without our approval and confirmation. Other caused by natural disasters or calamities not attributable to our company. Parts expenses or replacement expenses due to parts consumption and deterioration. (such as gum, plastic, seal material and some electric components). Moreover, the damages in connection with or resulting from the product defect shall be excluded from the warranty.

LL LLR LLU


h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p

1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401

JQA-QMA10823 KOSMEK HEAD OFFICE

CAT.NO.LLX001-05-02 Printed in Japan

2007.01. First 0.1Ry 2010.12. 5th 1Ry


7MPa Pallet Clamp

model

VS


Pallet Clamp Increase productivity via setup improvement. High precision 3Âľm Shortened setup time Reduced total cost

Simple setup for changeover of fixture pallet and angle plate. One touch changeover of fixture pallet.

Spring Clamp

Repeatable positioning function

Clamping Function

Air blow function

Seating Confirmation Function

The repeatable positioning

The clamping force is 2.5kN~40kN.

Foreign substances such as

As the seating surface has a

precision is 3Âľm. No need to

The clamping force can be selected

cutting power can be removed

venting hole, seating can be

check the fixture position precision

to match the application.

via the air blow function.

confirmed with an air-catch sensor.

within the machining center.

1 1

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .jp .j p


model

VS/VT

INDEX Application Sample

3

System reference sample

7

Sectional Structure Diagram/ Action Description

9

Model Designation

13

Capacity Diagram/ Transverse Load Chart

15

VS Spring Clamp

VT Hydraulic Clamp

VSB Recessed Block

VSJ Flange Shaped Block

Locking with disc spring Release via hydraulic force

19

Locking with hydraulic force Release via hydraulic force

23

The block can be recessed in the pallet

27

The flange shaped block reduces machining depth into bottom plate.

29

Related equipment

31

Notes

39

KOSM EK LTD.

2


Pallet Clamp Samples of installation on the machining center ・With combination of machining center and pallet clamp, multiple fixtures and works become easily interchangeable. ・Internal setup time can be reduced with high precision repetitive positioning of pallet clamp + one touch clamping. ・If common layouts are used, fixture count and required machines can be minimized saving cost and space.

Angle Plate Fixture

Clamp Fixture

Vise Fixture

Chuck Fixture

Base Plate

Machine Table Shared The pallet clamp is used at the machine table of the operating machine.

Load station

Within the machine

・With non-leak auto-couplers there is no need for live hydraulic connection during machining.*1 ・Using datum clamps in combination with non-leak auto couplers simplifies setup and reduces changeover time. Remark *1: For the non-leakage coupler (BGC/BGD), please refer to Auto Coupler/Auto Joint CatalogueCAT.NO.KJ-

3

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

-02.


Application Sample

model

VS/VT

Sample of installation on NC table

Hydraulic Clamp Fixture

Air Clamp Fixture

Application Sample

・With combination of NC table and pallet clamp, multiple fixtures and works become easily interchangeable. ・Hydraulic pressure, air pressure and coolant can be supplied to the fixture with the use of zero setting force type auto-couplers (see page 33).

Air Chuck Fixture

Shared NC Table

Air Clamp Fixture

・The setup time during fixture changeover is greatly reduced. ・Thanks to high precision repetitive positioning (3µm) of the pallet clamp, there is no need to check the fixture position precision within the machine.

KOSM EK LT D .

4


Pallet Clamp Sample of installation on lathe used chuck ăƒťWith combination of the lathe unit and chuck, the workpiece can time is greatly reduced!

5

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p


Application Sample

model

VS/VT Application Sample

General Application Sample of Fixture Optimization with parent-child fixtures

・ The fixtures used for small size / large size work are divided into child fixture / large work used fixture, so that: → The setup operation is simplified and productivity is enhanced. → The fixture preparation cost is reduced as only the child Fixture needs to be prepared ・ As the parent fixture / angle plate / child fixture can share one base plate → The fixture preparation cost is reduced. → The fixture stocking space is reduced.

Child fixture

Child fixture

Parent fixture

Child fixture *1

Child fixture *1

Child fixture

Angle plate

Large work fixture

Base plate

Notes *1.In case the pallet (fixture) is in vertical position, the fixture may fall during releasing. It is recommended to set up the latching mechanism to prevent the fixture from falling. (Refer to page 39 for notes during design.) 1.Even for fixtures with different pallet size, VS/VT clamp and VSB/VSJ block can be combined for use. (Refer to page 8 for installation samples when multiple pallet sizes are used.

KOSM EK LT D .

6


Pallet Clamp Pallet Clamp System Reference Sample Cut Block

Guide Block

Rough guide

Pallet

Guide Block

Datum clamp

Datum Block

Guide clamp Datum clamp

Guide clamp

Guide clamp

Datum clamp

Base Plate

Reference Circuit Sample Air for Seating Confirmation

Air Sensor for Seating Confirmation

Reference Circuit Sample

5 µm Air

VS Clamp

model VS Air Flow

Release Hydraulic Pressure

Hydraulic Pressure

Air for Seating Confirmation

Air Sensor for Seating Confirmation

Hydraulic Clamp

5 µm Air

VT Clamp

model VT Air Flow Locking Hydraulic Pressure Release Hydraulic Pressure

Hydraulic Pressure

Remar 1. It is recommended to use air flow line with at least Ø 6 in order to ensure effective air flow. Please supply clean filtered air. 2. It is recommended to use our non-leakage valve (model BK and BSP) in order to maintain long time release when the hydraulic supply is stopped. -02, CAT.NO.KE-02.) (Please refer to the other valve catalogue CAT.NO.KC-

7

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p


System reference sample

model

VS/VT

Configuration sample when multiple pallet sizes are used together In case there are a variety of pallets with different sizes for the base plate, the clamp and block can be combined for use.

Base plate + pallet 1~3

Combination

System reference sample

Pallet 1

Pallet 2

*1 *1

*1

Pallet 3

*1

*1

*1

*1

*1

*1

Base Plate

Combination of clamp and block Equipment installed on the base plate

Equipment installed on the pallet

Functions when they are combined

Datum clamp

Datum Block

Clamping function + positioning function (standard)

Datum clamp

Cut Block

Clamping function + positioning function (unidirectional)

*2

*2

Guide clamp

Guide Block

Clamping function + guide function

Datum clamp or guide clamp

Free block

Clamping function

Notes 1 In case the clamp/block configuration is linear, it is recommended to provide additional supports for stability. 2 The spring pin position is indicated. With the datum block as reference, unidirectional positioning is done via the cut block. The cut block positioning plane must be tangent to the datum block. (The spring pin is positioned on the line connecting the centers of the datum block and cut block. )

KOSM EK LT D .

8


Pallet Clamp Sectional Structure & Features Higher clamping force/higher precision positioning/higher rigidity

Precision assurance function with high precision positioning

Preventing Foreign Substance Invasion

With error absorbed by up and down movement of moveable taper sleeve, the clearance between the clamp unit, taper sleeve and block becomes

The dust seal is designed to prevent foreign substances from entering the clamp.

Easy Installation Phase As the datum point and phasing are done with the blocks, the datum clamps can be interchangeable for easy installation.

zero so that the precision and clamping force are stabilized. (See page 12)

”The mounting phase is necessary only for cut block.

Pallet

VSJ Block

Contact Surface of Steel Ball The contact area of the steel ball is planar preventing surface deformation.

VSJblock (when clamped)

Base Plate

Strong Air Flow Effective air flow is realized with independent circuit.

Adoption of High Strength Seal Engineered seal is stronger than NBR for excellent stability. The U-shape prevents twisting during installation.

9

7MPa

Disc Spring with Long Service Life

Optimal Design of Disc Spring Chamber

The calculated life of disc spring has more than 2 million cycles. Our company has carried out one million cycle test.

As the disc spring chamber is totally l shut from the external atmosphere via the trap valve, the clean environment is ensured all the time and the life of disc spring is extended.

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p


Sectional Structure/Action Description

model

VS

Internal Structure Description Pallet

Cap

Dust seal

Steel ball Taper sleeve

Taper reference surface

Sleeve spring

VSJ Block

Seating surface

Trap valve

Air venting hole for

Sectional Structure/Action Description

seating confirmation

Air port (used for air flow)

Clamp spring Piston rod

Base plate

Hydraulic port (used for release)

Action Description Dust seal Rod packing

Air flow ON

・The clamp spring chamber is totally shut from the external atmosphere with the rod packing and trap valve to ensure the clean environment. ・The slitting part of taper sleeve (one place) is protected with lever plate to prevent invasion of cutting powder.

After the pallet is transported out

Trap valve

Before the pallet is transported in

Flange inclined surface

・Air blow prevents debris contamination. ・Dust seal prevents keep steel ball area clean. ・The flange top is designed as inclined surface so that cutting powder and cutting oil can flow easily.

Release hydraulic pressure ON

Pallet

Lift-up function at the front end of clamp Appropriate clearance

When the pallet is transported in ・The pallet is set on the raised piston rod cap. At this time there is clearance between the datum surfaces allowing air blow to remove contaminants. When the pallet is transported out

When the pallet is transported out

When the pallet is transported in

VSJ Block

・The close contacting of taper seating surface is released with lift-up force.

Air flow ON Release hydraulic pressure ON

Air venting hole for seating confirmation

Taper reference surface

・When hydraulic pressured is removed, the spring force lowers the piston

contacts the taper surface of the block. ・The seating surface includes an air vent for seating confirmation

When clamped

When clamped

rod and the steel balls engage the block bringing it to the seating surface. ・The pallet is positioned with high precision via the taper sleeve as it

(via air catch sensor).

Air flow ON Release hydraulic pressure OFF

KOSM EK LT D .

10


Pallet Clamp Action description when the pallet is loaded. 1.Hydraulic pressure releases the clamp. Position of pallet while loading must be kept within the allowable eccentricity. Air should be supplied while loading. Pallet Allowed eccentricity

Allowed eccentricity

In some instances rough guides are required to keep the pallet within allowable eccentricity when loading.

Guide block

Datum block

Rough guide

Datum clamp

Guide clamp

Base plate

2. When the pallet is lowered, it should be positioned so the blocks contact the rod as shown at A.

3. As the pallet is further lowered, it is positioned within 0.2mm of the reference axis via the guide sleeve and guide block.This provides clearance between datum clamp and taper surface.

Details of lifting part 2

Taper reference surface

0.2

Release status (in the case of hydraulic supply) Taper sleeve

Guide sleeve

4. Loading is finished when pallet is resting on piston rod. At this time there is clearance for air blow to clean the taper surfaces.

1.7

Pallet

During pallet setting

5. When the release hydraulic pressure is OFF, the block is pressed on the seating surface with clamp spring.When the block is pressed, the taper reference surface is contacted for positioning.

11

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p


Action Description

model

VS

Description of movable taper sleeve Pallet

Positioning method: dual surface limiting with movable taper sleeve

Taper reference surface

With dimensional error absorbed by up and down movement of moveable taper sleeve, the clearance between the clamp unit, taper sleeve and block becomes zero to realize the repetitive positioning precision, stabilized clamping force and higher rigidity with dual surface limiting.

Seating surface

Taper sleeve (with slitting) Base plate

Starting of action for positioning

Close contact

XY positioning

XYZ positioning

Almost zero clearance between the taper sleeve and the moving parts of the unit.

There is almost zero clearance at the moving parts in contact with the taper reference surface.

The error is absorbed with lowering of the taper sleeve for close contact with the seating surface.

Action Description

The seating surface includes an air vent for seating confirmation (via air catch sensor).

Close contact

Close contact

Precision assurance function 1. Clamp and block clearance are brought to near zero during positioning assuring accuracy. The male/female accumulative error of taper is absorbed with up and down movement of taper sleeve.

2. Wear of contact parts does not affect centering accuracy. The positioning part will wear out due to long time use, which can be absorbed (followed) ( with the up and down movement of taper sleeve.

3. Pitch error between blocks is accommodated to ensure precision locating. The inter-pitch error between the base plate at the clamp side and pallet at the block side is absorbed with the up and down movement of taper sleeve.

4. Block movement due to temperature change is accommodated to ensure precision locating. The distance between pitches will change due to temperature difference between the base plate at the clamp side and the pallet at the block side. The distance error between pitches is absorbed via up and down movement of the taper sleeve.

The precision assurance function is absolutely necessary especially when pallets are transported or multiple fixture changeover is needed.

Precision error between pitches

With the help of precision assurance function, there is no concern about deformation and damage in the taper sleeve/block.

Datum block

Cut block

Taper sleeve

Spring

Precision between pitches ±0.02 (maximum ±0.025)

KOSM EK LT D .

12


Pallet Clamp Spring clamp

Hydraulic clamp

VS 0 06 0 - M D

VT 0 06 0 - M D - A

1

1

2

1

3

Clamping force

1

Refer to Page 15

2

3

Clamping force Refer to Page 15

2

Design No.

2

Design No.

3

Function Classification

3

Function Classification

D:Datum clamp (especially used for positioning)

D:Datum clamp (especially used for positioning)

G:Guide clamp (especially used for guiding)

G:Guide clamp (especially used for guiding)

D

G taper

Datum clamp

D straight

G straight

taper

Datum clamp

Guide clamp

4

Guide clamp

Flange shape A: Cylindrical B: Prismatic

Collar used for level adjustment (used especially for VS spring clamp)

VZ 0 06 0 - V S 1 1 1

13

2

Appropriate clamp model 02 4 06 10 16 25 4

2

4

: : : : : : :

VS0020 4 VS0060 VS0100 VS0160 VS0250 4

Design No.

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

Cylindrical

Prismatic


Model Indication

model

VS/VT

Embedded block

Flange shaped block

VSB 06 0 - D

VSJ 06 0 - D

1

1

2

3

1

Appropriate VS/VT clamp mode 2: 2 / : 1 : 1 1 : 1 25 : V S 0250 4 : S 4

1

4

2

3

Appropriate VS/VT clamp model 2: 2 / : 1 : 1 1 : 1 25 : V S 0250 4 : S 4

4

Design No.

2

Design No.

3

Function Classification

3

Function Classification

Model Indication

2

D:Datum block (especially used for reference positioning)

D:Datum block (especially used for reference positioning)

C:Cut block (especially used for unidirectional positioning)

C:Cut block (especially used for unidirectional positioning)

G:Guide block (especially used for guiding)

G:Guide block (especially used for guiding)

F:Free block (shared by multiple pallets with different sizes)

F:Free block (shared by multiple pallets with different sizes)

VZ-VSC

Pallet

Collar used for level adjustment

Pallet

VSB block

VSJ block

Collar used for level adjustment

Other mounting examples (reference)

(especially used for VSB embedded block)

Please contact us for mounting methods as shown in the graphs below.

VZ 0 06 0 - V S C 1 1

Appropriate block model 2: : 1 : 1 : 25 : 4 :

2

2

B 2 B B1 B1 B25 B4

VSB block

VSJ block

(Mounting bolt on the top)

(Mounting bolt on the top)

-

Design No.

KOSM EK LT D .

14


Pallet Clamp Clamping force/Lift force (spring clamp model VS) Model

2

Clamping force

kN

kN

Lift force

4

1

1

25

4

2.5

4.0

6.0

10.0

16.0

25.0

40.0

at 7.0MPa

4.0

4.4

5.0

9.1

13.3

20.0

33.5

at 5.0MPa

2.2

2.3

2.3

4.7

6.7

10.0

15.5

at 3.5MPa

0.9

0.7

0.4

1.3

1.8

0.5

2.0

Clamping force/Lift force (hydraulic clamp model VT) Model

4

Clamping force kN

kN

Lift force

1

4.0

6.2

9.9

16.0

at 5.0MPa

2.9

4.5

7.1

11.4

at 3.0MPa

1.7

2.7

4.3

6.8

at 7.0MPa

2.5

4.0

6.5

10.2

at 5.0MPa

1.8

2.9

4.7

7.3

at 3.0MPa

1.1

1.7

2.8

4.4

VT0060

5

Clamping force/Lift force(kN)

Clamping force/Lift force(kN)

VT0040

1

at 7.0MPa

4

Clamping force 3 2

Lift force 1 0

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

0

1

supply hydraulic pressure (MPa)

3

4

5

6

VT0160

12 10 8 6 4 2 0

20 16 12 8 4 0

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

supply hydraulic pressure (MPa)

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

supply hydraulic pressure (MPa)

Remarks: 1. This graph shows one clamp. 2. This graph shows the relationship between the supply hydraulic pressure and the clamping force (solid line)/Lift force (dotted line).

15

7MPa

7

supply hydraulic pressure (MPa)

Clamping force/Lift force(kN)

Clamping force/Lift force(kN)

VT0100

2

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

7


Capacity Diagram/Transverse Load Chart

model

VS/VT

Displacement with regard to transverse load ※The displacement is the predicted reference value on the basis of test data under the conditions shown below. Conditions Clamp / block configuration Datum clamp Cut block

Guide clamp Guide block

Transverse load F

Guide clamp Guide block

Datum clamp Datum block

Mounting pitch P Test device

Load cell

Capacity Diagram Transverse Load Chart

Push cylinder

Load position L

Transverse load F

Work

1.Displacement dial gauge at the direction of X axis

Y axis displacement

X axis displacement

VS mounting plate Base Mounting pitch P

2.Displacement dial gauge at the direction of Y axis

How to read the displacement (Example) When VS0020 is used

Conditions Mounting pitch P=200mm Load position L=135mm When transverse load F=4kN

10

20 X axis displacement

L=100 L=65 L=135 L=30

8 L=170

6

Yaxis displacement

18

L=240

4.3 4

Displacement (µm)

Displacement (µm)

Components tested [clamp] VS0020-MD × 2 units VS0020-MG × 2 units [Block] VSJ020-D × 1 unit VSJ020-C × 1 unit VSJ020-G × 2 units

L=240 L=170

16

L=135

14 12 L=100

10 9.5 8

L=65

6 2

0 Displacement 0 X axis displacement is about 4.3µm. Y axis displacement is about 9.5µm.

4 L=30

2 1

2 3 4 Transverse load (kN)

5

6

0

0

1

2 3 4 Transverse load F (kN)

5

6

Remarks: 1.Please contact us in case the conditions are different.

KOSM EK LT D .

16


Pallet Clamp Displacement with regard to transverse load The displacement is the predicted reference value on the basis of test data under the conditions as shown on page 16.

VS0020

20

10 X axis displacement

Conditions Mounting pitch P=200mm Load position L=30~240mm

Y axis displacement

18 L=100 L=65 L=135 L=30

8 L=170

6

L=240

4

L=240 L=170

16 Displacement (µm)

Displacement (µm)

Components tested [Clamp] VS0020-MD × 2 units VS0020-MG × 2 units [Block] VSJ020-D × 1 unit VSJ020-C × 1 unit VSJ020-G × 2 units

L=135

14 12 L=100

10 8

L=65

6 4

2

L=30

2 Clamping force Total 10kN(2.5kN × 4 units)

VS0040

1

2 3 4 Transverse load (kN)

5

0

6

Conditions Mounting pitch P=200mm Load position L=30~240mm

0

1

2 3 4 Transverse load (kN)

20 X axis displacement

Y axis displacement

18

8

6

L=100 L=65 L=135 L=30

L=170 L=240

4

Displacement (µm)

VSJ020-D × 1 unit VSJ020-C × 1 unit VSJ020-G × 2 units

0

10

Displacement (µm)

Components tested [Clamp] VS0040-MD × 2 units VS0040-MG × 2 units [Block]

0

5

6

L=240 L=170

16

L=135

14 12 L=100

10 8

L=65

6 2

4 L=30

2 Clamping force Total 16kN(4kN × 4 units)

0

VS0060

2 3 4 Transverse load (kN)

5

0

6

10 8

L=170

L=135

6 L=240

Conditions Mounting pitch P=200mm

4

Load position L=30~240mm

2

0

1

2 3 4 Transverse load (kN)

5

6

20

L=30 L=65 L=100

X axis displacement

Y axis displacement

18 Displacement (µm)

VSJ060-D × 1 unit VSJ060-C × 1 unit VSJ060-G × 2 units

1

12

Displacement (µm)

Components tested [Clamp] VS0060-MD × 2 units VS0060-MG × 2 units [Block]

0

L=135

L=240

16

L=170

14 L=100

12 10 8

L=65

6 4 L=30

2 Clamping force Total 24kN(6kN × 4 units)

0

VS0100

2

4 6 Transverse load (kN)

8

0

10

12

L=350

L=250 L=150 L=70

6

Load position L=70~550mm

2

Displacement (µm)

8

4

2

4 6 Transverse load (kN) L=550

8

10

L=450

L=350

Y axis displacement

18

10

Conditions Mounting pitch P=300mm

0

20 X axis displacement

Displacement (µm)

Components tested [Clamp] VS0100-MD × 2 units VS0100-MG × 2 units [Block] VSJ100-D × 1 unit VSJ100-C × 1 unit VSJ100-G × 2 units

0

16 L=250

14 12 10 8

L=150

6 L=550

4

L=450

L=70

2 Clamping force Total 40kN(10kN × 4 units)

17

7MPa

0

0

2

4

6 8 10 12 Transverse load (kN)

14

16

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

0

0

2

4

6 8 10 12 Transverse load (kN)

14

16


Transverse load chart

model

X axis displacement

Load position L=150~550mm

Clamping force

VS0250

L=550 L=450 L=350 L=250 L=150

8 6 4

Displacement (µm)

10

L=550

16 14

L=450

12 10

L=350

8 L=250

6 4

2

L=150

2 0

4

8 12 Transverse load (kN)

16

0

20

0

X axis displacement

VS0400

12 L=550

10

L=450

8

L=350

6

L=250 L=150

0

0

5

10 15 20 Transverse load (kN)

25

L=350

6

L=250

4

0

30

L=150 5

10 15 20 Transverse load (kN)

25

30

16 Y axis displacement

L=550

14

16 14

L=550

12

L=450

10

L=350

8

L=250 L=150

6

12

L=450

10 L=350

8 6

L=250

4

4

0

0

X axis displacement

Displacement (µm)

Displacement (µm)

Clamping force

L=450 8

2

L=150 2

2 Total 160kN(40kN × 4 units)

L=550

2

18

Load position L=150~550mm

20

4

20

Conditions Mounting pitch P=375mm

16

10 Displacement (µm)

Displacement (µm)

Clamping force Total 100kN(25kN × 4 units)

8 12 Transverse load (kN)

Y axis displacement

14

Load position L=150~550mm

4

12

16

Conditions Mounting pitch P=375mm

Components tested [Clamp] VS0400-MD × 2 units VS0400-MG × 2 units [Block] VSJ400-D × 1 unit VSJ400-C × 1 unit VSJ400-G × 2 units

12

0

Total 64kN(16kN × 4 units)

Y axis displacement

18

14

Conditions Mounting pitch P=300mm

Components tested [Clamp] VS0250-MD × 2 units VS0250-MG × 2 units [Block] VSJ250-D × 1 unit VSJ250-C × 1 unit VSJ250-G × 2 units

20

16

Displacement (µm)

Components tested [Clamp] VS0160-MD × 2 units VS0160-MG × 2 units [Block] VSJ160-D × 1 unit VSJ160-C × 1 unit VSJ160-G × 2 units

Transverse load chart

VS0160

VS/VT

0

10

20 30 Transverse load (kN)

40

50

0

0

10

20 30 Transverse load (kN)

40

50

Remarks: 1.The displacement may vary as per the fixture condition.The displayed values are just for reference based on the test data.

KOSM EK LT D .

18


Pallet Clamp External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

The graph shows the released status of VS (during hydraulic supply)

Air port for seating confirmation

4- AL Screw

B H

J M y My

Trap valve

K

W

C

Mx

φ

Air venting hole for seating confirmation

φ

L

K

Air blow supplyt

φA

*4

φ φAB±0.1

There should be no burring

1.7 when fixture pallet is set

φ φ

AF

Above AG *5

*2

0.4

Below AJ *5

φ

Release hydraulic port *4 Below

AH

φA

4 – Mounting bolt (accessory)

G

2

Sleeve *1.*2

φ

*1

A

C0.4

φP

6.3S +0.1 0

C0.4

AE

φAA±0.010 6.3S

3 - Bolt to plug jack threads VS0250/0400 only (accessory)

1.There should be no blurring at the intersection of processed hole. *4. The release hydraulic port is within range. *5. The base thickness (AG) and remaining depth after boring (AJ) are reference values when the base material is S50C.

E

Y

X

A F±0.003

Notes

Full stroke

Section

φ φ φ

2 – O -rin (accessory)

in (accessory)

Precision between clamp pitches 3- Screw used for jack

*3

- G

(only for VS0250/0400)

M

4- Screw used for jack

-

*3

(VS0020~0160) Air blow port

(±0.02)

My My

*6 B e

te

Air port for seating confirmation

Notes *1. Q shows the dimensions of sleeve (taper) of datum clamp (VS-MD) *2. R shows the dimensions of sleeve (straight) of guide clamp (VS-MG) *3. The screw for jack is used when the clamp is removed. (See page 41 for operation method)

-

(±0.02)

- G

Notes *6. Please make sure the precision between datum clamp pitches is below ±0.025mm between the clamps with the longest distance.

19

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p


Spring clamp

model

VS

Specifications 2

Model Clamping force *7 Repetitive positioning precision Full stroke Lift stroke

mm mm mm Allowed eccentricity during setting of fixture pallet mm t 7 P t 5 P Lift force *7 t 35 P Maximum loading mass *8 Release cylinder capacity *7 Release hydraulic pressure

cm3

4

2.5

4.0

3.4

3.4

1.5 4.0 2.2 0.9 500 3.7

1.5 4.4 2.3 0.7 500 4.6

0.4

0.5

Maximum Use Pressure

P

Minimum use pressure Pressure resistance

Used air pressure (for air flow) Use temperature Used fluid Mass *7

P

1 1 10.0 16.0 0.003 3.4 4.0 4.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.0 5.0 9.1 13.3 2.3 4.7 6.7 0.4 1.3 1.8 800 1200 1600 5.5 11.1 18.5 7 3.5 10.5 0.4 0.5 0 70 Common hydraulic oil corresponding to ISO-VG-32 0.7 1.3 2.2 6.0

25 25.0

4 40.0

5.8

6.5

2.5 20.0 10.0 0.5 2500 37.7

2.5 33.5 15.5 2.0 4000 66.9

4.8

9.7

Remarks: *7.The specifications show one unit. *8.The maximum load weight indicates the case where four clamps are used and the pallet is in horizontal position (leveled) The release hydraulic pressure is decided with the loaded mass (fixture) considered.(Please set the loaded mass below 80% of the lift force (number of clamps X lift force.) In case the pallet is in vertical position (hanging on the wall), refer to page 39.

Model A B C E F G H J K L Mx My P *1 *2

S

W X Y AA AB AC A AE AF AG*5 AH AJ*5 AK AL Mounting bolt 3 – Bolt to plug jack threads 3 – Screw used for jack 4 – Screw used for jack O-ring Full stroke

2 51.8 57 48 42 +0.027 +0.011 15.8 12 22 33 24 37 69 27.5 9 3 32 25 22.5 18 8 20 37.3 C2 75 8 42 42.2 38 8.5 2 19.2 25 15 2.5 20

4 56.6 60.5 51 46 +0.027 +0.011 20.6 12 22 35 25.5 40 74 29.5 11 3 32 25 22.5 18 8 20 41.3 C2 75 8 46 46.2 42 8.5 2 24 30 15 2.5 20

M5x0.8 screw depth 9 M5x0.8 screw depth 9

M5×0.8×12 M6 1AP5 3.4

M5×0.8×12 M6 1AP5 3.4

59.7 67 59 52m6 +0.030 +0.011 22.2 13.5 22 37.5 29.5 46 79 32 11 3 35.5 28.5 26 20 10 24 45.5 φ79 75 9.5 52 52.2 46.2 10 2 25.6 30 20 1 24

1 72.5 81.5 74 66m6 +0.030 +0.011 28 16 26.5 44.5 37 57 98 38 15 3.3 44 36 32.3 26 12 30 59.5 φ98 5 11 66 66.2 60.5 11 2.5 32 40 25 2.5 30

1 85.1 98.5 89 79m6 +0.030 +0.011 33.6 20 29.5 54 44.5 68.5 118 46.5 15 5 51 42 38.3 32 15 40 72.5 φ118 5 13.5 79 79.2 73.5 11 2.5 38.1 45 35 1 40

25 109.2 118 108 98m6 +0.035 +0.013 45.2 26 36 64 54 85 143 56 18.5 5 68 55.5 48 40 20 50 91 φ143 5 20 98 98.2 92 12.5 3 51 60 45 1.5 50

M6 screw depth 11

M8 screw depth 12

M10 screw depth 15

M12 screw depth 22

M6×14 M8 1AP5 3.4

M8×16 M10 1AP5 4.0

M10×20 M12 1AP7 4.5

M12×30 M6×10 M6 1AP7 5.8

4 134.5 152 140 124 +0.035 +0.013 56 32 44.5 82 70 109 185 72 20 6 84 67.5 60 50 24 55 114.5 φ185 5 24.2 124 124.2 116 16 3 62.5 75 50 2 55

Spring clamp

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

M16 screw depth 25

M16×35 M8×12 M8 1AP8 6.5

KOSM EK LT D .

20


Pallet Clamp External Dimensions VZ0

Processing dimensions for the mounting area (when collar for VZ-VS1 level adjustment is used)

0-VS1

Air port for seating confirmation

B K

J

Mx

4-AL screw

φ

W

L

Q*2

φ

K

φ

J

Air blow supply

R

φ

φA

φAA±0.010

30°

*4

(Prepared by the client)

4 0.4

(E)

(Y)

(F)

A±0.01 *3

Z sur face

Section

-

Release hydraulic port *4

2- O ring

Below

AH

6.3S

AF

4 – Mounting bolt *1

AE

(G)

(VS)

Above AG *5

There should be no burring

AD

4-φP

*2

+0.1 0

3-φ

K

Below AJ *5

Mx

*2

6.3S 6.3 S

My My

Q*2

My My

J

H

φA

(accessory)

Notes *1. When VZ-VS1 is used, the mounting bolts for VS clamp should not be used because of insufficient length. The client needs to provide the mounting bolts for VZ-VS1.

*2. They are only the dimensions of VZ0250-VS1 and VZ0400-VS1. *3. Please grind Z surface when adjusting the thickness.

Precision between clamp pitches VS-MG

VS-MD

(±0.02)

*6 Base plate

VS-MD

(±0.02)

VS-MG

Notes *6. Please make sure the precision between datum clamp pitches is below ±0.025mm between the clamps with the longest distance.

21

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

Notes 1. When VZ-VS1 is used, please drill the mounting hole as shown in the graph above. 2. There should be no blurring at the intersection of processed hole. *4. The release hydraulic port is within range. *5. The base thickness (AG) and remaining depth after boring (AJ) are reference values when the base material is S50C.


Collar used for level adjustment (used especially for VS spring clamp)

model

VZ-VS1

Connection dimensions

Collar used for VZ-VS1 level adjustment

VS clamp

(BB when locked)

VS clamp

VSJblock

(BB+1 when released)

Collar used for VZ-VS1 level adjustment

(BA when locked)

VSB block

(BA+1 when released)

Collar used for VZ-VSC level adjustment

Model A B C D E F G H J K L Mx My N P Q *2 R *2 S *2 W Y AA AC AD AE AF AG *4 AH AJ *4 AK AL Mounting bolt *1

O-ring Appropriate clamp BA when VSB is used BB when VSJ is used

VZ0020-VS1 2 57 48 42.2 17.2 14 24 14.5 5.5 37 69 27.5 9 3 6.8 2 8 42 38 6.5 0.6 17.2 23 15 2.5 20

VZ0040-VS1 2 60.5 51 46.2 22 14 24 15 5.5 40 74 29.5 11 3 6.8 2 8 46 42 6.5 0.6 22 28 15 2.5 20

VZ0060-VS1 2.5 67 59 52.2 23.1 16 24 14.5 6.5 46 79 32 11 3 9 φ79 9 52 46.2 7.5 0.6 23.1 28 20 1 24

VZ0100-VS1 3 81.5 74 66.2 29 19 28.5 16 8.5 57 98 38 15 3.3 11 φ98 12 66 60.5 8 0.6 29 37 25 2.5 30

VZ0160-VS1 3 98.4 88.9 79.2 35.1 23 31.5 19.7 10.2 68.5 118 46.5 15 5 13 φ118 15.5 79 73.5 8 0.6 35.1 42 35 1 40

VZ0250-VS1 3.5 118 108 98.2 47.2 29.5 38 21.5 11.5 85 143 56 18.5 5 16 47.5 26.5 8 φ143 21.5 98 92 9 0.6 47.5 57 45 1.5 50

VZ0400-VS1 4 152 140 124.2 58.5 36 46.5 27.5 15.5 109 185 72 20 6 18 61.5 34 10 φ185 25.2 124 116 12 0.8 58.5 71 50 2 55

M5×0.8 screw depth 9

M5×0.8 screw depth 9

M6 screw depth 10

M8 screw depth 13

M10 screw depth 17

M12 screw depth 24

M16 screw depth 26

M5×0.8×14 1AP5 VS0020-MD VS0020-MG 13.5 22

M5×0.8×14 1AP5 VS0040-MD VS0040-MG 13.5 22

M6×16 1AP5 VS0060-MD VS0060-MG 15.5 26

M8×20 1AP5 VS0100-MD VS0100-MG 18.5 29

M10×25 1AP7 VS0160-MD VS0160-MG 22.5 35

M12×35 1AP7 VS0250-MD VS0250-MG 29 44.5

M16×40 1AP8 VS0400-MD VS0400-MG 35.5 54

KOSM EK LT D .

Collar used for level adjustment

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

22


Pallet Clamp External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

The graph shows the released status of VT-A.

4 - AJ screw Air venting hole for seating confirmation

Mx

Mx

Locking hydraulic port

φ

φ

My

K

φL

My My

Air venting hole for seating confirmation

K

φA

φAA±0.010

30°

Air blow supply

*4

1.5 Release hydraulic port *4

φ

Below

Above

AE *5

φ

A

*1 *2

φ

1.7 when fixture pallet is set

2

φ

Below AG *5

Sleeve *1.*2

3

AC

φP

±0.1

6.3

There should be no burring

6.3

φ

AF

G 7.5°

φAB

1

Section

Notes 1.There should be no blurring at the intersection of processed hole. *4.The release hydraulic port is within range. *5.The base thickness (AE) and remaining depth after boring (AG) are reference values when the base material is S50C.

Y

A ± 0.003 E F

4 – Mounting bolt (accessory)

-

φ

Pop-up dimensions in the case of full stroke

φ φ φ

3 – O-ring BB (accessory)

1 – O-ring BA (accessory)

Precision between clamp pitches

My My

Air blow port

Mx

4 – Screw used for jack

Q shows the dimensions of sleeve (taper) of datum clamp (VT-MD) R shows the dimensions of sleeve (straight) of guide clamp (VT-MG)

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

(±0.02)

My Locking hydraulic port

*3. The screw for jack is used when the clamp is removed. (See page 41 for operation method)

23

- G-A

-

-A

*6

Air port for seating confirmation

Notes *1. *2.

Mx

*3

Base plate

-

-A

(±0.02)

- G-A

Notes *6. Please make sure the precision between datum clamp pitches is below ±0.025mm between the clamps with the longest distance.


Hydraulic clamp

model

VT- A

Specifications 4 -

Model Repetitive positioning precision mm Clamping force (calculation formula) *7*8 kN Lift force (calculation formula) *7*8 kN Full stroke mm Lift stroke mm Allowed eccentricity during setting of fixture pallet mm Maximum loading mass *9 kg Cylinder capacity *8 cm3 When locked When released Maximum use pressure Minimum use pressure Pressure resistance Used air pressure (for air flow) Use temperature Use fluid Mass *8

-A

-

-A

1

-

-A

1

-

-A

0.003 57 P 3 P 3.4

89 P 57 P 3.4

1.5 500 1.1 1.5

1.5 800 1.9 2.4

1 42 P 93 P 4.0

2 28 P 1 45 P 4.5

2.0 1200 3.5 4.7

2.0 1600 6.2 8.1

1.0

P P P P

0.3

kg

7 1.5 10.5 0.4 0.5 0 70 Common hydraulic oil corresponding to ISO-VG-32 0.4 0.8

1.3

Remarks: *7.P indicates the hydraulic pressure (MPa). *8.The specifications show one unit. *9.The maximum load weight indicates the case where four clamps are used and the pallet is in horizontal position (leveled) The release hydraulic pressure is decided with the loaded mass (fixture) considered.(Please set the loaded mass below 80% of the lift force (number of clamps X lift force.) In case the pallet is in vertical position (hanging on the wall), refer to page 39.

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area E F G K L Mx My N P Q *1 R *2

Y AA AB A A A *5 AF AG*5 A A O-ring BA O-ring BB Mounting bolt Screw used for jack

4 -A 49 30 +0.027 +0.011 13 12 22 29 29 56.5 21.5 8 2.6 32 25 22.5 18 8 10 24 9 30 29.5 8 14 20 6 3.5 10

-A 53.5 36 +0.027 +0.011 17 12.5 22 35 33 66 25.5 9 3 35.5 28.5 26 20 10 15 30 9 36 35.5 8 18 25 10 3.5 15

1

-A 60.5 46 +0.027 +0.011 18 14 26.5 45 42 78 30 11 3 3.3 44 36 32.3 26 12 20 38.5 8.5 46 45.5 10 19 25 15 2 20

1

-A 68.5 56m6+0.030 +0.011 19 18 29.5 55 50 88 34.5 12 3 3.3 51 42 38.3 32 15 25 48 13.5 56 55.5 10 20 30 20 5 25

M5×0.8 screw depth 10

M5×0.8 screw depth 10

M6 screw depth 10

M8 screw depth 15

A 5 8- 23 9 ° ) A 5 8- 7 9 ° ) M5×0.8×14 M6

A 5 8- 27 9 ° ) 1BP5 M5×0.8×14 M6

A 5 8- 3 9 ° ) 1BP5 M6×14 M8

A 5 8- 33 9 ° ) 1BP5 M8×20 M10

KOSM EK LT D .

Hydraulic clamp

Model A

24


Pallet Clamp External Dimensions

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

The graph shows the released status of VT-B. 4 - AJ screw Air venting hole for seating confirmation

Locking hydraulic port

φ

Air venting hole for seating confirmation

φ

K

C

y

y

y

B

K

φA

φAA±0.010

30°

Air blow supply

*4

1.5 Release hydraulic port

φ

*4

Below

*5

Above AE

φ

A

*1 *2

Below AG *5

φ

φ

1.7 when fixture pallet is set

2

Sleeve

*1.*2

3

AC

φP

±0.1

6.3

φL

There should be no burring

6.3

φ

AF

φAB

Y

A ± 0.003 G E F 7.5°

4 – Mounting bolt (accessory)

1

Section

Notes 1.There should be no blurring at the intersection of processed hole. *4.The release hydraulic port is within range. *5.The base thickness (AE) and remaining depth after boring (AG) are reference values when the base material is S50C.

-

φ

Pop-up dimensions in the case of full stroke

3 – O-ring BB (accessory)

φ φ φ

1 – O-ring BA (accessory)

Precision between clamp pitches - G-B

Port for air blow

-

-B

4 – Screw used for jack *3

Air port for seating confirmation

Locking hydraulic port

Notes *1. Q shows the dimensions of sleeve (taper) of datum clamp (VT-MD) *2. R shows the dimensions of sleeve (straight) of guide clamp (VT-MG) *3. The screw for jack is used when the clamp is removed. (See page 41 for operation method)

25

7MPa

Base plate

y

y

y

(±0.02)

*6

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

-

-B

(±0.02)

- G-B

Notes *6. Please make sure the precision between datum clamp pitches is below ±0.025mm between the clamps with the longest distance.


Hydraulic clamp

model

VT- B

Specifications Model Repetitive positioning precision mm Clamping force (calculation formula) *7 *8 kN Lift force (calculation formula) *7 *8 kN Full stroke mm Lift stroke mm Allowed eccentricity during setting of fixture pallet mm Maximum loading mass *9 kg Cylinder capacity *8 cm3 When locked When released Maximum use pressure Minimum use pressure Pressure resistance Used air pressure (for air flow) Use temperature Use fluid Mass *8

4 -

-

-B

1

-

-B

1

-

-B

0.003 57 P 3 P 3.4

89 P 57 P 3.4

1.5 500 1.1 1.5

1.5 800 1.9 2.4

1 42 P 93 P 4.0

2 28 P 1 45 P 4.5

2.0 1200 3.5 4.7

2.0 1600 6.2 8.1

1.0

P P P P

kg

-B

0.3

7 1.5 10.5 0.4 0.5 0 70 Common hydraulic oil corresponding to ISO-VG-32 0.4 0.8

1.3

Remarks: *7. P indicates the hydraulic pressure (MPa). *8.The specifications show one unit. *9.The maximum load weight indicates the case where four clamps are used and the pallet is in horizontal position (leveled) The release hydraulic pressure is decided with the loaded mass (fixture) considered.(Please set the loaded mass below 80% of the lift force (number of clamps X lift force.) In case the pallet is in vertical position (hanging on the wall), refer to page 39.

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area

E F G K L

N P *1 *2

Y AA AB AC A AE *5 AF AG *5 A AJ O-ring BA O-ring BB Mounting bolt Screw used for jack

4 -B 49 53 40 30 +0.027 +0.011 13 12 22 29 29 56.5 21.5 8 2.6 32 25 22.5 18 8 10 24 9 30 29.5 8 14 20 6 3.5 10

-B 53.5 62 44 36 +0.027 +0.011 17 12.5 22 35 33 66 25.5 9 3 35.5 28.5 26 20 10 15 30 9 36 35.5 8 18 25 10 3.5 15

1

-B 60.5 73 55 46 +0.027 +0.011 18 14 26.5 45 42 78 30 11 3 3.3 44 36 32.3 26 12 20 38.5 8.5 46 45.5 10 19 25 15 2 20

1

-B 68.5 82 67 56m6 +0.030 +0.011 19 18 29.5 55 50 88 34.5 12 3 3.3 51 42 38.3 32 15 25 48 13.5 56 55.5 10 20 30 20 5 25

M5×0.8 screw depth 10

M5×0.8 screw depth 10

M6 screw depth 10

M8 screw depth 15

A 5 8- 23 9 °) A 5 8- 7 9 °) 5 8 14

A 5 8- 27 9 °) 1BP5 5 8 14

A 5 8- 3 9 °) 1BP5 14 8

A 5 8- 33 9 °) 1BP5 8 2 1

KOSM EK LT D .

Hydraulic clamp

Model A B C

26


Embedded block

Pallet Clamp

model

VSB

External Dimensions

φ φG

10°

3 – Screw used for jack *1

45°

° ° 90 115 130°

Section of bolt

φB φ φA

3 – Screw used for jack *1

K φB φ φA 10°

6-Mounting bolt 60 (accessory)

30

3 – Screw used for jack *1

6-Mounting bolt (accessory)

60

30

3 – Screw *1 used for jack

60

60

60

30

30

30

Notes *1. The screw for jack is used when VSB block is removed. *2. The spring pin is used for phasing of VSB-C positioning direction.

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o . j p

Positioning direction *2

60

60

60

p.c.d.L 120

Spring pin *2 (accessory)

30

30

30 p.c.d.L 120

H±0.003 J

J

K

φ φG

8∼10

φ φG

10° 30

130°

VSB400-G/F

0.5

H±0.003

K

H±0.003 0.5 J 6-Mounting bolt 60 (accessory)

p.c.d.L

Positioning direction *2

VSB400-C

φ φG

10°

90°

90°

90°

VSB400-D

φB φ φA

4 – Mounting bolt (accessory)

Spring pin *2 (accessory)

p.c.d.L

3 – Screw used for jack *1

45°

° 115

5° 11

4 – Mounting bolt (accessory)

130°

7MPa

H±0.003 J 10°

0.5

3 – Screw used for jack *1

4 – Mounting bolt (accessory)

p.c.d.L

φB φ φA

10°

45°

27

Section of bolt

φB φ φA

0.5

J 0.5

H±0.003 0.5 J

φB φ φA

K

φ φG

K

φ φG

3∼5

VSB020/060/100/160/250-G/F

H±0.003

VSB020/060/100/160/250-C

K

VSB020/060/100/160/250-D

1 p.c.d.L 20


Dimensions of collar used for level adjustment VZ0400-VSC

VZ0020/0060/0100/0160/0250-VSC

φBB C0.4

BC±0.01

φBA±0.1 BC±0.01

φBA±0.1

φBB C0.6

C0.4

C0.6 30°

45°

*3

*3 *3

°

45°

BD hole

30°

p.c.d.L

1- BE hole *2

30 °

20

° 20

p.c.d.L

30°

30°

25°

*3

9-

30°

70°

*3

1- BE hole *2

30°

45°

*3

BD hole

° 30

7-

° 60

45°

Notes

Mounting graph of collar used for level adjustment

1.Please refer to the graph above in case the collar used for level adjustment is prepared by yourself. *3. (Three positions) are used for jack screws.Match the phase of screw used for jack of VSB block.

Collar used for level adjustment

0.5 *4

VSB block

*4. Clearance between the seating area of VSB block and block bottom

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model

A B C F G H J K L AA AB AC AD AE AF AG (AH) AJ AK Mounting bolt Screw used for jack Spring pin *6

VSB020-D VSB020-G VSB060-D VSB060-G VSB100-D VSB100-G VSB160-D VSB160-G VSB250-D VSB250-G VSB400-D VSB400-G VSB020-C VSB020-F VSB060-C VSB060-F VSB100-C VSB100-F VSB160-C VSB160-F VSB250-C VSB250-F VSB400-C VSB400-F 50 +0.027 50g7 -0.009 58m6 +0.030 58g7 -0.010 70m6 +0.030 70g7 -0.010 83m6 +0.035 83g7 -0.012 107 +0.030 107g7 -0.012 123 +0.030 123g7-0.014 -0.034 +0.011 -0.040 +0.013 -0.047 +0.011 -0.047 +0.011 -0.054 -0.040 +0.011 +0.011 25 22.7(25.5)*5 28.5 26.2(29)*5 36 32.5(36.5)*5 42 38.5(42.5)*5 55.5 48.3(56)*5 67.6 60.3(68)*5 32 35.5 44 51 68 84 49.2 57.2 69.2 82.2 106.2 122.2 18.3 20.3 26.3 32.3 40.4 50.5 13 13 16.5 17.5 22.5 26.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 4 4 8 9 10.5 16.5 18.3 19.5 40 46 56 66 86 102 50 58 70 83 107 123 49.5 57.5 69.5 82.5 106.5 122.5 22 24 30 36 46 58 23.2 23.2 27.7 30.7 37.2 45.7 15.5 15.5 20 21 27 32 7 7 8 8 8 8 3 3 5 5 6 8 28.28 32.53 39.6 46.67 60.81 M4×0.7 screw depth 7 3.4 depth5

M4×0.7×16 M4×0.7 φ3 1 VS0020-MD VS0040-MD VT0040-MD

Appropriate clamp

Model BA BB BC BD BE

M5×0.8 screw depth 8 4.5 depth5

M5×0.8×16 M5×0.8 φ4 1 -

VS0020-MG VS0060-MD VS0040-MG VT0060-MD VT0040-MG *7 VS0020-MD VS0040-MD VT0040-MD

VZ0020-VSC 49.2 23 2 5 3.4

- G VT0060-MG *7 VS0060-MD VT0060-MD

VZ0060-VSC 57.2 25 2 6 4.5

M6 screw depth 10 4.5 depth5

φ4

M6×20 M6 1 -

M8 screw depth 14.5 4.5 depth5

φ4

M8×25 M8 1 -

VS0100-MD VS0100-MG VT0100-MD VT0100-MG *7 VS0100-MD VT0100-MD

VS0160-MD VS0160-MG VT0160-MD VT0160-MG *7 VS0160-MD VT0160-MD

VZ0100-VSC 69.2 32 3 7.5 4.5

VZ0160-VSC 82.2 38 3 10 4.5

M10 screw depth 15.5 5.5 depth5

M10×30 M8 φ5 1 -

M10 screw depth 15.5

M10×35 M8 φ5 14 5.5 depth10

VS0250-MD VS0250-MG VS0400-MD *7 VS0250-MD

VZ0250-VSC 106 50 4 12 5.5

VS0400-MG *7 VS0400-MD

VZ0400-VSC 122.2 62 5 12 5.5

Notes *5. The dimensions in ( ) display that of VSB-F. *6. The spring pin is the accessory only to VSB-C. *7. The guide block (VSB-G) is used only for guide clamp (VS/VT-G) and the free block (VSB-F) can be used for both datum clamp (VS/VT-D) and guide clamp (VS/VT-G).


Embedded block

model

VSB

Processing dimensions for the mounting area VSB400

VSB020/060/100/160/250

0.4

AG

C0.6

C0.4

AF

φAA±0.010

AE±0.02

C0.4

C0.4

AF

Below

AD±0.1

0.4

AG

6.3S

AE±0.02

AD±0.1

Below

φAB±0.1 φA

φA hole *8)

φAA±0.010

6.3S

φAB±0.1 φA

φA hole *8)

(AH) (88.33)

p.c.d.L

p.c.d.L

φAK hole *8

φA hole *8

6-AJ Screw

60

*2

*2

45°

30

(51)

Positioning direction

(AH)

Positioning direction

4-AJ Screw

90° Notes 1.This graph shows the case where the clearance between the seating area of VSB block and pallet bottom is 0.5mm when the collar for level adjustment is used. *8.

AK hole is used for phasing of VSB-C positioning direction. Please make sure is AK hole is at the line connecting the centers of VSB-D and VSB-C.This processing is only necessary for VSB-C.

Precision between mounting pitches and VSB-C phase

Embedded block

VSB-G/F

VSB-C *9

Spring pin *2

dir ec

tio

n *2

(±0.02)

VSB-D

sit Po

(±0.02)

ion

ing

VSB-G/F

Notes *9. Please make sure the precision between block pitches is within ±0.025mm between the blocks with the longest distance.

KOSM EK LT D .

28


Flange shaped block

Pallet Clamp

model

VSJ

External Dimensions VSJ020/060-G VSJ020/060-F

φA φG

φA φG

φA φG

3-Screw used for jack *1

K 3-Screw used for jack *1

45°

° 90

4-Mounting bolt (accessory)

130°

90°

130°

90°

130°

90°

11 5° p.c.d.

11 5° p.c.d.

φB φC φF

3-Screw used for jack *1

45°

(accessory)

(accessory)

0.5

Section of bolt

φB φC φF

4-Mounting bolt

4-Mounting bolt

J H±0.003

K

J H±0.003 0.5

0.5

J H±0.003

φB φC φF

45°

3∼5

VSJ020/060-C

K

VSJ020/060-D

Spring pin *2 (accessory)

11 5° p.c.d.

Positioning direction *2

VSJ100/160/250/400-G VSJ100/160/250/400-F

φA φG

φA φG

φA φG

6-Mounting bolt 60

Section of bolt

φB φC φF

6- Mounting bolt 60

30

30

φB φC φF

6-Mounting bolt

(accessory)

(accessory)

0.5

φB φC φF

K

J H±0.003

K 0.5

0.5

H

J

±0.003

J H±0.003

3∼5

VSJ100/160/250/400-C

K

VSJ100/160/250/400-D

60

30

(accessory)

60

60

60

30

30

30

30

30

30

Spring pin *2 (accessory)

60

60

60

Positioning direction *2

p.c.d.

120

3-Screw used for jack *1

p.c.d. 120

3-Screw used for jack *1

Notes *1.The screw for jack is used when VSJ block is removed. *2.The spring pin is used for phasing of VSJ-C positioning direction.

29

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

p.c.d.

120 3-Screw used for jack *1


Processing dimensions for the mounting area VSJ020/060

VSJ100/160/250/400

φAB φAB

Below φAE

φAK hole)

30°

*3

6.3S

φAA

±0.010

AL

6.3S

AL

30°

φAA±0.010

AD

Chamfering

AD

C0.4

Reference surface

0.4 0.4

AC±0.1

0.4 0.4

AC±0.1

Below φAE

Reference surface

(φA hole) *3

(AF)

4-AJ screw p.c.d.

(AG)

p.c.d.

6-AJ screw

φAK hole *3

45°

30

(AH)

Positioning direction *2

(AF)

60

90°

60

Positioning direction *2

φAK hole *3

Notes *3.φAK hole is used for phasing of VSJ-C positioning direction. Please make sure is φAK hole is at the line connecting the centers of VSJ-D and VSJ-C. This processing is only necessary for VSJ-C.

List of External Dimensions & Processing Dimensions for Mounting Area Model A B C F G H J K L AA AB AC AD AE (AF) (AG) (AH) AJ

VSJ020 - D VSJ020 - G VSJ060 - D VSJ060 - G VSJ100 - D VSJ100 - G VSJ160 - D VSJ160 - G VSJ250 - D VSJ250 - G VSJ400 - D VSJ400 - G VSJ020 - C VSJ020 - F VSJ060 - C VSJ060 - F VSJ100 - C VSJ100 - F VSJ160 - C VSJ160 - F VSJ250 - C VSJ250 - F VSJ400 - C VSJ400 - F -0.009 -0.010 -0.009 +0.030 31.5 +0.027 37.5 +0.027 52g7 -0.010 62m6+0.030 62g7 -0.010 74m6 +0.030 85 +0.030 85g7 -0.012 +0.011 37.5g7-0.034 52m6+0.011 -0.040 +0.011 -0.040 +0.011 74g7 -0.040 +0.011 -0.047 +0.011 31.5g7 -0.034 25 22.7(25.5)*4 28.5 26.2(29)*4 36 32.5(36.5)*4 42 38.5(42.5)*4 55.5 48.3(56)*4 67.6 60.3(68)*4 32 35.5 44 51 68 84 49 59 74 89 108 123 18.3 20.3 26.3 32.3 40.4 50.5 8 10 10 12 15 18 13 15 16.5 18.5 23 26.5 6.7 7.8 7.8 8.8 13.8 13 40 47.5 62.5 75 90 102 31.5 37.5 52 62 74 85 22 25 31 38 46 58 14.7 12.7 17.2 18.2 21.7 27.2 6 6 7.5 7.5 9 9.5 3 3 5 5 6 8 28.28 33.59 54.13 64.95 77.94 88.33 31.25 37.5 45 51

M4×0.7 screw depth 8 AK φ3.4 depth 5 AL 0.8 Chamfering Mounting bolt M4×0.7×10 Screw used for jack M4×0.7

Spring pin *5

φ3

10

VS0020-MD VS0040-MD VT0040-MD Appropriate clamp

-

M5×0.8 screw depth 9

φ4.5 depth 5 0.8 M5×0.8×12 M5×0.8 φ4 10 -

VS0020-MG VS0060-MD VS0040-MG VT0060-MD VT0040-MG *6 VS0020-MD VS0040-MD VT0040-MD

M5×0.8 screw depth 9

φ4.5 depth 5 0.8 C0.4 M5×0.8×12 M5×0.8 φ4 10 -

0060- G VS0100-MD VT0060-MG VT0100-MD *6 VS0060-MD VT0060-MD

M6 screw depth 10

φ4.5 depth 5 0.8 C0.4 M6×14 M6 φ4 10 -

VS0100-MG VS0160-MD VT0100-MG VT0160-MD *6 VS0100-MD VT0100-MD

M8 screw depth 15

φ5.5 depth 5 1.5 C0.4 M8×20 M8 φ5 10 -

VS0160-MG VS0250-MD VT0160-MG *6 VS0160-MD VT0160-MD

M10 screw depth 15

φ5.5 depth 5 1.5 C0.6 M10×20 M8 φ5 10 -

VS0250-MG VS0400-MD *6 VS0250-MD

VS0400-MG *6 VS0400-MD

Notes *4.The dimensions in ( ) display that of VSJ-F. *5.The spring pin is the accessory only to VSJ-C. *6.The guide block (VSJ-G) is used only for guide clamp (VS/VT-G) and the free block (VSJ-F) can be used for both datum clamp (VS/VT-D) and guide clamp (VS/VT-G).


Flange shaped block

model

VSJ

Precision between mounting pitches and VSJ-C phase VS -G/F

VS -C *7

Spring pin *2

Po s

(±0.02)

itio

VS -G/F

nin

gd

ire

cti on *

2

(±0.02)

VS -D

Flange shaped block

Notes *7.Please make sure the precision between block pitches is within ±0.025mm between the blocks with the longest distance.

KOSM EK LT D .

30


Auto joint/Pump unit Auto joint (hydraulic/pneumatic)

Auto joint (coolant/air)

JV D 0 2 0 0 - W - S B10

JV F 0 3 0 0 - H - S B10

1

2

3

4

5

2

3

4

5

1 Type

1 Type

C:At the O-ring side of contacting area (fixture side)

E:At the O-ring side of contacting area (fixture side)

:At the seat side of contacting area (pressure source side)

:At the seat side of contacting area (pressure source side)

2 Design No.

2 Design No.

3 Material

3 Material

W: Stainless steel, brass, NBR

H: Stainless steel, brass, fluoro rubber

4 Appropriate clamp model

4 Appropriate clamp model

No marking: common (only JVC) S : Especially used for VS spring clamp T : Especially used for VT hydraulic clamp

only JVD

Please contact us for models as shown in

5 Appropriate block model

No marking: common (only JVC)

No marking: common (only JVE) S : Especially used for VS spring clamp T : Especially used for VT hydraulic clamp Please contact us for models as shown in

5 Appropriate block model No marking: common (only JVE)

B02 : VSB020

B02 : VSB020

B06 : VSB060

B06 : VSB060

B10 : VSB100 J02 : VSJ020

31

1

only JVD

B10 : VSB100 J02 : VSJ020

J06 : VSJ060

J06 : VSJ060

J10 : VSJ100

J10 : VSJ100

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

only JVF

only JVF


Model Indication

model

JV/CV

Pump unit

CV 2 B 5 0 - 0 - H H R - P 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

1 Tank capacity

2ďźš2 2 Pump model BďźšAB pump 3 Pump pressure code

3: AB3 4: AB4 5: AB5

-

4 Design No. 5 Fluid code

O:

Normal hydraulic oil (corresponding to ISO-VG-32)

6 Control method

HH : 5A : 1A : F :

Mechanical selector valve type Solenoid valve type (DC24V) Solenoid valve type (AC100V) Auto switch

7 Directly mounted machine at the air supply side

R : Standard (air regulator) D : With filter regulator (auto drain type) 8 With gauge

Model Indication

No marking: Indicates standard MPa. : Indicates PSI especially for USA P

KOSM EK LT D .

32


Auto joint Auto joint (zero counterforce type during pallet setting): JVC/JVD JVE/JVF JVC/JVD JVE/JVF are auto joints which can easily be used with pallet clamp. No counterforce occurs during pallet setting (when pallet clamp is released). When connected (where the pallet clamp is locked), the clamping force of pallet clamp and lift stroke are used to ensure firm connection and reliability. The thickness of base plate/pallet is minimized as the auto joints are made smaller.

Specifications At the side of fixture Model

JVC0200-W JVE0300-H JVD0200 JVD0200 JVD0200 JVD0200 JVD0200 JVD0200 JVF0300 JVF0300 JVF0300 JVF0300 JVF0300 JVF0300 -W-SB02 -W-SJ02 -W-SB06 -W-SJ06 -W-SB10 -W-SJ10 -H-SB02 -H-SJ02 -H-SB06 -H-SJ06 -H-SB10 -H-SJ10 MPa 7 1 MPa 10.5 1.5 12.6 29.0 mm2 ±0.5 mm DEG. 0.3 70 Normal hydraulic oil corresponding to ISO-VS-32 or air Coolant or air 154 P 4 38 P kN 34 61 28 53 33 60 41 65 49 96 58 111 73 122 VS0020/VS0040 VS0060 VS0100 VS0020/VS0040 VS0060 VS0100 VSB020 VSJ020 VSB060 VSJ060 VSB100 VSJ100 VSB020 VSJ020 VSB060 VSJ060 VSB100 VSJ100

At the side of pressure source

Maximum use pressure Pressure resistant Minimum passage area Eccentricity (allowed value) Angular error (allowed value) Use temperature Use fluid Reaction force (calculation formula) *1

Mass

JVC JVE g JVD JVF Appropriate clamp model Appropriate block model

Remarks: *1. P: Supply pressure (MPa)

Supply pressure – reaction force graph The reaction force in the case of pressure supply is displayed upon completion of connection (where VS spring clamp is locked).

0.04 0.19 0.35 0.50 0.66 0.81 0.96 1.12

0.8 0.6 0.4 0.2 0

0

1

2 3 4 5 6 Supply pressure (MPa)

7

P 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

0.06 0.10 0.14 0.17 0.21 0.25 0.29 0.33 0.36 0.40 0.44

0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0

0

Flow rate – pressure loss characteristics graph JVC/JVD

JVE/JVF

The fluid used for this data is normal hydraulic oil corresponding to ISO-VG-32 3

The fluid used for this data is water.

.

/min 0 5 10 15 20 25

2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0

7MPa

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

Flow rate ( /min)

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m e k .c o .j p

P 0 0.05 0.12 0.21 0.33 0.48

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 Supply pressure (MPa)

1

5

30

0.5

Flow rate Pressure loss

0.4 Pressure loss (MPa)

P 0 0.29 0.66 1.12 1.64 2.27 2.98

Pressure loss (MPa)

/min 0 5 10 15 20 25 30

4

3.0

Flow rate Pressure loss

33

0.5

Supply pressure Counterforce

1.0 Counterforce (kN)

P 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

JVE/JVF

1.2

Supply pressure Counterforce

Counterforce (kN)

JVC/JVD

0.3 0.2 0.1 0

0

10 15 20 Flow rate ( /min)

25


Auto joint

model

JVC/JVD JVE/JVF

Circuit Symbols (At the side of fixture) JVC, JVE

JVC/JVD Maximum use pressure

Normal hydraulic oil (Corresponding to ISO-VG-32)

7MPa

(At the side of pressure source) JVD, JVF

JVE/JVF Maximum use pressure

Coolant

1MPa

Air

Air

No flow out of JVC: hydraulic oil; JVE: coolant in the case of separated status (zero pressure).

Action Description This graph displays JVC/JVD. Pallet

JVD (JVF) (At the side of pressure source)

VS clamp

[Pallet clamp]

After the pallet is transported out

JVC (JVE) (At the side of fixture)

Before the pallet is transported in

VSJ (VSB) block

・The pallet clamp is in released status.

[Auto joint] ・The auto joint is in unconnected status.

Base plate

Fluid: OFF

[Pallet clamp]

Clamp rod lift function

・The pallet rests on clamp rod.

[Auto joint] ・The auto joint is in unconnected status. ・Please do not connect it under pressurized status (where the pallet clamp is locked). ・As the internal spring is not activated, no counterforce occurs due to the auto joint. Zero counterforce

Released status

When the pallet is transported out

When the pallet is transported in

Unconnected (no connection is allowed under pressurized status)

Fluid: OFF

[Pallet clamp] ・The pallet clamp is in locked status. (It is in released status when the pallet is transported out.)

・It is connected as the pallet is clamped. ・The fluid supply is possible (pressurized). ・Please do not separate it under pressurized status (where the pallet clamp is released).

When clamped

When clamped

[Auto joint]

・Counterforce occurs from the auto joint due to the internal spring and supply pressure. Locked status

Fluid: ON

Occurrence of counterforce

Completion of connection (no separation is allowed when pressurized)

Notes 1. Please do not carry out connection or separation of auto joint when pressurized. 2. Drain out air within the circuit before use. (The used fluid is oil). 3. Do not connect if surfaces are contaminated. If contaminants are present, clean with air blow before connecting. 4. During separation, as load occurs on the actuator at the fixture side, fluid may flow out from the auto joint front end due to pressure. 5. If the allowed eccentricity is exceeded, take care not to damage the internal parts. (It is recommended to use such device as guide pin when the pallet clamp is not combined for use.) 6. It is recommended to use VS series as pallet clamp to ensure stabilized setting via 1mm lift stroke.

KOSM EK LT D .

Auto joint

Lift stroke 1mm

Released status

34


Auto joint External Dimensions JVC/JVD

C

More than 12.5

(0 4 )

1 5 Screw

10

2

A

B

φ18

35

*1

0 5)

45 φ2

2

45°

Connection setting dimensions D ±0 05 (When the pallet clamp is locked) (Reference value: limiting dimension E for single unit connection)

Hexagonal 22

- -

A 5 8- 17 9 °) (accessory)

21

More than 10

12

Hexagonal 22

-

45 φ2

2

18 5

φ2 5 7 + 0 3

JVC 2

φ21

30° 3

φ14

JVC/JVD (common)

5

A 5 8- 17 9 °) (accessory)

Processing dimensions for the mounting area 22

1 5 Screw

15 5 98

φ17 8 2

1 5 Screw

External Dimensions JVE/JVF

0 5)

3 φ3

27

35

1 5 Screw

7MPa

C 10

A 5 8- 21 9 °) Fluoro rubber (accessory)

A

B

φ2

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

45° 27

1 5 Screw

More than 12.5

35

More than 17 *2

Connection setting dimensions D ±0 05 (When the pallet clamp is locked) *1 (Reference value: limiting dimension E for single unit connection)

Hexagonal 30

- -

33

(0 5)

1 5

3 φ3

3

23

Hexagonal 30

3

φ27 4 8 + 0 3

φ22

3

Fluoro rubber (accessory)

φ28

30°

5

A 5 8- 21 9 °)

More than 10

JVE/JVF (common)

1 5 Screw 1 5 5 10

27

Processing dimensions for the mounting area

5

max 9 2

More than φ11 *2

*2 The dimensions indicate only those at the side of JVE.


Auto joint

model

JVC/JVD JVE/JVF

2

-

3

-

2

- - B

3

- - B

VS clamp

VSB block

VS clamp

2

-

3

-

2

- -

3

- -

When released BA+1

VSB block

When locked BA

Collar used for level adjustment

When released BB+1

VZ-

When locked BB

Connection dimensions

List of External Dimensions & Connection Dimensions At the side of fixture

Model

At the side of pressure source

A B C D E Appropriate clamp model Appropriate block model Used clamp model When VSB block is used When VSJ block is used

BA BB

2 - - B 2 3 - - B 2 1 1 5 11 5 11 2 / B 2 2 11 5 2

4 11 5 2

2 - 3 - 24 5 35 11 2 19 5 4 2 13 23 5

2 2

2 2 - - B 3 - - B 17 5 1 5 13 12 5

3 2 - 3 - 28 7 11 23 5 23

2 - - B1 3 - - B1 2 1 9 15 5 15

2 - - 1 3 - - 1 3 5 95 11 2 25 5 1

B 1 15 5 2

1 19 5 32

B1 25 25 5 41

4 31 5 50

4 11 5 2

12 22 5

1 1 13 5 24

1 17 5 30

Auto joint

Notes 1 The connection dimensions BA and BB vary when the collar for level adjustment (VZ-VS1) is used. (See page 21 for reference.) Make the connection dimensions*1 of JVC/JVD, JVE/JVF at D ± 5 2 When the pallet clamps other than for corresponding devices are used together, make the connection dimensions*1 of JVC/JVD, JVE/JVF at D± 5 Or use of JNA/JNB, JNC/JND can be considered. (Refer to other Auto Coupler/Auto Joint Catalogue CAT.NO.KJ-02.) *1 With regard to tolerance of connection dimensions, D ± 5 indicates the tolerance when counterforce is zero from the auto joint during pallet setting (where the pallet clamp used together is released). Otherwise, the connection dimensions can be D -0 4

KOSM EK LT D .

36


Pump unit Pump unit A compact shop air-driven hydrauiic pump. The circuit is controlled with air ON/OFF (hydraulic pressure ON/OFF). Easy to set up with compact size.

Circuit Symbols Mechanical selector valve

PA

Specifications Model Discharging hydraulic pressure *1

MPa

Tank capacity *2 Use temperature Used fluid

P

CV2 30 4.5 2.4

CV2 40 CV2 50 4.0 7.0 6.0 11.0 2 L -L L 1 1 0 70 ISO-VG32 Corresponding to normal hydraulic oil

AB - Pump

Remarks: *1. The discharging hydraulic pressure indicates the case where the set air pressure is 0.3-0.5MPa. *2. H.L: Upper oil amount limit L.L: Lower oil amount limit

Reference circuit example Air for seating confirmation

Air sensor for seating confirmation

m Air

VS clamp Air blow

Mechanical selector valve

PA Release hydraulic pressure

Coupler

P

AB - Pump

CV Pump unit

37

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p


Pump unit

model

o

2B

- -

138

r

Oil supply port

Air regulator

Selector valve for operation

AB - Pump

PA port c1/4 screw Air pressure gauge

P

ort c1/4 screw

Air venting valve

319

50

4.5

151

80

223.5

287

62

166

10

75 73

155

10

175 2 Tank

4- 8 bolt hole 8 1 bolt JIS spring washer (accessory)

Pump unit

i

imen ion

130

tern

CV

KOSM EK LT D .

38


Pallet Clamp Notes for design 1) Specification confirmation â—?The operation hydraulic pressure for different models is shown in the table below. Model

VS

Maximum operation pressure

Minimum operation pressure [MPa]

VT 7.0

[MPa]

3.5

1.5

As the workpiece fixture plate may fall down during releasing, it is recommended to set up the latching mechanism to prevent it from falling down. When the pallet is used in vertical position (hanging on the wall), the internal moving parts tend to wear out. Confirm the positioning precision in a regular manner. In case the allowed range is exceeded, change the machine. Example of latching mechanism

2) Consideration for circuit design When the hydraulic circuit is designed, read carefully the reference examples in Oil Cylinder Speed Control Circuit & Notes (page 43), and design the appropriate circuit. If incorrectly designed, the machine may malfunction, sustain damage or have reduced performance. It is recommended to use the air flow path over 6mm. 3) When the pallet is in vertical position When the workpiece fixture plate is being set, make sure it is in proper proximity and square to the clamps. If it is locked out of position, the machine or clamps may be damaged. When VSB is used

When VSJ is used

Allowed dimension P

Allowed dimension P

When the pallet is in horizontal position (leveled), make sure the weight of the workpiece fixture is less than the lift force of the clamps and maximum load of the machine. When the pallet is in vertical position, make sure the weight of workpiece fixture pallet is 10% of the clamping force. Please contact us in case the pallet is in other positions.

4) Seat setting In case the clamp/block configuration is linear, it is recommended to provide additional supports for stability.

Allowed dimension P (spring clamp) Model

VS0020 VS0040 VS0060 VS0100 VS0160 VS0250 VS0400

VSB Block

13

13

14.5

17

21

27

33

VSJ Block

21.5

21.5

25

27.5

33.5

42.5

51.5

Allowed dimension P (hydraulic clamp) Model

Datum clamp Cut block Datum clamp Datum block

V 0040 V 0060 V 0100 V 0160

VSB Block

13

13.5

15

19

VSJ Block

21.5

24

25.5

31.5

Seat

39

7MPa

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

Moment

Load


Notes

model

5) Setting of rough guide If the position of the pallet during loading is outside the clamp allowable eccentricity, the clamp may prematurely contact the block taper surface causing damage affecting locating precision. It is recommended to use rough guides to contain the pallet within the allowable eccentricity.

VS/VT

6) It is necessary to have a guide in case the guide block (VSB/VSJ-G) is not used. The combination of guide clamp (VS/VT-G) and guide block (VSB/VSJ-G) ensures the protective function of datum clamp. The guide should be set up in case the guide block is not used in the applications below.

When only the combination of datum clamps (2) and datum block (VSB/VSJ-D) cut block (VSB/VSJ-C) is used.

More than 10mm

When only the combination of datum clamp and free block (VSB/VSJ-F) is used to rotate the fixture plate.

Guide (Two) rough guide (Two)

Less than 0.2mm

The pallet must be level when lowering or lifting from the pallet clamps. If necessary, provide guide pins to keep the pallet level during loading and unloading.

Notes

Guide pin

KOSM EK LT D .

40


Pallet Clamp Notes on installation 1) Used fluid confirmation Please use the appropriate fluid by referring to the Hydraulic Fluid List.

1

Before mounting the unit, first install the accessory U packing in the mounting hole as shown in the graph below.

2) Treatment before the assembly The pipeline, piping connector and fixture circuits should be cleaned by thorough flushing. The dust and cutting powder in the circuit may lead to fluid leakage land malfunctioning. This product is not equipped with protective function to prevent dust and impurity going into the hydraulic system and pipeline. 3) Applying seal tape Wind tape 1~2 turns. Wrapping in the wrong direction will cause leaks and malfunction. Tape should be tight on the threads. If loose, it can lead to leaks. In order to prevent foreign substance going into the product during the piping work, it should be carefully cleaned before the

Attention to direction U packing

2

VS VS0020

Block VT

VT0040

Nominal designation of mounting bolt

The clamp will be equipped with a delivery ring for shipment. After the pallet clamp is mounted on the fixture, remove the delivery ring before use. (When the delivery ring is removed, ensure the release hydraulic pressure.) Please take good care of the delivery ring as it is necessary to remove the clamp.

Delivery ring

Tightening torque (N.m)

VSB

VSJ

VSB020

VSJ020

M4×0.7

3.2

VSB060

VSJ060

M5×0.8

6.3

VS0040

With regard to delivery ring (important) The delivery ring is used to prevent separation of parts of individual clamps.

work is started. 4) Mounting the body Use four bolts with hex holes (grade 12.9) and tighten the body with torque as shown in the table below. Tighten them evenly to prevent twisting or jamming. Clamp

With regard to pallet clamp With regard to mounting of U packing

When the pallet clamp is removed from the fixture, mount the delivery ring

VSJ100

VS0060

VT0060

VSB100

VSJ160

M6

10

VS0100

VT0100

VSB160

VSJ250

M8

25

VS0160

VT0160

VSB250

VSJ400

M10

50

in advance. In case it is removed without using of the delivery ring, the internal parts may be separated from the spring, which cannot be recovered. Delivery ring

VSB400 VS0250

M12

80

VS0400

M16

200

5) Removal Mount the delivery ring. Remove mounting bolts. Insert jack bolts and tighten evenly to lift clamp. Protect the screw parts with parallel pins as shown in the graph below in order for the bolts used for jack not to damage the surface of mounting screws.

With regard to embedded block (VSB)

1

Level adjustment of block seating surface When the fixture plates are assembled in the blocks, adjust the level of block seating surface in the way described below. (Recommended level adjustment: within ±0.003mm)

Delivery ring

Assemble the fixture plate in the sequence of collar used for level adjustment and block in the, and tighten them with specified torque.

Bolt used for jack

Measure the level of different block seating surfaces. In case the levels are not even, remove the blocks, and grind the collars used for level adjustment so that the level range is within ±0.003mm.

Parallel pin, hollow set screw and so on.

Once again, assemble the block and collar used for level adjustment into the fixture plate, and confirm the levels.

41

7MPa

Collar used for level adjustment(VZ) Below 0.003

VSB Block

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p

Seating surface


Notes

model

VS/VT

Notes on handling 1) It should be handled by qualified personnel with sufficient knowledge. The hydraulic machine/air compressor should be handled and maintained by qualified personnel with sufficient experience and knowledge. 2) Do not handle or disassemble the items unless the safety is ensured. ①The machine and equipment can only be inspected or prepared after it is confirmed that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place. ② Before the machine is disassembled, make sure that the above-mentioned safety measures are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. ③ After stopping the machine, do not disassemble it until its temperature cools down. ④ Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting the machine/equipment. 3) Do not touch the lamp when the swinging clamp is in operation. Otherwise, your hands may be injured due to crushing or pinching. 4) Do not disassemble or modify it. If it is disassembled or modified, the warranty will become invalid even if it is still within the warranty period.

Maintenance/Inspection

3

If disconnection is carried out with coupler, air is mixed inside the circuit after a long period of use, air venting should be carried out on the regular basis.

4

Check whether the pipeline, mounting bolt and nut for fixing the lever are loosened or not. Retighten it on the regular basis.

5

Make sure the hydraulic fluid has not deteriorated.

6

Make sure that the action is smooth and there is no abnormal noise. Especially when it is restarted after left unused for a long period, make sure it can be operated correctly.

7

The products should be stored in the cold and dark place without direct sunshine and moisture.

8

Please contact us for overhaul and repair. Hydraulic Fluid List ISO viscosity grade ISO-VG-32 Manufacturer name

Wear resistant hydraulic fluid

Multi purpose universal fluid

Tellus Oil C32 TELLUS OIL C32 Showa Shell Sekiyu DAPHNE SUPER HYDRO 32A SUPERMULTI 32 Idemitsu Kosan SUPER HYRANDO 32 SUPER MULPUS 32 Nippon Oil Corp COSMO NEW MIGHTY SUPER 32 COSMO HYDRO AW32 Cosmo Oil LATHUS 32 HYDLUX 32 Japan Energy (JOMO) NUTO 32 NUTO H32 Esso Sekiyu MOBIL DTE24 LIGHT MOBIL DTE24 ExxonMobil UNIT OIL P32 UNIT OIL WR32 Kygnus FUKKOL SUPER HYDROL 32 FUKKOL HYDROL DX32 Fujikosan Oil HYDROL AW32 Matsumura Oil SUNVIS 832 SUNVIS 932 Japan Sun Oil HYDIC AW32 HYDIC 32 Mitsui Oil HYSPIN AWS32 Castrol Note: as it may be difficult to purchase the products as shown in the table from overseas, please contact the respective manufacturer.

1) Removal of the clamp and shutoff of pressure source Before the clamp is removed, make sure that the preventive devices against falling of driven articles and reckless operation preventive device are in place, shut off the air of hydraulic source and power and make sure that no pressure exists in the hydraulic circuit. Make sure there is no abnormality in the bolts and respective parts before restarting.

Notes

2) Clean the reference surfaces (taper reference surface, seating surface) regularly. This clamp is equipped with cleaning mechanism (air flow mechanism) to eliminate cutting powder and coolant. However, in case some foreign substances cannot be eliminated such as attached cutting powder and coolant with viscosity, make sure there is no foreign substance before mounting the work pallet. The dirt is attached on the clamp and block during use may lead to positioning precision deterioration, malfunctioning and oil leakage.

KOSM EK LT D .

42


Pallet Clamp Speed control circuit of hydraulic cylinder & notes If the hydraulic cylinder speed is controlled, the circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideratio. Carry out sufficient advance review as the wrong circuit design may lead to machine malfunctioning and damage. Speed control circuit for single acting cylinder For spring return type single acting cylinders, restricting flow during release can slow or prevent release action. The preferred method is to control the flow during the lock action and use a valve that has free-flow in the release direction. Also, it is preferred to provide a speed control at each actuator to be regulated.

In the case of meter-out circuit, however, the hydraulic circuit should be designed with the following points taken into consideration. Single acting components should not use the same speed control as the double acting components. The release action of the single acting cylinders may become erratic or very slow.

If the release action is accelerated by some load (or gravity) the clamp may sustain damage. In this case add speed control to release flow.

Refer to the following circuit when both the single acting cylinder and double acting cylinder are used together. Separate the control circuit.

The release of the lateral flow control

W

Speed control circuit for double acting cylinde For double acting cylinder speed control, both the locking side and release side should have meter-out circuits. Meter-in controls can be adversely affected by any air in the system.

Back pressure in a shared tank line can delay the releaseof single acting components. However, due to back pressure of the tank line, the single acting cylinder may act after action of the double acting cylinder.

Meter-out circuit

In the case of meter-out circuit, the inner circuit pressure may increase during the cylinder action because of the fluid supply. The increase of the inner circuit pressure can be prevented by reducing the supplied fluid beforehand via the flow governing valve. Especially, as for systems with sequence valve and pressure switch for action confirmation, if the inner circuit pressure is over the setting pressure, the system may break down, which should be taken into full consideration. Meter-in circuit

Sequence valve

43

7MPa

Flow governing valve for fluid supply (ok with each location)

h t t p : / / w ww. k o s m ek .c o .j p


Notes

model

VS/VT

Warranty Warranty Warranty Period The product warranty period is 18 months from shipment from our factory or 12 months from initial use, whichever is earlier. 2 Warranty Scope If the product is damaged or malfunctions during the warranty period due to faulty design, materials or workmanship, we will replace or repair the defective part at our expense. Defects or failures caused by the following are not covered: 1

If the stipulated maintenance and inspection are not carried out; If the product is used while it is not suitable for use based on the operator’s judgement, resulting in defect. f it is used or handled in inappropriate way by the operator (including damage caused by the misconduct of the third party.) If the defect is caused by reasons other than our responsibility. If it is caused by reform or repair other than carried out by us, or without our approval and confirmation. Other caused by natural disasters or calamities not attributable to our company. Parts expenses or replacement expenses due to parts consumption and deterioration (such as gum, plastic, seal material and some electric components).

Notes

Moreover, the damages in connection with or resulting from the product defect shall be excluded from the warranty.

KOSM EK LT D .

44


h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p

1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401

Certification acquisition of ISO HEAD OFFICE / KANSAI OFFICE / OVERSEAS OFFICE KANTO OFFICE / CHUBU OFFICE

CAT.NO.VS001-02-02 Printed in Japan

JQA-QMA10823 2009. 8. First 0.5 Yc 2010. 1. Second 0.5 Ry


1MPa New

Air Location Clamp

Has the ability to Locate & Clamp Clamping performed by internal spring. All material is stainless steel.

model

Locating Accuracy 3μm Clamping force 0.7~9.0kN Compact

SWT


Air Location Clamp Using air pressure the pneumatic location clamp accurately positions and locates.

Locating function Repetitive location accuracy of 3Îźm Accuracy and repeatability is accomplished via a movable taper sleeve.

Clamping function Clamping force 0.7 âˆź 9.0kN Clamping is accomplished using air pressure and internal spring force. If the air pressure is lost the clamping force is maintained due to the internal spring.

Pneumatic double-action location clamp

Air blow function

Seating confirmation

Foreign substances such as

The component seating surface

cutting chips and other

has an air vent hole which is

contaminants can be removed.

utilized to detect seating with an air-catch sensor.

1

ee

t o ue

A

1-

-

or o tion/

et

m

or i er

m in

or e

mo e

/


Robotic arms

m

Bo

Coaters head

i e

i e P rt to e o te

Semiconductor inspection device

Production line for LCD panels

2


Air Location Clamp Cross Section Structure & Features

Higher locating accuracy/higher durability/compact

Location accuracy function

Prevention of contaminants

Easy installation

Marginal error is absorbed by

The dust seal is designed to prevent

Because the datum points are done

a moveable taper sleeve.

foreign substances from entering the

with the blocks, the plate can be

The clearance between the clamp unit,

clamp.

interchangeable for easy installation.

taper sleeve, and block is eliminated

” The mounting phase is necessary only for cut block.

allowing consistent repeatability and clamping force. (See page 5)

P te

Bo

Contact Surface of Steel Ball Contact surface of steel ball is a cone shape and negates the issues of position changes between clamp and block. en

Bo m e

Strong air blow Effective air blow with independent circuit.

Clamping maintained by spring

B e P te

All material stainless steel

It clamps via air pressure and spring

Stainless steel material eliminates

force in normal condition, if air pressure

corrosion, chemical-resistance and

is lost clamping force on the fixture plate

stiffness.

is maintained due to internal spring force. Estimated spring life time is more than 2 million cycle.


Internal Structure Description Plate

Dust seal

Steel ball

Taper sleeve Taper reference surface SWTJ Block

Seating surface

Small rod Air venting hole for seating confirmation

Body

Air port (used for air flow)

Air Lock port

Spring

Air Release port

Piston rod

Base plate

Action Description Dust seal

・ Air

o

re ent

・ u t e ・

e e i

rti e ont min tion

re ent

n e to o

ont min tion n

e t er ee e ot i rote te ont min nt rom enterin

Locking Air pressure OFF

e

n o e n e e i ne rom t e m in oint it

ee

tee

ot t

re i

te to re ent

n i

e n oo nt

n

n ot er

After the plate is transported out

Air blow ON

Before the plate is transported in

Flange inclined surface

Release Air pressure ON

Lift-up function at the front end of clamp Plate Appropriate clearance

When the plate is transported in e te i et on t e r i e et een t e tum ur e

When the plate is transported out ・

Air blow ON

i ton ro At t i time t ere i e r n e o in t e ir o to remo e ont min nt

e

o e ont tin o t er re eren e ur

e i re e e

it

i t-u

When the plate is transported out

When the plate is transported in

or e

Locking Air pressure OFF Release Air pressure ON

Taper reference surface

Locking Air pressure ON Release Air pressure OFF

en un m in ir re ure i o n m in ir re ure i on ir re ure n rin or e o er t e i ton ro en tee en e t e o rin in it to t e e tin ur e

e te i o itione it i re i ion i t e t er ee e ont t t e t er re eren e ur e o t e o

・ i

e e tin ir t

ur e in u e en or

n ir ent or e tin

on irm tion

it

When clamped

Air blow ON

When clamped

Air venting hole for seating confirmation


Air Location Clamp Precision assurance function (Description of movable taper sleeve) Locating method: dual surface with movable taper sleeve. The benefits of movable taper sleeve. Plate

With marginal error absorbed by the moveable taper sleeve, the clearance between the clamp unit, taper sleeve and block is eliminated enabling the repetitive location accuracy and stabilized clamping force.

Taper reference surface

① Absorbs tolerance variations in each location clamp and block .

Seating surface

② Absorbs wear of locating part due to long time use.

Taper sleeve (with slitting)

③ Absorbs space variations of mounting holes. Base plate

④ Absorbs space variations due to temperature change.

Movement and error absorbed by the movable taper sleeve. (①/②) Starting of action for locating There is almost zero clearance as the moving parts come in contact with the taper reference surface.

XY locating

XYZ locating

Almost zero clearance between the taper sleeve and the moving parts of the unit.

Absorbs errors by lowering the taper sleeve. Seating surface touches and locates on 2 surfaces.

Close contact

Close contact

Close contact

Movable taper sleeve absorbs distance error. (③/④) Absorbs distance variations minimizing the wear of locating parts and prevents deformation of clamp/block. ※ The precision assurance function is absolutely necessary especially when plates are transported or multiple fixture changeovers are needed.

Precision error between center distance

Datum block

Distance error : Small

Cut block Taper sleeve Small rod Spring

Precision between center distance ±0.02 (maximum ±0.025)

Absorbs variation errors by lowering taper sleeve.

Distance error : Large


Air location clamp system example When using 4 clamps

Each models function e er to P e 7 or

m / o

om in tion

Datum clamp Guide Block

Plate P rt to e o te

With locating function

Datum Block

Movable taper sleeve

Cut Block

Guide clamp Guide Block

Without locating function Guide (straight surface) Datum clamp

Guide clamp Guide clamp

Datum Block Datum clamp

Used for reference locating

Base plate

Tapered datum surface (Entire surface)

When using 2 clamps

Cut Block

Used for unidirectional locating Plate P rt to e o te

Cut Block

Tapered datum surface (Partial) n t tion e re uire e i ttention to et i for Cut block. Contact KOSMEK for assistance.

Datum Block

Guide Block or ui in Datum clamp

Guide part (straight surface) ree o

Datum clamp

oe not

e ui in

un tion

Base plate

Reference Circuit Sample Air for Seating Confirmation

Air Sensor for Seating Confirmation Air Blow SWT Clamp

Locking Air Pressure Release Air Pressure

Remark 1. It is recommended to use air flow line with at least φ6 in order to ensure effective air flow. Please supply clean filtered air.

Air


Air Location Clamp Model code (Clamp)

SWT 0 03 0 - M D 1 1

2

3

Clamping force Refer to Page 8

2

Design No.

3

Function Classification

D

G taper

D:Datum clamp (used for positioning)

straight

G:Guide clamp (used for guiding) Datum clamp

Guide clamp

Installation bolt is not included. Contact KOSMEK to order bolt if needed.

Combination of clamp and block SWT-MD SWT-MD SWT-MG Remark 1

Clamp Datum clamp Datum clamp Guide clamp Datum or Guide clamp B/ B/

o o

o e: o e:

-G or

Block Datum Block Cut Block Guide Block Free block

inter r ui

n e i it it m o e: /

Functions when they are combined Clamping function + locating function (standard) Clamping function + locating function (unidirectional) Clamping function + guide function Clamping function ont t

or more et i

External Dimensions This drawing shows the release position of SWT -M . ( Air venting hole for seating confirmation

en u

in re e e ir re ure

Lock air port

Air port for seating confirmation

Air blow port

List of External Dimensions (SWT) 1-

2-

3-

5-

8-

A

42.3

51.7

54.7

62.2

71.2

D

34.5

45

55

69

87.5

G

E

13.1

16

17.5

18

20

F±0.003

F

10

12

13.5

16

20

G

17.8

21.7

21.7

26.5

29.5

E

φP

H

1.4

2

2

1.7

1.7

J

1.4

2

2

2

3

L

53

66

76

94

118.5

P

26

32

35.5

44

51

S

14

18

20

26

32

A

H

φS

Release air port φD ++ 0.030 0.011 (SWT-MD) 0 (SWT-MG) φD - 0.020 φL

ote : P e e

or et i on out ine imen ion


Specifications Model Repetitive locating accuracy mm Full stroke mm Lift stroke mm Allowed eccentricity during setting of fixture plate mm Maximum loading mass *1 kg Cylinder capacity *2 When locked cm3 When released Retaining force(at air pressure 0MPa) *2 *3 kN Maximum use pressure Minimum use pressure Used air pressure MPa Pressure resistance Air blow pressure Operating temperature Use fluid Mass*2 kg

SWT0010-M

SWT0020-M

2.8

3.4

1.0 200 1.79 1.98 0.4

1.0 400 3.88 4.27 0.7

0.25

0.5

SWT0030-M 0.003 3.4 1.0 1.5 600 6.14 6.68 1.0 1.0 0.35 1.5 4 5 7 Dry air 0.8

SWT0050-M

SWT0080-M

4.0

4.5

1.5 800 11.33 12.47 1.2

1.5 1200 20.58 22.62 1.5

1.4

2.5

Remarks *1. The maximum load weight indicates the case where four clamps are used and the plate is in a horizontal position (leveled) The release air pressure is determined with the loaded mass (fixture). (Please set the loaded mass below 80% of the lift force (number of clamps X lift force.) Contact KOSMEK when you need to mount the fixture plate vertically. *2. The specifications show one unit. *3. Holding force at 0MPa air pressure does not match the specification force.

Clamping force/Lift force SWT0010-M

SWT0020-M 3.0 Clamping force/Lift force(kN)

Clamping force/Lift force(kN)

1.4 1.2 Clamping force 1.0 0.8 0.6 Lift force 0.4 0.2 0

0

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0

1.0

0

0.3

Supply air pressure (MPa)

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

0.9

1.0

SWT0050-M

4.0

6

3.5

Clamping force/Lift force(kN)

Clamping force/Lift force(kN)

0.5

Supply air pressure (MPa)

SWT0030-M

3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0

0.4

0

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

0.9

1.0

Supply air pressure (MPa)

5 4 3 2 1 0

0

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

Supply air pressure (MPa)

SWT0080-M Clamping force/Lift force(kN)

10 8 6 4

Remarks: 1. This graph shows one clamp. 2. This graph shows the relationship between the supply air pressure and the clamping force (solid line)/Lift force (dotted line).

2 0

0

0.3

0.4

0.5

0.6

0.7

0.8

Supply air pressure (MPa)

0.9

1.0


Air Location Clamp Model code (Embedded block) SWT B 03 0 - D 1

2

3

3 Function Classification

1 Appropriate SWT clamp mode

01 02 03 05 08

: : : : :

SWT0010 SWT0020 SWT0030 SWT0050 SWT0080

Sleeve used for level adjustment

(Mounting bolt )

Plate

D : Datum block (used for reference locating) C : Cut block (used for unidirectional locating) G : Guide block (used for guiding) F : Free block (shared by multiple plates with different sizes)

SWTB Block

Installation bolt is not included. Contact KOSMEK to order bolt if needed.

2 Design No.

External Dimensions 0-D

SWTB

φ

H±0.003 J

J 0.5

H±0.003 φA

0-G 0-F

φ

φ

H±0.003 J 0.5

SWTB SWTB

0-C

0.5

SWTB

Cross section of bolt

φA

φA

Spring pin*1 (accessory)

Locating direction*1

Notes *1. The spring pin is used for phasing of SWTB-C locating direction.

VZ 0 06 0 - V S C 1

φBA±0.1

BC±0.01

Sleeve used for level adjustment Model code / External Dimensions 2

List of External Dimensions (SWTB/VZ) Model

1 Appropriate block model 01 : SWTB010 02 : SWTB020 06 : SWTB030 10 : SWTB050 16 : SWTB080

Corresponding

A

Connection dimensions

SWTB Block

Clamp

When locked P When released P+1

Sleeve used for level adjustment

Plate

P

B 3 -

B 5 -

B 8 -

2-

3-

5-

8-

2 /4 -

-

1 -

1 -

-

4-

-

1 -

1 -

-D/-C combination

43 +0.027 +0.011

50 +0.027 +0.011

58m6 +0.030 +0.011

70m6 +0.030 +0.011

83m6 +0.035 +0.013

-G/- om in tion

43g7 -0.009 -0.034

50g7 -0.009 -0.034

58g7 -0.010 -0.040

70g7 -0.010 -0.040

83g7 -0.012 -0.047

42.5

49.2

57.2

69.2

82.2

H

10

13

13

16.5

17.5

J

2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

3

(SWT Clamp)

9.5

11.5

13

15.5

19.5

(VS Clamp)

-

11.5

13

15.5

19.5

(VT Clamp) Mass

kg

Model

-

11.5

12

13.5

17.5

0.08

0.15

0.2

0.35

0.5

VZ0010-VSC VZ0020-VSC VZ0060-VSC VZ0100-VSC VZ0160-VSC

BA

42.5

49.2

57.2

69.2

82.2

BC

2

2

2

3

3

0.016

0.021

0.03

0.062

0.085

Mass Base plate

B 2 -

1-

model number

2 Design No.

B 1 -

kg

Notes 1. B o m teri : t in e tee ee e m teri : 45 2. Please ask KOSMEK for detail on outline dimensions.


Model code (Flange shaped block) SWT J 03 0 - D 1

2

3

3 Function Classification

1 Appropriate SWT clamp mode

01 02 03 05 08

: : : : :

SWT0010 SWT0020 SWT0030 SWT0050 SWT0080

(Mounting bolt )

D : Datum block (used for reference locating)

Plate

C : Cut block (used for unidirectional locating) G : Guide block (used for guiding) : ree o

re

mu ti e

te

it

i erent i e

SWTJ Block

Installation bolt is not included. Contact KOSMEK to order bolt if needed.

2 Design No.

External Dimensions 0-D

SWTJ

J H±0.003 φ

N

N

φ

0-G 0-F

φA

J H±0.003

φA

J H±0.003

φA

SWTJ SWTJ

0-C

Cross section of bolt

SWTJ010SWTJ020SWTJ030-

φ

N

SWTJ

Spring pin*2 (accessory) Positioning direction*2

SWTJ050SWTJ080-

Spring pin*2 (accessory) Locating direction*2

Notes *2. The spring pin is used for phasing of SWTJ-C locating direction.

List of External Dimensions (SWTJ) Model Corresponding model number

Connection dimensions

A

-D/-C combination -G/- om in tion

SWTJ Block

Clamp

When locked P When released P+1

Plate

H

P

2 -

3 -

5 -

8 -

1-

2-

3-

5-

8-

-

2 /4 -

-

1 -

1 -

-

4-

-

1 -

1 -

52m6 +0.030 +0.011

62m6 +0.030 +0.011

52g7

62g7 -0.010 -0.040

26 +0.024 +0.011 26g7

-0.007 -0.028

31.5 +0.027 +0.011 31.5g7

-0.009 -0.034

37.5 +0.027 +0.011 37.5g7

-0.009 -0.034

-0.010 -0.040

43

49

59

74

89

7

8

10

10

12

J

11

13

15

16.5

18.5

N

0.3

0.5

0.5

0.5

0.5

(SWT Clamp)

17

20

23.5

26

32

(VS Clamp)

-

20

23.5

26

32

(VT Clamp)

-

20

22.5

24

30

0.07

0.1

0.18

0.3

0.55

Mass Base plate

1 -

kg

Notes 1. Block material: Stainless steel. 2. Please ask KOSMEK for detail on outline dimensions.

1


■ P roduct li neup We manufacture a wide range of clamping systems and components. Feel free to contact us.

■A u t o

j o int

model JN / JV

Compact auto joint with a short connecting stroke allowing it to fit into smaller spaces, use with SWT.

■ Da t u m

C y l i nder

model WM

Pneumatic datum hole locator with a quick locate and release function using existing machined or cast holes. e e t

e

■ Ma n u a l

ur

o 3

m

Datum Pi n Loc ator

model VX

or

ie e

n e o itione m nu

it

re e t

ur

o 5

m

with expansion of a taper sleeve.

■ Ho le

C la mp

model SWH

This pneumatic hole clamp pulls the workpiece to the reference plane according to the Z axis using its existing hole. It allows for five face machining on the workpiece.

h t t p : / / w w w. k o s m e k . c o . j p

1441 Branding Avenue,Suite 110 Downers Grove,IL 60515 USA TEL.630-241-3465 FAX.630-241-3834 POLAND OFFICE: ul. Japońska 8 55-220 Jelcz-Laskowice, Poland TEL.48-71-303-5400 FAX.48-71-303-5401

JQA-QMA10823 KOSMEK HEAD OFFICE

CAT.NO.PSWT002-01-02 Printed in Japan

2010.12. First

1 Ry


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.